The URL can be used to link to this page

#10-5396 (BCBE, Inc.)Collier County Property Appraisers Office Renovations COLLIER COUNTY BID NO. 10 -5396 COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA Design Professional: Victor J. Latavish Architect, P.A. JACK CURRAN, PURCHASING AGENT COLLIER COUNTY PURCHASING DEPARTMENT Purchasing Dewbnel- 3301 Tannam( Tral East • Nap es, Florda 34112 • vrxv W- iergov.neVpur0asing A. B. C. D. E. TABLE OF CONTENTS PUBLIC NOTICE /LEGAL ADVERTISEMENT (PAGE 1 ONLY) INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS BID, BID SCHEDULE AND OTHER DOCUMENTS AGREEMENT AGREEMENT EXHIBITS EXHIBITA: Performance and Payment Bond Forms EXHIBIT B: Insurance Requirement Form EXHIBIT C: Release and Affidavit Form EXHIBIT D: Contractor Application for Payment Form EXHIBIT E: Change Order Form EXHIBIT F: Certificate of Substantial Completion Form EXHIBIT G: Final Payment Checklist EXHIBIT H: General Terms and Conditions EXHIBIT I: Supplemental Terms and Conditions EXHIBIT J: Technical Specifications EXHIBIT K: Permits EXHIBIT L: Standard Details (if applicable) EXHIBIT M: Plans and Specifications prepared by Victor J Latavish, Architect, P.A. and identified as follows: Collier County Property Appraiser's Office Renovations, as shown on Plan Sheets 1 through see attachments.. EXHIBIT N: Contractor's List of Key Personnel PUBLIC NOTICE INVITATION TO BID Collier County Property Appraiser's Office Renovations COUNTY BID NO. 10 -5396 Separate sealed bids for the construction of Collier County Property Appraiser's Office Renovations, addressed to Mr. Steve Carnell, Purchasing Director, will be received at the Collier County Government Complex, 3301 Tamiami Trail East, Purchasing Building, Purchasing Department, Naples, Florida 34112, until 2:30 P.M. LOCAL TIME, on the 6th day of January, 2010, at which time all bids will be publicly opened and read aloud. Any bids received after the time and date specified will not be accepted and shall be returned unopened to the Bidder. A mandatory pre -bid conference shall be held at the Purchasing Department, Conference Room A, Purchasing Building "G" at 9:00a.m. LOCAL TIME on the 10th day of December, 2009, at which time all prospective Bidders may have questions answered regarding the Bidding Documents for this Project. Sealed envelopes containing bids shall be marked or endorsed "Bid for Collier County Government, Collier County, "Collier County Property Appraiser's Office Renovations Bid No. 10 -5396 and Bid Date of January 6th, 2010 ". No bid shall be considered unless it is made on an unaltered Bid form which is included in the Bidding Documents. The Bid Schedule (GC -P -1 through GC -P -15) shall be removed from the Bidding Documents prior to submittal. One contract will be awarded for all Work. Bidding Documents may be examined on the Collier County Purchasing Department E- Procurement website: www.colliergov.net/bid. Copies of the Bidding Documents may be obtained only from the denoted website. Bidding Documents obtained from sources other than the Collier County Purchasing Department website may not be accurate or current. Each bid shall be accompanied by a certified or cashiers check or a Bid Bond in an amount not less than five percent (5 %) of the total Bid to be retained as liquidated damages in the event the Successful Bidder fails to execute the Agreement and file the required bonds and insurance within fifteen (15) calendar days after the receipt of the Notice of Award. The Successful Bidder acknowledges and agrees that it shall execute the Agreement in the form attached hereto and incorporated herein. GC -PN -1 (Construction Services Agreement—Revised July 2009) The Successful Bidder shall be required to furnish the necessary Payment and Performance Bonds, as prescribed in the General Conditions of the Contract Documents. All Bid Bonds, Payment and Performance Bonds, Insurance Contracts and Certificates of Insurance shall be either executed by or countersigned by a licensed resident agent of the surety or insurance company having its place of business in the State of Florida. Further, the said surety or insurance company shall be duly licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. Attorneys -in -fact that sign Bid Bonds or Payment and Performance Bonds must file with each bond a certified and effective dated copy of their Power of Attorney. In order to perform public work, the Successful Bidder shall, as applicable, hold or obtain such contractor's and business licenses, certifications and registrations as required by State statutes and County ordinances. Before a contract will be awarded for the Work contemplated herein, the Owner shall conduct such investigations as it deems necessary to determine the performance record and ability of the apparent low Bidder to perform the size and type of work specified in the Bidding Documents. Upon request, the Bidder shall submit such information as deemed necessary by the Owner to evaluate the Bidder's qualifications. The Successful Bidder shall be required to finally complete all Work for Plan A within one hundred and fifty(150) calendar days from and after the Commencement Date specified in the Notice to Proceed. The Successful Bidder shall be required to finally complete all Work for Plan B within one hundred and eighty (180) calendar days from and after the Commencement Date specified in the Notice to Proceed. Note: Only one Plan, either "Plan A" OR "Plan B" will be awarded. The Owner reserves the right to reject all Bids or any Bid not conforming to the intent and purpose of the Bidding Documents, and to postpone the award of the contract for a period of time which, however, shall not extend beyond one hundred twenty (120) days from the bid opening date without the consent of the Successful Bidder. Dated this 1st day of December, 2009 BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA BY: /s/ Stephen Y. Carnell C.P.M. Purchasing and General Services Director GC -PN -2 (Construction Services Agreement_ Revised July 2009) PART B - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Section 1. Definitions 1.1 The term "Owner" used herein refers to the Board of County Commissioners, or its duly authorized representative. 1.2 The term "Project Manager" used herein refers to the Owner's duly authorized representative and shall mean the Division Administrator or Department Director, as applicable, acting directly or through duly authorized representatives. 1.3 The term "Design Professional" refers to the licensed professional engineer or architect who is in privity with the Owner for the purpose of designing and /or monitoring the construction of the project. At the Owner's discretion, any or all duties of the Design Professional referenced in the Contract Documents may be assumed at any time by the Project Manager on behalf of the Owner. Conversely, at the Owner's discretion the Project Manager may formally assign any of his /her duties specified in the Contract Documents to the Design Professional. 1.4 The term "Bidder" used herein means one who submits a bid directly to the Owner in response to this solicitation. The term "Successful Bidder" means the lowest qualified, responsible and responsive Bidder who is awarded the contract by the Board of County Commissioners, on the basis of the Owner's evaluation. Note: Only one Bid will be awarded, either "Plan A" OR "Plan B ". 1.5 1.6 The term "Bidding Documents" includes the Legal Advertisement, these Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Schedule and the Contract Documents as defined in the Agreement. 1.7 The term "Bid" shall mean a completed Bid Schedule, bound in the Bidding Documents, properly signed, providing the Owner a proposed cost for providing the services required in the Bidding Documents. Section 2. Preparation of Bids 2.1 The Bids must be submitted on the standard form herein furnished by the Owner (pages GC -P -1 to GC -P -15 as bound in these Bidding Documents). By submitting a Bid, Bidder acknowledges and agrees that it shall execute the Agreement in the form attached hereto and incorporated herein. The Bidder shall complete the Bid in ink or by typewriter and shall sign the Bid correctly. Bid Schedules submitted on disk/CD shall be accompanied by a hard copy of the completed Bid Schedule which shall be signed and dated by the Bidder. The Bid may be rejected if it contains any omission, alteration of form, conditional bid or irregularities of any kind. Bids must be submitted in sealed envelopes, marked with the Bid Number, Project Name and Bid opening Date and Time, GC -IB -1 and shall be addressed to the Collier County Purchasing Department, Purchasing Building, Collier County Government Complex, 3301 Tamiami Trail, East, Naples, Florida 34112. If forwarded by mail, the sealed envelope containing the Bid must be enclosed in another sealed envelope addressed as above. Bids received at the location specified herein after the time specified for bid opening will be returned to the bidder unopened and shall not be considered. Section 3. Bid Deposit Requirements 3.1 No Bid shall be considered or accepted unless at the time of Bid filing the same shall be accompanied by a cashiers check, a cash bond posted with the County Clerk, a certified check payable to Owner on some bank or trust company located in the State of Florida insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or Bid Bond, in an amount not less than 5% of the bidder's maximum possible award (base bid plus all add alternates) (collectively referred to herein as the 'Bid Deposit "). The Bid Deposit shall be retained by Owner as liquidated damages if the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver to Owner the unaltered Agreement, or fails to deliver the required Performance and Payment Bonds or Certificates of Insurance, all within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of the Notice of Award. Bid Bonds shall be executed by a corporate surety licensed under the laws of the State of Florida to execute such bonds, with conditions that the surety will, upon demand, forthwith make payment to Owner upon said bond. Bid Deposits of the three (3) lowest Bidders shall be held until the Agreement has been executed by the Successful Bidder and same has been delivered to Owner together with the required bonds and insurance, after which all three (3) Bid Deposits shall be returned to the respective Bidders. All other Bid Deposits shall be released within ten (10) working days of the Bid Opening. No Bid including alternates, shall be withdrawn within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the public opening thereof. If a Bid is not accepted within said time period it shall be deemed rejected and the Bid Deposit shall be returned to Bidder. In the event that the Owner awards the contract prior to the expiration of the 120 day period without selecting any or all alternates, the Owner shall retain the right to subsequently award to the Successful Bidder said alternates at a later time but no later than 120 days from opening, unless otherwise agreed by the Purchasing Director and the Successful Bidder. 3.2 The Successful Bidder shall execute five (5) copies of the Agreement in the form attached and deliver same to Owner within the time period noted above. The Owner shall execute all copies and return one fully executed copy of the Agreement to Successful Bidder within thirty (30) working days after receipt of the executed Agreement from Successful Bidder unless any governmental agency having funding control over the Project requires additional time, in which event the Owner shall have such additional time to execute the Agreement as may be reasonably necessary. Section 4. Right to Reiect Bids 4.1 The Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bids or to waive informalities and negotiate with the apparent lowest, qualified Bidder to such extent as may be necessary for budgetary reasons. GC -I B -2 Section 5. Sianina of Bids 5.1 Bids submitted by a corporation must be executed in the corporate name by the president, a vice president, or duly authorized representative. The corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature. 5.2 Bids by a partnership must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner whose title must appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership must be shown below said signature. 5.3 If Bidder is an individual, his or her signature shall be inscribed. 5.4 If signature is by an agent or other than an officer of corporation or general partner of partnership, a properly notarized power of attorney must be submitted with the Bid. 5.5 All Bids shall have names typed or printed below all signatures 5.6 All Bids shall state the Bidder's contractor license number. 5.7 Failure to follow the provisions of this section shall be grounds for rejecting the Bid as irregular or unauthorized. Section 6. Withdrawal of Bids Any Bid may be withdrawn at any time prior to the hour fixed in the Legal Advertisement for the opening of Bids, provided that the withdrawal is requested in writing, properly executed by the Bidder and received by Owner prior to Bid Opening. The withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the right of a Bidder to file a new Bid prior to the time specified for Bid opening. Section 7. Late Bids No Bid shall be accepted that fails to be submitted prior to the time specified in the Legal Advertisement. Section 8. Interpretation of Contract Documents 8.1 No interpretation of the meaning of the plans, specifications or other Bidding Documents shall be made to a Bidder orally. Any such oral or other interpretations or clarifications shall be without legal effect. All requests for interpretations or clarifications shall be in writing, addressed to the Purchasing Department, to be given consideration. All such requests for interpretations or clarification must be received at least ten (10) calendar days prior to the Bid opening date. Any and all such interpretations and supplemental instructions shall be in the form of written addendum which, if issued, shall be sent by mail or fax to all known Bidders at their respective addresses furnished for such purposes no later than three (3) working days prior to the date fixed for the GC -IB -3 opening of Bids. Such written addenda shall be binding on Bidder and shall become a part of the Bidding Documents. 8.2 It shall be the responsibility of each Bidder to ascertain, prior to submitting its Bid, that it has received all addenda issued and it shall acknowledge same in its Bid. 8.3 As noted in the Legal Advertisement, attendance by all bidders at the Pre -Bid Conference is mandatory. In instances where the Owner has deemed the pre -bid to be mandatory, the Bidder's failure to attend the pre -bid conference shall result in the resection of his bid. Section 9. Examination of Site and Contract Documents 9.1 By executing and submitting its Bid, each Bidder certifies that it has: a. Examined all Bidding Documents thoroughly; b. Visited the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in any manner affect performance of the Work; C. Become familiar with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations affecting performance of the Work; and d. Correlated all of its observations with the requirements of Bidding documents. No plea of ignorance of conditions or difficulties that may exist or conditions or difficulties that may be encountered in the execution of the Work pursuant to these Bidding Documents as a result of failure to make the necessary examinations and investigations shall be accepted as an excuse for any failure or omission on the part of the Successful Bidder, nor shall they be accepted as a basis for any claims whatsoever for extra compensation or for an extension of time. 9.2 The Owner will make copies of surveys and reports performed in conjunction with this Project available to any Bidder requesting them at cost; provided, however, the Owner does not warrant or represent to any Bidder either the completeness or accuracy of any such surveys and reports. Before submitting its Bid, each Bidder shall, at its own expense, make such additional surveys and investigations as may be necessary to determine its Bid price for the performance of the Work within the terms of the Bidding Documents. This provision shall be subject to Section 2.3 of the General Conditions to the Agreement. Section 10. Material Requirements It is the intention of these Bidding Documents to identify standard materials. When space is provided on the Bid Schedule, Bidders shall specify the materials which they propose to use in the Project. The Owner may declare any Bid non - responsive or irregular if such materials are not specifically named by Bidder. GC -I B -4 Section 11. Bid Quantities 11.1 Quantities given in the Bid Schedule, while estimated from the best information available, are approximate only. Payment for unit price items shall be based on the actual number of units installed for the Work. Bids shall be compared on the basis of number of units stated in the Bid Schedule as set forth in the Bidding Documents. Said unit prices shall be multiplied by the bid quantities for the total Bid price. Any Bid not conforming to this requirement may be rejected. Special attention to all Bidders is called to this provision, because if conditions make it necessary or prudent to revise the unit quantities, the unit prices will be fixed for such increased or decreased quantities. Compensation for such additive or subtractive changes in the quantities shall be limited to the unit prices in the Bid. Subsequent to the issuance of a notice to proceed, the Project Manager and the Successful Bidder shall have the discretion to re- negotiate any unit price(s) where the actual quantity varies by more than 25% from the estimate at the time of bid. Section 12. Award of Contract 12.1 Any prospective bidder who desires to protest any aspect(s) or provision(s) of the bid invitation (including the form of the bid documents or bid procedures) shall file their protest with the Purchasing Director prior to the time of the bid opening strictly in accordance with Owner's then current Purchasing Policy. 12.2 The Collier County Board of County Commissioners has adopted a Local Preference "Right to Match" policy to enhance the opportunities of local businesses to receive awards of Collier County contracts. A "local business" is defined as a business that has a valid occupational license issued by either Collier or Lee County for a minimum of one (1) year prior to a Collier County bid or proposal submission that authorizes the business to provide the commodities or services to be purchased, and a physical business address located within the limits of Collier or Lee Counties from which the vendor operates or performs business. Post Office Boxes are not verifiable and shall not be used for the purpose of establishing said physical address. In addition to the foregoing, a vendor shall not be considered a "local business" unless it contributes to the economic development and well -being of either Collier or Lee County in a verifiable and measurable way. This may include, but not be limited to, the retention and expansion of employment opportunities, the support and increase to either Collier or Lee County's tax base, and residency of employees and principals of the business within Collier or Lee County. Vendors shall affirm in writing their compliance with the foregoing at the time of submitting their bid or proposal to be eligible for consideration as a "local business" under this section. When a qualified and responsive, non -local business submits the lowest price bid, and the bid submitted by one or more qualified and responsive local businesses is within ten percent (10 %) of the price submitted by the non -local business, then the local business with the apparent lowest bid offer (i.e. the lowest local bidder) shall have the opportunity to submit, an offer to match the price(s) offered by the overall lowest, qualified and GC -IB -5 responsive bidder. In such instances, staff shall first verify if the lowest non -local bidder and the lowest local bidder are in fact qualified and responsive bidders. Next, the Purchasing Department shall determine if the lowest local bidder meets the requirements of Section 287.087 F.S. If the lowest local bidder meets the requirements of 287.087, F.S., the Purchasing Department shall invite the lowest local bidder to submit a matching offer to the Purchasing Department which shall be submitted within five (5) business days thereafter. If the lowest local bidder submits an offer that fully matches the lowest bid from the lowest non -local bidder tendered previously, then award shall be made to the local bidder. If the lowest local bidder declines or is unable to match the lowest non local bid price(s), then award will be made to the lowest overall qualified and responsive bidder. If the lowest local bidder does not meet the requirement of Section 287.087 F.S. and the lowest non -local bidder does, award will be made to the bidder that meets the requirements of the reference state law. Bidder must complete and submit with their bid response the Affidavit for Claiming Status as a Local Business which is included as part of this solicitation. Failure on the part of a Bidder to submit this Affidavit with their bid response will preclude said Bidder from being considered for local preference on this solicitation. A Bidder who misrepresents the Local Preference status of its firm in a bid submitted to the County will lose the privilege to claim Local Preference status for a period of up to one year. The County may, as it deems necessary, conduct discussions with responsible bidders determined to be in contention for being selected for award for the purpose of clarification to assure full understanding of, and responsiveness to solicitation requirements. 12.3 The County intends to award to the lowest qualified and responsive bidder meeting specifications 12.4 For Bidders who may wish to receive copies of Bids after the Bid opening, The Owner reserves the right to recover all costs associated with the printing and distribution of such copies. 12.5 Statute 607.1501) In order to be considered for award, firms submitting a response to this solicitation shall be required to provide a certificate of authority from the Florida Department of State Divisions of Corporations in accordance with the requirements of Florida Statute 607.1501 (www.sunbiz.org/search.htmi). A copy of the document shall be submitted GC -IB -6 with the solicitation response and the document number shall be identified. Firms who do not provide the certificate of authority at the time of response shall be required to provide same within five (5) days upon notification of selection for award. If the firm cannot provide the document within the referenced timeframe, the County reserves the right to award to another firm. Section 13. Sales Tax 13.1 The Successful Bidder acknowledges and agrees that Owner may utilize a sales tax savings program and the Successful Bidder agrees to fully comply, at no additional cost to Owner, with such sales tax savings program implemented by the Owner as set forth in the Agreement and in accordance with Owner's policies and procedures. Section 14. Exclusion of County Permits in Bid Prices 14.1 To ensure compliance with Section 218.80, F.S., otherwise known as "The Public Bid Disclosure Act ", Collier County will pay for all Collier County permits and fees applicable to the Project, including license fees, permit fees, impact fees or inspection fees applicable to this Work through an internal budget transfer(s). Hence, bidders shall not include these permit/fee amounts in their bid offer. However, the Successful Bidder shall retain the responsibility to initiate and complete all necessary and appropriate actions to obtain the required permits other than payment for the items identified in this section. 14.2 The Successful Bidder shall be responsible for procuring and paying for all necessary permits not issued by Collier County pursuant to the prosecution of the work. Section 15. Use of Subcontractors 15.1 To ensure the Work contemplated by the Contract Documents is performed in a professional and timely manner, all Subcontractors performing any portion of the work on this Project shall be "qualified" as defined in Collier County Ordinance 87 -25, meaning a person or entity that has the capability in all respects to perform fully the Agreement requirements and has the integrity and reliability to assure good faith performance. A Subcontractor's disqualification from bidding by the Owner, or other public contracting entity within the past twelve months shall be considered by the Owner when determining whether the Subcontractors are "qualified." 15.2 The Owner may consider the past performance and capability of a Subcontractor when evaluating the ability, capacity and skill of the Bidder and its ability to perform the Agreement within the time required. Owner reserves the right to disqualify a Bidder who includes Subcontractors in its bid offer which are not "qualified" or who do not meet the legal requirements applicable to and necessitated by this Agreement. 15.3 The Owner may reject all bids proposing the use of any subcontractors who have been disqualified from submitting bids to the Owner, disqualified or de- certified for bidding purposes by any public contracting entity, or who has exhibited an inability to perform through any other means. GC -I B -7 15.4 Notwithstanding anything in the Contract Documents to the contrary, the Bidders shall identify the subcontractor(s) it intends to use for the categories of work as set forth in the List of Subcontracts attached hereto, said list to be submitted with its bid. Bidders acknowledge and agree that the subcontractors identified on the list is not a complete list of the subcontractors to be used on the Project, but rather only the major subcontractors for each category of Work as established by Owner. Bidders further acknowledge that once there is an Award of Contract, the Successful Bidder shall identify, subject to Owner's review and approval, all the subcontractors it intends to use on the Project. Once approved by Owner, no subcontractor shall be removed or replaced without Owner's prior written approval. Section 16. Prohibition of Gifts No organization or individual shall offer or give, either directly or indirectly, any favor, gift, loan, fee, service or other item of value to any County employee, as set forth in Chapter 112, Part III, Florida Statutes, Collier County Ethics Ordinance No. 2004 -05, and County Administrative Procedure 5311. Violation of this provision may result in one or more of the following consequences: a. Prohibition by the individual, firm, and /or any employee of the firm from contact with County staff for a specified period of time; b. Prohibition by the individual and /or firm from doing business with the County for a specified period of time, including but not limited to: submitting bids, RFP, and /or quotes; and, c. immediate termination of any contract held by the individual and /or firm for cause. Section 17. Public Entity Crimes By its submitting a Bid, Bidder acknowledges and agrees to and represents it is in compliance with the terms of Section 287.133(2)(a) of the Florida Statutes which read as follows: "A person or affiliate who has been placed on the convicted vendor list following a conviction for a public entity crime may not submit a bid, proposal, or reply on a contract to provide any goods or services to a public entity; may not submit a bid, proposal, or reply on a contract with a public entity for the construction or repair of a public building or public work; may not submit bids, proposals, or replies on leases of real property to a public entity'; may not be awarded or perform work as a contractor, supplier, subcontractor, or consultant under a contract with any public entity; and may not transact business with any public entity in excess of the threshold amount provided in s. 287.017 for CATEGORY TWO for a period of 36 months from the date of being placed on the convicted vendor list." GC -I B -8 r k r Memorandum Date: January 5th, 2009 BORAN CRAIG BARBER ENGEL CONSTRUCTION CO., INC. General Contractors 3606 Enterprise Avenue Naples FL 34104 -3698 Email: lohncurranPcolliergov.net Telephone: (239) 252 -6098 FAX: (239) 252 -6596 ADDENDUM From: Jack Curran, Purchasing Agent To: Interested Bidders Subject: Addendum # 6 — ITB #10 -5396 "Collier County Property Appraiser's Office Renovations" Delete: te All Bid schedules in original documents and Ad #5 and Revised Addendum #5: ADD: Attached Bid Schedule. This will be the only bid schedule to be used by bidders. If you require additional information please post a question on the eBid site or contact me (contact information above). c: Hank Jones Ruberto Fuentes AddendumTemplate Revised: 3125109 1 BID SCHEDULE Total BASE BID- RENOVATION OPTION A without Alternates TOTAL BASE BID OPTION A A -1 ELECTRICAL GENERATOR A -2 SURGE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM A -3 ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM A-4 DUMPSTER WALL REPAIRS A -5 PARKING LOT REFURBISHING A -6 IMPACT RATED DOORSIWINDOWS A -7 SECURITY CAMERA SYSTEM A -8 UPGRADE ROOF INSULATION A -9 EXTERIOR PAINT A -10 CARPET A -11 COMPUTER ROOM FIRE SUPPRESSION A -12 FIRE -RATED CORRIDORS A -13 UPGRADE DOOR FINISH A -14 AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS A -15 WINDOW TREATMENT A -16 CARD -KEY ACCESS HARDWARE Total of Option A Alternates only TOTAL OPTION A- BASE BID Plus ALL A- ALTERNATES: ALTERNATE BID- RENOVATION OPTION B Total Base Bid OPTION B (WITHOUT ADD ALTERNATES) B -1 UPGRADE ELECTRICAL GENERATOR B -2 COMPUTER ROOM FIRE SUPPRESSION B -3 ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM B -4 DUMPSTER WALL REPAIRS B -5 PARKING LOT REFURBISHING B -6 IMPACT RATED DOORSIWINDOWS B -7 SECURITY CAMERA SYSTEM B -8 UPGRADE ROOF INSULATION B -9 EXTERIOR PAINT B -10 CARPET B -11 AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS B -12 WINDOW TREATMENT B -13 FIRE ALARM Total of Option B Alternates only TOTAL OPTION B- BASE BID WITH ALL B- ALTERNATES: $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Memorandum Date: January 5th, 2009 130RAN CRAIG BARBER ENGEL CONSTRUCTION CO., INC. General Contractors 3606 Enterprise Avenue Naples FL 34104 -3698 Email: johncurranocollieMov. net Telephone: (239) 252 -6098 FAX: (239) 252 -6596 ADDENDUM From: Jack Curran, Purchasing Agent To: Interested Bidders Subject: Addendum # 5 — ITB #10 -5396 "Collier County Property Appraise ' Office Renovations" CHANGE: Page GC PN 1 The Bid Opening Date that currently reads January 6, 2010 to read January 8th, 2010 @2:30pm @ purchasing: If you require additional information please post a question on the eBid site or contact me (contact information above). c: Hank Jones Ruberto Fuentes Addendum"remplate Revised: 3/25/09 1 ALTERNATE BID- RENOVATION OPTION B TOTAL RENOVATION OPTION B ALTERNATES B -1 UPGRADE ELECTRICAL GENERATOR B -2 COMPUTER ROOM FIRE SUPPRESSION B -3 ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM B-4 DUMPSTER WALL REPAIRS B -5 PARKING LOT REFURBISHING B -6 IMPACT RATED DOORS/WINDOWS B -7 SECURITY CAMERA SYSTEM B -8 UPGRADE ROOF INSULATION B -9 EXTERIOR PAINT B -10 CARPET B -11 AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS B -12 WINDOW TREATMENT TOTAL OPTION B- BASE BID WITH ALL OPTION B ALTERNATES: R $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Addendum ADDENDUM COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER OFFICE NAPLES, FLORIDA BORANIFOGEARBER ENGEL CONSTRUCTION CO., INC. # 4 General Contractors �Nl� Enterprise Avenue Nap Naples FL 34104 -3698 This addendum contains mandatory changes to the Contract Documents and is made part thereof. RENOVATION OPTION A SPECIFICATIONS: 01015 Permits, Licences, Codes, and Fees; add 1.2. a. 1. add: "Contractor shall comply with adopted Codes, including but not limited to Florida Fire Prevention Code, NFPA 1, Uniform Fire Code, Florida Edition, including Ch. 16 Safeguards During Building Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations. Coordinate work with the local AHJ." 01030 Alternates; Add Alternate #16 (attached) 02070 Selective Demolition, 3.3 add "Remove abandoned and unused equipment, brackets, shelves, accessories, signs, fixtures, fasteners, etc. throughout, typical." 08716 Hardware Schedule Revised (attached) 10425 Signs, Add the following items: 1. "1.2.A.3 Exterior Sign Panels" 2. "2.8 Exterior Sign Panels; Provide replacement translucent sign panels for existing backlit double -face sign located at driveway entrance. Sign shall include Collier County Logo and text indicating Collier County Property Appraiser. Field measure existing sign size. Sign shall generally match colors and style of existing Property Appraiser sign located at intersection of Airport Rd. and East Tamiami Trail. Bid shall include all related costs including fabrication, permit and installation. Existing lower panels with changeable letters shall remain as -is." — RENOVATION OPTION A DRAWINGS: Sheet A0.1 Cover Sheet, Project Data, clarification of construction type " ll B ". Add note: Interior Finishes shall be class A or B. Sheet A0.3 Site Plan is revised and re- issued dated 12- 21 -09, add keynotes 36 & 37 for accessible route to East Porch doors. Sheet A 1.0 Selective Demolition Plan is revised and re- issued dated 12- 09 -09, added keynotes 18 and 19 for replacement of damaged existing gypsum board at rooms 131 and 134, removal of existing louver in Equipment Room 127, and provide infill emu wall with matching gyp.bd. and stucco finishes at same location. IOE Sheet Al.I Floor Plan is revised and re- issued dated 12- 21 -09, added room sf areas and corridor dimensions. Sheet A1.4 Partial Floor Plan, add note "Replace damaged and mismatched screen panels at SE corner of room to match existing screen above rail, approx size 3' x 36'." Sheet A1.7 Details revised as follows: 1. Detail l/A1.7, add note "Fasteners to connect the top track to the ceiling grid are specified as 3/4" long #12 TEK self - drilling, self - tapping "Grabber "screw fasteners spaced either 12" oc or 2 screws at 24 "oc." 2. Detail A/1.7 deleted. Sheet A2.1 Door Schedule is revised and re- issued dated 12- 21 -09; L Door D120E change hardware to set #11 2. Door D133 -E, change hardware to. set #12 3. Add hardware notes A, B, C, D 4. Add folding partition detail Sheet A2.2 Finish Schedule; Add the following notes: 10. "Patch existing gypsum board finishes to include soffits, partitions, demolition, etc. to eliminate holes, surface defects, cracks, fastener holes, etc. typical throughout entire building interior; Level 4 finish required. 11. Equipment Room 127; Remove wall louver center of south wall at floor level. Provide CMU infill and interior and exterior finishes to match existing. Provide paint finishes to match existing. 12. Existing Janitor Room 105 - Remove and replace gypsum board, insulation, furring; Paint entire room ". Sheet A5.3 Detail sheet revised and re- issued dated 12- 21 -09, rated ceiling revised Sheet A5.4 Detail sheet revised and re- issued dated 12- 21 -09, added notes Sheet ULLI Detail sheet revised and re- issued dated 12- 21 -09, deleted UL detail, added UL detail, added notes per Fire Official policy. Sheet E7.0 Electrical Plan; Delete note near Computer Room referring to conduits extending to right of way and substitute the following: "Provide pair of 2" conduits from TELCO/ Main Distribution Frame (MDF) to location 5' from face of building at SE comer of building. Note: 1) Conduits beyond 5' are NIC. 2) Fiber optic cables are NIC ". Sheet FA -1 Add the following notes: 1. "In addition to primary notification to central station service, provide separate standalone dialer to report alarm trouble and supervisory signal to Collier County Building W. 2. Provide additional relay modules, wiring, components, accessories, connections, etc. as required for complete and proper operation. JOE RENOVATION OPTION B SPECIFICATIONS: Specifications: 01015 Permits, Licences, Codes, and Fees; add 1.2. a. 1. add: "Contractor shall comply with adopted Codes, including but not limited to Florida Fire Prevention Code, NFPA 1 Uniform Fire Code, Florida Edition, including Ch. 16 Safeguards During Building Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations. Coordinate work with the local AHJ." 02070 Selective Demolition, 3.3 add "F. Remove abandoned and unused equipment, brackets, shelves, accessories, fixtures, fasteners, signs, etc. throughout, typical." 08716 Hardware Schedule Revised (attached) 10425 Signs, Add the following items: 1. "1.2.A.3 Exterior Sign Panels" 2. "2.8 Exterior Sign Panels; Provide replacement translucent sign panels for existing backlit double -face sign located at driveway entrance. Sign shall include Collier County Logo and text indicating Collier County Property Appraiser. Field measure existing sign size. Sign shall generally match colors and style of existing Property Appraiser sign located at intersection of Airport Rd. and East Tamiami Trail. Bid shall include all related costs including fabrication, permit and installation. Existing lower panels with changeable letters shall remain as -is." RENOVATION OPTION B DRAWINGS: Sheet A0.1 Cover Sheet, Project Data, clarification of construction type " Il B ". Sheet A03 Site Plan is revised and re- issued dated 12- 21 -09, add keynotes 38 & 39 for accessible route to East Porch doors. Sheet A1.4 Partial Floor Plan, add note "Replace damaged and mismatched screen panels at SE corner of room to match existing screen above rail, approx size 3' x 36'." Sheet A2.1 Door Schedule, D220.5 change hardware to set 414. Sheet A2.2 Finish Schedule; Add the following notes: 10. "Patch existing gypsum board finishes to include soffits, partitions, demolition, etc. to eliminate holes, surface defects, cracks, fastener holes, etc. typical throughout entire building interior; Level 4 finish required. 11. Equipment Room 245; Remove wall louver at south wall at floor level. Provide CMU infill, insulation, and interior and exterior finishes to match existing. Provide paint finishes to match existing. 12. Existing Janitor Room 208 - Remove and replace gypsum board, insulation, furring; Paint entire room". JOE Sheet P0.1 Plumbing Fixture Schedule, item UR, changed to "Kohler K 4918 Stuart" water -free urinal Sheet E4.0 Electrical Plan; Computer Room, delete note referring to conduits extending to right of way and substitute the following: "Provide pair of 2" conduits from TELCO/ Main Distribution Frame (MDF) to location 5' from face of building at SE comer of building. Note: 1) Conduits beyond 5' are NIC. 2) Fiber optic cables are NIC ". Sheet FA -1 Fire Alarm Clarification: Refer to FA specifications section 16720 and Vertical Standards for additional requirements: C. Fire Alarm system shall report to primary monitoring system as designated by the Owner, and also report to existing backup monitoring system at Collier Country Facilities Management Operations Center at Building W. 1. System shall be addressable & compatible with existing system at Collier Country Building W. Facilities Management Operations Center 2. System shall report specific trouble conditions to Operation Center." D. Add: the following: "Modules compatible with existing JCI system at Building W are manufactured by JCI and GE (EST -2 and EST-3)." "Alpffiffin "I Vertical Standards apply to Plan Option B and are modified as follows: 010020 Special design requirements are modified as follows: 1. Item E, add "Provide Card Key CK721 data controller for card readers, integrated into the existing JCI Pegasys system at Collier County Building W. Provide all equipment, labor, accessories, and connections required for a complete and proper installation." 224000 Urinal specification changed to "Kohler K 4918 Stuart" waterless urinal. END OF ADDENDUM 10E COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 08716 - DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE REVISED 12 -21 -09 Set Number 1. Existing hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation; Provide the following additional/replacement hardware: 1 set Weatherstrip 1 ea. Threshold 2. Existing hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation; Provide the following additional/replacement hardware: 1 ea. Lockset with lever at Lobby side 3. Existing hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation. 4. Existing hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation. Provide the following additional/replacement hardware: 1 ea. Full -width panic bar exit device 5. Relocated hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation 6. Existing hardware to be pinned in locked position 7. Relocated hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation; Provide the following additional hardware: 1 ea. Lockset 1 pr. Flush or surface bolts on inactive left leaf 8. Relocated hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation; Provide the following additional hardware: I ea. "KABA Simplex 5000 Cylindrical, or approved equal mechanical pushbutton ZTher lock" 1 ea. Closer 1 ea Weatherstrip 9. Relocated hardware shall be cleaned and adjust for proper operation; Provide the following additional hardware: 1 ea. "KABA Simplex 5000 Cylindrical, or approved equal mechanical pushbutton cypher lock" 1 pr. Flush or surface bolts on inactive left leaf 1 pr. Closers 1 ea. Weatherstrip DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE 08716-1 IDE "I COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 10. Screen door manufacturer to provide butts, closer, pull and full -width push bar with no latch. 11. Remove existing latching hardware provide pulls on Lobby side and full width push bars on corridor side, clean and adjust balance of hardware. 12. Same as #3 above except at doors D133 -E only, add pair electro- magnetic hold - open devices tied to fire alarm system to release upon activation of fire alarm and/or power failure. GC to coordinate work of all trades and include all wiring conduits, connections. etc, required for proper operation. General Notes: 1. Provide all hardware required for a complete and proper installation including but not limited to butts, locksets, closers, wall or floor stops, etc. 2. Contractor may salvage and re-use serviceable existing hardware where applicable. 3. All doors shall be unlocked in the direction of egress 4. Thresholds shall be Pemko 2005v or approved equivalent. 5. Re -key all locks with grandmaster key system. Deliver keys to Owner at substantial completion. END OF SECTION 08715 VICTOR J. LATAVISH, ARCHITECT P.A. Naples, Florida DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE 08716-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES REVISED 12 -21 -09 PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 10E A A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and' procedural requirements governing Altemates. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Definition: An alternate is an amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change in either the amount of construction to be completed, or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described in the Contract Documents. B. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract Sum to incorporate the Alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum. 1.4 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent Work as necessary to completely and fully integrate that Work into the Project. B. Include as part ofeach alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not mentioned as part of the Alternate. C.. Notification: Immediately following the award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate whether alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to alternates. D. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other Work of this Contract. E. Alternates shall include all labor, materials, accessories, connections, etc. required for a complete and proper assembly of work indicated. ALTERNATES 01030-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER 1 O E RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA PART 2- SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES Alternate Number A -1: Generator; Provide permanent installation and wiring for 75 kw Standby Generator, Automatic Transfer Switch (ATS), and related work required for a complete and proper installation; ref. sheet E6.0. Alternate Number A -2: Surge Suppression System; Provide TVSS at MDP; ref sheet E6.0. Alternate Number A -3: Roof Drainage System; Provide 12" dia. PVC storrnwater collection system with connections to existing downspouts, concrete flume at lake, and related work required for a complete and proper installation; ref. keynote 15, sheet A0.3. Alternate Number A-4: Dumpster Wall Repairs; Repair rear wall of dumpster enclosure including demolition, masonry, reinforcing, stucco, paint; and related work, ref. keynote 24 on sheet A0.3 and details 1 &2 on sheet A1.6. Alternate Number A -5: Parking Lot Refurbishing: Re- stripe parking lot spaces, stop bars, and related work required for a complete and proper installation; ref keynote 26 on sheet A03. Alternate Number A -6: Impact -Rated Doors and Windows; In lieu of hurricane screens indicated on the drawings, remove existing storefront entrances, windows, and exterior overhead doors, and provide new impact rated aluminum storefront system equal to "Vistawall FG- 5000" (NOA No. 03- 0604.01). Alt. Bid includes installation of storefront entrances, storefront windows, aluminum sill flashing, pulls, hardware, sealant, patching existing finishes, permit revisions, sealed shop drawings, and other related work required for a complete and proper installation, ref. sheet A2.3. Alternate Number A -7: Security Camera System: Provide security camera system including fixed cameras, conduit, wiring, connections, posts, etc. required for a complete and proper installation; ref sheet A1.8. Alternate Number A -8: Upgrade Roof Insulation: Remove existing roof insulation and provide additional specified roof insulation, ref. section 07210. Alternate Number A -9: Exterior Paint: Pressure clean exterior stucco walls, ceilings, and soffits; repair cracks, apply primer and 2 coats SW Superpaint; match existing colors; ref, section 09912. Alternate Number A -10: Carpet: Provide carpet as specified on color schedule, ref. 01000. ALTERNATES 01030-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA HE Alternate Number A -11: Computer Room Pre- action Fire Sprinkler System; Provide alternate bid dry-pipe pre -action fire suppression system at Computer Room in lieu of base bid wet pipe system. Include all labor, materials, connections, permits, etc. required for a complete and proper installation; ref sheet no. FP 1.0. Alternate Number A -12: Fire-Rated Corridors; Provide gypsum board, sealant, patches, penetration assemblies, replacement paint -grade doors, hardware, and related work required for complete and proper I -hr rated Corridors indicated on sheet A1.2 Alternate Floor Plan and related details on sheets A5.1, A5.2, A5.3, and A5.4. Alternate Number A -13: Upgrade Door Finish: Provide plastic laminate interior door finish in lieu of paint grade finish on all interior doors. Upgrade alternate bid plastic laminate finish includes doors replaced as part of Alternate 12 above, and replacement of all existing and/or relocated doors indicated on the drawings; ref section 08211. Alternate Number A -14: Automatic Door Operators at pair doors 116.1 and 116.2 in Lobby, as specified in section 08715 -2, complete with all required hardware, controls, posts, guards, wiring, motion detectors, etc. required for a complete and proper installation. Alternate bid automatic door operators would be installed on new doors (Alternate 6 above), not on existing doors. Alternate Number A -15 Window Treatment; Provide mini - blinds at each interior and exterior window; ref section 12941. Alternate Number A -16 Card Key Access: Provide HID ProxPro 5355 card readers. CK721 data controller, and related hardware to control doors DI 16.2E and D120 -E. Installation shall be compatible with and integrated into the existing g CI Pegasys system at Collier County Building W. Provide all equipment. labor, electric strikes, wiring. circuit breakers, conduits, transformers, hardware, accessories. and connections required for a complete and proper installation. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 Alternates A. The Contractor is responsible for submittals, placing orders, scheduling, delivery, storage, installation, protection, cleaning, and warranty of all accepted Alternate Bid work. ALTERNATES 01030-3 10E COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Direct Purchase Option 1. If requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall coordinate the Owners direct purchase of alternate bid materials. 2. Alternate Bids shall include sales tax. Change order for the direct purchase of alternate bid materials shall be executed prior to start of work and shall include credit for sales tax. END OF SECTION 01030 ALTERNATES 01030-4 IM COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 08716 - DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE REVISED 12 -21 -09 Set Number 1. Existing hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation; Provide the following additional/replacement hardware: 1 ea. Card Reader 1 pr. Electric Release Panic Bar Exit Devices 1 set Weatherstrip 1 ea. .Threshold 2. Existing hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation; Provide the following additional/replacement hardware: 1 ea. Card Reader 1 ea. Electric Release Panic Bar Exit Devices 1 ea. Cylinder Lock 1 set Weatherstrip 1 ea. Threshold 3. 1.5 pr Butts I ea. Closer 1 ea. Lockset 1 ea. Door Holder 4. 1.5 pr Butts 1 ea. Lockset 5. 1.5 pr Butts 1 ea. Closer 1 ea. Latchset 1 ea. Door Holder 6. Existing hardware to be pinned in locked position DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE 08716-1 0E� 44 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 7. 1 ea. Card Reader 1 ea. Electric Lockset 1 ea. Closer 1 ea. Door Holder 8. 3 pr Butts 1 pr Closers 1 pr Full -width panic bar exit devices 1 pr Door Holders 9. 3 pr Butts 1 ea. Lockset 1 ea Dummy Lever 1 pr Flushbolts 10. Screen door manufacturer to provide the following hardware: 1.5 pr. Butts 1 ea Full -width panic bar exit device 1 ea Lever 1 ea Horizontal rail to support exit hardware I ea. Closer 11. 4 pr. Butts 1 ea. Card Reader 1 ea. Electric Lockset 1 ea. Dummy Lever I pr. Flush Bolts 1 set Weatherstrip 1 ea. Threshold 1 pr. Door Holders 12. 3 pr. Butts 1 ea. Card Reader 1 ea. Electric Lockset 1 ea. Dummy Lever 1 pr. Flush Bolts I set Weatherstrip 1 ea. Threshold I pr. Door Holders DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE 08716-2 10E COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 13. Existing hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation Provide the following additional/replacement hardware: 1 ea. Card Reader 1 pr. Electric Release Panic Bar Exit Devices 1 set Weatherstrip 1 ea. Threshold 14. Delayed Egress Hardware: 1 ea. Card Reader, located on Lobby side only I Dr. Electric Release Panic Bar Exit Devices I Dr. Levers 1 pr_ Alarm 1 pr._ Closers 1 ea. Coordinator 4 pr. Butts Special delayed egress requirements in accordance with NFPA 101 Florida edition 7.2.1.6.1: 1. Provisions of 7.2.1:6.2 shall not apply to delayed egress hardware 2. Doors with delaved egress hardware shall unlock upon actuation of an of the following: a. Automatic sprinkler system is activated b. Not more than one heat detector of an approved automatic fire detection system is activated C. Not more than two smoke detectors of an approved automatic fire detection system is activated 3. The doors shall unlock upon loss of power controlling the lock or locking mechanism. 4. An irreversible process shall release the lock within 15 seconds upon application of a force to release device required in 7.2.1.5.9 under the following conditions: a. The force shall not be required to exceed 15 lbf. b: The force shall not be required to be continuously applied for more than three seconds. C. The initiation of the release shall activate an audible sianal in the vicinity of the door. d. Once the door lock has been released by application of force to the releasing device, relocking shall be by manual means only DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE 08716-3 10 E "'I COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 5. A readily visible durable sign with letters not less than 1 inch in height and not less than 1/8 inch stroke width on a contrasting background that reads as follows shall be located on the door adjacent to the releasing device: PUSH UNTIL ALARM SOUNDS DOOR CAN BE OPENED IN 15 SECONDS Delayed Egress Hardware Notes: A. Delayed egress is from Lobby side only. B. Corridor side is always unlocked. C. Install panic bars on Lobby side and Levers on Corridor side. D. Electric panic bar latches shall be released upon activation of the fire alarm system. E. Authorized activation of card reader shall disable door alarm and allow staff open doors without activation of door alarm. F. GC to coordinate the work of all trades Hardware Schedule Notes: 1. Provide all hardware and accessories required for a complete and proper installation, including power supplies, EPT, enclosures, backup batteries, controllers, door contacts, wiring, connections, etc. 2. Provide silencers at all interior HM door frames 3. Provide stops at all interior doors. 4. Provide kick plates both sides all Restroom and Janitor doors 5. Provide locksets functions as follows: a. Office Function: Offices, Files, Storage b. Storeroom Function: Custodian, Janitor, Equipment Rooms DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE 08716-4 10E COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 6. Confirm function of lockset hardware with Owner prior to ordering hardware. 7. All doors shall be unlocked in the direction of egress Thresholds shall be Pemko 2005v or approved equivalent. 9. Key all locks with grandmaster key system. Deliver keys to Owner at substantial completion. 10. Hardware at Exterior Egress Doors with Card Readers shall include the following items: a. A sensor on the egress side arranged to detect an occupant approaching the doors that are arranged to unlock in the direction of egress upon detection of an approaching occupant or loss of power to the sensor. b. Loss of power to the part of the access control system that locks the doors shall automatically unlock the doors in the direction of egress c. Doors shall be arranged to unlock in the direction of egress from a manual release device located 40 in. to 48 in. (10 15 mm to 1220 mm) vertically above the floor and within 60 in. (1525 mm) of the secured doors d. The manual release device specified in 7.2.1.6 2(3) shall be readily accessible and clearly identified by a sign that reads as follows: PUSH TO EXIT e. When operated, the manual release device shall result in direct interruption of power to the lock - independent of the access control system electronics - and the doors shall remain unlocked for not less than 30 seconds f. Activation of the building fire - protective signaling system if provided shall automatically unlock the doors in the direction of egress and the doors shall remain unlocked until the fire - protective signaling system has been manually reset. g The activation of manual fire alarm boxes that activate the building fire protective signaling system specified in 7.2.1.6 2(6) shall not be required to unlock the doors. I Activation of the building automatic sprinkler or fire detection system if provided, shall automatically unlock the doors in the direction of egress and the doors shall remain unlocked until the fire- protective signaling system has been manually reset. DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE 08716-5 :J "OE COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA i. After reciept of bids and before award of Contract to, the installed costs for the values. END OF SECTION 08715 VICTOR J. LATAVISH, ARCHITECT P.A. Naples, Florida DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE 08716-6 JOE 0 0 ° v "DO p_ 5MP ry �O N p C CD N r o no a 5 c o o m a o m T O_ O O C 0 a 3 0 sn � N O CD (D N �I mill, o I:R��ai a e C �RS iCIRC �o CC jsa� ¢�s C Ellis4�s� ii piIRi €€�3 p� �i i � .➢ 73�ii i� I�R3��36� R li Ip ° i �ee 9 aiia 33 i R Bf P 9 i i � 0 0 ° v "DO p_ 5MP ry �O N (D C CD N r o no a 5 c o o m a o m T O_ O O C 0 a 3 0 sn � N O CD (D N C^ i girt \T V 0 -mm \V D v cf) CD I I C D CD O C Q) v—F O 0 v—h O' D s — P a is EEEEEEE gEc as 10 1 . rlelstcg:EpE'EEI : cC g'Eg!E[ ex MH Ill e[ al EC�l��aSiC1I� 9 °j � a a Rg l�RSRq eyaz � i; e�l�$iR i s �R R i ��g• i aR�R � � ° � � it l R 4 -� Osi{ ,g s ��•f � � �•iR 9 @ E R �ii i i3'° � e 1 a 3 A i $ .9 9 9 9 99 9 6 ®000 ® ® ®® ®999989 ° Doff :a;gg IB��9j =pII IIIIN 00906 9 B I861Is11 11 e B e B B €�19$b #iS�p�11 $�apH g a$p� p9C -Id $� IS @¢e c€ �I gy� a E S gp89g[I 3ie2 �� 3a C AA l ag jS'ad E �I 1 �I I dl I II $ I i I$ ' � I I Il�llli i a s�$t m f�sg ;� i$ '6�� Ijil�gElk_�Ii 0 0 0 11 111 ill IN I R B a 3a a e 9 IH � pp o= $ s e 3 -r ❑ o` �❑ o g ©o ®go go goo go g0 g0 g00gg ° ° o ,o � ❑ ❑ R3��ada �Baa Sa� 0' p.. -i LJ g o R a o pia o 0 ill if If I A El R, p o� 0 0 e lu,f 0' 0 7 12OOER d0000BB EE93 �[la ;ao ill to All ='o' oo / o aoo o 000000 0 0 o 00 -- o �o - o a 00 0 0 0 00 o io eegp 1OE " e o 0 1 IOE I II 000000 I II - — — - — - — - — - — — - - - - - - SG Bg pill I villa I [qF1 E pw Y1 fffff a,- fill GO i fill,ii ) � � ]( § j�) ) q §} q §} } � } - - - -- - - - § } | 7| � } 1 0 E �] . ! ��: - - - -- - - - lii000000000000000000010000000000000000100010000000010011000010' 1000000000000001000000000000000010001000000001001100001�' n 0000000110000000000000111110000000000001000100000000100110100101 llloolool0000000001111111101000olliolooliloiiol0010 H| \ p ~ § S |§m$o §§ 10E �9 a 8@ 9 zi sl p �6 O= 0 e� P 3 0 F� e� 3 4 III I p EE E� if ja m P i[ j l" s RJR,, ! ) ( \� \ Al C� } (� \ U, , 7 m N 21 / ) | §$ /fƒ . § IS ¥ $�WdAR, | § t §!�!¥ R |i (�§I . p % }`% | Ifl \ \U� m / (y[!! ! |� fill } }I . .!: � §() \�![ � } - .� I aeGlAE .! \ \\) .| 0 0° m m m mQ:m N 0 n 0 O C n 7 O O O N IZC 7 0a), O (D -n'G N OD o n n 0 O d a N N O CD N y Eli; i al a i 1 i iii o �E€ 0 0° m m m mQ:m N 0 n 0 O C n 7 O O O N IZC 7 0a), O (D -n'G N OD o n n 0 O d a N N O CD N y o O CD (p" 0 1 YV O O. �rF O \T V CD �TT W D v (n" CD 10E "14, all ��33gz a :d E5 a ! � a 0 � 3 E3 lEEEEEEE eEEEEE 3 ::? ?EEElE'EFEEE'EEE c; 1 8 i i [€ :p�gtia9i !IC I €B 9EE ii€ ;ii s 1 ! �gg i N €i € €€ E 5 s RFBE999192 o ©a ®o o e e o 0 0 0 o a o= a i1 I li �I _ e — w'__o: i 111111 I Iloilo 1-- 1 I lie 11 11111 11101 oil 11 ON 0101 so 1011111 Ill I I 1111 111101 100 1111110 11 IN I IN 111111 liiiiiiiiiiiiii NIGER INNER ONO �iiiiiiiiiiiiiiii� 11011 01111 INS Ill loll: 01 1 Iloilo 111111 :00100001 Ill Ill loll 11 1111 1111110011111 loolloolloollione liiiiiiiiiiiiiiinilliillillillillilI za Pm 0 8 S I Iloilo 1-- 11 liiiiiiiiiiiiii INNER �iiiiiiiiiiiiiiii� INS Ill loll: Ill loll 11 liiiiiiiiiiiiiiinilliillillillillilI za Pm 0 8 S coiner cQLIm",y Ad: tvniWative Services Division ruruhasing _ Memorandum Date: December 29, 2009 BORAN CRAIG BARBER ENGEL CONSTRUCTION CO., INC. General Contractors 3606 Enterprise Avenue Naples FL 34104 -3698 Email: lohncurran6Dcol lieraov. net Telephone: (239) 252 -6098 FAX: (239) 252 -6596 ADDENDUM From: Jack Curran, Purchasing Agent' To: Interested Bidders Subject: Addendum # 3 — ITB #10 -5396 "Collier County Property Appraisc Offic Renovations" See attached PDF showing all changes. AddendumTemplate Revised: 3/25109 1 If you require additional information please post a question on the eBid site or contact me (contact information above). c: Hank Jones Ruberto Fuentes ADDENDUM COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER OFFICE NAPLES, FLORIDA This addendum contains mandatory changes to the Contract Documents and is made part thereof. RENOVATION OPTION B DRAWINGS: Sheet FA -1 Fire Alarm; add the following notes: 1. Base Bid- Fire Alarm is NIC 2. Alternate Bid- Fire Alarm as indicated on Sheets FA -1, FA -2, and Sections 01030 and 16720, RENOVATION OPTION B SPECIFICATIONS: 01030 Alternates; Add Alternate #1313 Fire Alarm System (Section 01030, p.3 attached) END OF ADDENDUM COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA Alternate Number B -8: Upgrade Roof Insulation: Remove existing roof insulation and provide additional specified roof insulation, ref. section 07210. Alternate Number B -9: Exterior Paint: Pressure clean exterior stucco walls, ceilings, and soffits; repair cracks, apply primer and 2 coats SW Superpaint; match existing colors; ref. section 09912. Alternate Number B -10: Carpet: Provide carpet as specified on color schedule, ref. 01000. Altemate Number B -11: Automatic Door Operators at pair doors 220.1 and 220.2 in Lobby, as specified in section 08715 -2, complete with all required hardware, controls, posts, guards, wiring, motion detectors, etc. required for a complete and proper installation. Alternate bid automatic door operators would be installed on new doors (Alternate 6 above), not on existing doors. Alternate Number B -12 Window Treatment; Provide mini- blinds at each interior and exterior window; ref section 12941. Alternate Number B -13 Fire Alarm; Provide complete fire alarm system including all . equipment. labor, materials includin¢ conduits wiring devices accessories, connections permits etc ref sheets FA -1 and FA -2, and section 16720. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 Alternates A. The Contractor is responsible for submittals, placing orders, scheduling, delivery, storage, installation, protection, cleaning, and warranty of all accepted Alternate Bid work. B. Direct Purchase Option If requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall coordinate the Owners direct purchase of alternate bid materials. 2. Alternate Bids shall include sales tax. Change order for the direct purchase of alternate bid materials shall be executed prior to start of work and shall include credit for sales tax. END OF SECTION 01030 ALTERNATES 01030-3 Administrative Services Division uruhasinq Memorandum Date: December 21. 2009 BORAN CRAIG BARBER ENGEL CONSTRUCTION CO., INC_ General Contractors 3606 Enterprise Avenue Naples FL 34104 -3598 Email: lohncurran WcolIieroov.net Telephone: (239) 252 -6098 FAX: (239) 252 -6596 F-11 1111 114 211 111 1 From: Jack Curran, Purchasing Agent To: Interested Bidders y� Subject: Addendum 4- ITS #10 -5396 1' ` "Collier County Property Apprai es Offi Renovations" The following clarifications are issued as Addendum #2 identifying the following change (s) for the referenced bid: See All attachments, PDF files. If you require additional information please post a question on the eBid site or contact me (contact information above). c: Robert Fuentes Hank Jones AddendumTemplate Revised: 3/25109 1 ADDENDUM 2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER OFFICE NAPLES, FLORIDA This addendum contains mandatory changes to the Contract Documents and is made part thereof. RENOVATION OPTION A Sheet M1.1 Mechanical Plan revised and reissued dated 12.10.09; fire dampers added at South Corridor 137. Sheet E3.0 Electrical Plan revised and reissued dated 12.10.09; added notes and keynotes. Specifications: 08716 Door Hardware Schedule is modified as follows; 1. Sets numbered 8 & 9; Replace "Cypher Lock" with "KABA Simplex 5000 Cylindrical, or equal approved mechanical pushbutton lock" 2. Door 128 -E; provide 34 "W. x 30 "H. s.s. armor plate ea. side both doors. 10520 Fire Protection Specialties; delete item 1.5, A. and substitute "All fire extinguishers and cabinets shall be provided by the Contractor." 10620 Safety Specialties specification is modified as follows: 1. 2. 1, A.; change to "Power Heart Model AED G3." 2. 2. 1, B, add 6.: "AED Cabinet from Cardiac Science with built -in alarm." 3. 2.3, A, add "wall mounted model CB -2E" RENOVATION OPTION B Sheet E2.0 Lighting Plan revised and reissued dated 12.10.09; added and deleted exit signs. Specifications: 01000 Color Schedule; Revise carpet material as follows: delete "Carpet Tile" and substitute "Broadloom, direct glue- down" 10520 Fire Protection Specialties; delete item 1.5, A. and substitute "All fire extinguishers and cabinets shall be provided by the Contractor." 10620 Safety Specialties specification is modified as follows: 1. 2. 1, A. ; change to "Power Heart Model AED G3." 2. 2. 1, B, add 6.: "AED Cabinet from Cardiac Science with built -in alarm." 3. 2.3, A, add "wall mounted model CB -2E" VERTICAL STANDARDS: Vertical Standards apply to Plan Option B and are modified as follows: 010020 Special design requirements are modified as follows: 1. Item C, delete `security'. 2. Item E, add "Card readers shall be HID ProxPro 5355. Installation shall be compatible with and integrated into the existing JCI Pegasys system at Collier County Building W. Provide all equipment, labor, accessories, and connections required for a complete and proper installation." 096816 Sheet Carpet; delete section in its entirety; refer to specifications section 01000 for carpet selection. 102113 Toilet Compartments; delete section in its entirety and substitute "Repair existing toilet compartments." 107100 Storm Panels; delete items B and C; refer to drawings for base bid hurricane screens. 101400 Signs; delete item B "Scott series S1500" and substitute the following: 1. Graphics Manufacturer shall be Images Graphics Specialties, Fort Myers, 1- 800 - 321 -3718, or 239 -561 -6406 ext.103, approved equal mfr. 2. Frames shall be extruded aluminum "Portrait Series, VLetter" frames, with clear anodized finish, size 8.5" x 8.5 ", by "Vista Systems ", Sarasota, 1- 800 - 468 -4782, or approved equal mfr. 104300 Emergency Aid Specialties; add the followings notes: 1. AED unit shall be "Power Heart Model AED G3." 2. Oxygen Cabinet and First Aid Cabinet is "NIC." 3. FEC is specified in Section 10520. 4. Refer to plans to determine locations and quantities. 329300 Landscaping section deleted in its entirety; not applicable to this bid. END OF ADDENDUM COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 01000 - COLOR AND MATERIAL SCHEDULE Material Manufacturer Color Paint Interior Walls- Typical SW TBD Interior Accent Walls SW TBD Interior Soffits SW TBD Interior Door Frames SW TBD Interior Painted Doors SW TBD Pl. Laminate Doors Wilsonart TBD Pl. Laminate Casework Wilsonart TBD PL Laminate Countertops Wilsonart TBD Carpet, Alternate Bid Mowhawk Mowhawk One First, broadloom, direct slue -down Popular Vote VCT Floor Tile Checkerboard Armstrong Imperial Excelon 51804 Checkerboard Armstrong Imperial Excelon 51810 Vinyl Wall Base Burke Mercer 103 Espresso Acoustic Ceiling Armstrong Cortega Tegular 704, "White" Notes: 1. Base Bid: Carpet NIC 2. Accent Wall locations to be determined onsite during construction 3. Onsite sample panels required for final verification of paint selections, 8'x 8' 4. Provide samples for scheduled colors COLOR AND MATERIAL SCHEDULE 01000 -1 7-7-r:7=7- T ir:7 !- 0 I i e£Ee �MA� t7 Ci �O• q�l NJ ��OPI In ® it. �9lly ° V 8yy q g §i9 F ��mgpg�$�$ L ay3ypi e e p II 'I I, i n it 1"■o�N �� IF7�IA1 Iri[LI��■N�N � All ��- p� p , ® I. P o 0 0 0 p� "Ill hill �e �9 � @ HIM 18!1z !1�1111 7-7-r:7=7- T ir:7 !- 0 I i e£Ee �MA� t7 Ci �O• q�l NJ ��OPI In ® it. �9lly ° V 8yy q g §i9 F ��mgpg�$�$ L ay3ypi e e p II 'I I, i n it 1"■o�N �� IF7�IA1 Iri[LI��■N�N � All ��- p� p , ® I. i o m •bM al. s M yypypey$�$$ gg�� k. O OOO® ® coo ppp ga p x 65 Y d 3 yy All p @p @p @$ 11011 a :. bNe IN 111I Hill gg p 11 1911. Hill 11151 11,11111 I'll �i-------- - --- — ----- II- 7_7 ti`9s I ' QQ 2 p s � gg Ra S R Ele r d fee' Y q�qR� 54 s F lid * p 6,7g F ells' ? 3�° y3 r A abyyy9 �,,w s � 1 g R p Y4S � 3k5 § €� m €{yt aa g €b s• g9 E E p€€ $iQ4 k aY Ys 4is au 89•:: '-J' �� .< '- '3 L. Y Y3A @5$ z I{�la I ZU � � 3 — ' � Id. �'� L� Yp C� Slyp® °51j �3 °3 ° � ®� `_ •�'^ 6R� � DS°�:Q� � � HBO. 1 1�I'° 's ILlL3 a o e o if ' ®mss O�f .b 4 ll. .6 B P i 4� R ER 3� a t3 Q-3 Q-3 a. BEFa jjr j�jq� h � ilea � O to o Lo3 0.t of R 5 • 3 i '� ❑ LA° �'3�EeEeIT uo \i 5 X£ 3 EI {Qg ~ .3 OS �iO3 ® 9911 } O o O O t < o o u y 03 � yy � :a __.___ _ IR ®® �I a _ d < : i<. _ _ - - -_ B E� ®5"3 _ o ° ° IM O Di 0°; 0' ° y Qg 's °3 03 3 ® . . ° °5 --- ____- ._.- ...- ._.__II- ._ -. -.. < t 5Q 3 ® QS o 05 • �S QS 6RQ OS °633 3 ®° ryry "5 em o $� 3iIR ell° °at yq s 5 5 pia 663333 y'jp Q a Lai f- fill Q�. 3 R 3 Z g6g4 S99 4�R ° TO B� "n �3 3 pp `��-' o QS 03 t:li 03 3 IWBO 11 ,13 Hi W 1 0 ® E'e MINN: �3 ° �I _ e LJS L6 �,ry o5 O O © R 1 T = dIR wi �S 6Rmil' °_ ® [(F q gg gg EI 3 l A Fl o3 �S PBnoS SIR tl aggy{ Bn a@ •' 3 3 yI 3 1 1 0] SO Ee l:y �S Sb im s �4•_y,oR 1 flR to* -31sI a R'—'S E33 o 61R 8 $ g 3 5 ®3 n pill 4 § B 9 § IN (; e''y ('}; g ;§ I-- 9t ggCbC Fpi g $ ° 6 L6 LS , �le 99ie' �l- i' L'.Gfi sR ED 3� �NJ qp ll F �s Po °T I(�I �I T® ®e Bud ¢5 ®iO °s�3 g.f3R �nII3 p a Ws A$a R � � O 3 03 �' 3 05 Q_3 � >D � • ',. ® WS IT Ile MW C;0111er County Administrative Services Division Purchasing Memorandum Date: December 10, 2009 BORAN CRAIG BARBER ENGEL CONSTRUCTION CO., INC. General Contractors 3606 Enterprise Avenue Naples FL 34104 -3698 Email: iohncurran(a)collieraov.net Telephone: (239) 252 -6098 FAX: (239) 252 -6596 ADDENDUM From: Jack Curran, Purchasing Agent To: Interested Bidders Subject: Addendum #1 — ITB #10 -5396 "Collier County Property Apprais r' Office enovations" See Attached signin sheets of vendors attending the Mandatory Pre -Bid meeting held in Conference Room A of the Purchasing Department on December 10, 2009 at 9:00am. The firms on the sheets are the only firms authorized to bid on this project. If you require additional information please post a question on the eBid site or contact me (contact information above). c: Hank Jones Ruberto Fuentes AddendumTemplate Revised: 3125109 1 Date: December 10, 2009 Attendance Sheet Mandatory Pre -Bid Meeting Collier County Department Sign -in BID # 10 -5396 "Collier County Property Appraisers Office Renovations" G/ Acquistions lfechFo"sandLettem /Ma ndatoryPre- BidSig ninSheet Revised: 3/20/09 Date: December 10, 2009 Attendance Sheet Mandatory Pre -Bid Meeting Vendor Sign -in BID # 10 -5396 "Collier County Property Appraisers Office Renovations" ^^� PLEASE PRINT Name: � AA Name: Company: Address: l7Yi� 1ILL(1i)vy I.h 1�., Company: Address: City:s City: _ State: F�L r Zip: Io q L State: Telephone: Telepl ��Iq FAX: U "ilT� -9�1� FAX: _ Email: _ Email: Name: Company: Address: City: State: Telephone: FAX: Email: Zip: Name Company: Address: City: _ State: Telephone: FAX: Email: Zip: Zip: G /Acq uistionslTech Formsa nd Letters /MandatoryPre -BidS ig n inSheet Revised: 3120109 ! ! a d FRO : ■ -., Date: December 10, 2009 Attendance Sheet Mandatory Pre -Bid Meeting Vendor Sign -in BID # 10 -5396 "Collier County Property Appraisers Office Renovations" / PLEASE PRINT Name: �:Cli(,��P� Company: Address: City: State: r Zip: Telephone: _"�'i !:a 1 rr ' FAX: �� ,� _ 25q Name Company: Address: City: State: Telephone FAX: Email Name Company: Address: City: State: Telephone: 6":V Email: Zip: Name Company: Address: City: State: Telephone FAX: Email: Zip: Zip: G /Acq uistions/Tech Formsand Letters/MandatoryPre -BidS ig ninS heet Revised: 3/20/09 ., - Date: December 10, 2009 Attendance Sheet Mandatory Pre -Bid Meeting Vendor Sign -in BID # 10 -6396 "Collier County Property Appraisers Office Renovations" ,N=FdRyZ Address: Company: ACA�Zjwo / ' City: /�OltJ /Ti�f S4�y i State: Zip: Telephone: AJ-191- 9'99 -6d ::! s� FAX: A39-- 1V9 PRIN Name: N r (R�/F /P/� d�t/ST.�![clid.L'S Company: Address: City: State: Zip: � /W,9 Telephone: Z 3 J`' 36!'y � ZL/" FAX: 13TH . 3v7 - Zz, 61 Email [p 0l3EAJ �/QL :2�'�✓S ilg Email: 1,)A />iz -- �dN� COrl7 Name: Company: Address: City. t� ®v . 7 ✓ I�.ar� -� State: Zip: I Telephone:t�jy o�7y Email: 7/ Name: !n.04CT-N -6i& �y °�w��191ub Company: ISE Pal Ca ` 0011., OLD Address: City: 6046-r, State- t � p Zip: Telephone: �l(dd FAX: Email: (1�VhGIK�tRE @brADS�T. G /Acq uistionsrrech Form sandLettem /MandatoryPre -B idS ign inSheet Revised: 3/20/09 Date: December 10, 2009 Attendance Sheet Mandatory Pre -Bid Meeting Vendor Sign -in BID # 10 -5396 "Collier County Property Appraisers Office Renovations" PLEASE PRINT Name: 4'I?RIL 14LLel/ Name: 41IX f Oe- 14ef:� Company: GLU-P -COAST CD LTINC, Cirt>up Address: Cito81 GLADt0 Ltg W Jt2tl City: Yc2r nnycc ks State: rL Zip: 3 os Telephone: r1 X 91 U6t-1- i P-(�1-I X t ICi FAX: (12'-319 46Q- 62 Email: Pmt �G�QGG�-C�PS�Ca�i�lti�C1 CDfYl Company: Coos i Address: 1!0 .yyaT� !!! � -"/ /'/ .U�•°�S , FL 3 vla City: tig.o��5 State: 1L Zip: 7 /� Telephone: Za $ L9 y FAX: Email: Name: Company: Address: `T City: State: Zip: Jay /G� Telephone: mil% �al FAX: Email: Name: JeFF 14 > o X Company: _L�t�SC enn Si . Address: a 63,/n 644- y/ (z +f _? City: State: Ft A Zip: 3 Y[ 3 S Telephone: I q L-1 FAX: `i ^i a • g 9s Email: j2Ft /4Q)VXc0(6;q,,c7;aV e- G /Acq uistio nslrechFo"sand Letters /MandatoryPre- BidSig n inSheet Revised: 3/20/09 Date: December 10, 2009 Attendance Sheet Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting Vendor Sign -in BID # 10 -5396 "Collier County Property Appraisers Office Renovations" � 1 Company: .. ,.1 r "Isp City: s State: or�,, `` Zip: 3�loy Telephone: RN - bq3- `)3 u t 3 FAX: oZ - M- 9,'578 Email: �DI p( & . Corn E N me: I N Company: Address:' Ill f'�'Ar�1lr" City:? State: / f, . Zip: 3 /f Telephoner 4/0 0,' O, FAX:. 4.t 9 - 99.z - / 9 Z-7— Email: h h� &,4;1 Sj,,Ae i'(jay76T,l +r Name; M,¢R,_ l -44:4 Name: _ _ -75w Company:A /4- S L& (d.057KUC71Ox) kt'VCompany: Address: 3 'V/S City: V4PzC-5 State: FL Zip: Telephone: Z 3`-r— X301/ --bq1 D FAX: Z34 —,30e_,) _ 0,j q) Address: /�iiE /fib G' Tw gt City: GDKT' //1 fM5 State: G.CeAI%),4 Zip: Telephone: o1 &7 —/13 !o & D X: FA cZ & ?— 93 -77 Email: WIL/fz.4,2�sA�CFrL►O.4,t11b5. �'Dmail: £STiFt�7n2nU �VlrhE �!F /i�YL.�jf7 G /Acq u istionslTech Formsand Letters/MandatoryPre -BidS igninSheet Revised: 3120/09 Date: December 10, 2009 Attendance Sheet Mandatory Pre -Bid Meeting Vendor Sign -in BID # 10 -5396 "Collier County Property Appraisers Office Renovations" PLEASE Name: Company: 9,27A 6,�,l /-bU;7- /%&T • Lei State: �/� l Zip: 33gSc� Telephone:(!? FAX: q`// .39 -,5g 3,712 Email: 1 <0uAj1V P? 2Gtc /U AJ 8 % Name: �yL 1Zfu ✓:'wi Company: Address: o��Si2��`!C lIry% fir, City: State: 3, ; Zip: :� .. ; P R I KLJ- Name: Company: Address: /LIB �u/`.✓�s' /5/e.✓c�L�,e� //jj [T/� 2,j 2 City: d,r. Goa/ State:_ 7 Zip:3�Q�/ Telephone:�i FAX: Name: Company: GCS Address: 26,m UDGt1�X%11� puzwA City: A -01,nS _ State: FL Zip: 3 Telephone: Telephone: FAX: > `� ' 1l f FAX: 2 I 2!13- - t! (}� �M Email: /_?iJ.2o `� Oi� -' t T <:- ' >LEmail: � lC�.�.(�GC� A -rj i� G✓'ie!(JA . `�" l r r G/ Acquistions /TechFo"sandLettem /MandatoryPm -Bids ig ninSheet Revised: 3/20109 t t � Date: December 10, 2009 Attendance Sheet Mandatory Pre -Bid Meeting Vendor Sign -in BID # 10-5396 "Collier County Property Appraisers Office Renovations" Name -SCpTt c� PLEAS E Company:t °�"�� tiTce L.ea( {�1dJ Address: i�7ij T/r5Pt5� /r✓ City: FT Fits s State: Fly - Zip: Telephone: 780 � -/" /! FAX: C/ yo - Z3 7 — a /tot //o Email: �M 'tOr c� S� �IJ��.a•� PRIN,, r? T//` I / Name: /7.4,ak+rG1 \(r: "e Company: ( IA-7/ Address: `/7 City: State: Zip: ?,.Z? y 910 Telephone: 7t/- tT FAX: /C Email:t Name: RcleJ Company: /,rC, Address: 3 7 57 40 N —61 City: PM4-7H F ,)2i State: lc-4(— Zip: 33 °0 Telephone: Z 3,5k- %i.T o¢>p %P FAX: 23,9 - 5�5 = G6 =< Email: Fov�ac/> l7j f,ope�znG ev/1 Name: I tag mA ai sT� Company: rr0-4 VE f'�kIQAjarrrom Address: 540 City: wk-:,s State: EL Zip: 77 ID Telephone:_.. FAX: \o�i�o99 �nn Email' TAO. 6JIE JQIA G /Acqu istionslrechFo"sand Letters /MandatoryPre- BidSigninSheet Revised: 3/20/09 Date: December 10, 2009 Attendance Sheet Mandatory Pre -Bid Meeting . Vendor Sign -in BID # 10 -5396 "Collier County Property Appraisers Office Renovations" T PLEASE PRIN� Name: �eReM./ 3OI ` sc> � Name: �GREQ G2 Company: �_s tarcl F RrfAj Address: S( e j T_A de DF ice C &.]f� City: Top_ Mrl:5 State: r1ap ill zip: 33 1 Telephone: (9 39 -439 - 5015 1 Company: 6tz rnci¢ofrt n � =v' Wr+,e,rt- Address: lo!f sin Mtn cymess ?jzkj , City: _ F'r r_Ye2S State: Ft` zip: 339��6 Telephone: � � a ?S --)QQ3 FAX: ba >q) 20 5 - tIese Email: �WgTt2 @ %W�EQLor�OArft , CGM Name: %1�trcS J"Lo�c�cl�P Company: J��aurY Pl{�QrS Address: I27 %fib M 010.E fottj City: _Clo..,.rt(u 61r State: Tt-- zip: S3—(4'4 Telephone:_ 7 G -ii 7 S 11 y 7 FAX: 7nn27 n 7l r li Email: I/l0O nn IN e-tl< ,r !�` Company: 6tz rnci¢ofrt n � =v' Wr+,e,rt- Address: lo!f sin Mtn cymess ?jzkj , City: _ F'r r_Ye2S State: Ft` zip: 339��6 Telephone: � � a ?S --)QQ3 FAX: ba >q) 20 5 - tIese Email: �WgTt2 @ %W�EQLor�OArft , CGM Name: %1�trcS J"Lo�c�cl�P Company: J��aurY Pl{�QrS Address: I27 %fib M 010.E fottj City: _Clo..,.rt(u 61r State: Tt-- zip: S3—(4'4 Telephone:_ 7 G -ii 7 S 11 y 7 FAX: 7nn27 572 7l r li Email: I/l0O nn IN e-tl< ,r Name: �a- tC�4i//�� Company: _COU �pt�os l_oCl57MAIe-ilod Address: [0745- Qye 5L llo City: J P� A,+ , F1 State: E— Zip: "L Telephone: l�[ 4Z,1 3Z4j0 FAX: 94'( 4 M 3211 Email Ari I e,5 �O�also,ds c, co. G /Acqu istions/rechFo"sand Letters /Mand atoryPre- BidSigninS heet Revised: 3120/09 MM Date: December 10, 2009 Attendance Sheet Mandatory Pre -Bid Meeting Vendor Sign -in BID # 10 -5396 "Collier County Property Appraisers Office Renovations" t, saLL PLEASE Name: Company: (/J RVO e_�• Address: 12-734 f nsj wwr-) Gtil City: FIF A"d-G PRINT Name: �- Company: Address: City: State: FL& zip:. 330jV7 State: r/ Zip: 33 9G / Telephone: 2.3of 7,77 [)u0 Telephone: 9.35/ - 3.39 1,13 % FAX: 27 ' z71 0-01 FAX: 2, ,3 1( Email: 'n't Q�n f'10�ti`16-4407Email: ur- xx 26 zae,�S74C v xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx, exxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx «xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx Name: E� J Company: /tW, eflo(b 1 1 C_t///t y - Address: �� % «� alt j L�`• City: Atp��'e. State: a ZipJ�_ Telephon'e�:20�.1 I ztn FAX: Name: <AC j Z Company: Z-<A".C'= State: .11:�Z_ Zip: Telephone: 923 wM Email: `(�/� (l�j �h f r'�; ir)i Email: G /Aoquistions/TechFor sandLetters /MandatoryPre- BidSigninSheet Revised: 3/20/09 CONSTRUCTION BID BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA Collier County Property Appraiser's Office Renovations BID NO. 10 -5396 Full Name of Bidder: Boran Craiq Barber Engel Construction Co., Inc Main Business Address: 3606 Enterprise Avenue Place of Business: Naples, Florida 34104 Telephone No. 239 - 643 -3343 Fax No.239- 643 -4548 State Contractor's License #CGC1510121 State of Florida Certificate of Authority Document Number H95943 To: BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA (hereinafter called the Owner) The undersigned, as Bidder declares that the only person or parties interested in this Bid as principals are those named herein, that this Bid is submitted without collusion with any other person, firm or corporation; that it has carefully examined the location of the proposed Work, the proposed form of Agreement and all other Contract Documents and Bonds, and the Contract Drawings and Specifications. Bidder proposes, and agrees if this Bid is accepted, Bidder will execute the Agreement included in the Bidding Documents, to provide all necessary machinery, tools, apparatus and other means of construction, including utility and transportation services necessary to do all the Work, and furnish all the materials and equipment specified or referred to in the Contract Documents in the manner and time herein prescribed and according to the requirements of the Owner as therein set forth, furnish the Contractor's Bonds and Insurance specified in the General Conditions of the Contract, and to do all other things required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents, and that it will take full payment the sums set forth in the following Bid Schedule: NOTE: If you choose to bid, please submit an ORIGINAL and ONE COPY of your bid pages. GC -P -1 BID SCHEDULE Collier County Property Appraiser's Office Renovati Bid No. 10 -5296 Total BASE BID- RENOVATION OPTION A without Alternates TOTAL BASE BID OPTION A $ 4 ,953 A -1 ELECTRICAL GENERATOR $ 9,628 A -2 SURGE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM $ 9,508 A -3 ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM $ 52,965 A -4 DUMPSTER WALL REPAIRS $ 3,975 A -5 PARKING LOT REFURBISHING $ 2,254 A -6 IMPACT RATED DOORS /WINDOWS $ 73,497 A -7 SECURITY CAMERA SYSTEM $ 59,571 A -8 UPGRADE ROOF INSULATION $ 88,787 A -9 EXTERIOR PAINT $ 9,091 A -10 CARPET $ 81,936 A -11 COMPUTER ROOM FIRE SUPP SSION $ 9,983 A -12 FIRE -RATED CORRIDORS $ 41,588 A -13 UPGRADE DOOR FINISH $ 21,436 A -14 AUTOMATIC DOOR OPE TORS $ 18,460 A -15 WINDOW TREATMENT $ 3,971 A -16 CARD -KEY ACCESS ARDWARE 1$15,698 Total of O tion A Alterna s onl TOTAL OPTION A- B E BID WITH ALL OPTION A ALTERNATES: $ 502,348 it 972,301 BID SCHEDULE CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE. GC -P -2 ALTERNATE BID- RENOVATION OPTION B TOTAL RENOVATION OPTION B (WITHOUT ADD ALTERNATES $ 1,304,010 B -1 UPGRADE ELECTRICAL GENERATOR $ 158,406 B -2 COMPUTER ROOM FIRE SUPPRESSION $ 30,032 t/ B -3 ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM $ 52,965 B-4 DUMPSTER WALL REPAIRS $ 3,975 v B -5 PARKING LOT REFURBISHING $ 2,254 B -6 IMPACT RATED DOORS/WINDOWS $ 73,497 B -7 SECURITY CAMERA SYSTEM $ 69,313 B -8 UPGRADE ROOF INSULATION $ 74,521 B -9 EXTERIOR PAINT $ 11,650 B -10 CARPET $ 93,167 B -11 AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS $ 18,460 B -12 WINDOW TREATMENT $ 3,971 B -13 FIRE ALARM $ 32,703 Total of Option B Alternates only $ 624,914 TOTAL OPTION B- BASE BID WITH ALL OPTION B ALTERNATES: $ 1,928,924 GC -P -3 CONSTRUCTION TIME: NAME THE BIDDER PROPOSES THE FOLLOWING CONSTRUCTION TIMES BASED ON CALENDAR DAYS: OPTION A WITHOUT ALTERNATES 147 DAYS OPTION A WITH ALL ALTERNATES 150 DAYS NCR/West Coast Insulation OPTION B WITHOUT ALTERNATES 175 DAYS OPTION B WITH ALL ALTERNATES 180 DAYS SUBCONTRACTOR LIST NAME ADDRESS DEMOLITION Cadenhead Brothers, Inc. 3994 Mercantile Avenue Naples, FL 34104 INSULATION NCR/West Coast Insulation 3218 Marion Street Fort Myers, FL 33916 DOORS Fields Door & Hardware, Inc. 1497 Rail Head Boulevard Na les, FL 34110 STOREFRONT Safezone LLC 3530 Kraft Road, Suite 100 Naples, FL 34105 DRYWALL AA Stucco & DD2all 6200 Shirley Street Suite 201 Naples, FL 34109 PAINTING The Construction Managers, Inc. 5621 Strand Boulevard Suite 310 Naples, FL 34110 ACOUSTIC CEILING NCR/West Coast Insulation 3218 Marion Street Fort Myers, FL 33916 CARPET Philbin Brothers, LLC 4599 Fowler Street Fort Myers, FL 33907 FIRE PROTECTION B &I Contractors, Inc. 2701 Prince Street Fort Myers, FL 33916 -5529 HVAC J &D Heating and Air Conditioning 5631 Halifax Avenue Fort M ers, FL 33912 ELECTRICAL Beaumont Electric Company, Inc. 4584 Mercantile Avenue Suite E Naples, FL 34104 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Beaumont Electric Company, Inc. 4584 Mercantile Avenue Suite E Naples, FL 34104 DATA- IT WIRING Beaumont Electric Company. Inc. 4584 Mercantile Avenue Suite E Naples, FL 34104 LIST ALL OTHER SUBCONTRACTORS, USE ADDITIONAL PAGES AS NECESSARY: TRIM Viking Craftsmen Companies f2-0-5S—E--9' Terrace Ca a Coral, FL 33990 BATH ACCESSORIES AAA Specialty Products of Florida, Inc. 2271 Bruner Lane Suite 3 Fort Myers, FL 33912 GC -P -4 GC -P -5 9740 Wheeler Road SITEWORK T.W. Nelson Inc. Lehigh Acres, FL 33972 2900 S. Horseshoe Dr. Unit #1400 ROOFING Crowther Roofing Naples, FL 34104 1950 Custom Drive SCREENING Freedom Screening Corp. Fort Myers, FL 33907 900 Industrial Boulevard HURRICANE SCREENS Sunmaster of Naples, Inc. Naples, FL 34104 3620 Work Drive ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Acousti Engineering Company of Florida Fort Myers, FL 33916 429 Production Boulevard CABINETS Southwest Woodwork, Inc. Naples, FL 34104 4599 Fowler Street VCT Philbin Brothers, LLC Fort M ers, FL 33907 Performance Plumbing of Southwest _e_ 1882 40 rrace S.W. PLUMBING FLA., Inc. Naples, FL 34116 8303 Summer Grove Road PEDIMATS TBS Construction Specialties, Inc. Tampa, FL 33647 2430 Vanderbilt Beach Road Suite 108 / #343 CONTROLS Johnson Controls Naples, FL 34109 3730 Canal Street SIGNAGE Images Graphic Specialties Fort M ers, FL 33916 GC -P -5 MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED OR BID SHALL BE DEEMED NON- RESPONSIVE All Bidders shall confirm by signature that they will provide the manufacturers and materials outlined in this Bid specifications. Exceptions (when equals are acceptable) may be requested by completing the Material Manufacturer Exception List below. If an exception for a manufacturer and /or material is proposed and listed below and is not approved by Engineer /Project Manager, Bidder shall furnish the manufacturer named in the specification. Acceptance of this form does not constitute acceptance of material proposed on this list. Complete and sign Section A OR B. Section A (Acceptance of all manufactures and materials in Bid specifications) On behalf of my firm, I confirm that we will use all manufacturers and materials as specifically outlined in the Bid specifications. Section B (Exception requested to Bid specifications manufacturers and materials) EXCEPTION MATERIAL EXCEPTION MANUFACTURER 1. 2. 0 4. 5. Please insert additional pages as necessary. GC -P -5 LIST OF MAJOR SUBCONTRACTORS THIS LIST MUST BE COMPLETED OR BID MAY BE DEEMED NON - RESPONSIVE The undersigned states that the following is a list of the proposed subcontractors for the major categories outlined in the requirements of the Bid specifications. The undersigned acknowledges its responsibility for ensuring that the Subcontractors for the major categories listed herein are "qualified" (as defined in Ordinance 87 -25 and Section 15 of Instructions to Bidders) and meet all legal requirements applicable to and necessitated by the Contract Documents, including, but not limited to proper licenses, certifications, registrations and insurance coverage. The Owner reserves the right to disqualify any Bidder who includes non - compliant or non - qualified Subcontractors in its bid offer. Further, the Owner may direct the Successful Bidder to remove /replace any Subcontractor, at no additional cost to Owner, which is found to be non - compliant with this requirement either before or after the issuance of the Award of Contract by Owner. (Attach additional sheets as needed). Further, the undersigned acknowledges and agrees that promptly after the Award of Contract, and in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Successful Bidder shall identify all Subcontractors it intends to use on the Project. The undersigned further agrees that all Subcontractors subsequently identified for any portion of work on this Project must be qualified as noted above. GC -P -7 4A-Lo yl w� Sfi 34 it Major Category of Work Subcontractor and Address 1. Demolition Cadenhead Brothers, Inc. 3994 Mercantile Avenue Naples, FL 34104 2. Sitework T.W. Nelson Inc. 9740 Wheeler Road Lehigh Acres, FL 33972 3. Hurricane Screens Sunmaster of Naples, Inc. 900 Industrial Boulevard Naples, FL 34104 4. Electrical Beaumont Electric Company, Inc. 4584 Mercantile Avenue Suite E Naples, FL 34104 5. Insulation Rdee h isulatme � e$} �an� n mead— o �✓�S� 3 f �f Mqn� GC -P -7 4A-Lo yl w� Sfi 34 it STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE OF BIDDER The Bidder is required to state below what work of similar magnitude completed within the last five years is a judge of its experience, skill and business standing and of its ability to conduct the work as completely and as rapidly as required under the terms of the Agreement. GC -P -7 Project and Location Reference �, Fleischmann Park Zayli Perez Naples, FL 34102 City of Naples Riverside Circle Naples, FL 239 - 213 -5041 2, City of Naples Building Department Remodel Bob Pierce Naples, FL City of Naples Riverside Circle Naples, FL 239 - 213 -5041 3, Wilshire Guardhouse Sharon Mangan Wilshire Lakes Naples, FL Wilshire Lakes Blvd. Naples, FL 239 -513 -1236 4, Venetian Village Remodel Mike Hoyt Gulfshore Blvd. Naples, FL Gulshore Blvd. N. Naples, FL 239 - 261 -6100 5, Miramare Restaurant Mike Hoyt Gulfshore Blvd. Naples, FL Gulshore Blvd. Naples, FL 239- 261 -6100 GC -P -7 my Naples, FL Collier County Building Horseshoe Drive Naples, FL 239 - 252 -2400 Dated January 6th. 2010 Boran Craig Barber Engel Construction Co Inc. Bidder BY: GC -P -8 TRENCH SAFETY ACT Bidder acknowledges that included in the various items of the bid and in the Total Bid Price are costs for complying with the Florida Trench Safety Act (90 -96, Laws of Florida) effective October 1, 1990. The Bidder further identifies the cost to be summarized below: Trench Safety Units of Unit Unit Measure Measure (Quantity) Cost (Description) L( F,SY) 1. MA- 2. 3. 4. 5. TOTAL $ Extended Cost Failure to complete the above may result in the Bid being declared non - responsive. Dated January 6`h. 2010 Boran Craig Barber Engel Construction Co Inc Bidder BY: GC -P -9 st) nr C Affidavit for Claiming Status as a Local Business Services lion Purchasing BID #:10 -5396 (CHECK APPROPRIATE BOXES BELOW) State of Florida (Select County if Vendor is described as a Local Business ® Collier County ❑ Lee County Vendor affirms that it is a local business as defined by the Purchasing Policy of the Collier County Board of County Commissioners and the Regulations Thereto. As defined in Section XI of the Collier County Purchasing Policy A "local business" is defined as a business that has a valid occupational license issued by either Collier or Lee County for a minimum of one (1) year prior to a Collier County bid or proposal submission that authorizes the business to provide the commodities or services to be purchased, and a physical business address located within the limits of Collier or Lee Counties from which the vendor operates or performs business. Post Office Boxes are not verifiable and shall not be used for the purpose of establishing said physical address. In addition to the foregoing, a vendor shall not be considered a "local business" unless it contributes to the economic development and well -being of either Collier or Lee County in a verifiable and measurable way. This may include, but not be limited to, the retention and expansion of employment opportunities, the support and increase to either Collier or Lee County's tax base, and residency of employees and principals of the business within Collier or Lee County. Vendors shall affirm in writing their compliance with the foregoing at the time of submitting their bid or proposal to be eligible for consideration as a "local business" under this section. Vendor must complete the following information: Year Business Established in ®Collier County or ❑ Lee County: 37 Years Number of Employees (Including Owner(s) or Corporate Officers): 80 Number of Employees Living in ® Collier County or ❑ Lee (Including Owner(s) or Corporate Officers): 70 If requested by the County, vendor will be required to provide documentation substantiating the information given in this affidavit. Failure to do so will result in vendor's submission being deemed not applicable. Vendor Name: Boran Craig Barber Engel Construction Co Inc Date: January 6'". 2010 Signature: IL am-iD Title: Vice President of Interiors STATE OF FLORIDA ® COLLIER COUNTY ❑ LEE COUNTY Sworn to and Subscribed Before Me, a Notary Public, for the above State and County, on this 61" Day of January, 2010. Tonva Rodriguez Notary Public My Commission Expires: t j Zoo/ (AFFIX OFFICIAL SEAL) GC -P -10 ti TONYA D. RODRIGUEZ r Commission DO 717096 ' as Expires NOvem /yPr, n eowamNr F ber6,201i '�' ril,wmwgeoaabs:o CU 76Y county Immigration Affidavit Certification Selves Division PurchasirV Bid #:10-5396 Title: Collier County Property Appraiser's Office Renovations This Affidavit is required and should be signed, notarized by an authorized principal of the firm and submitted with formal Invitations to Bid (ITB's) and Request for Proposals (RFP) submittals. Failure to include this Affidavit with proposal will delay in the consideration and reviewing of vendor's proposals and could result in the vendor's proposal being deemed non - responsive. Collier County will not intentionally award County contracts to any vendor who knowingly employs unauthorized alien workers, constituting a violation of the employment provision contained in 8 U.S.C. Section 1324 a(e) Section 274A(e) of the Immigration and Nationality Act ( "INA "). Collier County may consider the employment by any vendor of unauthorized aliens a violation of Section 274A (e) of the INA. Such Violation by the recipient of the Employment Provisions contained in Section 274A (e) of the INA shall be grounds for unilateral termination of the contract by Collier County. Vendor attests that they are fully compliant with all applicable immigration laws (specifically to the 1986 Immigration Act and subsequent Amendment(s)) and agrees to abide by Collier County Employment Eligibility Verification System requirements regarding this solicitation. Company Name Boran Craig Barber Engel Construction Co., Inc Print Name Jon Lawrence Title Vice President of Interiors Signature Date January 6 2010 STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF COLLIER The foregoing instrument was signed and acknowledged before me this 6th day of January, 2010, by Jon Lawrence who has produced (Print or Type Name) �fully IC_nj! -W^ as identification. (Type of Iden5ficatioA and dumber) Tonva Rodriguez , : Printed Name of Notary Public Da 7l'fo9tp Lt /p /r�rwmwr.�eaoxs -,o,s Notary Commission Number /Expiration The signee of this Affidavit guarantees, as evidenced by the sworn affidavit required herein, the truth and accuracy of this affidavit to interrogatories hereinafter made. Collier County reserves the right, at any time, to request supporting documentation as evidence of the vendor's compliance with this sworn affidavit. Upon notification that its Bid has been awarded, the Successful Bidder will execute the Agreement form attached to the Bidding Documents within ten (10) calendar days and deliver GC -P -11 the Surety Bond or Bonds and Insurance Certificates as required by the Contract Documents. The bid security attached is to become the property of the Owner in the event the Agreement, Insurance Certificates and Bonds are not executed and delivered to Owner within the time above set forth, as liquidated damages, for the delay and additional expense to the Owner, it being recognized that, since time is of the essence, Owner will suffer financial loss if the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver to Owner the required Agreement, Insurance Certificates and Bonds within the required time period. In the event of such failure, the total amount of Owner's damages, will be difficult, if not impossible, to definitely ascertain and quantify. It is hereby agreed that it is appropriate and fair that Owner receive liquidated damages from the Successful Bidder in the event it fails to execute and deliver the Agreement, Insurance Certificates, and Bonds as required hereunder. The Successful Bidder hereby expressly waives and relinquishes any right which it may have to seek to characterize the above noted liquidated damages as a penalty, which the parties agree represents a fair and reasonable estimate of Owner's actual damages at the time of bidding if the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Agreement, Insurance Certificates, and Bonds in a timely manner. Upon receipt of the Notice of Award, the undersigned proposes to commence work at the site within 5 calendar days from the commencement date stipulated in the written Notice to Proceed unless the Project Manager, in writing, subsequently notifies the Contractor of a modified (later) commencement date. The undersigned further agrees to substantially complete all work covered by this Bid within one hundred and twenty (120) consecutive calendar days for Plan A and within one hundred and fifty(1'50) consecutive calendar days for Plan B computed by excluding the commencement date and including the last day of such period, and to be fully completed to the point of final acceptance by the Owner within thirty(30) for Plan A and Plan B consecutive calendar days after Substantial Completion, computed by excluding commencement date and including the last day of such period. Respectfully Submitted: State of Florida County of Collier Jon Lawrence, being first duly sworn on oath deposes and says that the Bidder on the above Bid is organized as indicated and that all statements herein made are made on behalf of such Bidder and that this deponent is authorized to make them. Jon Lawrence, also deposes and says that it has examined and carefully prepared its Bid from the Bidding Documents, including the Contract Drawings and Specifications and has checked the same in detail before submitting this Bid; that the statements contained herein are true and correct. (a) Corporation The Bidder is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Florida, which operates under the legal name of Boran Craig Barber Engel Construction Co Inc., and the full names of its officers are as follows: GC -P -12 President Melvin L. Engel, Jr. Secretary James F. Bunnel Treasurer James F. Bunnel Manager N/A The President is authorized to sign construction bids and contracts for the company by action of its Board of Directors taken (b) Co- Partnership The Bidder is a co- partnership consisting of individual partners whose full names are as follows: The co- partnership does business under the legal name of: (c) Individual The Bidder is an individual whose full name is operating under a trade name, said trade name is DATED Witness Witness GC -P -13 M legal entity Name of Bidder (Typed) Signature Title 571TOICi STATE OF Florida COUNTY OF Collier The foregoing i`n�}strument was acknowledged before me this 6rh day of January, 201 , by Jon U Lawrence, as .V. orr LrrFrriors ofd_ �NI;21- Otf tjI & �. Zl Ipc a —Fo— corporation, on behalf of the corporation.%4{e /she is per nally known to me or has produced as identification and did (did not) take an oath My Commission Expires: 11jrcj2Dlj 3F rye TONYA D. RODRIGUEZ �.x;`, ;r Commission 00 717086 7 Expires November 6, 2011 (AFFIX OFFICIAL SEAL) NAME: GC -P -14 1 f0MA ID. 2_i LI (Legib -. Notary Public, State of Florida Commission No.: -0D 717011(o KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we Boran Craig Barber Engel Construction Co., Inc. (herein after called the Principal) and Safeco Insurance Company of America, (herein called the Surety), a corporation chartered and existing under the laws of the State of WA with its principal offices in the city of Seattle_ and authorized to do business in the State of _Florida_ are held and firmly bound unto the the County Board of County Commissioners_ (hereinafter called the Owner), in the full and just sum of _Five Percent of Amount Bid_ dollars ($_5% ) good and lawful money of the United States of America, to be paid upon demand of the Owner, to which payment well and truly to be made, the Principal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, and executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally and firmly by these presents. Whereas, the Principal is about to submit, or has submitted to the Owner, a Bid for furnishing all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to furnish, install, and fully complete the Work on the Project known as Collier County Property Appraiser's Office Renovations Bid No. 10 -5396 NOW, THEREFORE, if the Owner shall accept the Bid of the PRINCIPAL and the PRINCIPAL shall enter into the required Agreement with the Owner and within ten days after the date of a written Notice of Award in accordance with the terms of such Bid, and give such bond or bonds in an amount of 100% the total Contract Amount as specified in the Bidding Documents or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the Agreement and for the prompt payment of labor, materials and supplies furnished in the prosecution thereof or, in the event of the failure of the PRINCIPAL to enter into such Agreement or to give such bond or bonds, and deliver to Owner the required certificates of insurance, if the PRINCIPAL shall pay to the OBLIGEE the fixed sum of $ Five Percent of Amount Bid_ noted above as liquidated damages, and not as a penalty, as provided in the Bidding Documents, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. IN TESTIMONY Thereof, the Principal and Surety have caused these presents to be duly signed and sealed Shis _7th_ day of _December , 2009. Boran Craig gel Construction Co., Inc. Principal M Countersigned Insurance Company of America (Seal) Surety '�r (Seal) Colley, Attorney -in act GC -P -14 Local Resident Producing Agent for GC -P -15 E'i V POWER �YY��771/hhSS( ri OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: No. 13330 Safem Insurance Company of America General Insurance Company of America 1001 4th Avenue Suite 1700 Seattle, WA 98154 That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, each a Washington corporation, does each hereby appoint * * * * * * * * * * * ** *BONNIE T. ATNIP; ARTHUR COLLEY; NICOLE COLLEY, Charlotte, North Carolina * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *** its true and lawful attomey(s) -in -fact, with full authority to execute on its behalf fidelity and surety bonds or undertakings and other documents of a similar character issued in the course of its business, and to bind the respective company thereby. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have each executed and attested these presents this 2nd April 2009 day of Dexter R. Leoo. Secretary Timothy A. Miik- olaiewskl Vice President CERTIFICATE Extract from the By -Laws of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA: 'Article V, Section 13. - FIDELITY AND SURETY BONDS ... the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, and any Assistant Vice President appointed for that purpose by the officer in charge of surety operations, shall each have authority to appoint individuals as attorneys -in -fact or under other appropriate titles with authority to execute on behalf of the company fidelity and surety bonds and other documents of similar character issued by the company in the course of its business... On any instrument making or evidencing such appointment, the signatures may be affixed by facsimile. On any instrument conferring such authority or on any bond or undertaking of the company, the seal, or a facsimile thereof, may be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced; provided, however, that the seal shall not be necessary to the validity of any such instrument or undertaking.' Extract from a Resolution of the Board of Directors of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA adopted July 28, 1970. "On any certificate executed by the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company setting out, (I) The provisions of Article V, Section 13 of the By -Laws, and (it) A copy of the power -of- attomey appointment, executed pursuant thereto, and (iii) Certifying that said power -of- attorney appointment is in full force and effect, the signature of the certifying officer may be by facsimile, and the seal of the Company may be a facsimile thereof." I, Dexter R. Legg , Secretary of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, do hereby certify that the foregoing extracts of the By -Laws and of a Resolution of the Board of Directors of these corporations, and of a Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto, are true and correct, and that both the By -Laws, the Resolution and the Power of Attorney are still in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of said corporation this day of T=EA JjW1* W kIl AIr Dexter R. Legg, Secretary D a/c( S- 0974 1DS 3/09 WEB PDF THIS SHEET MUST BE SIGNED BY VENDOR BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA Purchasing Department BIDDERS CHECK LIST IMPORTANT: Please read carefully, sign in the spaces indicated and return with your Bid. Bidder should check off each of the following items as the necessary action is completed: 1. The Bid has been signed. 2. The Bid prices offered have been reviewed. 3. The price extensions and totals have been checked. 4. Any required drawings, descriptive literature, etc. have been included. 5. Any delivery information required is included. 6. Local Vendor Preference Affidavit completed. 7. Immigration Affidavit Completed 8. Certificate of Authority to Conduct Business in State of Florida 9. If required, the amount of Bid bond has been checked, and the Bid bond or cashiers check has been included. 10. Any addenda have been signed and included. 11. The mailing envelope has been addressed to: Purchasing Director Collier County Government Center Purchasing Building 3301 Tamiami Trail, East Naples, Florida 34112 12. The mailing envelope must be sealed and marked with: <*Bid Number; ,*Project Name; *Opening Date. 13. The Bid will be mailed or delivered in time to be received no later than the specified opening date and time, otherwise Bid cannot be considered. ALL COURIER - DELIVERED BIDS MUST HAVE THE BID NUMBER AND PROJECT NAME ON THE OUTSIDE OF THE COURIER PACKET Boran Craig Barber Engel Construction Co Inc Bidder Name Date: January 6th. 2010 GC -P -17 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, ( "Owner ") hereby contracts with Boran Craig Barber Engel Construction Co., Inc. ( "Contractor ") of 3606 Enterprise Avenue, Naples, Florida 34104, a corporation, authorized to do business in the State of Florida, to perform all work ( "Work ") in connection with Collier County Property Appraiser's Office Renovations, Bid No. 10- 5396 ( "Project "), as said Work is set forth in the Plans and Specifications prepared by Victor J. Latavish Architect, P.A., the Engineer and /or Architect of Record ( "Design Professional ") and other Contract Documents hereafter specified. Owner and Contractor, for the consideration herein set forth, agree as follows: Section 1. Contract Documents. A. The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, the Exhibits described in Section 6 hereof, the Legal Advertisement, the Bidding Documents and any duly executed and issued addenda, Change Orders, Work Directive Changes, Field Orders and amendments relating thereto. All of the foregoing Contract Documents are incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement (all of said documents including the Agreement sometimes being referred to herein as the "Contract Documents" and sometimes as the "Agreement" and sometimes as the "Contract "). A copy of the Contract Documents shall be maintained by Contractor at the Project site at all times during the performance of the Work. B. Owner shall furnish to the Contractor one reproducible set of the Contract Documents and the appropriate number of sets of the Construction Documents, signed and sealed by the Design Professional, as are reasonably necessary for permitting. Section 2. Scope of Work. Contractor agrees to furnish and pay for all management, supervision, financing, labor, materials, tools, fuel, supplies, utilities, equipment and services of every kind and type necessary to diligently, timely, and fully perform and complete in a good and workmanlike manner the Work required by the Contract Documents. Section 3. Contract Amount. In consideration of the faithful performance by Contractor of the covenants in this Agreement to the full satisfaction and acceptance of Owner, Owner agrees to pay, or cause to be paid, to Contractor the following amount (herein "Contract Amount "), in accordance with the terms of this Agreement: one million four hundred seven thousand fifty -five dollars ($1,407,055.00). GC -CA -1 Section 4. Bonds. A. Contractor shall provide Performance and Payment Bonds, in the form prescribed in Exhibit A, in the amount of 100% of the Contract Amount, the costs of which are to be paid by Contractor. The Performance and Payment Bonds shall be underwritten by a surety authorized to do business in the State of Florida and otherwise acceptable to Owner; provided, however, the surety shall meet the requirements of the Department of the Treasury Fiscal Service, "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsurance Companies" circular. This circular may be accessed via the web at www .fms.treas.gov /c570 /c570.html #certified. Should the Contract Amount be less than $500,000, the requirements of Section 287.0935, F.S. shall govern the rating and classification of the surety. B. If the surety for any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt, becomes insolvent, its right to do business is terminated in the State of Florida, or it ceases to meet the requirements imposed by the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall, within five (5) calendar days thereafter, substitute at its cost and expense another bond and surety, both of which shall be subject to the Owner's approval. Section 5. Contract Time and Liquidated Damages. A. Time of Performance. Time is of the essence in the performance of the Work under this Agreement. The "Commencement Date" shall be established in the written Notice to Proceed to be issued by the Project Manager, as hereinafter defined. Contractor shall commence the Work within five (5) calendar days from the Commencement Date. No Work shall be performed at the Project site prior to the Commencement Date. Any Work performed by Contractor prior to the Commencement Date shall be at the sole risk of Contractor. Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion for Plan A within one hundred and twenty (120) calendar days and shall achieve Substantial Completion for Plan B within one hundred and fifty(150) calendar days from the Commencement Date (herein "Contract Time "). The date of Substantial Completion of the Work (or designated portions thereof) is the date certified by the Design Professional when construction is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so Owner can occupy or utilize the Work (or designated portions thereof) for the use for which it is intended. Contractor shall achieve Final Completion within thirty(30) calendar days for both Plan A and Plan B after the date of Substantial Completion. Final Completion shall occur when the Agreement is completed in its entirety, is accepted by the Owner as complete and is so stated by the Owner as completed. As used herein and throughout the Contract Documents, the phrase "Project Manager" refers to the Owner's duly authorized representative and shall mean the Division Administrator or Department Director, as applicable, acting directly or through duly authorized representatives. GC -CA -2 B. Liquidated Damages in General. Owner and Contractor recognize that, since time is of the essence for this Agreement, Owner will suffer financial loss if Contractor fails to achieve Substantial Completion within the time specified above, as said time may be adjusted as provided for herein. In such event, the total amount of Owner's damages, will be difficult, if not impossible, to definitely ascertain and quantify. Should Contractor fail to achieve Substantial Completion within the number of calendar days established herein, Owner shall be entitled to assess, as liquidated damages, but not as a penalty, one thousand seven hundred and fifty seven dollars and fifteen cents ($1757.15) for each calendar day thereafter until Substantial Completion is achieved. Further, in the event Substantial Completion is reached, but the Contractor fails to reach Final Completion within the required time period, Owner shall also be entitled to assess and Contractor shall be liable for all actual damages incurred by Owner as a result of Contractor failing to timely achieve Final Completion. The Project shall be deemed to be substantially completed on the date the Project Manager (or at his /her direction, the Design Professional) issues a Certificate of Substantial Completion pursuant to the terms hereof. Contractor hereby expressly waives and relinquishes any right which it may have to seek to characterize the above noted liquidated damages as a penalty, which the parties agree represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the Owner's actual damages at the time of contracting if Contractor fails to Substantially or Finally Complete the Work within the required time periods. C. Computation of Time Periods. When any period of time is referenced by days herein, it shall be computed to exclude the first day and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day shall be omitted from the computation, and the last day shall become the next succeeding day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday. D. Determination of Number of Days of Default. For all contracts, regardless of whether the Contract Time is stipulated in calendar days or working days, the Owner will count default days in calendar days. E. Right of Collection. The Owner has the right to apply any amounts due Contractor under this Agreement or any other agreement between Owner and Contractor, as payment on such liquidated damages due under this Agreement in Owner's sole discretion. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Owner retains its right to liquidated damages due under this Agreement even if Contractor, at Owner's election and in its sole discretion, is allowed to continue and to finish the Work, or any part of it, after the expiration of the Contract Time including granted time extensions. GC -CA -3 F. Completion of Work by Owner. In the event Contractor defaults on any of its obligations under the Agreement and Owner elects to complete the Work, in whole or in part, through another contractor or its own forces, the Contractor and its surety shall continue to be liable for the liquidated damages under the Agreement until Owner achieves Substantial and Final Completion of the Work. Owner will not charge liquidated damages for any delay in achieving Substantial or Final Completion as a result of any unreasonable action or delay on the part of the Owner. G. Final Acceptance by Owner. The Owner shall consider the Agreement complete when the Contractor has completed in its entirety all of the Work and the Owner has accepted all of the Work and notified the Contractor in writing that the Work is complete. Once the Owner has approved and accepted the Work, Contractor shall be entitled to final payment in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents. H. Recovery of Damages Suffered by Third Parties. Contractor shall be liable to Owner to the extent Owner incurs damages from a third party as a result of Contractor's failure to fulfill all of its obligations under the Contract Documents. Owner's recovery of any delay related damages under this Agreement through the liquidated damages does not preclude Owner from recovering from Contractor any other non -delay related damages that may be owed to it arising out of or relating to this Agreement. Section 6. Exhibits Incorporated. The following documents are expressly agreed to be incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement. Exhibit A: Performance and Payment Bond Forms Exhibit B: Insurance Requirements Exhibit C: Release and Affidavit Form Exhibit D: Contractor Application for Payment Form Exhibit E: Change Order Form Exhibit F: Certificate of Substantial Completion Form Exhibit G: Final Payment Checklist Exhibit H: General Terms and Conditions Exhibit I: Supplemental Terms and Conditions Exhibit J: Technical Specifications Exhibit K: Permits GC -CA-4 Exhibit L: Standard Details (if applicable) Exhibit M: Plans and Specifications prepared by Victor J. Latavish Architect, P.A.and identified as follows: Collier County Property Appraiser's Office Renovations, as shown on Plan Sheets 1 through see attachments Exhibit N: Contractor's List of Key Personnel Section 7. Notices A. All notices required or made pursuant to this Agreement by the Contractor to the Owner shall be shall be deemed duly served if delivered by U.S. Mail, E -mail or Facsimile, addressed to the following: Mr Robert Fuentes, Project Manager 3301 Tamiami Trail East, building W Naples, Florida 34112 Email: robertfuentes(cDcolliergov.net Tel: 239 - 252 -8380 B. All notices required or made pursuant to this Agreement by Owner to Contractor shall be made in writing and shall be deemed duly served if delivered by U.S. Mail, E- mail or Facsimile, addressed to the following: Melvin L. Engel, Jr., President Boren Craig Barber Engel Construction Co., Inc. 3606 Enterprise Avenue Naples, Florida 34104 Telephone: 239 - 643 -3343 Facsimile: 239 -643 -4548 C. Either party may change its above noted address by giving written notice to the other party in accordance with the requirements of this Section. Section 8. PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES. 8.1 By its execution of this Contract, Construction Contractor acknowledges that it has been informed by Owner of the terms of Section 287.133(2)(a) of the Florida Statutes which read as follows: GC -CA -5 "A person or affiliate who has been placed on the convicted vendor list following a conviction for a public entity crime may not submit a bid on a contract to provide any goods or services to a public entity for the construction or repair of a public building or public work, may not submit bids on leases of real property to a public entity, may not be awarded or perform work as a contractor, supplier, subcontractor, or consultant under a contract with any public entity in excess of the threshold amount provided in s. 287.017 for CATEGORY TWO for a period of 36 months from the date of being placed on the convicted vendor list." Section 9. Modification. No modification or change to the Agreement shall be valid or binding upon the parties unless in writing and executed by the party or parties intended to be bound by it. Section 10. Successors and Assigns. Subject to other provisions hereof, the Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the parties to the Agreement. Section 11. Governing Law. The Agreement shall be interpreted under and its performance governed by the laws of the State of Florida. Section 12. No Waiver. The failure of the Owner to enforce at any time or for any period of time any one or more of the provisions of the Agreement shall not be construed to be and shall not be a waiver of any such provision or provisions or of its right thereafter to enforce each and every such provision. Section 13. Entire Agreement. Each of the parties hereto agrees and represents that the Agreement comprises the full and entire agreement between the parties affecting the Work contemplated, and no other agreement or understanding of any nature concerning the same has been entered into or will be recognized, and that all negotiations, acts, work performed, or payments made prior to the execution hereof shall be deemed merged in, integrated and superseded by the Agreement. GC -CA -6 Section 14. Severability. Should any provision of the Agreement be determined by a court to be unenforceable, such a determination shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other section or part thereof. Section 15. Change Order Authorization. The Project Manager shall have the authority on behalf of the Owner to execute all Change Orders and Work Directive Changes to the Agreement to the extent provided for under the Owner's Purchasing Policy and accompanying administrative procedures. Section 16. Construction. Any doubtful or ambiguous language contained in this Agreement shall not be construed against the party who physically prepared this Agreement. The rule sometimes referred to as "fortius contra proferentum" (pursuant to which ambiguities in a contractual term which appears on its face to have been inserted for the benefit of one of the parties shall be construed against the benefited party) shall not be applied to the construction of this Agreement. Section 17. Order of Precedence In the event of any conflict between or among the terms of any of the Contract Documents, the terms of the Construction Agreement and the General Terms and Conditions shall take precedence over the terms of all other Contract Documents, except the terms of any Supplemental Conditions shall take precedence over the Construction Agreement and the General Terms and Conditions. To the extent any conflict in the terms of the Contract Documents cannot be resolved by application of the Supplemental Conditions, if any, or the Construction Agreement and the General Terms and Conditions, the conflict shall be resolved by imposing the more strict or costly obligation under the Contract Documents upon the Contractor at Owner's discretion. GC -CA -7 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date(s) indicated below. TWO WITNESSES: FI ST WI NE S AL�,A,.I S. 1�.trt�yC Type /Print Name SECONI WITNESS Tonva 0. � S �z Type /Print Name Date:l t,l�k '`'L12cr ATTEST: Dw B. Brock, Clerk iionit" gMlti +: Approved As To Form and Legal SufficieWy: Print Name: CONTRACTOR: Boran Craig Barber Engel Construction Co., Inc. By: tJ 0� �ay Malvin T._ F.ngal Jr_� PrPSid2nt /CE0 Type /Print Name and Title OWNER: BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY FLORIDA BY: Fred w. coyle, Chairman GC -CA -8 EXHIBIT A PUBLIC PAYMENT BOND Collier County Property Appraiser's Office Renovations Bond No. 6644781 Contract No. 10 -5396 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Boran Craig Barber Engel Construction Co., Inc., as Principal, and Safeco Insurance Company of America, as Surety, located at 1001 4tn Avenue, Ste 1700 Seattle, WA 98154 (Business Address) are held and firmly bound to Board of County Commissioners of Collier County. Florida as Obligee in the sum of One Million Four Hundred Seven Thousand Fifty -Five Dollars ($1,407,055.00) for the payment whereof we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, personal representatives, successors and assigns, jointly and severally. WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a contract dated as of the _28th_ day of January 2010, with Obligee for Collier County Property Appraiser's Office Renovations in Collier County, FL in accordance with drawings and specifications, which contract is incorporated by reference and made a part hereof, and is referred to herein as the Contract. THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Principal: Promptly makes payment to all claimants as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying Principal with labor, materials or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Principal in the prosecution of the work provided for in the Contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force. Any changes in or under the Contract and compliance or noncompliance with any formalities connected with the Contract or the changes do not affect Sureties obligation under this Bond. The provisions of this bond are subject to the time limitations of Section 255.05(2). In no event will the Surety be liable in the aggregate to claimants for more than the penal sum of this Payment Bond, regardless of the number of suits that may be filed by claimants. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above parties have executed this instrument this _28th_ day of January 2010, the name of each party being affixed and these presents duly signed by its under - signed representative, pursuant to authority of its governing body. GC- CA -A -1 Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of: Witnesses as to Principal STATE OF COUNTY OF Collier PRINCIPAL Boran Craig Barber Engel Construction Co., Inc. BY: ✓ 4 NAME: Melvin T.- Engel , r ITS: President /CEO The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 28th day of January 2010 byy Melvin L. Engel, Jr. as President CEO Of 3oran Craig BHB'er Enge cons ruc ion o. , nc. a 'lorida corporation, on behalf of the corporation. He /she is personally known to me OR has produced as identification and did (did not) take an oath. My Commission Expires: ItI912011 Tpply,q 0. RODR11 EZ _� Commission 0717 is = QQit = ExVires NoFember Bum o ' � ge„p,n+murm ,nY'�xna (AFFIX OFFICIAL SEAL) ATTEST: Witnesses to Surety . =aio NAME: Tonya D. Rodriguez (Legibly Printed) Notary Public, State of Florida Commission No.: GC- CA -A -2 SURETY: Safeco Insurance Company of America (Printed Name) 1001 4th Ave Ste 1700 Seattle, WA 98154 (Business Address (Authorized Signature) (Printed Name) MAW Arthur L. Colley Witnesses STATE OF NC COUNTY OFMecklenburg As Attorney in Fact U (Attach Power of Attorney) Bonnie T. Atnip (Printed Name) 2115 Rexford Rd., Ste 200 Charlotte, NC 28211 (Business Address) 704 - 362 -3991 (Telephone Number) The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this _28th_ day of January , 2010, by Bonnie T. Atnip , as Attorney -in -Fact of _Safeco Insurance Company of America_ Surety, on behalf of Surety. He /She is personally known to me OR has produced Personally known to me as identification and who did (did not) take an oath. My Commission Expires: Nov. 18, 2012 (Signature) �HLIG y, ��yy..�RO CO��;:••r• Name: Nicole Montealegre Colley (Legibly Printed) GC- CA -A -3 Notary Public, State of: NC Commission No.: EXHIBIT A PUBLIC PERFORMANCE BOND Collier County Property Appraiser's Office Renovations Bond No.6644781_ Contract No. 10 -5396 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Boran Craig Barber Engel Construction Co.. Inc., as Principal, and Safeco Insurance Company of America, as Surety, located at 1001 4th Avenue Ste 1700, Seattle WA 98154 (Business Address) are held and firmly bound to Board of County Commissioners of Collier County Florida , as Obligee in the sum of One Million Four Hundred Seven Thousand Fity- Five Dollars ($_1,407,055.00_) for the payment whereof we bond ourselves, our heirs, executors, personal representatives, successors and assigns, jointly and severally. WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a contract dated as of the 28th day of January , 2010, with Obligee for Collier County Property Appraiser's Office Renovations in accordance with drawings and specifications, which contract is incorporated by reference and made a part hereof, and is referred to herein as the Contract. THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Principal: 1. Performs the Contract at the times and in the manner prescribed in the Contract; and 2. Pays Obligee any and all losses, damages, costs and attorneys' fees that Obligee sustains because of any default by Principal under the Contract, including, but not limited to, all delay damages, whether liquidated or actual, incurred by Obligee; and 3. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the Contract for the time specified in the Contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force. Any changes in or under the Contract and compliance or noncompliance with any formalities connected with the Contract or the changes do not affect Sureties obligation under this Bond. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no changes, extensions of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or other work to be performed hereunder, or the specifications referred to therein shall in anywise affect its obligations under this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such changes, extensions of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to work or to the specifications. This instrument shall be construed in all respects as a common law bond. It is expressly understood that the time provisions and statute of limitations under Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, shall not apply to this bond. GC- CA -A-4 In no event will the Surety be liable in the aggregate to Obligee for more than the penal sum of this Performance Bond regardless of the number of suits that may be filed by Obligee. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above parties have executed this instrument this _28th_ day of January , 2010, the name of each party being affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative, pursuant to authority of its governing body. Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of: aS Witnesses as to Principal STATE OF Florida COUNTY OF Collier PRINCIPAL Boran��Craig Barber Engel Construction Co., Inc. BYV� 9. `.cam` --- NAME: Melvin L. Engel, Jr. ITS: President CEO The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 28th day January 2069 by Melvin L. Engel, Jr. President /CEO Of Florida corporation on e a f o 'the co t' H/ h personally e'1T.1�►�Pi1 to rpora Ion. e s e me OR has as identificatio n My Commission Expires: 111*2.a11 TONYA D, RODRIGUEZ �. Commission DO 717096 Expires November 6, 2011 amsammTMVF&k` mae.rou (AFFIX OFFICIAL SEAL) produced and did (did not) take an oath. ( ignatu e) Name: Tonva D. Rodriguez (Legibly Printed) GC- CA -A -5 Notary Public, State of: Florida Commission No.: of as a Is ATTEST: Witnesses as to Surety AM Arthur L. Colley Witnesses STATE OF NC COUNTY OF Mecklenburg SURETY: Safeco Insurance Company of America (Printed Name) 10014 th Ave. Ste 1700 Seattle, WA 98154 (Business Address) (Authorized Signature) (Printed Name) As Attorney in Fact (Attach Power of Attorney) Bonnie T. Atnip (Printed Name) 2115 Rexford Rd., Ste 200 Charlotte, NC 28211 (Business Address) (Telephone Number) The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this _28th_ day of January 2010, by Bonnie T. Atnip as Attorney -in -Fact of _Safeco Insurance Company of America_, Surety, on behalf of Surety. He /She is personally known to me OR has produced Personally Known To Me as identification and who did (did not) take an oath. My Commission Expires: November 18, 2012 (Signature) �( �NrprH4rrl IIIJJJ Name: Nicole Montealeore Colley (Legibly Printed) M Notary Public, State of: NC ttit8r201Q' X Commission No.: CO.: ,��•gBUHG CO�`a.: GC- CA -A -6 Lil�YL�T POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: No. 13330 Safeco Insurance Company of America General Insurance Company of America 1001 4th Avenue Suite 1700 Seattle, WA 98154 That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, each a Washington corporation, does each hereby appoint * * * * *... ***BONNIE T. ATNIP; ARTHUR COLLEY, NICOLE COLLEY; Charlotte, North Carolina Its true and lawful attomay(s) -in -fact, %fill full authority to execute on its behalf fidelity and surety bonds or undertakings and other documents of a similar character issued In the course of its business, and to bind the respective company thereby. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have each executed and attested these presents this 2nd April 1 2005 day of Dexter R. Legg, Secretary Timothy A. Mikolaiewskl, Vice President CERTIFICATE Extract from the By -Laws ofSAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA: "Article V, Section 13. - FIDELITY AND SURETY BONDS ... the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, and any Assistant Vice President appointed for that purpose by the officer in charge of surety operations, shall each have authority to appoint individuals as stiomeys-in -fact or under other appropriate titles with authority to execute on behalf of the company fidelity and surety bonds and other documents of similar character issued by the company in the course of its business... On any Instrument making or evidencing such appointment, the signatures may be affixed by facsimile. On any instrument conferring such authority or on any bond or undertaking of the company, the seal, or a facsimile thereof, may be Impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced; provided, however, that the seal shall not be necessary to the validity of any such instrument or undertaking." Extract from a Resolution of the Board of Directors of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA adopted July 28, 1970. 'On any certificate executed by the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company setting out, Ci) The provisions of Article V, Section 13 of the %,Laws, and A copy of the power -of- attomey appointment, executed pursuant thereto, and (iii) Certifying that said power-of-attorney appointment Is in full force and effect, the signature of the certifying officer may be by facsimile, and the seal of the Company may be a facsimile thereof.' I,DexterR.Legg , Secretary of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, do hereby certify that the foregoing extracts of the By -Laws and of a Resolution of the Board of Directors of these corporations, and of a Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto, are nue and correct and that both the By -Laws, the Resolution and the Power of Attorney are still in full force and effect IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of said corporation this 28th day of January , 2010 � ` cow 9 J�5 S EAL Ark x �s2� \�` Dexter R. Legg, Secretary S- 09741DS 3W WEB PDF Co�er County Administrative Services D+vision rhasing Contract Administration, Bldg. G, 3301 Tamiami Trail East, Naples, FL 34112 Tel: (239) 252 -8407 January 28, 2010 Melvin L. Engel, Jr., President Boran Craig Barber Engel Construction Co., Inc. 3606 Enterprise Avenue Naples, FL 34104 RE: Contract 10 -5396 — Collier County Property Appraisers Office Renovations Dear Mr. Engel: The insurance requirements were inadvertently left out of the referenced bid document. The insurance requirements should have been as follows: Commercial General Liability with a minimum limit of $1,000,000 Business Auto Liability with coverage of $500,000 Workers' Compesnation meeting Statutory Limits plus Employer's Liability of $500,000 each accident I would appreciate it if you would sign below indicating your acceptance of these insurance requirements and return this letter with the contract document. Please let me know if you have questions. Sincerely, Lyn M. Wood, C.P.M. Contract Specialist Boran Craig Barber Engel Construction Co., Inc. accepts the insurance requirements set forth above. .� Date: Melvin L Engel, Jr., President EXHIBIT B INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS The Vendor shall at its own expense, carry and maintain insurance coverage from responsible companies duly authorized to do business in the State of Florida as set forth in EXHIBIT B of this solicitation. The Vendor shall procure and maintain property insurance upon the entire project, if required, to the full insurable value of the scope of work. The County and the Vendor waive against each other and the County's separate Vendors, Contractors, Design Consultant, Subcontractors, agents and employees of each and all of them, all damages covered by property insurance provided herein, except such rights as they may have to the proceeds of such insurance. The Vendor and County shall, where appropriate, require similar waivers of subrogation from the County's separate Vendors, Design Consultants and Subcontractors and shall require each of them to include similar waivers in their contracts. Collier County shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining its own liability insurance. Certificates issued as a result of the award of this solicitation must identify "For any and all work performed on behalf of Collier County." The General Liability Policy provided by Vendor to meet the requirements of this solicitation shall name Collier County, Florida, as an additional insured as to the operations of Vendor under this solicitation and shall contain a severability of interests provisions. Collier County Board of County Commissioners shall be named as the Certificate Holder. The "Certificate Holder" should read as follows: Collier County Board of County Commissioners Naples, Florida The amounts and types of insurance coverage shall conform to the minimum requirements set forth in EXHIBIT B with the use of Insurance Services Office (ISO) forms and endorsements or their equivalents. If Vendor has any self- insured retentions or deductibles under any of the below listed minimum required coverage, Vendor must identify on the Certificate of Insurance the nature and amount of such self- insured retentions or deductibles and provide satisfactory evidence of financial responsibility for such obligations. All self- insured retentions or deductibles will be Vendor's sole responsibility. CoverageLs) shall be maintained without interruption from the date of commencement of the Work until the date of completion and acceptance of the scope of work by the County or as specified in this solicitation, whichever is longer. The Vendor and /or its insurance carrier shall provide thirty (30) days written notice to the County of policy cancellation or non - renewal on the part of the insurance carrier or the Vendor. The Vendor shall also notify the County, in a like manner, within twenty -four (24) hours after receipt, of any notices of expiration, cancellation, non - renewal or material change in coverage or limits received by Vendor from its insurer and nothing contained herein shall relieve Vendor of this requirement to provide notice. In the event of a reduction in the aggregate limit of any policy to be provided by Vendor hereunder, Vendor shall immediately take steps to have the aggregate limit reinstated to the full extent permitted under such policy. GC- CA -B -1 Should at any time the Vendor not maintain the insurance coverages required herein, the County may terminate the Agreement or at its sole discretion shall be authorized to purchase such coverage sl and charge the Vendor for such coverageu purchased. If Vendor fails to reimburse the County for such costs within thirty (30) days after demand, the County has the right to offset these costs from any amount due Vendor under this Agreement or any other agreement between the County and Vendor. The County shall be under no obligation to purchase such insurance, nor shall it be responsible for the coverageLsl purchased or the insurance company or companies used. The decision of the County to purchase such insurance coverageu shall in no way be construed to be a waiver of any of its rights under the Contract Documents. If the initial or any subsequently issued Certificate of Insurance expires prior to the completion of the scope of work, the Vendor shall furnish to the County renewal or replacement Certificate(s) of Insurance not later than ten (10) calendar days after the expiration date on the certificate. Failure of the Vendor to provide the County with such renewal certificate(s) shall be considered justification for the County to terminate any and all contracts. GC- CA -B -2 GC- CA -B -3 Collier County Florida Insurance and Bonding Requirements Insurance / Bond Type Required Limits 1. ® Worker's Statutory Limits of Florida Statutes, Chapter 440 and all Federal Government Compensation Statutory Limits and Requirements 2. ® Employer's Liability $ single limit per occurrence 3. ® Commercial General Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability (Occurrence Form) patterned after the current $ single limit per occurrence ISO form 4. ® Indemnification To the maximum extent permitted by Florida law, the Contractor/Vendor /Consultant shall indemnify and hold harmless Collier County, its officers and employees from any and all liabilities, damages, losses and costs, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys' fees and paralegals' fees, to the extent caused by the negligence, recklessness, or intentionally wrongful conduct of the Contractor/Vendor /Consultant or anyone employed or utilized by the Contractor/Vendor /Consultant in the performance of this Agreement. This indemnification obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge or reduce any other rights or remedies which otherwise may be available to an indemnified party or person described in this paragraph. This section does not pertain to any incident arising from the sole negligence of Collier County. 4. X Automobile Liability $ 500.000 Each Occurrence; Bodily Injury & Property Damage, Owned /Non- owned /Hired; Automobile Included 5. ❑ Other insurance as ❑ Watercraft $ Per Occurrence noted: ❑ United States Longshoreman's and Harborworker's Act coverage shall be maintained where applicable to the completion of the work. $ Per Occurrence ❑ Maritime Coverage (Jones Act) shall be maintained where applicable to the completion of the work. $ Per Occurrence ❑ Aircraft Liability coverage shall be carried in limits of not less than $5,000,000 each occurrence if applicable to the completion of the Services under this Agreement. $ Per Occurrence ❑ Pollution $ Per Occurrence ❑ Professional Liability $ Per Occurrence • $ 500,000 each claim and in the aggregate • $1,000,000 each claim and in the aggregate • $2,000,000 each claim and in the aggregate ❑ Project Professional Liability $ Per Occurrence ❑ Valuable Papers Insurance $ Per Occurrence GC- CA -B -3 6. X Bid bond Shall be submitted with proposal response in the form of certified funds, cashiers' check or an irrevocable letter of credit, a cash bond posted with the County Clerk, or proposal bond in a sum equal to 5% of the cost proposal. All checks shall be made payable to the Collier County Board of County Commissioners on a bank or trust company located in the State of Florida and insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. 7. x Performance and For projects in excess of $200,000, bonds shall be submitted with the Payment Bonds executed contract by Proposers receiving award, and written for 100% of the Contract award amount, the cost borne by the Proposer receiving an award. The Performance and Payment Bonds shall be underwritten by a surety authorized to do business in the State of Florida and otherwise acceptable to Owner; provided, however, the surety shall be rated as "A -" or better as to general policy holders rating and Class V or higher rating as to financial size category and the amount required shall not exceed 5% of the reported policy holders' surplus, all as reported in the most current Best Key Rating Guide, published by A.M. Best Company, Inc. of 75 Fulton Street, New York, New York 10038. ® Vendor shall ensure that all subcontractors comply with the same insurance requirements that he is required to meet. The same Vendor shall provide County with certificates of insurance meeting the required insurance provisions. 9. ® Collier County must be named as "ADDITIONAL INSURED" on the Insurance Certificate for Commercial General Liability where required. 10. ® Collier County Board of County Commissioners shall be named as the Certificate Holder and the certificate must read "For any and all work performed on behalf of Collier County. NOTE: The "Certificate" should read as follows: • For any and all work performed on behalf of Collier County. • Collier County Board of County Commissioners, Naples, Florida No County Division, Department or individual name should appear on the Certificate. 11. ® Thirty (30) Days Cancellation Notice required. rance Statement We understand the insurance requirements of these specifications and that the evidence of insurability may be required within five (5) days of the award of this solicitation. Name of Firm Vendor Signature Print Name Insurance Agency Agent Name GC- CA -B -4 Date Telephone Number ACORD CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY PRODUCER (239)280 -1919 FAX: (239)2RTIFICATE BCBE Client Services Inc. 3606 Enterprise Avenue Suite 100 INSURANCE DATE IMM DD YVYV) IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR HE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # Naples FL 34104 INSURED Boren Craig Barber Engel Construction Company, Inc. 3606 Enterprise Avenue Naples FL 34104 A.rch Insurance Com an 11150 INSURERS: Insurance CO Of State PA 19429 INSURER C: American International S 26883 INSURER O: INSURER E: THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. INSR ADD'L P A TYPE OF INSURANCE GENERAL LIABILITY X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS MADE OX OCCUR POLICY NUMBER 31PKG2248601 POLICY EFFECTIVE YE 4/1/2009 PDA LIC MIA IIRATI 4/1/2010 N LIMITS EACHOC RRENCE $ 1,000,000 DAEMGES E RENTED ence 8 100,000 MEDEXP An one non $ 5,000 PERS NAL4ADVINJ RY $ 1,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 PRODUCTS - COMPXJP AGG $ 2,000,000 POLICY X JE Cpp T LOC A AUTOMOBILE X LIABILITY ANYAUTO ALL ONMED AUTOS 31PKG2248601 4/1/2009 4/1/2010 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea awtlent) E 1,000,000 BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ SCHEDULEDAUTOS HIRED AUTOS X 1{ BODILY INJURY (Per amitlent) E NON OWNED AUTOS PROPERTY DAMAGE (Par accitlenq $ GARAGE LIABILITY ANYAUTO AUTO ONLY -EA ACCIDENT $ OTHER THAN S AUTO ONLY: EXCESS/UMBRELLA LIABILITY X OCCUR CLAIMS MADE 7275562 4/1/2009 4/1/2010 AGG H R N E $ 25,000,000 AGGREGATE $ 25,000,000 $ B DEDUCTIBLE $ X RET TI N 0 A WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS'LIABIUTY ANY PROPRIETORIPARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER /MEMBER EXCLUDED? 31WCX2248501 Includes: USLSH coverage q /1/2009 4/1/2010 WC TAT - X M OTR E.L. EACH ACGDENT $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 11000,000 C It yes, oesoibe untler SPECIAL PROVISION beb OTHER Pollution Liability CP04062583 4/1/2009 4/1/2010 E.L. DISEASE POLICY LIMIT $ ee Limit Each Lo $10,000,000 Policy Aggregate $10,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERAnONSILOCAnONSNEHICLES /EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT /SPECIAL PROVISIONS RE: Contract #10 -5396 "Collier County Property Appraisers Office Renovations" The General Liability Policy Includes Endorsement #OOIHL0019 00 0806 Additional Insured- Automatic Statue When Required By A Construction Agreement. Also Included Is Endorsement #CG 24 04 1093 Waiver of Recove Insured AUTO Endorsement #OOCA0070 00 0906 ry /Subrogation 6 Additional CERTIFICATE urn nco Collier County Purchasing Department Lyn M. Wood, C.P.M. 3301 Tamiami Trail East Naples, FL 34112 ACORD 25 (2001108) IT4Sn95 mom, no.. SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 30 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE Alicia Poole /NAP- .- < <- �r� -� —- (D ACORD CORPORATION 1988 P�1„Iv IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). DISCLAIMER The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. is ronminai INS025 pimpea Page 2 a 2 COUNTY OF COLLIER ) STATE OF FLORIDA ) EXHIBIT C RELEASE AND AFFIDAVIT FORM Before me, the undersigned authority, personally appeared who after being duly sworn, deposes and says: (1) In accordance with the Contract Documents and in consideration of $ paid, ( "Contractor') releases and waives for itself and it's subcontractors, material -men, successors and assigns, all claims demands, damages, costs and expenses, whether in contract or in tort, against the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida, relating in any way to the performance of the Agreement between Contractor and Owner dated 2009 for the period from to excluding all retainage withheld and any pending claims or disputes as expressly specified as follows: (2) Contractor certifies for itself and its subcontractors, material -men, successors and assigns, that all charges for labor, materials, supplies, lands, licenses and other expenses for which Owner might be sued or for which a lien or a demand against any payment bond might be filed, have been fully satisfied and paid. (3) To the maximum extent permitted by law, Contractor agrees to indemnify, defend and save harmless Owner from all demands or suits, actions, claims of liens or other charges filed or asserted against the Owner arising out of the performance by Contractor of the Work covered by this Release and Affidavit. (4) This Release and Affidavit is given in connection with Contractor's [monthly /final] Application for Payment No. CONTRACTOR M ITS Witnesses DATE: STATE OF COUNTY OF The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this _ day of 2009, by , as of a corporation, on behalf of the corporation. He /she is personally known to me or has produced as identification and did (did not) take an oath. My Commission Expires: (AFFIX OFFICIAL SEAL) NAME: GC- CA -C -1 (signature of Notary) (Legibly Printed) Notary Public, State of Commissioner No.: EXHIBIT D FORM OF CONTRACT APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT (County Project Manager) (County Department) Collier County Board of County Commissioners (the OWNER) or Collier County Water -Sewer District (the OWNER) Bid No. Project Application Date FROM: (Contractor's Representative) Payment Application No. (Contractor's Name) for Work accomplished through the Date: (Contractor's Address) RE: Original Contract Time: Revised Contract Time: Retainage @ 10% thru[insert date] $ Retainage @ _% after [insert date] $ _ Percent Work completed to Date: Percent Contract Time completed to Date _ Project Name) Original Contract Price: $ Total Change Orders to Date $ Revised Contract Amount $ Total value of Work Completed and stored to Date $ Less Retainage $ Total Earned Less Retainage $ Less previous payment (s) $ AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION: $ Liquidated Damages to be Accrued $ Remaining Contract Balance $ ATTACH SCHEDULE OF VALUES AND ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTATION TO THIS APPLICATION CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION: The undersigned CONTRACTOR certifies that: (1) all previous progress payments received from OWNER on account of Work done under the Contract referred to above have been applied to discharge in full all obligations of CONTRACTOR incurred in connection with Work covered by prior Applications for Payment numbered 1 through _ inclusive; (2) title to all materials and equipment incorporated in said Work or otherwise listed in or covered by this Application for Payment will pass to OWNER at time of payment free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests and encumbrances (except such as covered by Bond acceptable to OWNER); (3) all amounts have been paid for work which previous payments were issued and received from the OWNER and that current payment is now due; and (4) CONTRACTOR has only included amounts in this Application for Payment properly due and owing and CONTRACTOR has not included within the above referenced amount any claims for unauthorized or changed Work that has not been properly approved by Owner in writing and in advance of such Work. By CONTRACTOR: (Contractor's Name) (Signature) DATE: (Type Name & Title) (shall be signed by a duly authorized representative of CONTRACTOR) Payment to the CONTRACTOR for the above AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION is recommended: By Design Professional : . (DP's Name) (Signature) DATE: _ (Type Name & Title) Payment to the CONTRACTOR for the above AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION is approved: By OWNER'S Project Manager: (Signature) DATE: (Type Name and Title) GC- CA -D -1 Q U U C7 J OOO 6 W U O H F N A2 N 6 W — N Q 9 y L F 9 N C `D W c U 0 � ve 4 U N O R O C N d U N 2 g 2 0 pa) M O N N �p U d C y 2 F N N J o a w EU I a 0 L L d ❑ ° N _ J W F W H U y Q W a 0 O- Q ° A c 0 o m 0 m E U V c N - W j O W mo O E N O 0 c ° 0 N y2 0 w C �y FL o H W N ° W ° - - c W 3 a W LL D J O Z L � N 3 y w 3 N c m 'd m 0 ° c_ O IL 7 N L - {t U ❑ 10 y o » U O 2 > o N Q 10 N � N rn O I� m rn a C U W U y 9 J N C O Vi `o U m L � N N t X F j W a Z W O r Q U U C7 m iu 3 E O LL 7E O G C7 N ! m V 0 r y c c 0 U ❑ a t x w w 9 O d '4) ❑ ❑ g a C N U r H �. v � m U C A > CLN C C - > d m'ma d � L F T V 7 j ¢ O 'd > U Of d a` It m d L O E c Z `m f0 C O Y a v d 0 d V C3 M i Q U U C7 w C d� N A C 10 m M i Q U U C7 TO: Project Name: Bid No. : Change Order No.: Change Order Description EXHIBIT E CHANGE ORDER FROM: Collier County Government Construction Agreement Dated: Date: Original Agreement Amount ............................ ............................... Sum of previous Change Orders Amount ........ ............................... This Change Order Amount ............................ ............................... Revised Agreement Amount ............................ ............................... Original Contract Time in calendar days Adjusted number of calendar days due to previous Change Orders This Change Order adjusted time is Revised Contract Time in calendar days Original Notice to Proceed Date Completion date based on original Contract Time Revised completion date Contractor's acceptance of this Change Order shall constitute a modification to the Agreement and will be performed subject to all the same terms and conditions as contained in the Agreement, as if the same were repeated in this acceptance. The adjustments, if any, to the Agreement shall constitute a full and final settlement of any and all claims of the Contractor arising out of, or related to, the change set forth herein, including claims for impact and delay costs. Prepared by: Date: Project Manager Recommended by: Date: Design Professional Accepted by: Date: Contractor Approved by: Date: Department Director Approved by: Date: Division Administrator Approved by: Date: Purchasing Department GC- CA -E -5 Authorized Director (For use by Owner: Fund Cost Center: Number: ) GC- CA -E -6 Date: Object Code: Project OWNER'S Project No. PROJECT: CONTRACTOR Contract For Contract Date EXHIBIT F CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Design Professional's Project No. This Certificate of Substantial Completion applies to all Work under the Contract Documents or to the following specified parts thereof: To And To Substantial Completion is the state in the progress of the Work when the Work (or designated portion) is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. The Work to which this Certificate applies has been inspected by authorized representatives of OWNER, CONTRACTOR AND DESIGN PROFESSIONAL, and that Work is hereby declared to be substantially complete in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents on: DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is attached hereto. This list may not be all- inclusive, and the failure to include an item in it does not alter the responsibility of CONTRACTOR to complete all the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The items in the tentative list shall be completed or corrected by CONTRACTOR within days of the above date of Substantial Completion. GC- CA -F -1 The responsibilities between OWNER and CONTRACTOR for security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance and warranties shall be as follows: RESPONSIBILITIES: OWNER: The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Certificate: i nis ceruncate ooes not constitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents nor is it a release of CONTRACTOR'S obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Executed by Design Professional on Design Professional Type Name and Title CONTRACTOR accepts this Certificate of Substantial Completion on CONTRACTOR Type Name and OWNER accepts this Certificate of Substantial Completion on By: OWNER I ype Name and Title GC- CA -F -2 2009 2009 2009 EXHIBIT G FINAL PAYMENT CHECKLIST Bid No.: Project No.: Contractor: The following items have been secured by the for the Project known as Mo and have been reviewed and found to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Original Contract Amount: Final Contract Amount: Commencement Date: Substantial Completion Time as set forth in the Agreement: Calendar Days. Actual Date of Substantial Completion: Final Completion Time as set forth in the Agreement: Calendar Days. Actual Final Completion Date: YES NO 1. All Punch List items completed on 2. Warranties and Guarantees assigned to Owner (attach to this form). 3. Effective date of General one year warranty from Contractor is: 4. 2 copies of Operation and Maintenance manuals for equipment and system submitted (list manuals in attachment to this form). 5. As -Built drawings obtained and dated: 6. Owner personnel trained on system and equipment operation. 7. Certificate of Occupancy No.: issued on (attach to this form). 8. Certificate of Substantial Completion issued on 9. Final Payment Application and Affidavits received from Contractor on: 10. Consent of Surety received on 11. Operating Department personnel notified Project is in operating phase. 12. All Spare Parts or Special Tools provided to Owner: 13. Finished Floor Elevation Certificate provided to Owner: 14. Other: If any of the above is not applicable, indicate by N /A. If NO is checked for any of the above, attach explanation. Acknowledgments: By Contractor: GC- CA -G -1 (Company Name) (Signature) (Typed Name & Title) By Design Professional: (Firm Name) (Signature) (Typed Name & Title) By Owner: (Department Name) (Signature) (Name & Title) GC- CA -G -2 EXHIBIT H GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS 1. INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 1.1 It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or portion thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any work, materials or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents as being required to produce the intended result shall be supplied whether or not specifically called for. When words which have a well known technical or trade meaning are used to describe work, materials or equipment, such words shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Reference to standard specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association or to the laws or regulations of any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Project, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual, code, law or regulation in effect at the time the Work is performed, except as may be otherwise specifically stated herein. 1.2 If before or during the performance of the Work Contractor discovers a conflict, error or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, Contractor immediately shall report same to the Project Manager in writing and before proceeding with the Work affected thereby shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from the Project Manager; said interpretation or clarification from the Project Manager may require Contractor to consult directly with Design Professional or some other third party, as directed by Project Manager. Contractor shall take field measurements and verify field conditions and shall carefully compare such field measurements and conditions and other information known to Contractor with the Contract Documents before commencing any portion of the Work. 1.3 Drawings are intended to show general arrangements, design and extent of Work and are not intended to serve as shop drawings. Specifications are separated into divisions for convenience of reference only and shall not be interpreted as establishing divisions for the Work, trades, subcontracts, or extent of any part of the Work. In the event of a discrepancy between or among the drawings, specifications or other Contract Document provisions, Contractor shall be required to comply with the provision which is the more restrictive or stringent requirement upon the Contractor, as determined by the Project Manager. Unless otherwise specifically mentioned, all anchors, bolts, screws, fittings, fillers, hardware, accessories, trim and other parts required in connection with any portion of the Work to make a complete, serviceable, finished and first quality installation shall be furnished and installed as part of the Work, whether or not called for by the Contract Documents. 2. INVESTIGATION AND UTILITIES. 2.1 Subject to Section 2.3 below, Contractor shall have the sole responsibility of satisfying itself concerning the nature and location of the Work and the general and local conditions, and particularly, but without limitation, with respect to the following: GC- CA -H -1 those affecting transportation, access, disposal, handling and storage of materials; availability and quality of labor; water and electric power; availability and condition of roads; work area; living facilities; climatic conditions and seasons; physical conditions at the work -site and the project area as a whole; topography and ground surface conditions; nature and quantity of the surface materials to be encountered; subsurface conditions; equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during performance of the Work; and all other costs associated with such performance. The failure of Contractor to acquaint itself with any applicable conditions shall not relieve Contractor from any of its responsibilities to perform under the Contract Documents, nor shall it be considered the basis for any claim for additional time or compensation. 2.2 Contractor shall locate all existing roadways, railways, drainage facilities and utility services above, upon, or under the Project site, said roadways, railways, drainage facilities and utilities being referred to in this Sub - Section 2.2 as the "Utilities ". Contractor shall contact the owners of all Utilities to determine the necessity for relocating or temporarily interrupting any Utilities during the construction of the Project. Contractor shall schedule and coordinate its Work around any such relocation or temporary service interruption. Contractor shall be responsible for properly shoring, supporting and protecting all Utilities at all times during the course of the Work. The Contractor is responsible for coordinating all other utility work so as to not interfere with the prosecution of the Work (except those utilities to be coordinated by the Owner as may be expressly described elsewhere in the Contract Documents). 2.3 Notwithstanding anything in the Contract Documents to the contrary, if conditions are encountered at the Project site which are (i) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (ii) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, and which reasonably should not have been discovered by Contractor as part of its scope of site investigative services required pursuant to the terms of the Contract Documents, then Contractor shall provide Owner with prompt written notice thereof before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than three (3) calendar days after first observance of such conditions. Owner and Design Professional shall promptly investigate such conditions and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, Owner will acknowledge and agree to an equitable adjustment to Contractor's compensation or time for performance, or both, for such Work. If Owner determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents or not of an unusual nature or should have been discovered by Contractor as part of its investigative services, and that no change in the terms of the Agreement is justified, Owner shall so notify Contractor in writing, stating its reasons. Claims by Contractor in opposition to such determination by Owner must be made within seven (7) calendar days after Contractor's receipt of Owner's written determination notice. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree on an adjustment to Contractor's cost or time of performance, the dispute resolution procedure set forth in the Contract Documents shall be complied with by the parties. GC- CA -H -2 3. SCHEDULE. 3.1 The Contractor, within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of the Notice of Award, shall prepare and submit to Project Manager, for their review and approval, a progress schedule for the Project (herein "Progress Schedule "). The Progress Schedule shall relate to all Work required by the Contract Documents, and shall utilize the Critical Path method of scheduling and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work within the Contract Time. The Progress Schedule shall indicate the dates for starting and completing the various stages of the Work. 3.2 The Progress Schedule shall be updated monthly by the Contractor. All monthly updates to the Progress Schedule shall be subject to the Project Manager's review and approval. Contractor shall submit the updates to the Progress Schedule with its monthly Applications for Payment noted below. The Project Manager's review and approval of the submitted Progress Schedule updates shall be a condition precedent to the Owner's obligation to pay Contractor. 3.3 All work under this Agreement shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of all Collier County Noise Ordinances then in effect. Unless otherwise specified, work will generally be limited to the hours of 7:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m., Monday through Friday. No work shall be performed outside the specified hours without the prior approval of the Project Manager. 4. PROGRESS PAYMENTS. 4.1 Prior to submitting its first monthly Application for Payment, Contractor shall submit to Project Manager, for their review and approval, a schedule of values based upon the Contract Price, listing the major elements of the Work and the dollar value for each element. After its approval by the Project Manager, this schedule of values shall be used as the basis for the Contractor's monthly Applications for Payment. This schedule shall be updated and submitted each month along with a completed copy of the Application for Payment form signed by the Contractor's authorized representative and attached to the Agreement as Exhibit D. 4.2 Prior to submitting its first monthly Application for Payment, Contractor shall provide to the Project Manager the list of its Subcontractors and materialmen submitted with its Bid showing the work and materials involved and the dollar amount of each subcontract and purchase order. Contractor acknowledges and agrees that any modifications to the list of Subcontractors submitted with Contractor's Bid and any subsequently identified Subcontractors are subject to Owner's prior written approval. The first Application for Payment shall be submitted no earlier than thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if approved by Owner in its sole discretion, Contractor may submit its invoice for any required Payment and Performance Bonds prior to the first Application of Payment provided that Contractor has furnished Owner certified copies of the receipts evidencing the premium paid by Contractor for the bonds. GC- CA -H -3 4.3 Unless expressly approved by Owner in advance and in writing, said approval at Owner's sole discretion, Owner is not required to make any payment for materials or equipment that have not been incorporated into the Project. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated into the Project, but delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another location, and such payment and storage have been agreed to by Owner in writing, the Application for Payment also shall be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice or other documentation warranting that the Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all liens, charges, security interests and encumbrances, together with evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to protect Owner's interest therein, all of which shall be subject to the Owner's satisfaction. Thereafter, with each Application for Payment, Contractor also shall complete and submit to Owner as part of its Application for Payment, the Stored Materials Record attached hereto and made a part hereof as Exhibit D. 4.4 Contractor shall submit six (6) copies of its monthly Application for Payment to the Project Manager or his or her designee, as directed by Owner (which designee may include the Design Professional). After the date of each Application for Payment is stamped as received and within the timeframes set forth in Section 218.735 F.S., the Project Manager, or Design Professional, shall either: (1) Indicate its approval of the requested payment; (2) indicate its approval of only a portion of the requested payment, stating in writing its reasons therefore; or (3) return the Application for Payment to the Contractor indicating, in writing, the reason for refusing to approve payment. Payments of proper invoices in the amounts approved shall be processed and paid in accordance with Section 218.735, F.S. and the administrative procedures established by the County's Purchasing Department and the Clerk of Court's Finance Department respectively. In the event of a total denial by Owner and return of the Application for Payment by the Project Manager, the Contractor may make the necessary corrections and re- submit the Application for Payment. The Owner shall, within ten (10) business days after the Application for Payment is stamped and received and after Project Manager approval of an Application for Payment, pay the Contractor the amounts so approved. 4.5 Owner shall retain ten percent (10 %) of the gross amount of each monthly payment request or ten percent (10 %) of the portion thereof approved by the Project Manager for payment, whichever is less. Such sum shall be accumulated and not released to Contractor until final payment is due unless otherwise agreed to by the Owner in accordance with Florida Statute 255.078. The Project Manager shall have the discretion to establish, in writing, a schedule to periodically reduce the percentage of cumulative retainage held through out the course of the Project schedule. Owner shall reduce the amount of the retainage withheld on each payment request subsequent to fifty percent (50 %) completion subject to the guidelines set forth in Florida Statute 255.078 and as set forth in the Owner's Purchasing Policy. GC- CA -H -4 4.6 Monthly payments to Contractor shall in no way imply approval or acceptance of Contractor's Work. 4.7 Each Application for Payment, subsequent to the first pay application, shall be accompanied by a Release and Affidavit, in the form attached as Exhibit C, acknowledging Contractor's receipt of payment in full for all materials, labor, equipment and other bills that are then due and payable by Owner with respect to the current Application for Payment. Further, to the extent directed by Owner and in Owner's sole discretion, Contractor shall also submit a Release and Affidavit from each Subcontractor, sub - subcontractor, or supplier in the form attached as Exhibit C acknowledging that each Subcontractor, sub - subcontractor or supplier has been paid in full through the previous month's Application for Payment. The Owner shall not be required to make payment until and unless these affidavits are furnished by Contractor. 4.8 Contractor agrees and understands that funding limitations exist and that the expenditure of funds must be spread over the duration of the Project at regular intervals based on the Contract Amount and Progress Schedule. Accordingly, prior to submitting its first monthly Application for Payment, Contractor shall prepare and submit for Project Manager's review and approval, a detailed Project Funding Schedule, which shall be updated as necessary and approved by Owner to reflect approved adjustments to the Contract Amount and Contract Time. No voluntary acceleration or early completion of the Work shall modify the time of payments to Contractor as set forth in the approved Project Funding Schedule. 4.9 Notwithstanding anything in the Contract Documents to the contrary, Contractor acknowledges and agrees that in the event of a dispute concerning payments for Work performed under this Agreement, Contractor shall continue to perform the Work required of it under this Agreement pending resolution of the dispute provided that Owner continues to pay Contractor all amounts that Owner does not dispute are due and payable. 5. PAYMENTS WITHHELD. 5.1 The Project Manager may decline to approve any Application for Payment, or portions thereof, because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent inspections that reveal non - compliance with the Contract Documents. The Project Manager may nullify the whole or any part of any approval for payment previously issued and Owner may withhold any payments otherwise due Contractor under this Agreement or any other agreement between Owner and Contractor, to such extent as may be necessary in the Owner's opinion to protect it from loss because of: (a) defective Work not remedied; (b) third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims; (c) failure of Contractor to make payment properly to subcontractors or for labor, materials or equipment; (d) reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Amount; (e) reasonable indication that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time; (f) GC- CA -H -5 unsatisfactory prosecution of the Work by the Contractor; or (g) any other material breach of the Contract Documents by Contractor. 5.2 If any conditions described in 5.1. are not remedied or removed, Owner may, after three (3) days written notice, rectify the same at Contractor's expense. Provided, however, in the event of an emergency, Owner shall not be required to provide Contractor any written notice prior to rectifying the situation at Contractor's expense. Owner also may offset against any sums due Contractor the amount of any liquidated or non - liquidated obligations of Contractor to Owner, whether relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other agreement between Contractor and Owner. 6. FINAL PAYMENT. 6.1 Owner shall make final payment to Contractor in accordance with Section 218.735, F.S. and the administrative procedures established by the County's Purchasing Department and the Clerk of Court's Finance Department after the Work is finally inspected and accepted by Project Manager as set forth with Section 20.1 herein, provided that Contractor first, and as an explicit condition precedent to the accrual of Contractor's right to final payment, shall have furnished Owner with a properly executed and notarized copy of the Release and Affidavit attached as Exhibit C, as well as, a duly executed copy of the Surety's consent to final payment and such other documentation that may be required by the Contract Documents and the Owner. Prior to release of final payment and final retainage, the Contractor's Representative and the Project Manager shall jointly complete the Final Payment Checklist, a representative copy of which is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit G. 6.2 Contractor's acceptance of final payment shall constitute a full waiver of any and all claims by Contractor against Owner arising out of this Agreement or otherwise relating to the Project, except those previously made in writing in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and identified by Contractor as unsettled in its final Application for Payment. Neither the acceptance of the Work nor payment by Owner shall be deemed to be a waiver of Owner's right to enforce any obligations of Contractor hereunder or to the recovery of damages for defective Work not discovered by the Design Professional or Project Manager at the time of final inspection. 7. SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS. 7.1 Contractor shall carefully examine the Contract Documents for all requirements for approval of materials to be submitted such as shop drawings, data, test results, schedules and samples. Contractor shall submit all such materials at its own expense and in such form as required by the Contract Documents in sufficient time to prevent any delay in the delivery of such materials and the installation thereof. 7.2 Whenever materials or equipment are specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular supplier, the naming of the item is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the name is followed by words indicating that no substitution is permitted, GC- CA -H -6 materials or equipment of other suppliers may be accepted by Owner if sufficient information is submitted by Contractor to allow the Owner to determine that the material or equipment proposed is equivalent or equal to that named. Requests for review of substitute items of material and equipment will not be accepted by Owner from anyone other than Contractor and all such requests must be submitted by Contractor to Project Manager within thirty (30) calendar days after Notice of Award is received by Contractor, unless otherwise mutually agreed in writing by Owner and Contractor. 7.3 If Contractor wishes to furnish or use a substitute item of material or equipment, Contractor shall make application to the Project Manager for acceptance thereof, certifying that the proposed substitute shall adequately perform the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, be similar and of equal substance to that specified and be suited to the same use as that specified. The application shall state that the evaluation and acceptance of the proposed substitute will not prejudice Contractor's achievement of substantial completion on time, whether or not acceptance of the substitute for use in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner for the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute and whether or not incorporation or use by the substitute in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. All variations of the proposed substitute from that specified will be identified in the application and available maintenance, repair and replacement service shall be indicated. The application also shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs that will result directly or indirectly from acceptance of such substitute, including costs for redesign and claims of other contractors affected by the resulting change, all of which shall be considered by the Project Manager in evaluating the proposed substitute. The Project Manager may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense additional data about the proposed substitute. 7.4 If a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, Contractor may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, sequence, technique or procedure of construction acceptable to the Project Manager, if Contractor submits sufficient information to allow the Project Manager to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that indicated or required by the Contract Documents. The procedures for submission to and review by the Project Manager shall be the same as those provided herein for substitute materials and equipment. 7.5 The Project Manager shall be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposed substitute and, if need be, to consult with the Design Professional. No substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized without the Project Manager's prior written acceptance which shall be evidenced by a Change Order, a Work Directive Change, a Field Order or an approved Shop Drawing. The Owner may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. The Project Manager will record time required by the Project Manager and the Project Manager's consultants in evaluating substitutions proposed by Contractor and making changes in the Contract Documents occasioned thereby. Whether or not the Owner accepts a proposed substitute, Contractor shall reimburse GC- CA -H -7 Owner for the charges of the Design Professional and the Design Professional's consultants for evaluating each proposed substitute. 8. DAILY REPORTS, AS- BUILTS AND MEETINGS. 8.1 Unless waived in writing by Owner, Contractor shall complete and submit to Project Manager on a weekly basis a daily log of the Contractor's work for the preceding week in a format approved by the Project Manager. The daily log shall document all activities of Contractor at the Project site including, but not limited to, the following: 8.1.1 Weather conditions showing the high and low temperatures during work hours, the amount of precipitation received on the Project site, and any other weather conditions which adversely affect the Work; 8.1.2 Soil conditions which adversely affect the Work; 8.1.3 The hours of operation by Contractor's and Sub - Contractor's personnel; 8.1.4 The number of Contractor's and Sub - Contractor's personnel present and working at the Project site, by subcontract and trade; 8.1.5 All equipment present at the Project site, description of equipment use and designation of time equipment was used (specifically indicating any down time); 8.1.6 Description of Work being performed at the Project site; 8.1.7 Any unusual or special occurrences at the Project site; 8.1.8 Materials received at the Project site; 8.1.9 A list of all visitors to the Project 8.1.10 Any problems that might impact either the cost or quality of the Work or the time of performance. The daily log shall not constitute nor take the place of any notice required to be given by Contractor to Owner pursuant to the Contract Documents. 8.2 Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Project site one record copy of the Contract Documents, including, but not limited to, all drawings, specifications, addenda, amendments, Change Orders, Work Directive Changes and Field Orders, as well as all written interpretations and clarifications issued by the Design Professional, in good order and annotated to show all changes made during construction. The annotated drawings shall be continuously updated by the Contractor throughout the prosecution of the Work to accurately reflect all field changes that are made to adapt the Work to field conditions, changes resulting from Change Orders, Work Directive Changes and Field Orders, and all concealed and buried installations of piping, conduit GC- CA -H -8 and utility services. All buried and concealed items, both inside and outside the Project site, shall be accurately located on the annotated drawings as to depth and in relationship to not less than two (2) permanent features (e.g. interior or exterior wall faces). The annotated drawings shall be clean and all changes, corrections and dimensions shall be given in a neat and legible manner in a contrasting color. The "As- Built" record documents, together with all approved samples and a counterpart of all approved shop drawings shall be available to the Project Manager or Design Professional for reference. Upon completion of the Work and as a condition precedent to Contractor's entitlement to final payment, these "As- Built" record documents, samples and shop drawings shall be delivered to Project Manager by Contractor for Owner. 8.3 Contractor shall keep all records and supporting documentation which concern or relate to the Work hereunder for a minimum of five (5) years from the date of termination of this Agreement or the date the Project is completed or such longer period as may be required by law, whichever is later. Owner, or any duly authorized agents or representatives of Owner, shall have the right to audit, inspect and copy all such records and documentation as often as they deem necessary during the period of this Agreement and during the document retention period noted above; provided, however, such activity shall be conducted only during normal business hours. 9. CONTRACT TIME AND TIME EXTENSIONS. 9.1 Contractor shall diligently pursue the completion of the Work and coordinate the Work being done on the Project by its subcontractors and material -men, as well as coordinating its Work with all work of others at the Project Site, so that its Work or the work of others shall not be delayed or impaired by any act or omission by Contractor. Contractor shall be solely responsible for all construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures, as well as coordination of all portions of the Work under the Contract Documents, and the coordination of Owner's suppliers and contractors as set forth in Paragraph 12.2. herein. 9.2 Should Contractor be obstructed or delayed in the prosecution of or completion of the Work as a result of unforeseeable causes beyond the control of Contractor, and not due to its fault or neglect, including but not restricted to acts of Nature or of the public enemy, acts of government, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine regulation, strikes or lockouts, Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing within forty -eight (48) hours after the commencement of such delay, stating the cause or causes thereof, or be deemed to have waived any right which Contractor may have had to request a time extension. 9.3 No interruption, interference, inefficiency, suspension or delay in the commencement or progress of the Work from any cause whatever, including those for which Owner may be responsible, in whole or in part, shall relieve Contractor of its duty to perform or give rise to any right to damages or additional compensation from Owner. Contractor expressly acknowledges and agrees that it shall receive no damages for delay. Contractor's sole remedy, if any, against Owner will be the right to seek an extension to the Contract Time; provided, however, the granting of any such time GC- CA -H -9 extension shall not be a condition precedent to the aforementioned "No Damage For Delay" provision. This paragraph shall expressly apply to claims for early completion, as well as to claims based on late completion. 9.4 In no event shall any approval by Owner authorizing Contractor to continue performing Work under this Agreement or any payment issued by Owner to Contractor be deemed a waiver of any right or claim Owner may have against Contractor for delay damages hereunder. 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK. 10.1 Owner shall have the right at any time during the progress of the Work to increase or decrease the Work. Promptly after being notified of a change, Contractor shall submit an itemized estimate of any cost or time increases or savings it foresees as a result of the change. Except in an emergency endangering life or property, or as expressly set forth herein, no addition or changes to the Work shall be made except upon written order of Owner, and Owner shall not be liable to the Contractor for any increased compensation without such written order. No officer, employee or agent of Owner is authorized to direct any extra or changed work orally. Any alleged changes must be approved by Owner in writing prior to starting such items. Owner will not be responsible for the costs of any changes commenced without Owner's express prior written approval. Failure to obtain such prior written approval for any changes will be deemed: (i) a waiver of any claim by Contractor for such items and (ii) an admission by Contractor that such items are in fact not a change but rather are part of the Work required of Contractor hereunder. 10.2 A Change Order, in the form attached as Exhibit E to this Agreement, shall be issued and executed promptly after an agreement is reached between Contractor and Owner concerning the requested changes. Contractor shall promptly perform changes authorized by duly executed Change Orders. The Contract Amount and Contract Time shall be adjusted in the Change Order in the manner as Owner and Contractor shall mutually agree. 10.3 If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on a Change Order for the requested change, Contractor shall, nevertheless, promptly perform the change as directed by Owner in a written Work Directive Change. In that event, the Contract Amount and Contract Time shall be adjusted as directed by Owner. If Contractor disagrees with the Owner's adjustment determination, Contractor must make a claim pursuant to Section 11 of these General Conditions or else be deemed to have waived any claim on this matter it might otherwise have had. 10.4 In the event a requested change results in an increase to the Contract Amount, the amount of the increase shall be limited to the Contractor's reasonable direct labor and material costs and reasonable actual equipment costs as a result of the change (including allowance for labor burden costs) plus a maximum ten percent (10 %) markup for all overhead and profit. In the event such change Work is performed by a Subcontractor, a maximum ten percent (10 %) markup for all overhead and profit for all GC- CA -H -10 Subcontractors' and sub - subcontractors' direct labor and material costs and actual equipment costs shall be permitted, with a maximum five percent (5 %) markup thereon by the Contractor for all of its overhead and profit, for a total maximum markup of fifteen percent (15 %). All compensation due Contractor and any Subcontractor or sub - subcontractor for field and home office overhead is included in the markups noted above. Contractor's and Sub - Contractor's bond costs associated with any change order shall be included in the overhead and profit expenses and shall not be paid as a separate line item. 10.5 Owner shall have the right to conduct an audit of Contractor's books and records to verify the accuracy of the Contractor's claim with respect to Contractor's costs associated with any Change Order or Work Directive Change. 10.6 The Project Manager shall have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to the Contract Amount or an extension to the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes may be effected by Field Order or by other written order. Such changes shall be binding on the Contractor. 10.7 Any modifications to this Contract shall be in compliance with the County Purchasing Policy and Administrative Procedures in effect at the time such modifications are authorized. 11. CLAIMS AND DISPUTES. 11.1 Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking an adjustment or interpretation of the terms of the Contract Documents, payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract Documents. The term "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in question between Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim shall rest with the party making the Claim. 11.2 Claims by the Contractor shall be made in writing to the Project Manager within forty -eight (48) hours from when the Contractor knew or should have known of the event giving rise to such Claim or else the Contractor shall be deemed to have waived the Claim. Written supporting data shall be submitted to the Project Manager within fifteen (15) calendar days after the occurrence of the event, unless the Owner grants additional time in writing, or else the Contractor shall be deemed to have waived the Claim. All Claims shall be priced in accordance with the provisions of Subsection 10.4. 11.3 The Contractor shall proceed diligently with its performance as directed by the Owner, regardless of any pending Claim, action, suit or administrative proceeding, unless otherwise agreed to by the Owner in writing. Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents during the pendency of any Claim. 12. OTHER WORK. GC- CA -H -11 12.1 Owner may perform other work related to the Project at the site by Owner's own forces, have other work performed by utility owners or let other direct contracts. If the fact that such other work is to be performed is not noted in the Contract Documents, written notice thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work. If Contractor believes that such performance will involve additional expense to Contractor or require additional time, Contractor shall send written notice of that fact to Owner and Design Professional within forty -eight (48) hours of being notified of the other work. If the Contractor fails to send the above required forty -eight (48) hour notice, the Contractor will be deemed to have waived any rights it otherwise may have had to seek an extension to the Contract Time or adjustment to the Contract Amount. 12.2 Contractor shall afford each utility owner and other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract (or Owner, if Owner is performing the additional work with Owner's employees) proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such work and shall properly connect and coordinate its Work with theirs. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of the Project Manager and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of Contractor under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other Contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of Contractor in said direct contracts between Owner and such utility owners and other contractors. 12.3 If any part of Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of any other contractor or utility owner (or Owner), Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to Project Manager in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Contractor's failure to report will constitute an acceptance of the other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor's Work. 13. INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE. 13.1 To the maximum extent permitted by Florida law, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and its officers and employees from any and all liabilities, claims, damages, penalties, demands, judgments, actions, proceedings, losses or costs, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys' fees and paralegals' fees, whether resulting from any claimed breach of this Agreement by Contractor or from personal injury, property damage, direct or consequential damages, or economic loss, to the extent caused by the negligence, recklessness, or intentional wrongful misconduct of Contractor or anyone employed or utilized by the Contractor in the performance of this Agreement. 13.2 The duty to defend under this Article 13 is independent and separate from the duty to indemnify, and the duty to defend exists regardless of any ultimate liability of the Contractor, Owner and any indemnified party. The duty to defend arises immediately GC- CA -H -12 upon presentation of a claim by any party and written notice of such claim being provided to Contractor. Contractor's obligation to indemnify and defend under this Article 13 will survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement until it is determined by final judgment that an action against the Owner or an indemnified party for the matter indemnified hereunder is fully and finally barred by the applicable statute of limitations. 13.3 Contractor shall obtain and carry, at all times during its performance under the Contract Documents, insurance of the types and in the amounts set forth in Exhibit B to the Agreement. Further, the Contractor shall at all times comply with all of the terms, conditions, requirements and obligations set forth under Exhibit B. 14. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. 14.1 Contractor agrees to comply, at its own expense, with all federal, state and local laws, codes, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations and requirements applicable to the Project, including but not limited to those dealing with taxation, worker's compensation, equal employment and safety (including, but not limited to, the Trench Safety Act, Chapter 553, Florida Statutes). If Contractor observes that the Contract Documents are at variance therewith, it shall promptly notify Project Manager in writing. To the extent any law, rule, regulation, code, statute, or ordinance requires the inclusion of certain terms in this Agreement in order for this Agreement to be enforceable, such terms shall be deemed included in this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in the Contract Documents to the contrary, it is understood and agreed that in the event of a change in any applicable laws, ordinances, rules or regulations subsequent to the date this Agreement was executed that increases the Contractor's time or cost of performance of the Work, Contractor is entitled to a Change Order for such increases, except to the extent Contractor knew or should have known of such changes prior to the date of this Agreement. 14.2 By executing and entering into this agreement, the Contractor is formally acknowledging without exception or stipulation that it is fully responsible for complying with the provisions of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 as located at 8 U.S.C. 1324, et seq. and regulations relating thereto, as either may be amended. Failure by the Contractor to comply with the laws referenced herein shall constitute a breach of this agreement and the County shall have the discretion to unilaterally terminate this agreement immediately. 15. CLEANUP AND PROTECTIONS. 15.1 Contractor agrees to keep the Project site clean at all times of debris, rubbish and waste materials arising out of the Work. At the completion of the Work, Contractor shall remove all debris, rubbish and waste materials from and about the Project site, as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials, and shall leave the Project site clean and ready for occupancy by Owner. GC- CA -H -13 15.2 Any existing surface or subsurface improvements, including, but not limited to, pavements, curbs, sidewalks, pipes, utilities, footings, structures, trees and shrubbery, not indicated in the Contract Documents to be removed or altered, shall be protected by Contractor from damage during the prosecution of the Work. Subject to the Section 2.3 above, any such improvements so damaged shall be restored by Contractor to the condition equal to that existing at the time of Contractor's commencement of the Work. 16. ASSIGNMENT. 16.1 Contractor shall not assign this Agreement or any part thereof, without the prior consent in writing of Owner. Any attempt to assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement, or any part herein, without the Owner's consent, shall be void. If Contractor does, with approval, assign this Agreement or any part thereof, it shall require that its assignee be bound to it and to assume toward Contractor all of the obligations and responsibilities that Contractor has assumed toward Owner. 17. PERMITS, LICENSES AND TAXES. 17.1 Pursuant to Section 218.80, F.S., Owner will pay for all Collier County permits and fees, including license fees, permit fees, impact fees or inspection fees applicable to the Work through an internal budget transfer(s). Contractor is not responsible for paying for permits issued by Collier County, but Contractor is responsible for acquiring all permits. Owner may require the Contractor to deliver internal budget transfer documents to applicable Collier County agencies when the Contractor is acquiring permits. 17.2 All permits, fees and licenses necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are not issued by Collier County shall be acquired and paid for by the Contractor. 17.3 Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes associated with the Work or portions thereof, which are applicable during the performance of the Work. 18. TERMINATION FOR DEFAULT. 18.1 Contractor shall be considered in material default of the Agreement and such default shall be considered cause for Owner to terminate the Agreement, in whole or in part, as further set forth in this Section, if Contractor: (1) fails to begin the Work under the Contract Documents within the time specified herein; or (2) fails to properly and timely perform the Work as directed by the Project Manager or as provided for in the approved Progress Schedule; or (3) performs the Work unsuitably or neglects or refuses to remove materials or to correct or replace such Work as may be rejected as unacceptable or unsuitable; or (4) discontinues the prosecution of the Work; or (5) fails to resume Work which has been suspended within a reasonable time after being notified to do so; or (6) becomes insolvent or is declared bankrupt, or commits any act of bankruptcy; or (7) allows any final judgment to stand against it unsatisfied for more than ten (10) days; or (8) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (9) fails to GC- CA -H -14 obey any applicable codes, laws, ordinances, rules or regulations with respect to the Work; or (10) materially breaches any other provision of the Contract Documents. 18.2 Owner shall notify Contractor in writing of Contractor's default(s). If Owner determines that Contractor has not remedied and cured the default(s) within seven (7) calendar days following receipt by Contractor of said written notice or such longer period of time as may be consented to by Owner in writing and in its sole discretion, then Owner, at its option, without releasing or waiving its rights and remedies against the Contractor's sureties and without prejudice to any other right or remedy it may be entitled to hereunder or by law, may terminate Contractor's right to proceed under the Agreement, in whole or in part, and take possession of all or any portion of the Work and any materials, tools, equipment, and appliances of Contractor, take assignments of any of Contractor's subcontracts and purchase orders, and complete all or any portion of Contractor's Work by whatever means, method or agency which Owner, in its sole discretion, may choose. 18.3 If Owner deems any of the foregoing remedies necessary, Contractor agrees that it shall not be entitled to receive any further payments hereunder until after the Project is completed. All moneys expended and all of the costs, losses, damages and extra expenses, including all management, administrative and other overhead and other direct and indirect expenses (including Design Professional and attorneys' fees) or damages incurred by Owner incident to such completion, shall be deducted from the Contract Amount, and if such expenditures exceed the unpaid balance of the Contract Amount, Contractor agrees to pay promptly to Owner on demand the full amount of such excess, including costs of collection, attorneys' fees (including appeals) and interest thereon at the maximum legal rate of interest until paid. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Amount exceeds all such costs, expenditures and damages incurred by the Owner to complete the Work, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be approved by the Project Manager, upon application, and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Agreement. 18.4 The liability of Contractor hereunder shall extend to and include the full amount of any and all sums paid, expenses and losses incurred, damages sustained, and obligations assumed by Owner in good faith under the belief that such payments or assumptions were necessary or required, in completing the Work and providing labor, materials, equipment, supplies, and other items therefor or re- letting the Work, and in settlement, discharge or compromise of any claims, demands, suits, and judgments pertaining to or arising out of the Work hereunder. 18.5 If, after notice of termination of Contractor's right to proceed pursuant to this Section, it is determined for any reason that Contractor was not in default, or that its default was excusable, or that Owner is not entitled to the remedies against Contractor provided herein, then the termination will be deemed a termination for convenience and Contractor's remedies against Owner shall be the same as and limited to those afforded Contractor under Section 19 below. GC- CA -H -15 18.6 In the event (i) Owner fails to make any undisputed payment to Contractor within thirty (30) days after such payment is due or Owner otherwise persistently fails to fulfill some material obligation owed by Owner to Contractor under this Agreement, and (ii) Owner has failed to cure such default within fourteen (14) days of receiving written notice of same from Contractor, then Contractor may stop its performance under this Agreement until such default is cured, after giving Owner a second fourteen (14) days written notice of Contractor's intention to stop performance under the Agreement. If the Work is so stopped for a period of one hundred and twenty (120) consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or its Subcontractors or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor or any Subcontractor, the Contractor may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to Owner of Contractor's intent to terminate this Agreement. If Owner does not cure its default within fourteen (14) days after receipt of Contractor's written notice, Contractor may, upon fourteen (14) additional days' written notice to the Owner, terminate the Agreement and recover from the Owner payment for Work performed through the termination date, but in no event shall Contractor be entitled to payment for Work not performed or any other damages from Owner. 19. TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE AND RIGHT OF SUSPENSION. 19.1 Owner shall have the right to terminate this Agreement without cause upon seven (7) calendar days written notice to Contractor. In the event of such termination for convenience, Contractor's recovery against Owner shall be limited to that portion of the Contract Amount earned through the date of termination, together with any retainage withheld and reasonable termination expenses incurred, but Contractor shall not be entitled to any other or further recovery against Owner, including, but not limited to, damages or any anticipated profit on portions of the Work not performed. 19.2 Owner shall have the right to suspend all or any portions of the Work upon giving Contractor not less than two (2) calendar days' prior written notice of such suspension. If all or any portion of the Work is so suspended, Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy shall be to seek an extension of time to its schedule in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Contract Documents. In no event shall the Contractor be entitled to any additional compensation or damages. Provided, however, if the ordered suspension exceeds six (6) months, the Contractor shall have the right to terminate the Agreement with respect to that portion of the Work which is subject to the ordered suspension. 20. COMPLETION. 20.1 When the entire Work (or any portion thereof designated in writing by Owner) is ready for its intended use, Contractor shall notify Project Manager in writing that the entire Work (or such designated portion) is substantially complete. Within a reasonable time thereafter, Owner, Contractor and Design Professional shall make an inspection of the Work (or designated portion thereof) to determine the status of completion. If Owner, after conferring with the Design Professional, does not consider the Work (or designated portion) substantially complete, Project Manager shall notify Contractor in GC- CA -H -16 writing giving the reasons therefor. If Owner, after conferring with the Design Professional, considers the Work (or designated portion) substantially complete, Project Manager shall prepare and deliver to Contractor a Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion for the entire Work (or designated portion thereof) and include a tentative punch -list of items to be completed or corrected by Contractor before final payment. Owner shall have the right to exclude Contractor from the Work and Project site (or designated portion thereof) after the date of Substantial Completion, but Owner shall allow Contractor reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative punch -list. 20.2 Upon receipt of written certification by Contractor that the Work is completed in accordance with the Contract Documents and is ready for final inspection and acceptance, Project Manager and Design Professional will make such inspection and, if they find the Work acceptable and fully performed under the Contract Documents shall promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment, recommending that, on the basis of their observations and inspections, and the Contractor's certification that the Work has been completed in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, that the entire balance found to be due Contractor is due and payable. Neither the final payment nor the retainage shall become due and payable until Contractor submits: (1) Receipt of Contractor's Final Application for Payment. (2) The Release and Affidavit in the form attached as Exhibit C. (3) Consent of surety to final payment. (4) Receipt of the final payment check list. (5) If required by Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of all obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens, arising out of the Contract Documents, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by Owner. Owner reserves the right to inspect the Work and make an independent determination as to the Work's acceptability, even though the Design Professional may have issued its recommendations. Unless and until the Owner is completely satisfied, neither the final payment nor the retainage shall become due and payable. 21. WARRANTY. 21.1 Contractor shall obtain and assign to Owner all express warranties given to Contractor or any subcontractors by any subcontractor or materialmen supplying materials, equipment or fixtures to be incorporated into the Project. Contractor warrants to Owner that any materials and equipment furnished under the Contract Documents shall be new unless otherwise specified, and that all Work shall be of good quality, free from all defects and in conformance with the Contract Documents. Contractor further warrants to Owner that all materials and equipment furnished under the Contract Documents shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers or processors except as otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents. If, within one (1) year after Substantial Completion, any Work is found to GC- CA -H -17 be defective or not in conformance with the Contract Documents, Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from Owner. Contractor shall also be responsible for and pay for replacement or repair of adjacent materials or Work which may be damaged as a result of such replacement or repair. Further, in the event of an emergency, Owner may commence to correct any defective Work, without prior notice to Contractor, at Contractor's expense. These warranties are in addition to those implied warranties to which Owner is entitled as a matter of law. 21.2 No later than 30 days prior to expiration of the warranty, the Project Manager, or another representative of the Owner, shall conduct an inspection of the warranted work to verify compliance with the requirements of the Agreement. The Contractor's Representative shall be present at the time of inspection and shall take remedial actions to correct any deficiencies noted in the inspection. Failure of the Contractor to correct the cited deficiencies shall be grounds for the Owner to disqualify the Contractor from future bid opportunities with the Owner, in addition to any other rights and remedies available to Owner. 22. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS. 22.1 Owner, Design Professional, their respective representatives, agents and employees, and governmental agencies with jurisdiction over the Project shall have access at all times to the Work, whether the Work is being performed on or off of the Project site, for their observation, inspection and testing. Contractor shall provide proper, safe conditions for such access. Contractor shall provide Project Manager with timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals. 22.2 If the Contract Documents or any codes, laws, ordinances, rules or regulations of any public authority having jurisdiction over the Project requires any portion of the Work to be specifically inspected, tested or approved, Contractor shall assume full responsibility therefore, pay all costs in connection therewith and furnish Project Manager the required certificates of inspection, testing or approval. All inspections, tests or approvals shall be performed in a manner and by organizations acceptable to the Project Manager. 22.3 Contractor is responsible, without reimbursement from Owner, for re- inspection fees and costs; to the extent such re- inspections are due to the fault or neglect of Contractor. 22.4 If any Work that is to be inspected, tested or approved is covered without written concurrence from the Project Manager, such work must, if requested by Project Manager, be uncovered for observation. Such uncovering shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Project Manager timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Project Manager has not acted with reasonable promptness to respond to such notice. If any Work is covered contrary to written directions from Project Manager, such Work must, if requested by Project Manager, be uncovered for Project Manager's observation and be replaced at Contractor's sole expense. GC- CA -H -18 22.5 The Owner shall charge to Contractor and may deduct from any payments due Contractor all engineering and inspection expenses incurred by Owner in connection with any overtime work. Such overtime work consisting of any work during the construction period beyond the regular eight (8) hour day and for any work performed on Saturday, Sunday or holidays. 22.6 Neither observations nor other actions by the Project Manager or Design Professional nor inspections, tests or approvals by others shall relieve Contractor from Contractor's obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 23. DEFECTIVE WORK. 23.1 Work not conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents or any warranties made or assigned by Contractor to Owner shall be deemed defective Work. If required by Project Manager, Contractor shall as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or if the defective Work has been rejected by Project Manager, remove it from the site and replace it with non - defective Work. Contractor shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential costs of such correction or removal (including, but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals) made necessary thereby, and shall hold Owner harmless for same. 23.2 If the Project Manager considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Design Professional or inspected or tested by others and such Work is not otherwise required to be inspected or tested, Contractor, at Project Manager's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or tests as Project Manager may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential costs of such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory reconstruction (including, but not limited to, fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals), and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Amount. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Amount and /or an extension to the Contract Time, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing and reconstruction. 23.3 If any portion of the Work is defective, or if Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers, suitable materials or equipment or fails to finish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Project Manager may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated. The right of Project Manager to stop the Work shall be exercised, if at all, solely for Owner's benefit and nothing herein shall be construed as obligating the Project Manager to exercise this right for the benefit of Design Engineer, Contractor, or any other person. GC- CA -H -19 23.4 Should the Owner determine, at its sole opinion, it is in the Owner's best interest to accept defective Work, the Owner may do so. Contractor shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential costs attributable to the Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept defective Work. If such determination is rendered prior to final payment, a Change Order shall be executed evidencing such acceptance of such defective Work, incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents and reflecting an appropriate decrease in the Contract Amount. If the Owner accepts such defective Work after final payment, Contractor shall promptly pay Owner an appropriate amount to adequately compensate Owner for its acceptance of the defective Work. 23.5 If Contractor fails, within a reasonable time after the written notice from Project Manager, to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected defective Work as required by Project Manager or Owner, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any of the provisions of the Contract Documents, Owner may, after seven (7) days written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. Provided, however, Owner shall not be required to give notice to Contractor in the event of an emergency. To the extent necessary to complete corrective and remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from any or all of the Project site, take possession of all or any part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, take possession of Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the Project site and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Project site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Design Professional and their respective representatives, agents, and employees such access to the Project site as may be necessary to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All direct, indirect and consequential costs of Owner in exercising such rights and remedies shall be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order shall be issued, incorporating the necessary revisions to the Contract Documents, including an appropriate decrease to the Contract Amount. Such direct, indirect and consequential costs shall include, but not be limited to, fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals, all court costs and all costs of repair and replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner's rights and remedies hereunder. 24. SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENTS. 24.1 Contractor shall plan, organize, supervise, schedule, monitor, direct and control the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the finished Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the Work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall be subject to Owner's approval and not be replaced without prior written notice to Project Manager except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent shall be employed by GC- CA -H -20 the Contractor and be the Contractor's representative at the Project site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Owner shall have the right to direct Contractor to remove and replace its Project superintendent, with or without cause. Attached to the Agreement as Exhibit N is a list identifying Contractor's Project Superintendent and all of Contractor's key personnel who are assigned to the Project; such identified personnel shall not be removed without Owner's prior written approval, and if so removed must be immediately replaced with a person acceptable to Owner. 24.2 Contractor shall have a competent superintendent on the project at all times whenever contractor's work crews, or work crews of other parties authorized by the Project Manager are engaged in any activity whatsoever associated with the Project. Should the Contractor fail to comply with the above condition, the Project Manager shall, at his discretion, deduct from the Contractor's monthly pay estimate, sufficient moneys to account for the Owner's loss of adequate project supervision, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages, separate from the liquidated damages described in Section 5.13, for services not rendered. 25. PROTECTION OF WORK. 25.1 Contractor shall fully protect the Work from loss or damage and shall bear the cost of any such loss or damage until final payment has been made. If Contractor or any one for whom Contractor is legally liable for is responsible for any loss or damage to the Work, or other work or materials of Owner or Owner's separate contractors, Contractor shall be charged with the same, and any moneys necessary to replace such loss or damage shall be deducted from any amounts due Contractor. 25.2 Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 25.3 Contractor shall not disturb any benchmark established by the Owner or Design Professional with respect to the Project. If Contractor, or its subcontractors, agents or anyone for whom Contractor is legally liable, disturbs the Owner or Design Professional's benchmarks, Contractor shall immediately notify Project Manager and Design Professional. The Owner or Design Professional shall re- establish the benchmarks and Contractor shall be liable for all costs incurred by Owner associated therewith. 26. EMERGENCIES. 26.1 In the event of an emergency affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Project site or adjacent thereto, Contractor, without special instruction or authorization from Owner or Design Professional is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Project Manager written notice within forty -eight (48) hours after Contractor knew or should have known of the occurrence of the emergency, if Contractor believes that any significant changes GC- CA -H -21 in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If the Project Manager determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken in response to an emergency, a Change Order shall be issued to document the consequences of the changes or variations. If Contractor fails to provide the forty -eight (48) hour written notice noted above, the Contractor shall be deemed to have waived any right it otherwise may have had to seek an adjustment to the Contract Amount or an extension to the Contract Time. 27. USE OF PREMISES. 27.1 Contractor shall maintain all construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of workers to the Project site and land and areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and other lands and areas permitted by law, rights of way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Project site with construction equipment or other material or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or any land or areas contiguous thereto, resulting from the performance of the Work. 28. SAFETY. 28.1 Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 28.1.1 All employees on or about the project site and other persons and /or organizations who may be affected thereby; 28.1.2 All the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Project site; and 28.1.3 Other property on Project site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and any underground structures or improvements not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the Contract Documents. 28.2 Contractor shall comply with all applicable codes, laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of underground structures and improvements and utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation or replacement of their property. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for the safety and protection of the Work shall continue until such time as the Work is completed and final acceptance of same by Owner has occurred. GC- CA -H -22 28.3. Contractor shall designate a responsible representative located on a full time basis at the Project site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated in writing by Contractor to Owner. 28.4 Alcohol, drugs and all illegal substances are strictly prohibited on any Owner property. All employees of Contractor, as well as those of all subcontractors and those of any other person or entity for whom Contractor is legally liable (collectively referred to herein as "Employees "), shall not possess or be under the influence of any such substances while on any Owner property. Further, Employees shall not bring on to any Owner property any gun, rifle or other firearm, or explosives of any kind. 28.5 Contractor acknowledges that the Work may be progressing on a Project site which is located upon or adjacent to an existing Owner facility. In such event, Contractor shall comply with the following: 28.5.1 All Owner facilities are smoke free. Smoking is strictly prohibited; 28.5.2 All Employees shall be provided an identification badge by Contractor. Such identification badge must be prominently displayed on the outside of the Employees' clothing at all times. All Employees working at the Project site must log in and out with the Contractor each day; 28.5.3 Contractor shall strictly limit its operations to the designated work areas and shall not permit any Employees to enter any other portions of Owner's property without Owner's expressed prior written consent; 28.5.4 All Employees are prohibited from distributing any papers or other materials upon Owner's property, and are strictly prohibited from using any of Owner's telephones or other office equipment; 28.5.5 All Employees shall at all times comply with the OSHA regulations with respect to dress and conduct at the Project site. Further, all Employees shall comply with the dress, conduct and facility regulations issued by Owner's officials onsite, as said regulations may be changed from time to time; 28.5.6 All Employees shall enter and leave Owner's facilities only through the ingress and egress points identified in the site utilization plan approved by Owner or as otherwise designated, from time to time, by Owner in writing; 28.5.7 When requested, Contractor shall cooperate with any ongoing Owner investigation involving personal injury, economic loss or damage to Owner's facilities or personal property therein; 28.5.8 The Employees may not solicit, distribute or sell products while on Owner's property. Friends, family members or other visitors of the Employees are not permitted on Owner's property; and GC- CA -H -23 28.5.9 At all times, Contractor shall adhere to Owner's safety and security regulations, and shall comply with all security requirements at Owner's facilities, as said regulations and requirements may be modified or changed by Owner from time to time. 29. PROJECT MEETINGS. Prior to the commencement of Work, the Contractor shall attend a pre- construction conference with the Project Manager, Design Professional and others as appropriate to discuss the Progress Schedule, procedures for handling shop drawings and other submittals, and for processing Applications for Payment, and to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work. During the prosecution of the Work, the Contractor shall attend any and all meetings convened by the Project Manager with respect to the Project, when directed to do so by Project Manager or Design Professional. The Contractor shall have its subcontractors and suppliers attend all such meetings (including the pre- construction conference) as may be directed by the Project Manager. 30. VENDOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION Owner has implemented a Vendor Performance Evaluation System for all contracts awarded in excess of $25,000. To this end, vendors will be evaluated on their performance upon completion /termination of this Agreement. 31. MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC POLICY For all projects that are conducted within a Collier County Right -of -Way, the Contractor shall provide and erect Traffic Control Devices as prescribed in the current edition of the Manual On Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), where applicable on local roadways and as prescribed in the Florida Department of Transportations Design Standards (DS), where applicable on state roadways. These projects shall also comply with Collier County's Maintenance of Traffic Policy, #5807, incorporated herein by reference. Copies are available through Risk Management and /or Purchasing Departments, and is available on -line at colliergov.net/purchasing. The Contractor will be responsible for obtaining copies of all required manuals, MUTCD, FDOT Roadway & Traffic Design Standards Indexes, or other related documents, so to become familiar with their requirements. Strict adherence to the requirements of the Maintenance of Traffic ( "MOT ") policy will be enforced under this Contract. All costs associated with the Maintenance of Traffic shall be included on the line item on the bid page. If MOT is required, MOT is to be provided within ten (10) days of receipt of Notice of Award. 32. SALES TAX SAVINGS AND DIRECT PURCHASE GC- CA -H -24 32.1 Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes associated with the Work or portions thereof, which are applicable during the performance of the Work. No markup shall be applied to sales tax. Additionally, as directed by Owner and at no additional cost to Owner, Contractor shall comply with and fully implement the sales tax savings program with respect to the Work, as set forth in section 32.2 below: 32.2 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, because Owner is exempt from sales tax and may wish to generate sales tax savings for the Project, Owner reserves the right to make direct purchases of various construction materials and equipment included in the Work ( "Direct Purchase "). Contractor shall prepare purchase orders to vendors selected by Contractor, for execution by Owner, on forms provided by Owner. Contractor shall allow two weeks for execution of all such purchase orders by Owner. Contractor represents and warrants that it will use its best efforts to cooperate with Owner in implementing this sales tax savings program in order to maximize cost savings for the Project. Adjustments to the Contract Amount will be made by appropriate Change Orders for the amounts of each Owner Direct Purchase, plus the saved sales taxes. A Change Order shall be processed promptly after each Direct Purchase, or group of similar or related Direct Purchases, unless otherwise mutually agreed upon between Owner and Contractor. With respect to all Direct Purchases by Owner, Contractor shall remain responsible for coordinating, ordering, inspecting, accepting delivery, storing, handling, installing, warranting and quality control for all Direct Purchases. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Contractor expressly acknowledges and agrees that all Direct Purchases shall be included within and covered by Contractor's warranty to Owner to the same extent as all other warranties provided by Contractor pursuant to the terms of the Contract Documents. In the event Owner makes a demand against Contractor with respect to any Direct Purchase and Contractor wishes to make claim against the manufacturer or supplier of such Direct Purchase, upon request from Contractor Owner shall assign to Contractor any and all warranties and Contract rights Owner may have from any manufacturer or supplier of any such Direct Purchase by Owner. 32.3 Bidder represents and warrants that it is aware of its statutory responsibilities for sale tax under Chapter 212, Florida Statutes, and for its responsibilities for Federal excise taxes. 33. SUBCONTRACTS 33.1 Contractor shall review the design and shall determine how it desires to divide the sequence of construction activities. Contractor will determine the breakdown and composition of bid packages for award of subcontracts, based on the current Project Milestone Schedule, and shall supply a copy of that breakdown and composition to Owner and Design Professional for their review and approval prior to submitting its first Application for Payment. Contractor shall take into consideration such factors as natural and practical lines of severability, sequencing effectiveness, access and availability constraints, total time for completion, construction market conditions, availability of labor and materials, community relations and any other factors pertinent to saving time and costs. GC- CA -H -25 33.2 A Subcontractor is any person or entity who is performing, furnishing, supplying or providing any portion of the Work pursuant to a contract with Contractor. Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over the Subcontractors. Contractor shall negotiate all Change Orders, Work Directive Changes, Field Orders and Requests for Proposal, with all affected Subcontractors and shall review the costs of those proposals and advise Owner and Design Professional of their validity and reasonableness, acting in Owner's best interest, prior to requesting approval of any Change Order from Owner. All Subcontractors performing any portion of the Work on this Project must be "qualified" as defined in Collier County Ordinance 87 -25, meaning a person or entity that has the capability in all respects to perform fully the Agreement requirements with respect to its portion of the Work and has the integrity and reliability to assure good faith performance. 33.3 In addition to those Subcontractors identified in Contractor's bid that were approved by Owner, Contractor also shall identify any other Subcontractors, including their addresses, licensing information and phone numbers, it intends to utilize for the Project prior to entering into any subcontract or purchase order and prior to the Subcontractor commencing any work on the Project. The list identifying each Subcontractor cannot be modified, changed, or amended without prior written approval from Owner. Any and all Subcontractor work to be self - performed by Contractor must be approved in writing by Owner in its sole discretion prior to commencement of such work. Contractor shall continuously update that Subcontractor list, so that it remains current and accurate throughout the entire performance of the Work. 33.4 Contractor shall not enter into a subcontract or purchase order with any Subcontractor, if Owner reasonably objects to that Subcontractor. Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone it reasonably objects to. Contractor shall keep on file a copy of the license for every Subcontractor and sub - subcontractor performing any portion of the Work, as well as maintain a log of all such licenses. All subcontracts and purchase orders between Contractor and its Subcontractors shall be in writing and are subject to Owner's approval. Further, unless expressly waived in writing by Owner, all subcontracts and purchase orders shall (1) require each Subcontractor to be bound to Contractor to the same extent Contractor is bound to Owner by the terms of the Contract Documents, as those terms may apply to the portion of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, (2) provide for the assignment of the subcontract or purchase order from Contractor to Owner at the election of Owner upon termination of Contractor, (3) provide that Owner will be an additional indemnified party of the subcontract or purchase order, (4) provide that Owner, Collier County Government, will be an additional insured on all liability insurance policies required to be provided by the Subcontractor except workman's compensation and business automobile policies, (5) assign all warranties directly to Owner, and (6) identify Owner as an intended third -party beneficiary of the subcontract or purchase order. Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound. Each Subcontractor shall similarly make copies of such documents available to its sub - subcontractors. GC- CA -H -26 33.5 Each Subcontractor performing work at the Project Site must agree to provide field (on -site) supervision through a named superintendent for each trade (e.g., general concrete forming and placement, masonry, mechanical, plumbing, electrical and roofing) included in its subcontract or purchase order. In addition, the Subcontractor shall assign and name a qualified employee for scheduling direction for its portion of the Work. The supervisory employees of the Subcontractor (including field superintendent, foreman and schedulers at all levels) must have been employed in a supervisory (leadership) capacity of substantially equivalent level on a similar project for at least two years within the last five years. The Subcontractor shall include a resume of experience for each employee identified by it to supervise and schedule its work. 33.6 Unless otherwise expressly waived by Owner in writing, all subcontracts and purchase orders shall provide: 33.6.1 That the Subcontractor's exclusive remedy for delays in the performance of the subcontract or purchase order caused by events beyond its control, including delays claimed to be caused by Owner or Design Professional or attributable to Owner or Design Professional and including claims based on breach of contract or negligence, shall be an extension of its contract time. 33.6.2 In the event of a change in the work, the Subcontractor's claim for adjustments in the contract sum are limited exclusively to its actual costs for such changes plus no more than 10% for overhead and profit. 33.6.3 The subcontract or purchase order, as applicable, shall require the Subcontractor to expressly agree that the foregoing constitute its sole and exclusive remedies for delays and changes in the Work and thus eliminate any other remedies for claim for increase in the contract price, damages, losses or additional compensation. Further, Contractor shall require all Subcontractors to similarly incorporate the terms of this Section 33.6 into their sub - subcontracts and purchase orders. 33.6.4 Each subcontract and purchase order shall require that any claims by Subcontractor for delay or additional cost must be submitted to Contractor within the time and in the manner in which Contractor must submit such claims to Owner, and that failure to comply with such conditions for giving notice and submitting claims shall result in the waiver of such claims. 34. CONSTRUCTION SERVICES 34.1 Contractor shall maintain at the Project site, originals or copies of, on a current basis, all Project files and records, including, but not limited to, the following administrative records: 34.1.1 Subcontracts and Purchase Orders 34.1.2 Subcontractor Licenses 34.1.3 Shop Drawing Submittal /Approval Logs 34.1.4 Equipment Purchase /Delivery Logs GC- CA -H -27 34.1.5 Contract Drawings and Specifications with Addenda 34.1.6 Warranties and Guarantees 34.1.7 Cost Accounting Records 34.1.8 Labor Costs 34.1.9 Material Costs 34.1.10 Equipment Costs 34.1.11 Cost Proposal Request 34.1.12 Payment Request Records 34.1.13 Meeting Minutes 34.1.14 Cost - Estimates 34.1.15 Bulletin Quotations 34.1.16 Lab Test Reports 34.1.17 • Insurance Certificates and Bonds 34.1.18 Contract Changes 34.1.19 Permits 34.1.20 Material Purchase Delivery Logs 34.1.21 Technical Standards 34.1.22 Design Handbooks 34.1.23 "As- Built' Marked Prints 34.1.24 Operating & Maintenance Instruction 34.1.25 Daily Progress Reports 34.1.26 Monthly Progress Reports 34.1.27 Correspondence Files 34.1.28 Transmittal Records 34.1.29 Inspection Reports 34.1.30 Punch Lists 34.1.31 PMIS Schedule and Updates 34.1.32 Suspense (Tickler) Files of Outstanding Requirements The Project files and records shall be available at all times to Owner and Design Professional or their designees for reference, review or copying. 34.2 Contractor Presentations At the discretion of the County, the Contractor may be required to provide a brief update on the Project to the Collier County Board of County Commissioners, 'Board ", up to two (2) times per contract term. Presentations shall be made in a properly advertised Public Meeting on a schedule to be determined by the County Manager or his designee. Prior to the scheduled presentation date, the Contractor shall meet with appropriate County staff to discuss the presentation requirements and format. Presentations may include, but not be limited to, the following information: Original contract amount, project schedule, project completion date and any changes to the aforementioned since Notice to Proceed was issued. 35. SECURITY GC- CA -H -28 If required, Contractor shall be responsible for the costs of providing background checks and drug testing for all employees that shall provide services to the County under this Agreement. This may include, but not be limited to, checking federal, state and local law enforcement records, including a state and FBI fingerprint check, credit reports, education, residence and employment verifications and other related records. Contractor shall be required to maintain records on each employee and make them available to the County for at least four (4) years. 36. VENUE Any suit or action brought by either party to this Agreement against the other party relating to or arising out of this Agreement must be brought in the appropriate federal or state courts in Collier County, Florida, which courts have sole and exclusive jurisdiction on all such matters. 37. VALUE ENGINEERING All projects with an estimated cost of $10 million or more shall be reviewed for consideration of a Value Engineering (VE) study conducted during project development. A "project" shall be defined as the collective contracts, which may include but not be limited to: design, construction, and construction, engineering and inspection (CEI) services. Additionally, any project with an estimated construction value of $2 million or more may be reviewed for VE at the discretion of the County. 38. ABOVEGROUND /UNDERGROUND TANKS An underground 62 -761, Florida Administrative Code (F.A.C.) or aboveground 62 -762, F.A.C. regulated tank requires notification to the 'County prior to installation or closure of the tank. The Pollution Control Department (239- 252 - 2502), via contract GC -690 with the Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP), is the County (local program) for the purposes of these rules. Regulated tanks require notification to the 'county' local program thirty (30) days prior to installation and again forty -eight (48) hours prior to commencement of the installation. Closure activities require a ten (10) day notification and then a forty -eight (48) hour notification prior to commencement. The notification is to allow for scheduling of the inspections pertaining to the installation /closure activities. A series of inspections will be scheduled based upon system design after discussing the project with the contractor /project manager. Specifics on applicability, exemptions, and requirements for regulated pollutant storage tank systems can be found in 62 -761, F.A.C. and 62 -762, F.A.C. or you may contact the Pollution Control Department with your questions. Please note that equipment must be listed on the FDEP approved equipment list and will be verified at inspection along with installation and testing procedures. The approved equipment list is constantly updated and can be found at the FDEP Storage Tank Regulation website along with rules, forms and other applicable information. GC- CA -H -29 39. STANDARDS OF CONDUCT: PROJECT MANAGER, SUPERVISOR, EMPLOYEES. The Contractor shall employ people to work on Owner's projects who are neat, clean, well - groomed and courteous. Subject to the Americans with Disabilities Act, Contractor shall supply competent employees who are physically capable of performing their employment duties. The Owner may require the Contractor to remove an employee it deems careless, incompetent, insubordinate or otherwise objectionable and whose continued employment on Owner's projects is not in the best interest of the County. GC- CA -H -30 EXHIBIT I SUPPLEMENTAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS The County may, at its discretion, use VISA/MASTER card credit network as a payment vehicle for goods and /or services purchased as a part of this contract. 2. See Disc for additional Terms and Conditions GC- CA -1 -1 EXHIBIT J TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS See Disc for All Plans And Specifications GC- CA -J -1 EXHIBIT K PERMITS GC- CA -K -1 EXHIBIT L STANDARD DETAILS GC- CA -L -1 EXHIBIT M PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS GC- CA -M -1 EXHIBIT N CONTRACTOR'S KEY PERSONNEL ASSIGNED TO THE PROJECT GC- CA -N -1 PROJECT MANUAL AND SPECIFICATIONS Collier County Property Appraiser Renovation Option A 3950 Radio Road Naples, Florida 34104 Project 09 -480 -A Victor J. Latavish Architect, PA Member of the American Institute of Architects AR 11942 4100 Corporate Square, Suite 100, Naples, Florida 34104 Telephone 239.643.1665 Telefacsimile 239.643.6192 PROJECT MANUAL Project: COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATION OPTION A 3950 Radio Road Naples, Florida 34104 Date Issued: 07 -08 -09 Project No. 09 -480 Client: COLLIER COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS 3301 East Tamiami Trail Naples, Florida 34112 Architect: VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. 4100 Corporate Square, Suite 100 Registration AA C001831 Naples, Florida 34104 239.643.1665 telephone 239.643.6192 telefacsimile Mechanical MARK A. BRANT, PE. Engineer: Fort Myers, Florida Electrical S. R. STAFFORD ENGINEERING, INC. Engineer: Bonita Springs, Florida COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 00005 - TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTRACT DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS 00005 1 -3 00800 1 -2 009001-1 SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 010001-1 COLOR AND MATERIAL SCHEDULE 010151-1 PERMITS, LICENSE, CODES AND FEES 010301 -2 ALTERNATES 010401 -3 COORDINATION 01045 1 -4 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01200 1 -3 PROJECT MEETINGS 013001 -7 SUBMITTALS 01400 1 -4 QUALITY CONTROL 014201 -3 REFERENCES 01500 1 -5 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 016001 -4 SUBSTITUTIONS 01700 1 -5 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01710 1 -3 FINAL CLEANING 01720 1 -6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS DIVISION 2 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 1 -5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03300 1 -14 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE DIVISION 4 - MASONRY 04200 1 -8 UNIT MASONRY TABLE OF CONTENTS 00005 -1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA DIVISION 5 - NOT USED DIVISION 6 - NOT USED DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07210 1 -4 BUILDING INSULATION 072701 -7 FIRESTOPPING 07920 1 -7 JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08110 1 -5 STEEL DOOR FRAMES & ACCESSORIES 082111-6 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08712 1 -6 DOOR HARDWARE 08716 1 -2 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09255 1 -13 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 095111-5 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09650 1 -8 VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE 096801 -3 CARPETING 099121 -12 PAINTING DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 104251 -7 SIGNS 105201-4 FIRE- PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 10620 1 -3 SAFETY SPECIALTIES 108011-3 TOILET ACCESSORIES DIVISION 11 - NOT USED DIVISION 12 12491 1 -3 HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS DIVISION 13 -NOT USED TABLE OF CONTENTS 00005 -2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA DIVISION 14 - NOT USED DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15010 1 -5 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15050 1 -3 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15200 1 -5 FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 15815 1 -5 METAL DUCTS 15820 1 -4 DUCT ACCESSORIES 15855 1 -3 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 15990 1 -9 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16050 1 -6 BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 16120 1 -1 WIRES AND CABLES 16135 1 -1 ELECTRICAL BOXES AND FITTINGS 16143 1 -2 WIRING DEVICES 16215 1 -11 STANDBY GENERATOR 16452 1 -1 GROUNDING 16470 1 -2 PANELBOARDS 16515 1 -2 INTERIOR LIGHTING 16615 1 -1 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION 16620 1 -12 PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS 16720 1 -2 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM APPENDIX A - COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS APPENDIX B - COLLIER COUNTY IT STANDARDS NOTICE: BIDDERS INCLUDING GENERAL CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS, AND SUPPLIERS SHALL OBTAIN AND REVIEW A COMPLETE SET OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS INCLUDING PROJECT MANUAL, SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS, AND ADDENDA PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BIDS. END OF SECTION 00005 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida TABLE OF CONTENTS 00005 -3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 00800 - SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS A. Building Permit fees, Site Permit fees, and Impact fees shall be paid by the Owner. SDPA is not required for this work. 2. Owner has applied for a building permit. 3. Unless indicated otherwise, all shop drawings and other permit application forms and fees for other required permits and connections shall be prepared, delivered, and paid for by the Contractor, including but not limited to fire sprinkler permit and fire alarm permits and related permit fees. B. Bid Awards: The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive formalities or irregularities in the bids. C. Bids shall include all labor and material required for a complete and proper installation of the work indicated in the Documents, including but not limited to field verification of existing conditions, coordination, templates, adjustments, connections, patches, finishes, fasteners, accessories, etc. 1. Materials shall be approved for intended use. 2. Provide patches as required to maintain integrity of assemblies and to provide a neat workmanlike appearance of work. D. Schedule of Values: The Contractor shall provide a complete schedule of values listing the value of work for each trade by specification division not less than 5 days before anticipated date of contract execution. E. Scheduling of Not in Contract Work: Contractor shall coordinate scheduling of Owners contractors for NIC work. F. Jobsite Safety: The Contractor is solely responsible for jobsite safety. G. Delays: No interruption, interference, inefficiency, suspension or delay in the commencement or progress of the Work from any cause whatever, including those for which Owner or its agents may be responsible, in whole or in part, shall relieve Contractor of his duty to perform or give rise to any right to damages or additional compensation from Owner. Contractor expressly acknowledges and agrees that it shall receive no damages for delay. Contractor's sole remedy, if any, against Owner or its agents will be the right to seek an extension to the Contract Time. H. Submittals: Shop Drawings shall be provided not more than 30 days after the Owners Notice to Proceed. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 -1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA I. Change Orders: The Contractor's total markup for overhead and profit shall not exceed 10% of the actual expenses for extra materials and labor provided by the Contractor. For extra items provided by subcontractors, the Contractors total markup for overhead and profit may not exceed 5% of the subcontractors invoice, and the subcontractor's total markup for overhead and profit shall not exceed 10% of actual expenses for materials and labor. All subcontracts shall include these conditions and all Change Orders are subject to audit by the Owner or the Owner's designated representative. J. Non - compliant work: All costs related to non - compliant work shall be paid by the Contractor, including but not limited to the removal of non - compliant work, bidding expenses, related design professionals fees, and other costs related to the supervision of corrective work. Approval by AHJ, Engineer, Contractor, or Owner does not constitute approval by Architect. K. Final Completion: Punchlist work shall be completed within 30 days of Substantial Completion. The Owner reserves the right to immediately commence punchlist work 31 days after substantial completion using independent contractors, the cost of which shall be charged to the Contractor. L. Warranty: The Contractor shall provide the following warranties for all work: 1. One -year warranty on all work. 2. Manufacturers standard warranties, plus additional special warranties as specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. By acceptance of the sealed plans and specifications used for permits, the Contractor accepts all terms and conditions of the Documents including these Supplemental Conditions. In cases of conflicting requirements, the more stringent requirement as shall apply. END OF SECTION VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 -2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 00900- SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING 1. Pursuant to bidding requirements for the Work, for portions of the Work indicated, the Contractor proposes to use the following subcontractors. 2. Portion of the Work: Subcontractor name and city: Demolition Insulation Doors Drywall Painting Acoustic Ceiling Carpet Fire Protection HVAC Electrical Fire Alarm Data- IT Wiring 3. The subcontractor list shall be attached to the bid form. END OF SECTION 00900 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING 00900 -1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 01000 - COLOR AND MATERIAL SCHEDULE Material Manufacturer Color Paint Interior Walls- Typical SW TBD Interior Soffits SW TBD Interior Door Frames SW TBD Interior Painted Doors SW TBD Pl. Laminate Doors, alt. bid Wilsonart TBD Carpet, alternate bid Mowhawk Mowhawk One First, broadloom, direct glue -down Popular Vote VCT Floor Tile Checkerboard Armstrong Imperial Excelon 51804 Checkerboard Armstrong Imperial Excelon 51810 Vinyl Wall Base Burke Mercer 103 Espresso Acoustic Ceiling Armstrong Cortega Tegular 704, "White" Notes: 1. Base Bid: Carpet NIC 2. Onsite sample panels required for final verification of paint selections, 8' x 8' COLOR AND MATERIAL SCHEDULE 01000 -1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 01015 - PERMITS, LICENSE, CODES AND FEES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 -16 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. It is the intent of the construction documents that the completed work conform to all applicable codes, be constructed in accordance with any applicable permit and licensure requirements, and that fees necessary for occupancy be completely paid. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (not used) PART 3- EXECUTION A. Contractor shall be required to schedule and coordinate for all inspections and similar procedural items as required by the local government agencies having jurisdiction. B. All building, structural, electrical, plumbing, mechanical, etc. work items shall be installed in accordance with the adopted edition of the regulations of governing local, state, county and other applicable codes, including the utilities company unless otherwise specified in the plans and specifications. The Contractor shall be responsible and pay all required licenses, fees and inspections associated with his work. The cost for such shall be included in the Contractor's bid price. C. In the event of a conflict between permits, drawings, specifications, and codes, etc. the Contractor shall immediately issue an RFI (Request for Information) to request a determination from the AE. The contractor is responsible for all work necessary to comply with the most stringent requirement. D. It is the Contractor's responsibility to contact the applicable utility company (or companies) to determine if any fees, charges or costs will be due the utility company, as required by the utility company for temporary power, installations, hook -ups, etc. This fee, charge or cost shall be included in this contractor's bid price. E. Except for impact fees, building permit fees and utility connection fees, which are to be paid by Owner, the Contractor shall procure and pay for all licenses, pay all charges, fees, and taxes, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the due and lawful prosecution of the work. All costs incurred shall be deemed as being included in the contractor's bid. END OF SECTION 01015 PERMITS, LICENSE, CODES AND FEES 01015-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing Alternates. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Definition: An alternate is an amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change in either the amount of construction to be completed, or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described in the Contract Documents. B. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract Sum to incorporate the Alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum. 1.4 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent Work as necessary to completely and fully integrate that Work into the Project. B. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not mentioned as part of the Alternate. C. Notification: Immediately following the award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate whether alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to alternates. D. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other Work of this Contract. E. Alternates shall include all labor, materials, accessories, connections, etc. required for a complete and proper assembly of work indicated. ALTERNATES 01030-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA PART 2- SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES Alternate Number A -1: Generator; Provide permanent installation and wiring for 75 kw Standby Generator, Automatic Transfer Switch (ATS), and related work required for a complete and proper installation; ref. sheet E6.0. Alternate Number A -2: Surge Suppression System; Provide TVSS at MDP; ref sheet E6.0. Alternate Number A -3: Roof Drainage System; Provide 12" dia. PVC stormwater collection system with connections to existing downspouts, concrete flume at lake, and related work required for a complete and proper installation; ref. keynote 15, sheet A0.3. Alternate Number A -4: Dumpster Wall Repairs; Repair rear wall of dumpster enclosure including demolition, masonry, reinforcing, stucco, paint, and related work, ref. keynote 24 on sheet A03 and details 1 &2 on sheet A1.6. Alternate Number A -5: Parking Lot Refurbishing: Re -stripe parking lot spaces, stop bars, and related work required for a complete and proper installation; ref keynote 26 on sheet A0.3. Alternate Number A -6: Impact -Rated Doors and Windows; In lieu of hurricane screens indicated on the drawings, remove existing storefront entrances, windows, and exterior overhead doors, and provide new impact rated aluminum storefront system equal to "Vistawall FG- 5000" (NOA No. 03- 0604.01). Alt. Bid includes installation of storefront entrances, storefront windows, aluminum sill flashing, pulls, hardware, sealant, patching existing finishes, permit revisions, sealed shop drawings, and other related work required for a complete and proper installation, ref. sheet A2.3. Alternate Number A -7: Security Camera System: Provide security camera system including fixed cameras, conduit, wiring, connections, posts, etc. required for a complete and proper installation; ref sheet Al. 8. Alternate Number A -8: Upgrade Roof hsulation: Remove existing roof insulation and provide additional specified roof insulation, ref. section 07210. Alternate Number A -9: Exterior Paint: Pressure clean exterior stucco walls, ceilings, and soffits; repair cracks, apply primer and 2 coats SW Superpaint; match existing colors; ref. section 09912. Alternate Number A -10: Carpet: Provide carpet as specified on color schedule, ref. 01000. ALTERNATES 01030-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA Alternate Number A -11: Computer Room Pre - action Fire Sprinkler System; Provide alternate bid dry-pipe pre- action fire suppression system at Computer Room in lieu of base bid wet pipe system. Include all labor, materials, connections, permits, etc. required for a complete and proper installation; ref sheet no. FP I.O. Alternate Number A -12: Fire -Rated Corridors; Provide gypsum board, sealant, patches, penetration assemblies, replacement paint -grade doors, hardware, and related work required for complete and proper 1 -hr rated Corridors indicated on sheet A 1.2 Alternate Floor Plan and related details on sheets A5.1, A5.2, A5.3, and A5.4. Alternate Number A -13: Upgrade Door Finish: Provide plastic laminate interior door finish in lieu of paint grade finish on all interior doors. Upgrade alternate bid plastic laminate finish includes doors replaced as part of Alternate 12 above, and replacement of all existing and/or relocated doors indicated on the drawings; ref section 08211. Alternate Number A -14: Automatic Door Operators at pair doors 116.1 and 116.2 in Lobby, as specified in section 08715 -2, complete with all required hardware, controls, posts, guards, wiring, motion detectors, etc. required for a complete and proper installation. Alternate bid automatic door operators would be installed on new doors (Alternate 6 above), not on existing doors. Alternate Number A -15 Window Treatment; Provide mini- blinds at each interior and exterior window; ref section 12941. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 Alternates A. The Contractor is responsible for submittals, placing orders, scheduling, delivery, storage, installation, protection, cleaning, and warranty of all accepted Alternate Bid work. B. Direct Purchase Option If requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall coordinate the Owners direct purchase of alternate bid materials. Alternate Bids shall include sales tax. Change order for the direct purchase of alternate bid materials shall be executed prior to start of work and shall include credit for sales tax. END OF SECTION 01030 ALTERNATES 01030-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 01040 - COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and supervisory requirements necessary for coordinating construction operations including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: 1. General project coordination procedures. 2. Conservation. 3. Coordination Drawings. 4. Administrative and supervisory personnel. 5. Cleaning and protection. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate construction operations included in various Sections of these Specifications to assure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations included under different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. I Schedule construction operations in the sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components to assure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3. Make provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. B. Where necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and attendance at meetings. COORDINATION 01040-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA Prepare similar memoranda for the Owner and separate contractors where coordination of their work is required. C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and assure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of schedules. 2. Installation and removal of temporary facilities. 3. Delivery and processing of submittals. 4. Progress meetings. 5. Project closeout activities. D. Conservation: Coordinate construction operations to assure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. E. Quantities: The Contractor is responsible for determining the quantities of materials required to properly complete the work. F. Dimensions: The Contractor is responsible for coordinating and checking all dimensions prior to start of construction. 1. Verify field measurements before commencing with work of each related trade. 2. Identify all changes and adjustments on as-built plans and record documents. 3. Minor adjustments of dimensions may be required for proper coordination of all trades, ie. masonry openings for doors and windows. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Prepare coordination drawings where careful coordination is needed for installation of products and materials fabricated by separate entities. Prepare coordination drawings where limited space availability necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different components. B. Staff Names: Not less than 15 days prior to commencement of construction operations, submit a list of the Contractor's principal staff assignments, including the superintendent and other personnel in attendance at the Project Site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities. List their addresses and telephone numbers. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Specified in Division 2 thru 16) COORDINATION 01040-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL COORDINATION PROVISIONS A. Inspection of Conditions: Require the Installer of each major component to inspect both the substrate and conditions under which Work is to be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner. B. Coordinate temporary enclosures with required inspections and tests to minimize the necessity of uncovering completed construction for that purpose. 3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean andprotect construction in progress and adjoining materials inplace, duringhandling and installation. Apply protective covering where required to assure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. B. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to assure operability without damaging effects. C. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. Protect materials from vandalism and theft. END OF SECTION 01040 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida COORDINATION 01040-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 01045 - CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1 R I] I. ti 1 I] I7 IZ I Z I I 11 u I I] N I ,9 I T A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for cutting and patching. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Division 1 Section "Coordination" for procedures for coordinating cutting and patching with other construction activities. 2. Referto other Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of the Work. Requirements of this Section apply to mechanical and electrical installations. Refer to Division 15 Sections for other requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching mechanical and electrical installations. C. Special Requirements: All trenches and excavations for foundations and buried utilities shall be hand - excavated. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that would change their load - carrying capacity or load- deflection ratio. B. Operational Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended. Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. C. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in the Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that would result in CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace construction cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. If possible retain the original Installer or fabricator to cut and patch the exposed Work listed below. If it is impossible to engage the original Installer or fabricator, engage another recognized experienced and specialized firm. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Replace, patch, and repair material and surfaces cut or damaged by methods and with materials in such a manner as not to void any warranties required or existing. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible if identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used. Use materials whose installed performance will equal or surpass that of existing materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching is to be performed before cutting. If unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions are encountered, take corrective action before proceeding. Before proceeding, meet at the Project Site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut. CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of the Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. C. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. D. Avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit, or ductwork serving the building but scheduled to be removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them. [�I [ems � X17 ��77� I•� r• Ly �l A. General: Employ skilled workmen to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Cutting: Cut existing construction using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. Where possible, review proposed procedures with the original Installer; comply with the original Installer's recommendations. In general, where cutting, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine, such as a Carborundum saw or a diamond -core drill. 4. Comply with requirements of applicable Division 2 Sections where cutting and patching requires excavating and backfrlling. 5. Where services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, by -pass utility services, such as pipe or conduit, before cutting. Cut -off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal the remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after by- passing and cutting. CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances. 1. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the installation. 2. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. 3. Where removing walls or partitions extends one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform color and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Where patching occurs in a smooth painted surface, extend final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch after the area has received primer and second coat. 4. Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even -plane surface of uniform appearance. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar items. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. 1901091 T1D140 1 OWN [1I[lit VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 01200 - PROJECT MEETINGS 1.1 Ell RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project meetings, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Preconstruction conference. 2. Progress meetings. 3. Other meetings as required for coordination of the work. 1.3 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Architect will schedule a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to the Owner and the Contractor, but no later than 30 days after execution of the Agreement. The conference will be held at the Project Site or agreed location and conducted to review responsibilities and personnel assignments. B. Attendees: Authorized representatives of the Owner, Architect, the Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; manufacturers; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with the Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. C. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following: 1. Tentative construction schedule. 2. Critical work sequencing. 3. Designation of responsible personnel. 4. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. 5. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. 6. Distribution of Contract Documents. 7. Submittal of Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. 8. Preparation of record documents. 9. Use of the premises. 10. Parking availability. 11. Office, work, and storage areas. PROJECT MEETINGS 01200-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 12. Equipment deliveries and priorities. 13. Safety procedures. 14. First aid. 15. Security. 16. Housekeeping. 17. Working hours. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCES A. The General Contractor shall conduct a preinstallation conference at the Project Site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction. B. Attendees: The Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation, and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise the Architect of scheduled meeting dates. 1. Review the progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration at each preinstallation conference, including requirements for the following: a. Contract Documents. b. Options. C. Related Change Orders. d. Purchases. e. Deliveries. f. Shop Drawings, Product Data, and quality- control samples. g. Review of mockups. h. Possible conflicts. i. Compatibility problems. j. Time schedules. k. Weather limitations. 1. Manufacturer's recommendations. m. Warranty requirements. n. Compatibility of materials. o. Acceptability of substrates. p. Temporary facilities. q. Space and access limitations. r. Governing regulations. S. Safety. t. Inspecting and testing requirements. U. Required performance results. PROJECT MEETINGS 01200-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA V. Recording requirements. W. Protection. 2. Record significant discussions and agreements and disagreements of each conference, and the approved schedule. Promptly distribute the record of the meeting to everyone concerned, including the Owner and the Architect. 3. Do not proceed with the installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of Work and reconvene the conference at the earliest feasible date. 1.5 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Architect will conduct a progress meeting at the Project Site at monthly intervals to review progress of the work with the Owner and Contractor. 1. Contractor shall provide copies of plans, addenda, shop drawings, and related material at meetings. 2. Contractor shall prepare meeting minutes for distribution to all attendees. 3. Meeting shall be scheduled to coincide with review of Contractors monthly application for payment. B. Schedule Updating: Revise the Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. C. Architect will conduct additional meeting(s) as needed on site and by telephone conference. Contractor will receive telephone number and dial -in code for telephone conferences. 1.6 COORDINATION MEETINGS A. Conduct project coordination meetings at regular intervals convenient for all parties involved. Project coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as regular progress meetings and special preinstallation meetings. END OF SECTION 01200 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida PROJECT MEETINGS 01200-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. it 015VVVJ/_\:a/ A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submittals required for performance of the Work, including the following: 1. Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Submittal schedule. 3. Shop Drawings. 4. Product Data. 5. Samples. 6. Quality assurance submittals. B. Administrative Submittals: Refer to other Division 1 Sections and other Contract Documents for requirements for administrative submittals. Such submittals include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Permits. 2. Applications for Payment. 3. Performance and payment bonds. 4. Insurance certificates. 5. List of subcontractors. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Coordination Drawings show the relationship and integration of different construction elements that require careful coordination during fabrication or installation to fit in the space provided or to function as intended. B. Field samples are full -size physical examples erected on -site to illustrate finishes, coatings, or finish materials. Field samples are used to establish the standard by which the Work will bejudged. SUBMITTALS 01300-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA It��Yi : uifllTll�. 717Z�Zy:1111:7DI.� A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. Transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related elements of the Work so processing will not be delayed by the need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. The Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until all related submittals are received. Processing: To avoid the need to delay installation as a result of the time required to process submittals, allow sufficient time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals. B. Submittal Preparation: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. Indicate the name of the entity that prepared each submittal on the label or title block. Provide a space approximately 4 by 5 inches on the label or beside the title block on Shop Drawings to record the Contractor's review and approval markings and the action taken. Include the following information on the label for processing and recording action taken. a. Project name. b. Date. C. Name and address of the Architect. d. Name and address of the Contractor. e. Name and address of the subcontractor. f. Name and address of the supplier. g. Name of the manufacturer. h. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. i. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. SUBMITTALS 01300-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal from the Contractor to the Architect using a transmittal form. The Architect will not accept submittals received from sources other than the Contractor. On the transmittal, record relevant information and requests for data. On the form, or separate sheet, record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including variations and limitations. Include Contractor's certification that information complies with Contract Document requirements. D. Contractors Stamp: All submittals must be stamped with the Contractors shop drawing stamp indicating the submittal has been reviewed by the Contractor. Each stamp must be dated and signed by the Contractor. E. Submittals not bearing the Contractors Stamp, date and signature will be returned without review. F. Portions of submittals not in compliance with the Contract Documents, including referenced standards and codes, shall be clearly marked and identified in red ink by the Contractor. G. Proposed substitutions or changes, if any, shall be clearly marked and identified in red ink by the Contractor. 1.5 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Bar -Chart Schedule: Prepare a fully developed, horizontal bar - chart-type, Contractor's construction schedule. Submit not less than 10 days prior to the date established for "Commencement of the Work." Provide a separate time bar for each significant construction activity. Provide a continuous vertical line to identify the first working day of each week. Use the same breakdown of units of the Work as indicated in the "Schedule of Values." 2. Within each time bar, indicate estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments. As Work progresses, place a contrasting mark in each bar to indicate Actual Completion. Prepare the schedule on a sheet, or series of sheets, of stable transparency, or other reproducible media, of sufficient width to show data for the entire construction period. SUBMITTALS 01300-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 4. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties involved. Coordinate each element on the schedule with other construction activities; include minor elements involved in the sequence of the Work. Show each activity in proper sequence. Indicate graphically the sequences necessary for completion of related portions of the Work. 5. Coordinate the Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of subcontracts, Submittal Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other schedules. 6. Indicate completion in advance of the date established for Substantial Completion. Indicate Substantial Completion on the schedule to allow time for the Architect's procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. B. : Schedule Updating: Revise the schedule after each meeting, event, or activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue the updated schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. 1.6 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit required shop drawings for the Work of this Contract, with information drawn accurately to scale. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as the basis of Shop Drawings. Standard information prepared without specific reference to the Project is not a Shop Drawing. B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation Drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, patterns, templates and similar Drawings. Include the following information: Dimensions. 2. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail number. 3. Compliance with specified standards. 4. Notation of coordination requirements. 5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. 6. Final Submittal: Submit 6 or more copies. The Architect will retain 3 prints and return the remainder. SUBMITTALS 01300-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPT1ON A NAPLES, FLORIDA 7. Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating action taken. 1.7 PRODUCT DATA A. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. Product Data includes printed information, such as manufacturer's installation instructions, catalog cuts, standard color charts, roughing -in diagrams and templates, standard wiring diagrams, and performance curves. Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where printed Product Data includes information on several products that are not required, mark copies to indicate the applicable information. Include the following information: a. Manufacturer's printed recommendations. b. Compliance with trade association standards. C. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards. d. Application of testing agency labels and seals. e. Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement. f. Notation of coordination requirements. 2. Submittals: Submit 6 copies of each required submittal. The Architect will retain three copies and will return the other copies marked with action taken and corrections or modifications required. a. Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is observed, the submittal may serve as the final submittal. 3. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittal to installers, subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators, and others required for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. 1.8 SAMPLES A. Submit Samples as specified and physically identical with the material or product proposed. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture, and pattern. Submittals: Except for Samples illustrating assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and similar characteristics, submit 3 sets. The Architect will return one set marked with the action taken. SUBMITTALS 01300-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 2. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at the Project Site, for quality comparisons throughout the course of construction. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALS A. Submit quality- control submittals, including design data, certifications, manufacturer's instructions, manufacturer's field reports, and other quality- control submittals as required under other Sections of the Specifications. B. Certifications: Where other Sections of the Specifications require certification that a product, material, or installation complies with specified requirements, submit a notarized certification from the manufacturer certifying compliance with specified requirements. Signature: Certification shall be signed by an officer of the manufacturer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of the company. C. Inspection and Test Reports: Requirements for submittal of inspection and test reports from independent testing agencies are specified in Division 1 Section "Quality Control." 1.10 ARCHITECT'S ACTION A. Except for submittals for the record or information, where action and return is required, the Architect will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return promptly. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility. B. Action Stamp: The Architect will stamp each submittal with a uniform, action stamp. The Architect will mark the stamp appropriately to indicate the action taken, as follows: Final Unrestricted Release: When the Architect marks a submittal "Reviewed," the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with requirements of the Contract Documents. Final payment depends on that compliance. 2. Final- But - Restricted Release: When the Architect marks a submittal "Exceptions Noted," the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with notations or corrections on the submittal and requirements of the Contract Documents. Final payment depends on that compliance. Returned for Resubmittal: When the Architect marks a submittal " Revise and Resubmit," do not proceed with Work covered by the submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity. Revise or prepare a new submittal according to the notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain different action mark. SUBMITTALS 01300-6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA a. Do not use, or allow others to use, submittals marked " Revise and Resubmit" at the Project Site or elsewhere where Work is in progress. 4. Other Action: Where a submittal is for information or record purposes or special processing or other activity, the Architect will return the submittal marked "Action Not Required." C. Unsolicited Submittals: The Architect will return unsolicited submittals to the sender without action. D. Supplementary Conditions: Refer to Division 1 Supplementary Conditions for additional requirements. "Approval" or "Review" of submittals does not constitute approval of substitutions or changes unless the proposed substitutions or changes are clearly identified in red ink and acknowledged in writing by both Contractor and Architect. 2. "Approval' of submittals by AHJ, Engineer, or Owner does not constitute approval of substitutions by Architect. 3. Failure to clearly identify proposed substitutions or changes shall be considered an unauthorized change. E. Do not proceed with the work of each trade or submit payment requests for the same until processing of related submittals are complete. END OF SECTION 01300 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida SUBMITTALS 01300-7 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 01400 - QUALITY CONTROL I� \N11f gel Woal7\i 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1�111JTUiu/•�. A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality- control services. B. Quality- control services include inspections, tests, and related actions, including reports performed by Contractor, by independent agencies, and by governing authorities. They do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect. C. Inspection and testing services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with Contract Document requirements. D. Requirements of this Section relate to customized fabrication and installation procedures, not production of standard products. 1. Specific quality- control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products. 2. Specified inspections, tests, and related actions do not limit Contractor's quality- control procedures that facilitate compliance with Contract Document requirements. 3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality- control services required by Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. 1.3 RESPONSIBILITIES A. Contractor Responsibilities: Unless otherwise indicated as the responsibility of another identified entity, Contractor shall provide inspections, tests, and other quality- control services specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents and required by authorities having jurisdiction. Costs for these services are included in the Contract Sum. QUALITY CONTROL 01400-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA Where individual Sections specifically indicate that certain inspections, tests, and other quality- control services are the Contractor's responsibility, the Contractor shall employ and pay a qualified independent testing agency to perform quality- control services. Costs for these services are included in the Contract Sum. 2. Where individual Sections specifically indicate that certain inspections, tests, and other quality- control services are the Owner's responsibility, the Owner will employ and pay a qualified independent testing agency to perform those services. Where individual Sections specifically indicate that certain inspections, tests, and other quality- control services are the Owner's responsibility, the Owner will engage the services of a qualified independent testing agency to perform those services. Payment for these services will be made from the Inspection and Testing Allowance, as authorized by Change Orders. a. Where the Owner has engaged a testing agency for testing and inspecting part of the Work, and the Contractor is also required to engage an entity for the same or related element, the Contractor shall not employ the entity engaged by the Owner, unless agreed to in writing by the Owner. B. Retesting: The Contractor is responsible for retesting where results of inspections, tests, or other quality - control services prove unsatisfactory and indicate noncompliance with Contract Document requirements, regardless of whether the original test was Contractor's responsibility. The cost of retesting construction, revised or replaced by the Contractor, is the Contractor's responsibility where required tests performed on original construction indicated noncompliance with Contract Document requirements. C. Duties of the Testing Agency: The independent agency engaged to perform inspections, sampling, and testing of materials and construction specified in individual Sections shall cooperate with the Architect and the Contractor in performance of the agency's duties. The testing agency shall provide qualified personnel to perform required inspections and tests. The agency shall notify the Architect and the Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. D. Coordination: Coordinate the sequence ofactivities to accommodate required services with a minimum of delay. Coordinate activities to avoid the necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate inspections and tests. The Contractor is responsible for scheduling times for inspections, tests, taking samples, and similar activities. QUALITY CONTROL 01400-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Unless the Contractor is responsible for this service, the independent testing agency shall submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each inspection, test, or similar service to the Architect. If the Contractor is responsible for the service, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each inspection, test, or similar service through the Contractor. 1. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to the governing authority, when the authority so directs. 2. Report Data: Written reports of each inspection, test, or similar service include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Date of issue. b. Project title and number. C. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. d. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. e. Names of individuals making the inspection or test. f Designation of the Work and test method. g. Identification of product and Specification Section. h. Complete inspection or test data. i. Test results and an interpretation of test results. j. Ambient conditions at the time of sample taking and testing. k. Comments or professional opinion on whether inspected or tested Work complies with Contract Document requirements. 1. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. m. Recommendations on retesting. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications for Service Agencies: Engage inspection and testing service agencies, including independent testing laboratories, that are prequalified as complying with the American Council of Independent Laboratories' "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification" and that specialize in the types of inspections and tests to be performed. Each independent inspection and testing agency engaged on the Project shall be authorized by authorities having jurisdiction to operate in the state where the Project is located. QUALITY CONTROL 01400-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.6 REQUIRED TESTS A. Contractor shall provide certified quality control tests as specified elsewhere in the Documents and as required herein for the following trades: 1. Fire Protection System pressure tests 2. HVAC Test and Balance report 3. Other tests as may be required by AHJ and permitting agencies I " oxe100191911 163MIXE11111 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida QUALITY CONTROL 01400-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 01420 - REFERENCES A7 \:711fQf1��I�1:7_ \� 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "AHJ ": Authorities having jurisdiction including but not limited to the Building Official and the Fire Official. C. The terms "approved," "required," and "as directed" refer to and indicate the work or mate- rials that may be approved, required, or directed by the Architect acting as the agent of the Owner. "Approval' of submittals does not constitute approval of substitutions or changes unless the proposed substitutions or changes are clearly identified in red ink and acknowledged in writing by the Architect. D. "Directed ": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." E. "Similar ": Similar in its general sense and not necessarily identical. "Final Completion ": Final acceptance of the Work made by both the Owner and Architect after final completion of all punchlist work and receipt of all closeout documents. G. "Indicated ": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," 'noted," illustrated ", "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." H. "Regulations ": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. REFERENCES 01420-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA "Famish ": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. K. "Provide ": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. L. "Installer ": Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub - subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. M. `TIC ": Not in contract. N. "Experienced ": When used with an entity, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum of 10 previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 0. "Substantial Completion ": In addition to requirements of the General Conditions, the work will be deemed to be substantial complete upon receipt or completion of the following items: 1. Certificate of Occupancy from AHJ, unless delayed due to incomplete portion(s) of work for which the Contractor has no control; i.e. Owner contracts separately for inspection- dependent work. 2. Contractors comprehensive punchlist listing incomplete work 3. Final Cleaning 4. Test and Balance report 5. Owners instructions for Lighting system 6. Certificate of Substantial Completion signed by Architect, Owner, and Contractor "Limits of Construction ", 'Project Limits ", and "Work Area ": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. 1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. REFERENCES 01420-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents, unless otherwise indicated. C. Conflicting Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding. D. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project must be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source and make them available on request. END OF SECTION 01420 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, PA Naples, Florida REFERENCES 01420-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 01500 - CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS PARTI - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. f MAIrd A. This Section includes requirements for construction facilities and temporary controls, including temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection. B. Temporary utilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Water service and distribution. 2. Temporary electric power and light. 3. Telephone service. 4. Sanitary facilities. C. Support facilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Field storage sheds. 2. Temporary enclosures. 3. Hoists and cranes. 4. Temporary project identification signs and bulletin boards. 5. Waste disposal services. 6. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities. D. Security and protection facilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Barricades. 2. Locked Storage Containers 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Building code requirements. 2. Health and safety regulations. 3. Utility company regulations. CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 4. Police, fire department, and rescue squad rules. 5. Environmental protection regulations. B. Standards: Comply with NFPA 241 "Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alterations, and Demolition Operations," ANSI AIO Series standards for "Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition," and NECA Electrical Design Library "Temporary Electrical Facilities." Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA, NECA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service in compliance withNFPA 70 "National Electric Code." 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temporary Utilities: Prepare a schedule indicating dates for implementation and termination of each temporary utility. At the earliest feasible time, when acceptable to the Owner, change over from use of temporary service to use of permanent service. B. Conditions of Use: Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat in appearance. Operate in a safe and efficient manner. Relocate temporary services and facilities as the Work progresses. Do not overload facilities or permit them to interfere with progress. Take necessary fire- prevention measures. Do not allow hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to develop or persist on -site. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials suitable for intended use. Materials shall be either new or undamaged previously used materials in serviceable condition. B. Water: Provide potable water approved by local health authorities. 2.2 EQUIPMENT A. General: Use new or undamaged previously used equipment in serviceable condition. Provide equipment suitable for use intended. B. Temporary Toilet Units: Provide self - contained, single - occupant toilet units. Provide units properly vented and fully enclosed with a glass- fiber - reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent material. CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Fire Extinguishers: Provide hand - carried, portable, UL- rated, Class A fire extinguishers for temporary offices and similar spaces. Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for classification, extinguishing agent, and size required by location and class of fire exposure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Use qualified personnel for installation of temporary facilities. Locate facilities where they will serve the Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required. B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. General: Engage the appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or connect to existing service. Where company provides only part of the service, provide the remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with company recommendations. Arrange with company and existing users for a time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services. B. Water Service: Connect to existing water service as required for construction. Owner will pay utility services costs. C. Temporary Electric Power Service: Connect to existing electric service as required for construction. Owner will pay utility services costs. D. Temporary Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching. Install and operate temporary lighting that will fulfill security and protection requirements without operating the entire system. Provide temporary lighting that will provide adequate illumination for construction operations and traffic conditions. Contractor shall immediately cease all construction activities when temporary lighting is missing or inoperative. E. Temporary Telephone: Provide temporary telephone service throughout construction period. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers. CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA F. Sanitary facilities include temporary toilets. Comply with regulations and health codes for the type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. Provide toilet tissue. Provide covered waste containers for used material. 3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES A. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove prior to Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to the Owner. B. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Contractors Sign: Contractor shall provide one job sign located near the main entrance drive. Sign shall comply with current County standards Temporary Signs: Provide temporary traffic signs to provide directional information to construction personnel and visitors. 3. Subcontractor signs may not be posted at the site. 4. Post "Construction Site- No Trespassing" and "Warning- Hart Hat Required" signs at each entrance to the work area. C. Collection and Disposal of Waste: Collect waste from construction areas and elsewhere daily. Comply with requirements of NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste material and debris. Dispose of material lawfully. 3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Temporary Fire Protection: Until fire- protection needs are supplied by permanent facilities, install and maintain temporary fire- protection facilities of the types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 10 "Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers" and NFPA 241 "Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alterations, and Demolition Operations." B. Permanent Fire Protection: At the earliest feasible date in each area of the Project, complete installation of the permanent fire- protection facility, including connected services, and place into operation and use. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities. CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with standards and code requirements for erection of structurally adequate barricades. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics, and warning signs to inform personnel and the public of the hazard being protected against. Where appropriate and needed, provide lighting, including flashing red or amber lights. D. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations, and minimize the possibility that air, waterways, and subsoil might be contaminated or polluted or that other undesirable effects might result. Avoid use of tools and equipment that produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noise - making tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or firms near the site. 3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. Limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses to minimize waste and abuse. B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from damage by freezing temperatures and damaging elements. 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24 -hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. C. Termination and Removal: Unless the Architect or Owner requests that it be maintained longer, remove each temporary facility when the need has ended, when replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with the temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the Contractor's property. END OF SECTION 01500 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 01600 - SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1�3*u A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling requests for substitutions made after award of the Contract. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Division 1 Section "Reference Standards and Definitions" specifies the applicability of industry standards to products specified. 2. Division 1 Section "Submittals" specifies requirements for submitting the Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittal Schedule. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Definitions in this Article do not change or modify the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents. B. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction required by the Contract Documents proposed by the Contractor after award of the Contract are considered to be requests for substitutions. The following are not considered to be requests for substitutions: Substitutions requested during the bidding period, and accepted by Addendum prior to award of the Contract, are included in the Contract Documents and are not subject to requirements specified in this Section for substitutions. 2. Revisions to the Contract Documents requested by the Owner or Architect. 3. Specified options of products and construction methods included in the Contract Documents. SUBSTITUTIONS 01600-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Request Submittal: The Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 15 days after commencement of the Work. Requests received more than 15 days after commencement of the Work may be considered or rejected at the discretion of the Architect. Submit 3 copies of each request for substitution for consideration. Submit requests using the enclosed CSI form and according to procedures required for change -order proposals. 2. Identify the product or the fabrication or installation method to be replaced in each request. Include related Specification Section and Drawing numbers. Provide complete documentation showing compliance with the requirements for substitutions, and the following information, as appropriate: a. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by the Owner and separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate the proposed substitution. b. A detailed comparison of significant qualities ofthe proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include elements, such as performance, weight, size, durability, and visual effect. C. Product Data, including Drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. d. Samples, where applicable or requested. e. A statement indicating the substitution's effect on the Contractor's Construction Schedule compared to the schedule without approval of the substitution. Indicate the effect of the proposed substitution on overall Contract Time. f. Cost information, including a proposal of the net change, if any in the Contract Sum. g. The Contractor's certification that the proposed substitution conforms to requirements in the Contract Documents in every respect and is appropriate for the applications indicated. SUBSTITUTIONS 01600-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA h. The Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of the failure of the substitution to perform adequately. 4. Architect's Action: If necessary, the Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt ofarequest for substitution. The Architect will notify the Contractor of acceptance or rejection of the substitution within 2 weeks of receipt of the request, or one week of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. Acceptance will be in the form of a change order. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Conditions: The Architect will receive and consider the Contractor's request for substitution when one or more of the following conditions are satisfied, as determined by the Architect. If the following conditions are not satisfied, the Architect will return the requests without action except to record noncompliance with these requirements. 1. Extensive revisions to the Contract Documents are not required. 2. Proposed changes are in keeping with the general intent of the Contract Documents. 3. The request is timely, fully documented, and properly submitted. 4. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time. The Architect will not consider the request if the product or method cannot be provided as a result of failure to pursue the Work promptly or coordinate activities properly. 5. The request is directly related to an "or- equal" clause or similar language in the Contract Documents. 6. The requested substitution offers the Owner a substantial advantage, in cost, time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities the Owner must assume. The Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to the Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by the Owner, and similar considerations. 7. The specified product or method of construction cannot receive necessary approval by a governing authority, and the requested substitution can be approved. SUBSTITUTIONS 01600-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 8. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided in a manner that is compatible with other materials and where the Contractor certifies that the substitution will overcome the incompatibility. 9. The specified product or method of construction cannot be coordinated with other materials and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution can be coordinated. 10. The specified product or method of construction cannot provide a warranty required by the Contract Documents and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution provides the required warranty. 11. Where a proposed substitution involves more than one prime contractor, each contractor shall cooperate with the other contractors involved to coordinate the Work, provide uniformity and consistency, and assure compatibility of products. B. The Contractor's submittal and the Architect's receipt of Shop Drawings, Product Data, or Samples for construction activities not in compliance with the Contract Documents do not constitute an acceptable or valid request for substitution, nor do they constitute approval. END OF SECTION 01631 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida SUBSTITUTIONS 01600-4 O C avetim r�,,,�, SUBSTITUTION REQUEST (After the Bidding Phase) Project: Substitution Request Number: From: To: Date: A/E Project Number: Re: Contract For: History: 0 New product 0 2 -5 years old 0 5 -10 yrs old 0 More than 10 years old Differences between proposed substitution and specified product: 0 Point -by -point comparative data attached - REQUIRED BY A/E Reason for not providing specified item Similar Installation: Project: Architect: Address: Owner: Proposed substitution affects other parts of Work: Date Installed: 0 No 0 Yes; explain Savings to Owner for accepting substitution: Proposed substitution changes Contract Time: 0 No 0 Yes [Add] [Deduct] (S 1. days. Supporting Data Attached: 0 Drawings 0 Product Data p Samples 0 Tests 0 Reports 0 Copyright 1996, Construction Specifications Institute, Page _ of _ September 1996 601 Madison Street, Alexandria, VA 22314 -1791 CSI Form 13, IA Specification Title: Description: _. Section: Page: Article/Paragraph: Proposed Substitution: Manufacturer. Address: Phone: Trade Name: Model No.: Installer: Address: Phone: History: 0 New product 0 2 -5 years old 0 5 -10 yrs old 0 More than 10 years old Differences between proposed substitution and specified product: 0 Point -by -point comparative data attached - REQUIRED BY A/E Reason for not providing specified item Similar Installation: Project: Architect: Address: Owner: Proposed substitution affects other parts of Work: Date Installed: 0 No 0 Yes; explain Savings to Owner for accepting substitution: Proposed substitution changes Contract Time: 0 No 0 Yes [Add] [Deduct] (S 1. days. Supporting Data Attached: 0 Drawings 0 Product Data p Samples 0 Tests 0 Reports 0 Copyright 1996, Construction Specifications Institute, Page _ of _ September 1996 601 Madison Street, Alexandria, VA 22314 -1791 CSI Form 13, IA SUBSTITUTION REQUEST (Continued) The Undersigned certifies: • Proposed substitution has been fully investigated and determined to be equal or superior in all respects to specified product • Same warranty will be furnished for proposed substitution as for specified product. • Same maintenance service and source of replacement parts, as applicable, is available. • Proposed substitution will have no adverse effect on other trades and will not affect or delay progress schedule. • Cost data as stated above is complete. Claims for additional costs related to accepted substitution which may subsequently become apparent are to be waived. • Proposed substitution does not affect dimensions and functional clearances. • Payment will be made for changes to building design, including A/E design, detailing, and construction costs caused by the substitution. • Coordination, installation, and changes in the Work as necessary for accepted substitution will be complete in all respects. Submitted by: Signed by: Firm: Address: Telephone: Attachments: A/E's REVIEW AND ACTTON 0 Substitution approved - Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 01330. 0 Substitution approved as noted - Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 01330. 0 Substitution rejected -Use specified materials. 0 Substitution Request received too late - Use specified materials. Signed by: Daze: Additional Comments: 0 Contractor 0 Subcontractor 0 Supplier 0 Manufacturer 0 A/E 0 Copyright 1996, Construction Specifications Institute, Page _ of _ September 1996 601 Madison Street, Alexandria, VA 22314 -1791 CSI Form 13.1A COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Project record document submittal. 3. Operation and maintenance manual submittal. 4. Submittal of warranties. B. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate Sections in Divisions 2 through 16. 1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. 1. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the date Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for the portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. a. Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in these Contract Documents and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. b. If 100 percent completion cannot be shown, include a list of incomplete items, the value of incomplete construction, and reasons the Work is not complete. 2. Advise the Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700- 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 4. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 5. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, final project photographs, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items. Make final changeover of permanent locks and transmit keys to the Owner. Advise the Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 8. Complete startup testing of systems and instruction of the Owner's operation and maintenance personnel. Discontinue and remove temporary facilities from the site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 9. Complete final cleanup requirements, including touchup painting. 10. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes. B. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the Architect will either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion following inspection or advise the Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued. The Architect will repeat inspection when requested and assured that the Work is substantially complete. 2. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance. 1.4 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required. 2. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 3. Submit consent of surety to final payment. 1.5 RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS A. General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes. Protect record documents from deterioration and loss in a secure, fire- resistant location. Provide access to record documents for the Architect's reference during normal working hours. B. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white -prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where the installation varies substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark which drawing is most capable of showing conditions fully and accurately. Where Shop Drawings are used, record a cross - reference at the corresponding location on the Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. 1. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of the Work. 2. Mark new information that is important to the Owner but was not shown on Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings. 3. Note related change -order numbers where applicable. 4. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets. Bind sets with durable -paper cover sheets; print suitable titles, dates, and other identification on the cover of each set. C. Record Specifications: Maintain one complete copy of the Project Manual, including addenda. Include with the Project Manual one copy of other written construction documents, such as Change Orders and modifications issued in printed form during construction. 1. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in actual Work performed in comparison with the text of the Specifications and modifications. 2. Give particular attention to substitutions and selection of options and information on concealed construction that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. 3. Note related record drawing information and Product Data. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 4. Upon completion of the Work, submit record Specifications to the Architect for the Owner's records. D. Record Product Data: Maintain one copy of each Product Data submittal. Note related Change Orders and markup of record drawings and Specifications. Mark these documents to show significant variations in actual Work performed in comparison with information submitted. Include variations in products delivered to the site and from the manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations. 2. Give particular attention to concealed products and portions of the Work that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. Upon completion of markup, submit complete set of record Product Data to the Architect for the Owner's records. E. Record Sample Submitted: Immediately prior to Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall meet with the Architect and the Owner's personnel at the Project Site to determine which Samples are to be transmitted to the Owner for record purposes. Comply with the Owner's instructions regarding delivery to the Owner's Sample storage area. F. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements of miscellaneous record keeping and submittals in connection with actual performance of the Work. Immediately prior to the date or dates of Substantial Completion, complete miscellaneous records and place in good order. Identify miscellaneous records properly and bind or file, ready for continued use and reference. Submit to the Architect for the Owner's records. G. Maintenance Manuals: Organize operation and maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind properly indexed data in individual, heavy -duty, 2 -inch, 3 -ring, vinyl- covered binders, with pocket folders for folded sheet information. Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder. Include the following types of information: 1. Emergency instructions. 2. Spare parts list. 3. Copies of warranties. 4. Wiring diagrams. 5. Recommended "turn- around" cycles. 6. Inspection procedures. 7. Shop Drawings and Product Data. 8. Fixture lamping schedule. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Specified in Divisions 2 thru 16) PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Operation and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each Installer of equipment that requires regular maintenance to meet with the Owner's personnel to provide instruction in proper operation and maintenance. Provide instruction by manufacturer's representatives if installers are not experienced in operation and maintenance procedures. Include a detailed review of the following items: 1. Maintenance manuals. 2. Record documents. 3. Spare parts and materials. 4. Tools. 5. Lubricants. 6. Identification systems. 7. Control sequences. 8. Hazards. 9. Cleaning. 10. Warranties and bonds. 11. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments. B. As part of instruction for operating equipment, demonstrate the following procedures: 1. Startup. 2. Shutdown. 3. Emergency operations. 4. Noise and vibration adjustments. 5. Safety procedures. 6. Economy and efficiency adjustments. 7. Effective energy utilization. END OF SECTION 01700 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 01710 - FINAL CLEANING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 06 118luILTJFA:a'1 A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for final cleaning at Substantial Completion. B. Environmental Requirements: Conduct cleaning and waste - disposal operations in compliance with local laws and ordinances. Comply fully with federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. 1. Do not dispose of volatile wastes, such as mineral spirits, oil, or paint thinner, in storm or sanitary drains. 2. Burning or burying of debris, rubbish, or other waste material on the premises is not permitted. PART 2- PRODUCTS PA 301111/3 10 A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by the manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Provide final- cleaning operations when indicated. Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit of Work to the condition expected from a commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's instructions. B. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for the entire Project or a portion of the Project. FINAL CLEANING 01710-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 1. Clean the Project Site, yard and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and foreign substances. 2. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even - textured surface. 3. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. 4. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from the site. 5. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard - surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. 6. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. Broom clean concrete floors in unoccupied spaces. 8. Vacuum clean carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap. Shampoo, if required. 9. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other substances that are noticeable vision - obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. 10. Remove labels that are not permanent labels. 11. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration. a. Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. 12. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, elevator equipment, and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. FINAL CLEANING 01710-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 13. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. 14. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. 15. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction. 16. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. Replace burned -out bulbs and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures. 17. Leave the Project clean and ready for occupancy. C. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed during construction to protect previously completed installations during the remainder of the construction period. D. Compliances: Comply with governing regulations and safety standards for cleaning operations. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of lawfully. END OF SECTION 01710 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida FINAL CLEANING 01710-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 01720 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. III► YIIkILVIVAI •1 A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Project Record Documents. B. Project Record Documents required include the following: a. Marked -up copies of Contract Drawings. b. Marked -up copies of Shop Drawings. C. Newly prepared drawings. d. Marked -up copies of Specifications, addenda, and Change Orders. e. Marked -up Product Data submittals. f. Record Samples. g. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. h. Record information on Work that is recorded only schematically. C. Maintenance of Documents and Samples: Store record documents and Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition. Make documents and Samples available at all times for the Architect's inspections. D. All project Record Documents shall be delivered within dates scheduled herein, but not less than 15 days before final completion. E. Final payment shall be withheld until all required submittals and Record Documents are approved. 1.3 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Markup Procedure: During construction, maintain a set of blue- or black -line white prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings for Project Record Document purposes. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720- 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA Mark these Drawings to show the actual installation where the installation varies from the installation shown originally. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. Items required to be marked include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dimensional changes to the Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on the Drawings. C. Depths of foundations below the first floor. d. Locations and depths of underground utilities. e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. f. Revisions to electrical circuitry. g. Actual equipment locations. h. Duct size and routing. i. Locations of concealed internal utilities. j. Changes made by change order or Construction Change Directive. k. Changes made following the Architect's written orders. 1. Details not on original Contract Drawings. 2. Mark record prints of Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. Where Shop Drawings are marked, show cross - reference on Contract Drawings location. Mark record sets with red erasable colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at the same location. 4. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 5. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, change -order numbers, and similar identification. B. Responsibility for Markup: The individual or entity who obtained record data, whether the individual or entity is the Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, shall prepare the markup on record drawings. Accurately and neatly record information in an understandable drawing technique. 2. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup prior to enclosing concealed installations. At time of Substantial Completion, submit record drawings to the Architect for the Owner's records. Organize into sets and bind and label sets for the Owner's continued use. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Preparation of Final As -Built Record Documents: Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on print sets. Erase, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable. 2. Identify and date each drawing; include the printed designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS" in a prominent location on each drawing. All notations shall be neat and clearly legible. 4. Record documents with haphazard, incomplete, illegible, or poor notations will be returned to the Contractor for corrections. D. Copies and Distribution: After completing the preparation of record drawings, print 3 copies of each drawing, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded. Organize the copies into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable -paper cover sheets. Include appropriate identification, including titles, dates, and other information on the cover sheets. Organize and bind original marked -up set of prints that were maintained during the construction period in the same manner. 2. Submit the marked -up record set, and 2 copy sets to the Architect for the Owner's records; the Architect will retain 1 copy set. E. Newly Prepared Record Drawings: Prepare new drawings instead of following procedures specified for preparing record drawings where new drawings are required, and the Architect determines that neither ori ginal Contract Drawings nor Shop Drawings are suitable to show the actual installation. New drawings may be required when a change order is issued as a result of accepting an alternate, substitution, or other modification. 1.4 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS A. During the construction period, maintain 2 copies of the Project Specifications, including addenda and modifications issued, for Project Record Document purposes. Mark the Specifications to indicate the actual installation where the installation varies from that indicated in Specifications and modifications issued. Note related project record drawing information, where applicable. Give particular attention to substitutions, selection ofproduct options, and information on concealed installations that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. a. In each Specification Section where products, materials, or units of equipment are specified or scheduled, mark the copy with the proprietary name and model number of the product furnished. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA b. Record the name of the manufacturer, supplier, installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made and to document coordination with record Product Data submittals and maintenance manuals. C. Note related record Product Data, where applicable. For each principal product specified, indicate whether record Product Data has been submitted in maintenance manual instead of submitted as record Product Data. 2. Upon completion of markup, submit record Specifications to the Architect for the Owner's records. 1.5 RECORD PRODUCT DATA A. During the construction period, maintain two copies of each Product Data submittal for Project Record Document purposes. 1. Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where the installation vanes substantially from that indicated in Product Data submitted. Include significant changes in the product delivered to the site and changes in manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation. 2. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 3. Note related Change Orders and markup of record Drawings, where applicable. 4. Upon completion of markup, submit a complete set of record Product Data to the Architect for the Owner's records. Where record Product Data is required as part of maintenance manuals, submit marked -up Product Data as an insert in the manual instead of submittal as record Product Data. 1.6 RECORD SAMPLE SUBMITTAL A. Immediately prior to date of Substantial Completion meet with the Architect and the Owner's personnel at the site to determine which of the Samples maintained during the construction period shall be transmitted to the Owner for record purposes. Comply with the Architect's instructions for packaging, identification marking, and delivery to the Owner's Sample storage space. Dispose of other Samples in a manner specified for disposing surplus and waste materials. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.7 MAINTENANCE MANUAL SUBMITTAL A. When each construction activity that requires submittal of maintenance manuals is nominally complete, but before Substantial Completion, submit maintenance manuals specified. Organize operation and maintenance manuals into suitable sets of manageable size. 2. Bind data into individual binders for each manual, properly identified on front and spine. For large manuals, provide an index sheet and thumb tabs for separate information categories. 3. Provide heavy -duty, 3 -ring, vinyl- covered binders, 1 to 2 inch thick as required to contain information, sized for 8- 1 /2 -by -I 1 -inch paper with inside pockets or pocket folders for folded sheets. 4. In each maintenance manual, include information specified in individual Specification Sections and the following: a. Emergency instructions. b. Spare parts list. C. Copies of specific warranties. d. Wiring diagrams. e. Recommended maintenance procedures and turn- around times. f Inspection and system -test procedures. g. Copies of applicable Shop Drawings and Product Data. h. Listing of required maintenance materials and services. i. Names and addresses of sources of maintenance materials. j. Maintenance drawings and diagrams. k. Precautions against improper maintenance and exposure. Each prime contractor is responsible for maintenance manuals for its own Work. Where a manual includes information on installations by more than one contract, the Contractor who is the principal source of information, as designated by the Architect, shall receive information from other contractors, coordinate and collate information for a unified manual, and provide binders and submittal as specified. 1.8 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Refer to other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record - keeping requirements and submittals in connection with various construction activities. Immediately prior to Substantial Completion, complete miscellaneous records and place in good order, properly identified and bound or filed, ready for use and reference. Submit to the Architect for the Owner's records. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA Categories of requirements resulting in miscellaneous records include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Field records on excavations and foundations. b. Field records on underground construction and similar work. C. Survey showing locations and elevations of underground lines. d. Invert elevations of drainage piping. e. Surveys establishing building lines and levels. f. Authorized measurements utilizing unit prices or allowances. g. Certifications received in lieu of labels on bulk products. It. Batch mixing and bulk delivery records. i. Testing and qualification of tradesmen. j. Documented qualification of installation firms. k. Load and performance testing. 1. Inspections and certifications by governing authorities. m. Leakage and water - penetration tests. n. Fire - resistance and flame- spread test certificates. 1.9 RECORDING A. Post changes and modifications to the Documents as they occur. Do not wait until the end of the Project. END OF SECTION 01720 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720-6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 02070 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: I . Demolition and removal of selected portions of a building. 2. Patching and repairs. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Remove: Remove and legally dispose of items except those indicated to be reinstalled, salvaged, or to remain the Owner's property. B. Existing to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by the Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and then cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations. 1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain the Owner's property, demolished materials shall become the Contractor's property and shall be removed from the site with fiuther disposition at the Contractor's option. 1.5 SCHEDULING A. Arrange selective demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owner's on -site operations. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 REPAIR MATERIALS A. Use repair materials identical to existing materials. 1. Where identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used for exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 2. Use materials whose installed performance equals or surpasses that of existing materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped. B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required. C. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with the intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of the conflict. D. Survey the condition of the building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of the structure or adjacent structures during selective demolition. E. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities. ftWANNE19 917,.7_'Il16n2 A. Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or structural support to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of building to be selectively demolished. 1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Provide barricades and temporary enclosures as needed to safely protect persons in and adjacent to work areas. Provide visqueen and plywood barricades at new openings between occupied areas of existing building and new construction. 3.3 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION A. Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition work above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on lower levels. 2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. To minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame- cutting operations. Maintain portable fire - suppression devices during flame- cutting operations. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 6. Remove decayed, vermin - infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off -site. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. 8. Locate selective demolition equipment throughout the structure and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 9. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. On -site storage or sale of removed items is prohibited. 10. Return elements of construction and surfaces to remain to condition existing before start of selective demolition operations. B. Demolish concrete and masonry in small sections. Cut concrete and masonry at junctures with construction to remain, using power - driven masonry saw or hand tools; do not use power- driven impact tools. C. Break up and remove concrete slabs on grade, unless otherwise shown to remain. D. Remove existing pavement and base wherever required to properly install new work. E. Remove existing benches, retaining walls, and similar items located in construction areas unless scheduled for relocation or salvage. Do not remove items or trees tagged "to remain" 3.4 PATCHING AND REPAIRS A. Promptly patch and repair holes and damaged surfaces caused to adjacent construction by selective demolition operations. B. Patching is specified in Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching." C. Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new materials. Completely fill holes and depressions in existing masonry walls to remain with an approved masonry patching material, applied according to manufacturer's printed recommendations. D. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into adjoining construction to remain in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing. E. Patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space where demolished walls or partitions extend one finished area into another. Provide a flush and even surface of uniform color and appearance. F. Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even -plane surface of uniform appearance. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.5 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. General: Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on -site. B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them. END OF SECTION 02070 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies cast -in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcing, mix design, placement procedures, and finishes. B. Cast -in -place concrete includes the following: 1. Slabs 2. Equipment pads and bases. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Not Required 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of the following codes, specifications, and standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified: 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings." 2. ACI 318, 'Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." 3. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) "Manual of Standard Practice." B. Concrete materials and work not in compliance with these specifications shall be deemed an unauthorized change. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 FORM MATERIALS A. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another acceptable material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. B. Form Release Agent: Provide commercial formulation form release agent with a maximum of 350 g/L volatile organic compounds (VOCs) that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 2.2 REINFORCING MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615 Grade 60 (ASTM A 615M Grade 400), deformed. B. Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, plain, cold -drawn steel. C. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, welded steel wire fabric. D. Supports for Reinforcement: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. Use wire bar - type supports complying with CRSI specifications. 1. For slabs -on- grade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs. 2. For exposed -to -view concrete surfaces where legs of supports are in contact with forms, provide supports with legs that are protected by plastic (CRSI, Class 1) or stainless steel (CRSI, Class 2). 2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I. Use one brand of cement throughout Project. B. Fly Ash: Not allowed. C. Normal- Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33 and as specified. Provide aggregates from a single source for exposed concrete. D. Lightweight Aggregates: ASTM C 330. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA E. Water: Potable. F. Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two - component material suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces. Provide material type, grade, and class to suit Project requirements. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that maybe incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Burke Epoxy M.V., The Burke Co. b. Spec -Bond 100, Conspec Marketing and Mfg. Co. C. Resi -Bond (J -58), Dayton Superior. d. Euco Epoxy System #452 or #620, Euclid Chemical Co. e. Epoxtite Binder 2390, A.C. Horn, Inc. f. Epabond, L &M Construction Chemicals, Inc. g. Concresive Standard Liquid, Master Builders, Inc. h. Rezi -Weld 1000, W.R. Meadows, Inc. i. Metco Hi -Mod Epoxy, Metalcrete Industries. a. Sikadur 32 Hi -Mod, Sika Corp. b. Stonset LVS, Stonhard, Inc. C. R -600 Series, Symons Corp. 2.4 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGNING MIXES A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods as specified in ACI 301. For the trial batch method, use an independent testing agency acceptable to Engineer for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. B. Submit written reports to Architect of each proposed mix for each class of concrete at least 15 days prior to start of Work. Do not begin concrete production until proposed mix designs have been reviewed by Architect. C. Design mixes to provide normal weight concrete with the following properties as indicated on drawings and not less than noted herein: 1. Minimum Compression Strength at 28 days (F'c): 3,000 psi D. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant, as accepted by Architect. Laboratory test data for revised mix design and strength results must be submitted to and accepted by Architect before using in Work. Field modifications to mix designs will not be considered unless approved by manufacturer and reviewed by Architect not less than 15 days prior to pour. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA Do not add water to mix on -site. 2.5 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C 94, and as specified. When air temperature is between 85 deg F and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1 -1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. 19 \'_"DWiIL/IIyy[I]►I 3.1 GENERAL A. Coordinate the installation of joint materials, vapor retarder/barrier, and other related materials with placement of forms and reinforcing steel. 3.2 FORMS A. General: Design, erect, support, brace, and maintain formwork to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads that might be applied until concrete structure can support such loads. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position. Maintain formwork construction tolerances and surface irregularities complying with the following ACI 347 limits: Provide Class A tolerances for concrete surfaces exposed to view. 2. Provide Class C tolerances for other concrete surfaces. B. Construct forms to sizes, shapes, lines, and dimensions shown and to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, level, and plumb work in finished structures. Provide for openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, rustications, reglets, chamfers, blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages and inserts, and other features required in the Work. Use selected materials to obtain required finishes. Solidly butt joints and provide backup at joints to prevent cement paste from leaking. C. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where slope is too steep to place concrete with CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA bottom forms only. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like for easy removal. D. Provide temporary openings for clean-outs and inspections where interior area of formwork is inaccessible before and during concrete placement. Securely brace temporary openings and set tightly to forms to prevent losing concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. E. Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in concrete formwork to accommodate work of other trades. Determine size and location of openings, recesses, and chases from trades providing such items. Accurately place and securely support items built into forms. F. Cleaning and Tightening: Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, or other debris just before placing concrete. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. 3.3 VAPOR RETARDER/BARRIER INSTALLATION A. General: Place vapor retarder/barrier sheeting in position with longest dimension parallel with direction of pour. Lap joints not less than 18 inches. Seal joints with duct tape or better, at all lap joints. 3.4 PLACING REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for "Placing Reinforcing Bars," for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports and as specified. Avoid cutting or puncturing vapor retarder/barrier during reinforcement placement and concreting operations. Repair damages before placing concrete. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other materials that reduce or destroy bond with concrete. C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers, as approved by Architect. D. Place reinforcement to maintain minimum coverages as indicated for concrete protection. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA E. Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. 3.5 JOINTS A. Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints so they do not impair strength or appearance of the structure, as acceptable to Architect. B. Provide keyways at least 1 -1/2 inches deep in construction joints in walls and slabs and between walls and footings. Bulkheads designed and accepted for this purpose may be used for slabs. C. Place construction joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints except as indicated otherwise. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements. D. Use bonding agent on existing concrete surfaces that will be joined with fresh concrete. E. Isolation Joints in Slabs -on- Grade: Construct isolation joints in slabs -on -grade at points of contact between slabs -on -grade and vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. Joint fillers and sealants are specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." F. Contraction (Control) Joints in Slabs -on- Grade: Construct contraction joints in slabs -on- grade to form panels of patterns as shown. Use saw cuts 1/8 inch wide by one - fourth of slab depth or inserts 1/4 inch wide by one - fourth of slab depth, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Form contraction joints by inserting premolded plastic, hardboard, or fiberboard strip into fresh concrete until top surface of strip is flush with slab surface. Tool slab edges round on each side of insert. After concrete has cured, remove inserts and clean groove of loose debris. 2. Contraction joints in unexposed floor slabs may be formed by saw cuts as soon as possible after slab finishing as may be safely done without dislodging aggregate. 3. If joint pattern is not shown, provide joints not exceeding 15 ft. in either direction and located to conform to bay spacing wherever possible (at column centerlines, half bays, third bays). 4. Joint fillers and sealants are specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.6 INSTALLING EMBEDDED ITEMS A. General: Set and build into formwork anchorage devices and other embedded items required for other work that is attached to or supported by cast -in -place concrete. Use setting drawings, diagrams, instructions, and directions provided by suppliers of items to be attached. B. Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete structures as indicated on drawings. C. Forms for Slabs: Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and contours in finished surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips using strike -off templates or compacting -type screeds. 3.7 PREPARING FORM SURFACES A. General: Coat contact surfaces of forms with an approved, nonresidual, low -VOC, form - coating compound before placing reinforcement. B. Do not allow excess form- coating material to accumulate in forms or come into contact with in -place concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. Apply according to manufacturer's instructions. 3.8 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast in. Notify other trades to permit installation of their work. B. General: Comply with ACI 304, "Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete," and as specified. C. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened sufficiently to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as specified. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation at its final location. D. Placing Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than 24 inches and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Where placement consists of several layers, place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic to avoid cold joints. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-7 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand - spading, rodding, or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidation of concrete complying with ACI 309. 2. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible effectiveness of the machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mix to segregate. E. Placing Concrete Slabs: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until completing placement of a panel or section. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement, other embedded items and into corners. Bring slab surfaces to correct level with a straightedge and strike off. Use bull floats or darbies to smooth surface free of humps or hollows. Do not disturb slab surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations. 3. Maintain reinforcing in proper position on chairs during concrete placement. F. Cold - Weather Placement: Comply with provisions of ACI 306 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost or low temperatures. G. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F, uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 deg F and not more than 80 deg F at point of placement. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise accepted in mix designs. H. Hot - Weather Placement: When hot weather conditions exist that would impair quality and strength of concrete, place concrete complying with ACI 305 and as specified. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement to below 90 deg F. Mixing water may be chilled or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-8 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 2. Cover reinforcing steel with water - soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that steel temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete. Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade moisture uniform without puddles or dry areas. 4. Use water - reducing retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placing conditions, as acceptable to Architect. 3.9 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough - Formed Finish: Provide a rough - formed finish on formed concrete surfaces not exposed to view in the finished Work or concealed by other construction. This is the concrete surface having texture imparted by form- facing material used, with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched, and fins and other projections exceeding 1/4 inch in height rubbed down or chipped off. B. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike -off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 3.10 SLAB FINISHES A. Scratch Finish: Apply scratch finish to monolithic slab surfaces to receive concrete floor topping or mortar setting beds for tile, portland cement terrazzo, and other bonded applied cementitious finish flooring material, and where indicated. 1. After placing slabs, finish surface to tolerances of F(F) 15 (floor flatness) and F(L) 13 (floor levelness) measured according to ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M). Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. After leveling, roughen surface before final set with stiff brushes, brooms, or rakes. B. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces to receive trowel finish and other finishes as specified; slab surfaces to be covered with membrane or elastic waterproofing, membrane or elastic roofing, or sand -bed terrazzo; and where indicated. After screeding, consolidating, and leveling concrete slabs, do not work surface until ready for floating. Begin floating, using float blades or float shoes only, when surface water has disappeared, or when concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit operation of power- driven floats, or both. Consolidate surface with power - driven floats or by hand - floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-9 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA surfaces to tolerances of F(F) 18 (floor flatness) and F(L) 15 (floor levelness) measured according to ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M). Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Uniformly slope surfaces to drains. Immediately after leveling, refloat surface to a uniform, smooth, granular texture. C. Trowel Finish: Apply a trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces exposed to view and slab surfaces to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile, paint, or another thin film - finish coating system. 1. After floating, begin first trowel - finish operation using a power - driven trowel. Begin final troweling when surface produces a ringing sound as trowel is moved over surface. Consolidate concrete surface by final hand - troweling operation, free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance, and finish surfaces to tolerances of F(F) 20 (floor flatness) and F(L) 17 (floor levelness) measured according to ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M). Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied floor covering system. D. Trowel and Fine Broom Finish: Where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed with thin -set mortar, apply a trowel finish as specified, then immediately follow by slightly scarifying the surface with a fine broom. E. Nonslip Broom Finish: Apply a nonslip broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. I Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by brooming with fiber - bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application. 3.11 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by other trades, unless otherwise shown or directed, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete as specified to blend with in -place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete Work. B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by steel - troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. C. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations as shown on drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment to template at correct elevations, complying with diagrams ortemplates of manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 10 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.12 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. In hot, dry, and windy weather protect concrete from rapid moisture loss before and during finishing operations with an evaporation - control material. Apply according to manufacturer's instructions after screeding and bull floating, but before power floating and troweling. B. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing and finishing. Weather permitting, keep continuously moist for not less than 7 days. C. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by curing compound, by moist curing, by moisture - retaining cover curing, or by combining these methods, as specified. D. Provide moisture curing by the following methods: Keep concrete surface continuously wet by covering with water. 2. Use continuous water -fog spray. 3. Cover concrete surface with specified absorptive cover, thoroughly saturate cover with water, and keep continuously wet. Place absorptive cover to provide coverage of concrete surfaces and edges, with a 4 inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. E. Provide moisture - retaining cover curing as follows: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture - retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width with sides and ends lapped at least 3 inches and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. F. Apply curing compound on exposed interior slabs and on exterior slabs, walks, and curbs as follows: Apply curing compound to concrete slabs as soon as final finishing operations are complete (within 2 hours and after surface water sheen has disappeared). Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's directions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within 3 hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 2. Use membrane curing compounds that will not affect surfaces to be covered with finish materials applied directly to concrete. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 11 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA G. Curing Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces, by moist curing with forms in place for the full curing period or until forms are removed. If forms are removed, continue curing by methods specified above, as applicable. H. Curing Unformed Surfaces: Cure unformed surfaces, including slabs, floor topping, and other flat surfaces, by applying the appropriate curing method. Final cure concrete surfaces to receive finish flooring with a moisture - retaining cover, unless otherwise directed. 3.13 SHORES AND SUPPORTS A. General: Comply with ACI 347 for shoring and reshoring, and as specified. B. Remove shores and reshore in a planned sequence to avoid damage to partially cured concrete. Locate and provide adequate reshoring to support work without excessive stress or deflection. C. Keep reshores in place a minimum of 15 days after placing upper tier, or longer, if required, until concrete has attained its required 28 -day strength and heavy loads due to construction operations have been removed. 3.14 REMOVING FORMS A. General: Formwork not supporting weight of concrete, such as sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the work, may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F for 24 hours after placing concrete, provided concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by form- removal operations, and provided curing and protection operations are maintained. 3.15 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Patching Defective Areas: Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar immediately after removing forms, when acceptable to Architect. B. Mix dry -pack mortar, consisting of one part portland cement to 2 -1/2 parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 mesh sieve, using only enough water as required for handling and placing. Cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, voids over 1/4 inch in any dimension, and holes left by tie rods and bolts down to solid concrete but in no case to a depth less than 1 inch. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to the concrete surface. Thoroughly clean, CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 12 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA dampen with water, and brush -coat the area to be patched with bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. 2. For surfaces exposed to view, blend white portland cement and standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match surrounding color. Provide test areas at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike -off slightly higher than surrounding surface. C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Remove and replace concrete having defective surfaces if defects cannot be repaired to satisfaction of Architect. Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycomb, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. Flush out form tie holes and fill with dry -pack mortar or precast cement cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. 1. Repair concealed formed surfaces, where possible, containing defects that affect the concrete's durability. If defects cannot be repaired, remove and replace the concrete. D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs, for smoothness and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas as specified. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness by using a template having the required slope. 1. Repair finished unformed surfaces containing defects that affect the concrete's durability. Surface defects include crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or that penetrate to the reinforcement or completely through nonreinforced sections regardless of width, spalling, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, and other objectionable conditions. 2. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding after concrete has cured at least 14 days. 3. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. Proprietary underlayment compounds may be used when acceptable to Architect. 4. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not exceeding 1 inch in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose reinforcing steel with at least 3/4 inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials to provide CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 13 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA concrete of same type or class as original concrete. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. E. Repair isolated random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter by dry -pack method. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean of dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding compound. Place dry-pack before bonding agent has dried. Compact dry -pack mixture in place and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours. 3.16 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS A. Interior control joints shall be sawcut. B. Exterior control joints and slab edges shall be neatly tooled with radius edges. END OF SECTION 03300 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 14 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 04200 - UNIT MASONRY PARTI- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Concrete unit masonry. 2. Masonry waste disposal. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store masonry units on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, corrosion, and other causes. If units become wet, do not install until they are in an air -dried condition. B. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. D. Store masonry accessories, including metal items, to prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirt and oil. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not apply uniform floor or roof loads for at least 12 hours and concentrated loads for at least 3 days after building masonry walls or columns. B. Hot - Weather Requirements: Protect unit masonry work when temperature and humidity conditions produce excessive evaporation of water from mortar and grout. Provide artificial shade and wind breaks and use cooled materials as required. Do not apply mortar to substrates with temperatures of 100 deg F and above. UNIT MASONRY 04200- 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Concrete Masonry Units: a. CSR Rinker Materials. b. Florida Rock Industries C. Krehling Industries, Inc. 2. Portland Cement, Mortar Cement, Masonry Cement, and Lime: a. Cement Industries b. CSR Rinker Materials C. Florida Rock Industries d. Krehling Industries, Inc 3. Joint Reinforcement, Ties, and Anchors: a. AA Wire Products Co. b. Dur- O -Wal, Inc. C. Masonry Reinforcing Corp. of America. d. National Wire Products Industries. e. Southern Construction Products. 2.2 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. General: Provide shapes indicated and as follows for each form of concrete masonry unit required. 1. Provide special shapes for lintels, corners, jambs, control joints, headers, bonding, and other special conditions. 2. Provide square -edged units for outside comers. B. Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 90, Type II, Grade N, and as follows: 1. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net -area compressive strength not less than 1900 psi. 2. Weight Classification: Normal weight. UNIT MASONRY 04200-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA W�7[O]HIII_\:7_WIIZe aslll1185 /_40.7E\Q.y A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II. B. Mortar: Comply with ASTM C270, Type M. C. Water: Potable. 2.4 REINFORCING STEEL A. Steel Reinforcing Bars: Billet steel complying with ASTM A 615, grade 60. B. Deformed Reinforcing Wire: ASTM A 496, with ASTM A 153, Class B -2 zinc coating. C. Welded -Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185. 2.5 JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. General: Provide joint reinforcement formed from the following: 1. Galvanized carbon -steel wire, coating class as follows: a. ASTM A 153, Class B -2. b. 9 gauge. galvanized steel B. Description: Welded -wire units prefabricated with deformed continuous side rods and plain cross rods into straight lengths of not less than 10 feet, with prefabricated corner and tee units, and complying with requirements indicated on the Drawings. C. For single -wythe masonry, provide type as follows with single pair of side rods: 1. Ladder design with perpendicular cross rods spaced not more than 16 inches o.c. 2.6 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air- entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water - repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless otherwise indicated. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. B. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, type M. UNIT MASONRY 04200-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476. Use grout of consistency indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, of consistency (fine or coarse) at time of placement that will completely fill spaces intended to receive grout. Use coarse grout in grout spaces 2 inches or more in least horizontal dimension, unless otherwise indicated. 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of unit masonry. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Examine rough -in and built -in construction to verify actual locations of piping connections prior to installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Thickness: Build cavity and composite walls and other masonry construction to the full thickness shown. Build single -wythe walls to the actual thickness of the masonry units, using units of thickness indicated. B. Cut masonry units with motor - driven saws to provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Cut units as required to provide continuous pattern and to fit adjoining construction. Use full - size units without cutting, where possible. Allow units cut with water - cooled saws to dry before placing, unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed. 3.3 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES A. Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces of columns, walls, and arrises, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 10 feet, nor 3/8 inch in 20 feet, nor % inch in 40 feet or more. For external corners, expansion joints, control joints, and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet, nor %2 inch in 40 feet or more. For vertical alignment of head joints, do not exceed plus or minus 1/4 inch in 10 feet, nor'' /2 inch maximum. B. Variation from Level: For bed joints and lines of exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves, and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet, nor %2 inch in 40 feet or more. For top surface of bearing walls, do not exceed 1/8 inch in 10 feet, nor 1/16 inch within width of a single unit. C. Variation of Linear Building Line: For position shown in plan and related portion of columns, walls, and partitions, do not exceed %2 inch in 20 feet, nor 3/4 inch in 40 feet or more. UNIT MASONRY 04200-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA D. Variation in Cross - Sectional Dimensions: For columns and thickness of walls, from dimensions shown, do not exceed minus 1/4 inch nor plus '' /� inch. E. Variation in Mortar -Joint Thickness: Do not vary from bed -joint thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch, with a maximum thickness limited to '/2 inch. Do not vary bed joint thickness from bed -joint thickness of adjacent course by more than 1/8 inch. Do not vary from head -joint thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch. Do not vary head jointthicknessfromadjacenthead -joint thickness by more thanl /8inch. Do not vary from collar joint thickness indicated by more than minus 1/4 inch or plus 3/8 inch. 3.4 LAYING MASONRY WALLS A. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint widths and for accurate locating of openings, movement -type joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid the use of less -than- half -size units at corners, jambs, and where possible at other locations. B. Lay walls to comply with specified construction tolerances, with courses accurately spaced and coordinated with other construction. C. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Lay exposed masonry in the following bond pattern; do not use units with less than nominal 4 -inch horizontal face dimensions at comers or jambs. One -half running bond with vertical joint in each course centered on units in courses above and below. D. Stopping and Resuming Work: In each course, rack back 1/2 -unit length for one -half running bond do not tooth. Clean exposed surfaces of set masonry, and remove loose masonry units and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry. E. Built -in Work: As construction progresses, build -in items specified under this and other Sections of the Specifications. Fill in solidly with masonry around built -in items. F. Fill space between hollow metal frames and masonry solidly with mortar, unless otherwise indicated. G. Where built -in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer of metal lath in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into core. H. Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout 24 inches under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts, and similar items, unless otherwise indicated. UNIT MASONRY 04200-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.5 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING A. Lay hollow concrete masonry units as follows: With full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells. 2. Bed webs in mortar in starting course on footings and in all courses of piers, columns, and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be filled with grout. For starting course on footings where cells are not grouted, spread out full mortar bed, including areas under cells. 4. Maintain joint widths indicated, except for minor variations required to maintain bond alignment. If not indicated, lay walls with 3/8 -inch joints. B. Tool exposed j oints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a j ointer larger than joint thickness, unless otherwise indicated. C. Cut j oints flush for masonry walls that are to receive plaster or other direct - applied finishes (other than paint), unless otherwise indicated. 3.6 CAVITIES A. Keep cavities clean of mortar droppings and other materials during construction. Strike joints facing cavities flush. 3.7 HORIZONTAL -JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. General: Provide continuous horizontal -joint reinforcement as indicated. Install entire length of longitudinal side rods in mortar with a minimum cover of 5/8 inch on exterior side of walls, %2 inch elsewhere. Lap reinforcing a minimum of 6 inches. Space reinforcement not more than 16 inches o.c. Space reinforcement not more than 8 inches o.c. in parapet walls. 3. Provide reinforcement in mortar joint 1 block course above and below wall openings and extending 12 inches beyond opening. B. Cut or interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints, unless otherwise indicated. C. Provide continuity at corners and wall intersections by using prefabricated "L" and "T" sections. Cut and bend reinforcement units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at returns, offsets, column fireproofing, pipe enclosures, and other special conditions. UNIT MASONRY 04200-6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.8 INSTALLATION OF REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY A. Temporary Formwork and Shores: Construct formwork and shores to support reinforced masonry elements during construction. Construct formwork to conform to shape, line, and dimensions shown. Make sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar and grout. Brace, tie, and support forms to maintain position and shape during construction and curing of reinforced masonry. Do not remove forms and shores until reinforced masonry members have hardened sufficiently to carry their own weight and other temporary loads that may be placed on them during construction. B. Grouting: Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained sufficient strength to resist grout pressure. Do not exceed the following pour heights for grout: a. For minimum widths of grout spaces of 3 inches or for minimum grout space of hollow unit cells of 3 by 3 inches, pour height of 12 feet. 2. Provide cleanout holes at least 4 inches in least dimension for grout pours over 16 inches in height. a. Provide cleanout holes at each vertical reinforcing bar. b. At solid grouted masonry, provide cleanout holes at not more than 32 inches O.C. 3.9 REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise damaged or if units do not match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining units; install in fresh mortar or grout, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement. B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge voids and holes, except weep holes, and completely fill with mortar. Point -up joints, including corners, openings, and adjacent construction, to provide a neat, uniform appearance. Prepare joints for application of sealants. C. In- Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to remove mortar fins and smears prior to tooling joints. UNIT MASONRY 04200-7 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.10 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL A. Recycling: Undamaged, excess masonry materials are Contractor's property and shall be removed from the Project site for his use. END OF SECTION 04200 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida UNIT MASONRY 04200-8 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION PART1- GENERAL IK1 90I.Y1�7I Z81MISTNIN&.y A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY B. Provide insulation as specified herein and on the Drawings. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product Data for each type of insulation product specified. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single - Source Responsibility for Insulation Products: Obtain each type of building insulation from a single source with resources to provide products complying with requirements indicated without delaying the Work. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. C. Protect plastic insulation materials as follows: 1. Do not expose to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment, protect against ignition at all times. 2. Do not deliver plastic insulating materials to Project site before installation time, and complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. BUILDING INSULATION 07210-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA PART 2- PRODUCTS PA. STRIlIJWNT"1181N0 A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering insulation products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Glass -Fiber Insulation: a. CertainTeed Corporation. b. Knauf Fiber Glass GmbH. C. Owens - Corning Fiberglas Corporation. d. Schuller International, Inc. 2. CMU Insulation: Core -Fill 500 3. Rigid Insulation: Dow Chemical Company r� MI &IY11_I V410[H %/11Y47 /TII.9 A General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced standards. 1. Preformed Units: Sizes to fit applications indicated; selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. B. Unfaced Mineral -Fiber Blanket Insulation: Thermal insulation combining mineral fibers of type described below with thermosetting resins to comply with ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing). 1. Mineral -Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass. 2. Surface - Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame - spread and smoke - developed indices of 25 and 50, respectively. C. CMU core foam insulation: Core -Fill 500 or approved equal. D. Rigid Insulation: Dow Thermax foil faced rigid insulation, or approved equal with FBC approval for unprotected insulation in Type II construction. BUILDING INSULATION 07210-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements of Sections in which substrates and related work are specified and to determine if other conditions affecting performance of insulation are satisfactory. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Close off openings in cavities receiving foamed -in -place insulation to prevent escape of insulation. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and application indicated. B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF GENERAL BUILDING INSULATION A. Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. 3.5 WALL INSULATION A. Provide foam core fill insulation in all void cells of exterior CMU walls at the following locations: 1. Building envelope of conditioned spaces 2. Gable end walls above interior and/or exterior ceilings. B. Cut access holes at 6 locations as selected by Architect to inspect installed materials. C. Patch and touchup all drill holes and access holes. BUILDING INSULATION 07210-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA tl i :Z61432OWN W.1Ire]eI A. BASE BID: Provide the following installation of roof insulation: Provide unfaced batt insulation, supplementing existing insulation for a total not less than R -30. 2. Where roof insulation is missing or damaged, ie near gable ends, provide new R -30 unfaced batt insulation. 3. Secure insulation between roof purlins with wire fabric fastened to bottom of purlins /walls. C. ALTERNATE BID: Provide the following installation of roof insulation: 1. Remove existing vinyl -faced batt roof insulation. Do not proceed until substrate has been inspected and accepted. 2. Provide full thickness unfaced batt insulation; filling all voids between bottom of metal roof deck and bottom of roof purlins. 3. Inspection of batt insulation is required prior to concealing work with rigid insulation. 4. Provide 2 inch thick Dow Thermax rigid foil faced insulation fastened to bottom of roof purlins. Seal all joints, penetrations, and edges. 3.7 PROTECTION A. General: Protect installed insulation and vapor retarders from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation. END OF SECTION 07210 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida BUILDING INSULATION 07210-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 07270 - FIRESTOPPING PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes firestopping for the following: Penetrations through fire- resistance -rated wall and floor construction including both empty openings and openings containing cables, pipes, ducts, conduits, and other penetrating items. 2. Sealant joints in fire - resistance -rated construction. 1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide firestopping systems that are produced and installed to resist the spread of fire, according to requirements indicated, and the passage of smoke and other gases. B. F -Rated Through- Penetration Firestop Systems: Provide through - penetration firestop systems with F ratings indicated, as determined per ASTM E 814, but not less than that equaling or exceeding the fire- resistance rating of the constructions penetrated. C. Fire - Resistive Joint Sealants: Provide joint sealants with fire- resistance ratings indicated, as determined per ASTM E 119, but not less than that equaling or exceeding the fire- resistance rating of the construction in which the joint occurs. D. For firestopping exposed to view, traffic, moisture, and physical damage, provide products that do not deteriorate when exposed to these conditions. For piping penetrations for plumbing and wet -pipe sprinkler systems, provide moisture - resistant through- penetration firestop systems. 2. For penetrations involving insulated piping, provide through - penetration firestop systems not requiring removal of insulation. E. For firestopping exposed to view, provide products with flame- spread values of less than 25 and smoke - developed values of less than 450, as determined per ASTM E 84. FIRESTOPPING 07270-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for each type of product specified, including certification by firestopping manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and are nontoxic to building occupants. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire -Test- Response Characteristics: Provide firestopping that complies with the following requirements and those specified under the "System Performance Requirements" article: Firestopping tests are performed by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. A qualified testing and inspecting agency is UL, Warnock Hersey, or another agency performing testing and follow -up inspection services for firestop systems that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Through - penetration firestop systems are identical to those tested per ASTM E 814 under conditions where positive furnace pressure differential of at least 0.01 inch of water is maintained at a distance of 0.78 inch below the fill materials surrounding the penetrating items in the test assembly. Provide rated systems complying with the following requirements: a. Through - penetration firestop system products bear classification marking of qualified testing and inspecting agency. b. Through- penetration firestop systems correspond to those indicated by reference to through - penetration firestop system designations listed by UL in their "Fire Resistance Directory," by Warnock Hersey, or by another qualified testing and inspecting agency. 3. Fire - resistive joint sealant systems are identical to those tested for fire- response characteristics per ASTM E 119 under conditions where the positive furnace pressure differential is at least 0.01 inch of water, as measured 0.78 inch from the face exposed to furnace fire. Provide systems complying with the following requirements: a. Fire - Resistance Ratings of Joint Sealants: As indicated by reference to design designations listed by UL in their "Fire Resistance Directory" or by another qualified testing and inspecting agency. b. Joint sealants, including backing materials, bear classification marking of qualified testing and inspection agency. FIRESTOPPING 07270-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Information on drawings referring to specific design designations of through- penetration firestop systems is intended to establish requirements for performance based on conditions that are expected to exist during installation. Any changes in conditions and designated systems require the Architect's and AHJ's prior approval. Submit documentation showing that the performance of proposed substitutions equals or exceeds that of the systems they would replace and are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed firestopping that is similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project and that has performed successfully. D. Single - Source Responsibility: Obtain through- penetration firestop systems for each kind of penetration and construction condition indicated from a single manufacturer. E. Provide firestopping products containing no detectable asbestos as determined by the method specified in 40 CFR Part 763, Subpart F, Appendix A, Section 1, "Polarized Light Microscopy." F. Coordinating Work: Coordinate construction of openings and penetrating items to ensure that designated through- penetration firestop systems are installed per specified requirements. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver firestopping products to Project site in original, unopened containers or packages with intact and legible manufacturers' labels identifying product and manufacturer; date of manufacture; lot number; shelf life, if applicable; qualified testing and inspecting agency's classification marking applicable to Project; curing time; and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials. B. Store and handle firestopping materials to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, or other causes. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Do not install firestopping when ambient or substrate temperatures are outside limits permitted by firestopping manufacturers or when substrates are wet due to rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. B. Ventilation: Ventilate firestopping per firestopping manufacturers' instructions by natural means or, where this is inadequate, forced air circulation. FIRESTOPPING 07270-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.8 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Do not cover up those firestopping installations that will become concealed behind other construction until authorities having jurisdiction have examined each installation. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 FIRESTOPPING, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide firestopping composed of components that are compatible with each other, the substrates forming openings, and the items, if any, penetrating the firestopping under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by firestopping manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Accessories: Provide components for each firestopping system that are needed to install fill materials and to comply with "System Performance Requirements" article in Part 1. Use only components specified by the firestopping manufacturer and approved by the qualified testing and inspecting agency for the designated fire- resistance -rated systems. Accessories include but are not limited to the following items: 1. Permanent forming and backing materials. 2. Temporary forming materials. 3. Substrate primers. 4. Collars. 5. Steel sleeves. C. Applications: Provide firestopping systems composed ofmaterials specified in this Section that comply with system performance and other requirements. 2.2 MATERIALS FOR THROUGH - PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS A. Materials are indicated on the drawings and/or attached product data sheets. Alternative materials and systems meeting the required performance criteria will be considered subject to approval of the Architect and AHJ. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for opening configurations, penetrating items, substrates, and other conditions affecting performance of firestopping. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. FIRESTOPPING 07270-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning: Clean out openings and joints immediately prior to installing firestopping to comply with recommendations of firestopping manufacturer and the following requirements: Remove all foreign materials from surfaces of opening and joint substrates and from penetrating items that could interfere with adhesion of firestopping. 2. Clean opening and joint substrates and penetrating items to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with firestopping. Remove loose particles remaining from cleaning operation. 3. Remove laitance and form release agents from concrete. B. Priming: Prime substrates where recommended by firestopping manufacturer using that manufacturer's recommended products and methods. Confine primers to areas of bond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape to prevent firestopping from contacting adjoining surfaces that will remain exposed upon completion of Work and that would otherwise be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods used to remove smears from firestopping materials. Remove tape as soon as it is possible to do so without disturbing firestopping's seal with substrates. 3.3 INSTALLING THROUGH - PENETRATION FIRESTOPS A. General: Comply with the "System Performance Requirements" article in Part 1 and the through - penetration firestop manufacturer's installation instructions and drawings pertaining to products and applications indicated. Install through- penetration firestops at all penetrations through rated assemblies. Provide UL listed products. 3. Install materials in accordance with manufacturers recommendations, duplicating UL test requirements, and as directed by local AHJ. B. Install forming/damming materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials during their application and in the position needed to produce the cross - sectional shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings of designated through- penetration firestop systems. After installing fill materials, remove combustible forming materials and other accessories not indicated as permanent components of firestop systems. FIRESTOPPING 07270-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Install fill materials for through - penetration firestop systems by proven techniques to produce the following results: 1. Completely fill voids and cavities formed by openings, forming materials, accessories, and penetrating items. 2. Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and penetrating items. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing Work, finish to produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes. 3.4 INSTALLING FIRE - RESISTIVE JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with the "System Performance Requirements" article in Part 1, with ASTM C 1193, and with the sealant manufacturer's installation instructions and drawings pertaining to products and applications indicated. Install fire- resistive joint sealants at expansion joints, ends, edges, head -of -wall, and similar locations at rated assemblies. Provide UL listed products. 3. Install materials in accordance with manufacturers recommendations, duplicating UL test requirements, and as directed by local AHJ. B. Install joint fillers to provide support of sealants during application and at position required to produce the cross - sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability and develop fire- resistance rating required. C. Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration, and providing uniform, cross - sectional shapes and depths relative to joint width that optimum sealant movement capability. Install sealants at the same time joint fillers are installed. D. Tool nonsag sealants immediately after sealant application and prior to the time skinning or curing begins. Form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated or required to produce fire- resistance rating, as well as to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealants with sides of joint. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents that discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer. FIRESTOPPING 07270-6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean off excess fill materials and sealants adjacent to openings and joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of firestopping products and of products in which opening and joints occur. B. Protect firestopping during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated firestopping immediately and install new materials to produce firestopping complying with specified requirements. 3.6 FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY SIGNS A. Each Fire Wall, Fire Barrier, Fire Partition, Smoke Barrier, Smoke Partition, or any other new wall required to have protected openings shall be permanently identified with signs or stenciling above any decorative ceiling and in concealed spaces with the wording "FIRE AND SMOKE BARRIER - PROTECTED ALL OPENINGS," or similar language. Such signs or stenciling shall be in 4 -inch high letters, '/z -inch stroke, and not more than 15 -feet on center. END OF SECTION 07270 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, PA Naples, Florida FIRESTOPPING 07270-7 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 07920 - JOINT SEALANTS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes sealants for the following applications: Interior joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal surfaces: a. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. b. Perimeter joints of openings where indicated. C. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors and windows. d. Other joints as indicated. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. B. Provide joint sealants for interior applications that establish and maintain airtight and water- resistant continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each joint - sealant provide product data and warranty. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has specialized in installing joint sealants similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in joint - sealant installations with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single manufacturer. JOINT SEALANTS 07920-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration date, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials. B. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants, or other causes. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F. 2. When joint substrates are wet. B. Joint -Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. C. Joint- Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion are removed from joint substrates. 1.8 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Installer's Warranty: Written warranty, signed by Installer agreeing to repair or replace elastomeric joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Special warranties specified in this Article exclude deterioration or failure of elastomeric joint sealants from the following: JOINT SEALANTS 07920-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA Movement of the structure resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression caused by structural settlement or errors attributable to design or construction. 2. Disintegration of joint substrates from natural causes exceeding design specifications. 3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. 4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide premium products by Dow Corning or approved equal. 2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 2.3 INTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS A. Silicone Sealant Standard: Comply with ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, and other requirements indicated. 1. Provide Dow 786 Mildew Resistant Silicone sealant, 10 -yr., or approved equal. 2. Color: White 2.4 JOINT- SEALANT BACKING A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. JOINT SEALANTS 07920-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Elastomeric Tubing Sealant Backings: Neoprene, butyl, EPDM, or silicone tubing complying with ASTM D 1056, nonabsorbent to water and gas, and capable of remaining resilient at temperatures down to minus 26 deg F. Provide products with low compression set and of size and shape to provide a secondary seal, to control sealant depth, and otherwise contribute to optimum sealant performance. C. Bond - Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint - filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self - adhesive tape where applicable. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by j oint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint- sealant- substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants with joint substrates. C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint - sealant performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings JOINT SEALANTS 07920-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil -free compressed air. Porous joint surfaces include the following: a. Concrete and cement plaster. b. Masonry. C. Unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile. 3. Remove laitance and form- release agents from concrete. 4. Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. a. Metal. b. Glass. C. Porcelain enamel. d. Glazed surfaces of ceramic tile. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended in writing by joint sealant manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint - sealant- substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint - sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. JOINT SEALANTS 07920-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross - sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. D. Install bond - breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and back of joints. E. Install sealants by proven techniques to comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses provided for each joint configuration. Produce uniform, cross - sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. F. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of j oint sealants and of products in which joints occur. JOINT SEALANTS 07920-6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from the original work. END OF SECTION 07920 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida JOINT SEALANTS 07920-7 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 08110 - STEEL DOOR FRAMES & ACCESSORIES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes steel door frames and accessories. Note contractors option to clean, refinish, and install existing frames salvaged from selective demolition work in lieu of frames specified herein. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product Data for each type of door and frame specified, including details of construction, materials, dimensions, hardware preparation, core, label compliance, sound ratings, profiles, and finishes. C. Special Requirements: Provide manufacturers product data, proof of compliance with SDI specifications, and certification of galvanized material treatment. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide doors and frames complying with ANSI/SDI 100 "Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" and as specified. B. Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: Units that comply with NFPA 80, are identical to door and frame assemblies tested for fire- test - response characteristics per ASTM E 152, and are labeled and listed by UL, Warnock Hersey, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Galvaneal "wipe -coat' materials are not acceptable. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver door frames cardboard - wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to finish of factory- finished doors and frames. STEEL DOOR FRAMES & ACCESSORIES 08110-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Inspect door frames on delivery for damage. Minor damages may be repaired provided refinished items match new work and are acceptable to Architect; otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed. C. Store door frames at building site under cover. Place units on minimum 4- inch - high wood blocking. Avoid using nonvented plastic or canvas shelters that could create a humidity chamber. If cardboard wrappers on doors become wet, remove cartons immediately. Provide minimum 1/4 -inch spaces between stacked doors to promote air circulation. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: I . Steel Door Frames: a. Amweld Building Products, Inc. b. Ceco Door Products. C. Copco Door Co. d. Republic Builders Products. e. Steelcraft. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Galvanized Steel Sheets: Zinc - coated carbon steel complying with ASTM A 526 (ASTM A 526M), commercial quality, or ASTM A 642, drawing quality, hot -dip galvanized according to ASTM A 525, with A 60 or G 60 coating designation, mill phosphatized. B. Supports and Anchors: Fabricated from not less than 0.0478 - inch - thick steel sheet; 0.0516- inch - thick galvanized steel where used with galvanized steel frames. C. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units. Where items are to be built into exterior walls, hot -dip galvanize complying with ASTM A 153, Class C or D as applicable. 2.3 STEEL FRAMES A. Provide metal frames for doors, transoms, sidelights, borrowed lights, and other openings, according to ANSI/SDI 100, and of types and styles as shown on Drawings and schedules. Conceal fastenings, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate frames ofminimum 0.0478 -inch- thick cold - rolled steel sheet. STEEL DOOR FRAMES & ACCESSORIES 08110-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA Fabricate frames with mitered or coped and continuously welded comers. B. Door Silencers: Except on weatherstripped frames, drill stops to receive 3 silencers on strike jambs of single -door frames and 2 silencers on heads of double -door frames. C. Plaster Guards: Provide minimum 0.0179 - inch - thick steel plaster guards or mortar boxes at back of hardware cutouts where mortar or other materials might obstruct hardware operation and to close off interior of openings. D. Grout: When required in masonry construction, as specified in Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry." 2.4 FABRICATION A. Fabricate steel frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance, and free from defects, warp, or buckle. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. Clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment, to assure proper assembly at Project site. Comply with ANSUSDI 100 requirements. B. Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117 "Manufacturing Tolerances Standard Steel Doors and Frames." C. Fabricate concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels, and moldings from either cold- or hot - rolled steel sheet. D. Galvanized Steel Frames: At all locations, fabricate doors, panels, and frames from galvanized steel sheet according to SDI 112. E. Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk flat or oval heads for exposed screws and bolts. Hardware Preparation: Prepare door frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware according to final door hardware schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable requirements of SDI 107 and ANSI A115 Series specifications for door and frame preparation for hardware. G. Locate hardware as indicated on Shop Drawings or, if not indicated, according to the Door and Hardware Institute's (DHI) "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." 2.5 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to applying and designating finishes. STEEL DOOR FRAMES & ACCESSORIES 08110-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Comply with SSPC -PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1," for steel sheet finishes. C. Apply primers and organic finishes to doors and frames after fabrication. 2.6 GALVANIZED STEEL SHEET FINISHES A. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces with nonpetroleum solvent so that surfaces are free of oil or other contaminants. After cleaning, apply a conversion coating of the type suited to the organic coating applied over it. Clean welds, mechanical connections, and abraded areas, and apply galvanizing repair paint specified below to comply with ASTM A 780. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High- zinc - dust - content paint for regalvanizing welds in galvanized steel, with dry film containing not less than 94 percent zinc dust by weight, and complying with DOD -P -21035 or SSPC -Paint 20. B. Factory Priming for Field- Painted Finish: Where field painting after installation is indicated, apply air -dried primer specified below immediately after cleaning and pretreatment. 1. Shop Primer: Zinc -dust, zinc -oxide primer paint complying with performance requirements of FS TT -P -641, Type II. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install doors, frames, and accessories according to Shop Drawings, manufacturer's data, and as specified. B. Placing Frames: Comply with provisions of SDI 105, unless otherwise indicated. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. 1. Place frames before constructing enclosing walls and ceilings. 2. In masonry construction, install at least 3 wall anchors per jamb adjacent to hinge location on hinge jamb and at corresponding heights on strike jamb. Acceptable anchors include masonry wire anchors and masonry T- shaped anchors. 3. In metal -stud partitions, install at least 3 wall anchors per jamb at hinge and strike levels. In steel -stud partitions, attach wall anchors to studs with screws. 4. Install fire -rated frames according to NFPA 80. STEEL DOOR FRAMES & ACCESSORIES 08110-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Door Installation: Fit hollow -metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified in ANSI /SDI 100. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Prime Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air - drying primer. B. Protection Removal: Immediately before final inspection, remove protective wrappings from doors and frames. END OF SECTION 08110 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida STEEL DOOR FRAMES & ACCESSORIES 08110-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 08211 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Alt. Bid solid -core doors, paint grade. 2. Alt. Bid solid -core doors with plastic - laminate faces. 3. Factory machining for hardware. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of door. Include details of core and edge construction and trim for openings. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of each kind of door; construction details not covered in Product Data; location and extent of hardware blocking; and other pertinent data. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain flush wood doors through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI's "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's written instructions. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211 - 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Package doors individually in cardboard cartons and wrap bundles of doors in plastic sheeting. C. Mark each door on top or bottom rail with opening number used on Shop Drawings. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until building is enclosed, wet work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature between 60 and 90 deg F and relative humidity between 43 and 70 percent during the remainder of the construction period. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form, signed by manufacturer, Installer, and Contractor, in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace doors that are defective in materials or workmanship, have warped (bow, cup, or twist) more than 1/4 inch in a 42 -by -84 -inch section, or show telegraphing of core construction in face veneers exceeding 0.01 inch in a 3 -inch span. Warranty shall also include installation and finishing that may be required due to repair or replacement of defective doors 2. Warranty shall be in effect during the following period of time from date of Substantial Completion: Solid -Core Interior Doors: Life of installation. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Flush Wood Doors: a. Algoma Hardwoods Inc b. Ampco Products, Inc. C. Buell Door Company d. Chappell Door Co. e. Eagle Plywood & Door Manufacturing, Inc. f. Effers Industries; Architectural Door Division FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA g. GRAHAM Manufacturing Corp. h. Haley Brothers, Inc. i. Ideal Wood Products, Inc. j. IPIK Door Company k. Lambton Doors 1. Marlite M. Mohawk Flush Doors, Inc. n. Oshkosh Architectural Door Co. o. Poncraft Door Co. P. Southwood Door Co. q. Vancouver Door Company, Inc. r. VT Industries Inc. S. Weyerhaeuser Company 2.2 DOOR CONSTRUCTION, GENERAL A. Plastic- Laminate- Faced Doors: 1. Grade: Custom 2. Laminate Faces: High - pressure decorative laminates complying with NEMA LD 3, Grade HGS 3. Color Patterns, and Finishes: As selected by Architect from laminate manufacturer's full range of products. 4. Stiles: Plastic - laminate matching faces, applied before faces, or impact- resistant polymer edging, applied after faces. 2.2 SOLID -CORE DOORS A. Particleboard Cores: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade LD -1 LD -2 2. Blocking: Provide wood blocking in particleboard -core doors as needed to eliminate through- bolting hardware and as follows: a. 5 -inch top -rail blocking, in doors indicated to have closers. b. 5 -inch bottom -rail blocking, in exterior doors and doors indicated to have kick, mop, or armor plates. C. 5 -inch midrail blocking, in doors indicated to have exit devices. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA Provide doors with glued -block or structural composite lumber cores instead of particleboard cores at locations where exit devices are indicated. B. Interior Plastic - Laminate -Faced Doors: 1. Core: Particleboard glued block, or structural composite lumber 2. Construction: Three or Five plies with stiles and rails bonded to core, then entire unit abrasive planed before faces are applied C. Fire -Rated Doors: Construction: Construction and core specified above for type of face indicated for manufacturer's standard mineral -core construction as needed to provide fire rating indicated. 2. Blocking: For mineral -core doors, provide composite blocking with improved screw - holding capability approved for use in doors of fire ratings indicated as needed to eliminate through- bolting hardware. 3. Edge Construction: At hinge stiles, provide manufacturer's standard laminated- edge construction with improved screw - holding capability and split resistance and with outer stile matching face veneer. 4. Pairs: Provide fire -rated pairs with fire- retardant stiles matching face veneer that are labeled and listed for kinds of applications indicated without formed -steel edges and astragals. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fabricate doors in sizes indicated for Project -site fitting. B. Factory fit doors to suit frame - opening sizes indicated, with the following uniform clearances and bevels, unless otherwise indicated: Comply with clearance requirements of referenced quality standard for fitting. Comply with requirements in NFPA 80 for fire -rated doors. C. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Locate hardware to comply with DHI - WDHS -3. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame Shop Drawings, DHI Al 15-W series standards, and hardware templates. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211 -4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA Coordinate measurements of hardware mortises in metal frames to verify dimensions and alignment before factory machining. 2. Metal Astragals: Premachine astragals and formed -steel edges for hardware for pairs of fire -rated doors D. Openings: Cut and trim openings through doors to comply with applicable requirements of referenced standards for kind(s) of door(s) required. 1. Light Openings: Trim openings with moldings of material and profile indicated. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine doors and installed door frames before hanging doors. 1. Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with level heads and plumb jambs. 2. Reject doors with defects. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Hardware: For installation, see Division 8 Section "Door Hardware" B. Manufacturer's Written Instructions: Install doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, referenced quality standard, and as indicated. L Install fire -rated doors in corresponding fire -rated frames according to NFPA 80 C. Job -Fitted Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated below; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted for fire -rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces agter fitting and machining. 1. Clearances: Provide 1 /8 inch at heads, jambs, and between pairs of doors. Provide 1 /8 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1 /4 inch from bottom of door to top of threshold. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA a. Comply with NFPA 80 for fire -rated doors. 2. Bevel non -fire -rated doors 1 /8 inch in 2 inches at lock and hinge edges 3. Bevel fire -rated doors 1 /8 inch in 2 inches at lock edge; trim stiles and rails only to extent permitted by labeling agency. D. Factory-Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge. E. Factory- Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation if fitting or machining is required at Project site 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Operation: Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely. B. Finished Doors: Replace doors that are damaged or do not comply with requirements. Doors may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing. END OF SECTION 08211 VICTOR J. LATAVISH, ARCHITECT P.A. Naples, Florida FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211 -6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 08712 - DOOR HARDWARE PART I - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the commercial door hardware for hinged doors B. Scope of work includes salvaging, re- installing, cleaning, adjusting existing serviceable hardware. Repair, replace, and provide supplemental hardware as necessary to provide a complete and proper installation of the work. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include installation details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. B. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate the final Door Hardware Schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware. 1. Format: Comply with scheduling sequence and vertical format in DHI's "Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule." 2. Organization: Organize the Door Hardware Schedule into door hardware sets indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. a. Organize door hardware sets in same order as in the Door Hardware Schedule 3. Content: Include the following information: a. Type, style, function, size, label, hand, and finish of each door hardware item. b. Manufacturer of each item. DOOR HARDWARE 08712-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Fastenings and other pertinent information. d. Location of each door hardware set, cross - referenced to Drawings, both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule. e. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. f Mounting locations for door hardware. g. Door and frame sizes and materials. 4. Submittal Sequence: Submit initial draft of final schedule along with essential Product Data to facilitate the fabrication of other work that is critical in the Project construction schedule. Submit the final Door Hardware Schedule after Samples, Product Data, coordination with Shop Drawings of other work, delivery schedules, and similar information has been completed and accepted. C. Keying Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing Owner's final keying instructions for locks. Include schematic keying diagram and index each key set to unique door designations. D. .Maintenance Data: For each type of door hardware to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. E. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed door hardware similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Proj ect and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Supplier Qualifications: Door hardware supplier with warehousing facilities in Project's vicinity and who is or employs a qualified Architectural Hardware Consultant, available during the course of the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and Owner about door hardware and keying. C. Source Limitations: Obtain each type and variety of door hardware from a single manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. D. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with provisions of the following: Where indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), the Florida Accessibility Code, latest edition, and as follows: DOOR HARDWARE 08712-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA a. Handles, Pulls, Latches, Locks, and other Operating Devices: Shape that is easy to grasp with one hand and does not require tight grasping, tight pinching, or twisting of the wrist. b. Door Closers: Comply with the following maximum opening -force requirements indicated: 1) Interior Hinged Doors: 5 lbf applied perpendicular to door. 2) Fire Doors: Minimum opening force allowable by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Thresholds: Not more than 1/2 inch high. Bevel raised thresholds with a slope of not more than 1:2. 2. NFPA 101: Comply with the following for means of egress doors: a. Latches, Locks, and Exit Devices: Not more than 15 lbf to release the latch. Locks shall not require the use of a key, tool, or special knowledge for operation. b. Door Closers: Not more than 30 lbf to set door in motion and not more than 15 lbf to open door to minimum required width. C. Thresholds: Not more than 1/2 inch high. E. Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: Provide door hardware for assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 252. Test Pressure: Test at atmospheric pressure. F. Keying Conference: Conduct conference at the Owners office to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 'Project Meetings." Incorporate keying conference decisions into final keying schedule after reviewing door hardware keying system including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Function of building, flow of traffic, purpose of each area, degree of security required, and plans for future expansion. 2. Preliminary key system schematic diagram. 3. Requirements for key control system. DOOR HARDWARE 08712-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 4. Address for delivery of keys. G. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Meetings." 1.5 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock -up for door hardware delivered to Project site. B. Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final Door Hardware Schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each item or package. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for installing door hardware. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements. 1.7 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. Warranty does not apply to salvaged hardware. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE A. General: Provide door hardware for each door to comply with requirements in this Section, door hardware sets indicated in door and frame schedule, and the Door Hardware Schedule. Door Hardware Sets: Requirements for quantity, item, design, grade, function, finish, size, and other distinctive qualities of each type of door hardware are indicated in the Door Hardware Schedule at the end of Part 3. Products are identified by descriptive titles corresponding to requirements specified in Part 2. DOOR HARDWARE 08712-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 2. Sequence of Operation: Provide electrified door hardware function, sequence of operation, and interface with other building control systems indicated, if any. 2.2 FINISHES A. Match existing hardware finishes. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine doors and frames, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance of door hardware. B. Examine roughing -in for electrical power systems to verify actual locations of wiring connections before electrified door hardware installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights indicated in following applicable publications, unless specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations: 1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." 2. Custom Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Builders' Hardware for Custom Steel Doors and Frames." Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3, "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Wood Flush Doors." B. Install each door hardware item to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing work specified in Division 9 Sections. Do not install surface - mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved. DOOR HARDWARE 08712-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 1. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrates as necessary for proper installation and operation. C. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of sealant complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements. 1. Door Closers: Adjust sweep period so that, from an open position of 70 degrees, the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 inches from the latch, measured to the leading edge of the door. 2. Replace door hardware items that have deteriorated or failed due to faulty design, materials, or installation of door hardware units. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation. B. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish. C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 08712 VICTOR J. LATAVISH, ARCHITECT P.A. Naples, Florida DOOR HARDWARE 08712-6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 08716 - DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE Set Number 1. Existing hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation; Provide the following additional /replacement hardware: 1 set Weatherstrip 1 ea. Threshold 2. Existing hardware shall be cleaned and adjust for proper operation; Provide the following additional /replacement hardware: 1 ea. Lockset with lever at Lobby side 3. Existing hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation. 4. Existing hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation. Provide the following additional /replacement hardware: 1 ea. Full -width panic bar exit device 5. Relocated hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation 6. Existing hardware to be pinned in locked position 7. Relocated hardware shall be cleaned and adjust for proper operation; Provide the following additional hardware: 1 ea. Lockset 1 pr. Flush or surface bolts on inactive left leaf 8. Relocated hardware shall be cleaned and adjust for proper operation; Provide the following additional hardware: 1 ea. Cypher lock 1 ea. Closer 1 ea Weatherstrip 9. Relocated hardware shall be cleaned and adjust for proper operation; Provide the following additional hardware: 1 ea. Cypher lock 1 pr. Flush or surface bolts on inactive left leaf 1 pr. Closers 1 ea. Weatherstrip 10. Screen door manufacturer to provide butts, closer, pull and full -width push bar with no latch. DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE 08716-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA General Notes: Provide all hardware required for a complete and proper installation including but not limited to butts, locksets, closers, wall or floor stops, etc. Contractor may salvage and re -use serviceable existing hardware where applicable. All doors shall be unlocked in the direction of egress 4. Thresholds shall be Pemko 2005v or approved equivalent. 5. Re -key all locks with grandmaster key system. Deliver keys to Owner at substantial completion. END OF SECTION 08715 VICTOR J. LATAVISH, ARCHITECT P.A. Naples, Florida DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE 08716-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 09255 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Nonload- bearing steel framing members for gypsum board assemblies. 2. Gypsum board assemblies attached to steel framing. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single- Source Responsibility for Steel Framing: Obtain steel framing members for gypsum board assemblies from a single manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. B. Single - Source Responsibility for Panel Products: Obtain each type of gypsum board and other panel products from a single manufacturer. C. Single - Source Responsibility for Finishing Materials: Obtain finishing materials from either the same manufacturer that supplies gypsum board and other panel products or from a manufacturer acceptable to gypsum board manufacturer. D. Fire- Test - Response Characteristics: Where fire- resistance -rated gypsum board assemblies are indicated, provide gypsum board assemblies that comply with the following requirements: 1. Fire - Resistance Ratings: As indicated by GA File Numbers in GA -600 "Fire Resistance Design Manual' or design designations in UL "Fire Resistance Directory" or in the listing of another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Gypsum board assemblies indicated are identical to assemblies tested for fire resistance according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Deflection and Firestop Track: Top runner provided in fire- resistance -rated assemblies indicated is labeled and listed by UL, Warnock Hersey, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original packages, containers, or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. B. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic, and other causes. Neatly stack gypsum panels flat to prevent sagging. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions, General: Establish and maintain environmental conditions for applying and finishing gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's recommendations, whichever are more stringent. B. Room Temperatures: For nonadhesive attachment of gypsum board to framing, maintain not less than 40 deg F. For adhesive attachment and finishing of gypsum board, maintain not less than 50 deg F for 48 hours before application and continuously after until dry. C. Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces as required to dry joint treatment materials. Avoid drafts during hot, dry weather to prevent finishing materials from drying too rapidly. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Steel Framing and Furring: a. Clark Steel Framing, Inc. b. Dale Industries, Inc. C.. Dietrich Industries, Inc. d. Marino/Ware. e. National Gypsum Co.; Gold Bond Building Products Division. f. Unimast, Inc. 2. Grid Suspension Assemblies: a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. b. Chicago Metallic Corp. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA C. USG Interiors, Inc. d. Worthington Steel Company. Gypsum Board and Related Products: a. Domtar Gypsum. b. Georgia- Pacific Corp. C. National Gypsum Co.; Gold Bond Building Products Division. d. United States Gypsum Co. B. Fire -rated Products: Subject to compliance with UL requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Firestop Type C; Georgia - Pacific Corp. 2. Fire - Shield G; National Gypsum Co.; Gold Bond Building Products Division. 3. SHEETROCK Gypsum Panels, FIRECODE C Core; United States Gypsum Co. 4. SHEETROCK Gypsum Panels, ULTRACODE Core; United States Gypsum Co. 2.2 STEEL FRAMING COMPONENTS FOR SUSPENDED AND FURRED CEILINGS A. General: Provide components complying with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. B. Wire Ties: ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.062 inch thick. C. Wire Hangers: ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.162 -inch diameter. D. Hanger Rods: Mild steel and zinc coated or protected with rust - inhibitive paint. E. Channels: Cold- rolled steel, 0.0598 -inch minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal and 7/16- inch - wide flanges, and as follows: 1. Carrying Channels: 1 -1/2 inches deep, 475 lb /1000 feet, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Furring Channels: 3/4 inch deep, 300 lb /1000 feet, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Finish: Rust - inhibitive paint, unless otherwise indicated. F. Steel Studs for Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, with flange edges of studs bent back 90 degrees and doubled over to form 3/16- inch -wide minimum lip (return), and complying with the following requirements for minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal and for depth: 1. Thickness: 25 gauge, unless otherwise indicated or required. 2. Depth: 3 -5/8 inches, unless otherwise indicated or required. 3. Protective Coating: Manufacturer's standard corrosion - resistant coating. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA G. Grid Suspension System for Interior Ceilings: ASTM C 645, manufacturer's standard direct -hung grid suspension system composed of main beams and cross - furring members that interlock to form a modular supporting network. 2.3 STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS A. General: Provide steel framing members complying with the following requirements: Protective Coating: Manufacturer's standard corrosion- resistant coating. B. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645, with flange edges of studs bent back 90 degrees and doubled over to form 3/16 -inch- wide minimum lip (return), and complying with the following requirements for minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal and for depth: 1. Thickness: 20 gauge, unless otherwise indicated or required. 2. Depth: 3 -5/8 inches, unless otherwise indicated or required. C. Deflection Track: Manufacturer's standard top runner designed to prevent cracking of gypsum board applied to interior partitions resulting from deflection of the structure above fabricated from steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653 or ASTM A 568. Thickness as indicated for studs, and width to accommodated depth of studs, and of the following configuration: Top Runner with Compressible Flanges: 2 -1/2- inch -deep flanges with V- shaped offsets that compress when pressure is applied from construction above. D. Z- Furring Members: Manufacturer's standard Z- shaped furring members with slotted or nonslotted web, fabricated from steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653 or ASTM A 568; with a minimum base metal (uncoated) thickness of 0.0179 inch, face flange of 1 -1/4 inch wall - attachment flange of 7/8 inch, and of depth required to fit insulation thickness indicated. E. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Provide fasteners of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel framing and furring members securely to substrates involved; complying with the recommendations of gypsum board manufacturers for applications indicated. 2.4 GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS A. General: Provide gypsum board of types indicated in maximum lengths available that will minimize end -to -end butt joints in each area indicated to receive gypsum board application. 1. Widths: Provide gypsum board in widths of 48 inches. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36 and as follows: 1. Non - Rated: Half inch regular gypsum wallboard, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Rated: 5/8 inch Type X where required for fire- resistance -rated assemblies. 3. Edges: Tapered. A. Accessories for Interior Installation: Comerbead, edge trim, and control joints complying with ASTM C 1047 and requirements indicated below: 1. Material: Formed metal or PVC plastic, with metal complying with the following requirement: a. Steel sheet zinc coated by hot -dip process or rolled zinc. 2. Shapes indicated below by reference to Fig. 1 designations in ASTM C 1047: a. Comerbead on outside corners, unless otherwise indicated. b. LC -bead with both face and back flanges; face flange formed to receive joint compound. Use LC -beads for edge trim, unless otherwise indicated. C. L -bead with face flange only; face flange formed to receive joint compound. Use L -bead where indicated. d. U -bead with face and back flanges; face flange formed to be left without application of j oint compound. Use U -bead where indicated. e. One -piece control joint formed with V- shaped slot and removable strip covering slot opening. 2.6 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Provide joint treatment materials complying with ASTM C 475 and the recommendations of both the manufacturers of sheet products and of joint treatment materials for each application indicated. B. Joint Tape for Gypsum Board: Paper reinforcing tape, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use pressure- sensitive or staple - attached, open- weave, glass -fiber reinforcing tape with compatible joint compound where recommended by manufacturer of gypsum board and joint treatment materials for application indicated. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Drying -Type Joint Compounds for Gypsum Board: Factory- packaged vinyl -based products complying with the following requirements for formulation and intended use. 1. Ready -Mixed Formulation: Factory-mixed product. a. Taping compound formulated for embedding tape and for first coat over fasteners and face flanges of trim accessories. b. Topping compound formulated for fill (second) and finish (third) coats. C. All- purpose compound formulated for both taping and topping compounds. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum board construction that comply with referenced standards and recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer. B. Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 1002 for the following applications: Fastening gypsum board to steel members less than 0.033 inch thick. C. Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening gypsum board to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates to which gypsum board assemblies attach or abut, installed hollow metal frames, cast -in- anchors, and structural framing, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of assemblies specified in this Section. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Ceiling Anchorages: Coordinate installation ofceiling suspension systems with installation of overhead structural assemblies to ensure that inserts and other provisions for anchorages to building structure have been installed to receive ceiling hangers that will develop their full strength and at spacing required to support ceilings. 1. Furnish concrete inserts and other devices indicated to other trades for installation well in advance of time needed for coordination with other construction. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.3 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL A. Steel Framing Installation Standard: Install steel framing to comply with ASTM C 754 and with ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to framing installation. B. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing at terminations in gypsum board assemblies to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction. Comply with details indicated and with recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer or, if none available, with United States Gypsum Co.'s "Gypsum Construction Handbook." C. Isolate steel framing from building structure at locations indicated to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement. Comply with details shown on Drawings. Where building structure abuts ceiling perimeter or penetrates ceiling. 2. Where partition framing and wall furring abut structure, except at floor. a. Provide slip- or cushioned -type joints as detailed to attain lateral support and avoid axial loading. b. Install deflection track top runner to attain lateral support and avoid axial loading. D. Do not bridge building control and expansion j oints with steel framing or furring members. Independently frame both sides of joints with framing or furring members as indicated. 3.4 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING FOR SUSPENDED AND FURRED CEILINGS A. Suspend ceiling hangers from building structural members and as follows: Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structural or ceiling suspension system. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with the location of hangers required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-7 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 3. Secure wire hangers by looping and wire - tying, either directly to structures or to inserts, eyescrews, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for substrate, and in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or otherwise fail. 4. Secure flat, angle, and rod hangers to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to inserts, eyescrews, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for structure as well as for type of hanger involved, and in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or otherwise fail. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms. Furnish cast -in -place hanger inserts that extend through forms. 6. Do not attach hangers to steel deck tabs. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. Attach hangers to structural members. 8. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes, or conduit. B. Sway -brace suspended steel framing with hangers used for support. C. Install suspended steel framing components in sizes and at spacings indicated, but not less than that required by the referenced steel framing installation standard. 1. Wire Hangers: 48 inches o.c. 2. Carrying Channels (Main Runners): 48 inches o.c. 3. Furring Channels (Furring Members): 16 inches o.c. D. Installation Tolerances: Install steel framing components for suspended ceilings so that cross - furring or grid suspension members are level to within 1/8 inch in 12 feet as measured both lengthwise on each member and transversely between parallel members. E. Wire -tie or clip furring members to main runners and to other structural supports as indicated. F. Grid Suspension System: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension system meets vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross - furring members to each other and butt-cut to fit into wall track. 3.5 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS A. Install runners (tracks) at floors, ceilings, and structural walls and columns where gypsum board stud assemblies abut other construction. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-8 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls, install asphalt felt strips or foam gaskets between studs and wall. B. Installation Tolerances: Install each steel framing and furring member so that fastening surfaces do not vary more than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by the faces of adjacent framing. C. Extend partition framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings, except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing over frames for doors and openings and frame around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling to provide support for gypsum board. Cut studs Yz inch short of full height to provide perimeter relief. D. Terminate partition framing at suspended ceilings where indicated. E. Install steel studs and furring in sizes and at spacings indicated. Space studs 16 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated. F. Install steel studs so flanges point in the same direction and leading edge or end of each gypsum board panel can be attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. G. Frame door openings to comply with GA -219, and with applicable published recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. Attach vertical studs at jambs with screws either directly to frames or to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs. Install Two 20 gauge studs at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum 1/2 -inch clearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of floor or roof structure above. H. Frame openings other than door openings to comply with details indicated or, if none indicated, as required for door openings. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. 3.6 APPLYING AND FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL A. Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: Install and finish gypsum panels to comply with ASTM C 840 and GA -216. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-9 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Install ceiling board panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member. C. Install gypsum panels with face side out. Do not install imperfect, damaged, or damp panels. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place. D. Locate both edge or end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back - blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Avoid joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings where possible. E. Attach gypsum panels to steel studs so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. F. Attach gypsum panels to framing provided at openings and cutouts. G. Do not attach gypsum panels across the flat grain of wide- dimension lumber, including floor joists and headers. Instead, float gypsum panels over these members using resilient channels or provide control joints to counteract wood shrinkage. H. Spot grout hollow metal door frames for solid -core wood doors, hollow metal doors, and doors over 32 inches wide. Apply spot grout at each jamb anchor clip and immediately insert gypsum panels into frames. Form control and expansion joints at locations indicated and as detailed, with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels, as well as supporting framing behind gypsum panels. Cover both faces of steel stud partition framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except in chases that are braced internally. Except where concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. fl. in area. 2. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits. 3. Where partitions intersect open concrete coffers, concrete joists, and other structural members projecting below underside of floor /roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by coffers, joists, and other structural members; allow 1/4- to 3/8- inch - wide joints to install sealant. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-10 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA K. Isolate perimeter of nonload- bearing gypsum board partitions at structural abutments, except floors, as detailed. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch- wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with U -bead edge trim where edges of gypsum panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. L. Floating Construction: Where feasible, including where recommended by manufacturer, install gypsum panels over wood framing, with floating internal corner construction. M. Space fasteners in gypsum panels according to referenced gypsum board application and finishing standard and manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Space screws a maximum of 12 inches o.c. for vertical applications. 3.7 GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION METHODS A. Single -Layer Application: Install gypsum wallboard panels as follows: On ceilings, apply gypsum panels prior to wall/partition board application to the greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing, unless otherwise indicated. On partitions /walls, apply gypsum panels horizontally (perpendicular to framing), unless parallel application is required for fire- resistance -rated assemblies. Use maximum - length panels to minimize end joints. a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of board. B. Single -Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports as follows: Fasten with screws. 3.8 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES A. General: For trim accessories with back flanges, fasten to framing with the same fasteners used to fasten gypsum board. Otherwise, fasten trim accessories according to accessory manufacturer's directions for type, length, and spacing of fasteners. B. Install comerbead at external corners. C. Install edge trim where edge of gypsum panels would otherwise be exposed. Provide edge trim type with face flange formed to receive joint compound, except where other types are indicated. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255- 11 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 1. Install LC -bead where gypsum panels are tightly abutted to other construction and back flange can be attached to framing or supporting substrate. 2. Install L -bead where edge trim can only be installed after gypsum panels are installed. 3. Install U -bead where indicated. 4. Install aluminum trim and other accessories where indicated. D. Install control joints at locations indicated. E. Install control joints according to ASTM C 840 and manufacturer's recommendations and in specific locations approved by Architect for visual effect. 3.9 FMSHING GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, flanges of comerbead, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. B. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged areas using setting -type joint compound. C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim accessories having flanges not requiring tape. D. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints and to flanges of trim accessories as recommended by trim accessory manufacturer. E. Levels of Gypsum Board Finish: Provide the following levels of gypsum board finish per GA -214. 1. Level 1 for ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated, unless a higher level of finish is required for fire - resistance -rated assemblies and sound -rated assemblies. 2. Level 5 for exposed gypsum board surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. F. For Level 5 gypsum board finish, embed tape in joint compound and apply first, fill, and finish coats of joint compound over wallboard, joints, angles, fastener heads, and accessories. Touch up and sand between coats and after last coat as needed to produce a Level 5 surface free of visual defects and ready for paint. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-12 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA G. Where Level 1 gypsum board finish is indicated, embed tape in joint compound. 3.10 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Promptly remove any residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to Installer, that ensure gypsum board assemblies are without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 09255 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255- 13 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 09511 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1�31107' u". 1 A. This Section includes ceilings consisting of acoustical panels and exposed suspension systems. Contractors option to salvage and clean existing suspension system, or replace with specified suspension system. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product specified. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has completed acoustical panel ceilings similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: Provide acoustical panel ceilings that comply with the following requirements: Surface - burning characteristics of acoustical panels comply with ASTM E 1264 for Class A materials as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84. 2. Products are identified with appropriate markings ofapplicable testing and inspecting agency. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver acoustical panels and suspension system components to Project site in original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes. B. Before installing acoustical panels, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 - 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Handle acoustical panels carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install acoustical panel ceilings until spaces are enclosed and weatherproof, wet -work in spaces is complete and dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical panels and suspension system with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire- suppression system, and partition assemblies. 1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents. 1: Acoustical Ceiling Units: Full -size units equal to 5.0 percent of amount installed. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Armstrong World Industries Products: 1. Cortega series. 2. Mfr Number: 704. 3. Color: White. 4. Edge: Tegular. 5. Size: 24" by 24" by 5/8 ". 2.2 ACOUSTICAL PANELS, GENERAL A. Acoustical Panel Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard panels of configuration indicated that comply with ASTM E 1264 classifications as designated by types & patterns indicated. 2.3 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS, GENERAL ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 -2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA A. Metal Suspension System Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard direct -hung metal suspension systems of types, structural classifications, and finishes indicated that comply with applicable ASTM C 635 requirements. B. Finishes and Colors, General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. Provide manufacturer's standard factory- applied finish for type of system indicated. C. Attachment Devices: Size for five times design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung, unless otherwise indicated. D. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Provide wires complying with the following requirements: 1. Zinc- Coated Carbon -Steel Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating,. 2. Size: Select wire diameter so its stress at three times hanger design load (ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung) will be less than yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 0.106 -inch- diameter wire. E. Hanger Rods: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust- inhibitive paint. F. Flat Hangers: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust- inhibitive paint. G. Angle Hangers: Angles with legs not less than 7/8 inch wide; formed with 0.04 -inch- thick, galvanized steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/A, G90 coating designation; with bolted connections and 5/16 -inch- diameter bolts. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical panels to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less -than- half -width panels at borders, and comply with layout shown on reflected ceiling plans. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Install acoustical panel ceilings to comply with publications referenced below per manufacturer's written instructions and CISCA's "Ceiling Systems Handbook." 1. Standard for Ceiling Suspension System Installations: Comply with ASTM C 636. B. Suspend ceiling hangers from building's structural members and as follows: ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 -3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structure or of ceiling suspension system. 2. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. Splay hangers only where required and, if permitted with fire- resistance -rated ceilings, to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 4. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with location of hangers at spacings required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards and publications. 5. Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension members and to supports above with a minimum of three tight turns. Connect hangers directly either to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure; that are appropriate for substrate; and that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 6. Secure flat, angle, channel, and rod hangers to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for both structure to which hangers are attached and type of hanger involved. Install hangers in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms or floor deck. Fasten hangers to cast -in -place hanger inserts, powder - actuated fasteners, or drilled -in anchors that extend through forms into concrete. Do not attach hangers to roof deck. Attach hangers to structural members. 9. Space hangers not more than 48 inches o.c. along each member supported directly from hangers, unless otherwise indicated; and provide hangers not more than 8 inches from ends of each member. C. Secure bracing wires to ceiling suspension members and to supports with a minimum of four tight turns. Suspend bracing from building's structural members as required for hangers, without attaching to permanent metal forms, steel deck, or steel deck tabs. Fasten bracing wires into concrete with cast -in -place or postinstalled anchors. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 -4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA D. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical panels. 1. Apply acoustical sealant in a continuous ribbon concealed on back of vertical legs of moldings before they are installed. 2. Screw attach moldings to substrate at intervals not more than 16 inches o.c. and not more than 3 inches from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet. Miter comers accurately and connect securely. 3. Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim. E. Install suspension system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another. Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members. F. Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fitted accurately into suspension system runners and edge moldings. Scribe and cut panels at borders and penetrations to provide a neat, precise fit. 1. Arrange directionally patterned acoustical panels as follows: a. Install panels with pattern running in one direction parallel to short axis of space. 2. For square -edged panels, install panels with edges fully hidden from view by flanges of suspension system runners and moldings. For reveal -edged panels on suspension system runners, install panels with bottom of reveal in firm contact with top surface of runner flanges. 4. Paint cut panel edges remaining exposed after installation; match color of exposed panel surfaces using coating recommended in writing for this purpose by acoustical panel manufacturer. 3.3 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical panel ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension system members. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and touchup of minor finish damage. Remove and replace ceiling components that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage. END OF SECTION 09511 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 09650 - VCT FLOORING& RESILIENT BASE PARTI- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. f� 381i luy/ ffld A. This Section includes the following: Vinyl composition floor tile. Resilient wall base and accessories. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product specified. B. Samples for Alternate Selections: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors and patterns available for each type of product indicated. C. Samples for Verification: Full -size tiles of each different color and pattern of resilient floor tile specified, showing the full range of variations expected in these characteristics. D. Maintenance Data: For resilient floor tile to include in the maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer to perform work of this Section who has specialized in installing resilient products similar to those required for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type, color, and pattern of product specified from one source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying the Work. C. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: Provide products with the following fire- test - response characteristics as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE 09650-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA Critical Radiant Flux: 0.45 W /sq. cm or greater when tested per ASTM E 648. 2. Smoke Density: Maximum specific optical density of 450 or less when tested per ASTM E 662. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to Proj ect site in manufacturer's original, unopened cartons and containers, each bearing names of product and manufacturer, Project identification, and shipping and handling instructions. B. Store products in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient temperatures maintained between 50 and 90 deg F. C. Store tiles on flat surfaces. D. Move products into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours before installation, unless longer conditioning period is recommended in writing by manufacturer. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain a temperature of not less than 70 deg For more than 95 deg F in spaces to receive products for at least 48 hours before installation, during installation, and for at least 48 hours after installation, unless manufacturer's written recommendations specify longer time periods. After postinstallation period, maintain a temperature of not less than 55 deg F or more than 95 deg F. B. Do not install products until they are at the same temperature as the space where they are to be installed. C. Close spaces to traffic during flooring installation and for time period after installation recommended in writing by manufacturer. D. Install tiles and accessories after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. E. Where demountable partitions and other items are indicated for installation on top of resilient tile flooring, install tile before these items are installed. F. Do not install flooring over concrete slabs until slabs have cured and are sufficiently dry to bond with adhesive, as determined by flooring manufacturer's recommended bond and moisture test. VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE 09650-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA /:r�IX1.7MCI A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents. Furnish not less than one box for each 50 boxes or fraction thereof, of each type, color, pattern, class, wearing surface, and size of resilient tile flooring installed. 2. Furnish not less than 10 linear feet for each 500 linear feet or fraction thereof, of each type, color, pattern, and size of resilient accessory installed. Deliver extra materials to Owner. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, those indicated in the Resilient Tile Flooring Schedule at the end of Part 3. B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products indicated for each designation in the Resilient Tile Flooring Schedule at the end of Part 3. 2.2 RESILIENT TILE A. Vinyl Composition Floor Tile: Products complying with ASTM F 1066 and with requirements specified in the Resilient Tile Flooring Schedule. 2.3 RESILIENT ACCESSORIES A. Vinyl Wall Base: Products complying with FS SS -W -40, Type II and with requirements specified in the Resilient Tile Flooring Schedule. B. Vinyl Accessory Moldings: Products complying with requirements specified in the Resilient Tile Flooring Schedule. 2.4 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex - modified, portland- cement -based formulation provided or approved by flooring manufacturer for applications indicated. VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE 09650-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Adhesives: Water - resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient products and substrate conditions indicated. C. Metal Edge Strips: Extruded aluminum with mill finish of width shown, of height required to protect exposed edge of tiles, and in maximum available lengths to minimize running joints. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where installation of resilient products will occur, with Installer present, for compliance with manufacturer's requirements. Verify that substrates and conditions are satisfactory for resilient product installation and comply with requirements specified. B. Concrete Subfloors: Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 710 and the following: Slab substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, hardeners, and other materials that may interfere with adhesive bond. Determine adhesion and dryness characteristics by performing bond and moisture tests recommended by flooring manufacturer. 2. Subfloor finishes comply with requirements specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-in- Place Concrete" for slabs receiving resilient flooring. Subfloors are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits. C. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. General: Comply with resilient product manufacturer's written installation instructions for preparing substrates indicated to receive resilient products. B. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds, according to manufacturer's written instructions, to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates. VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE 09650-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances that are incompatible with flooring adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents. D. Broom and vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before product installation. After cleaning, examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, or dust. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.3 TILE INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with tile manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. Lay out tiles from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid using cut widths that equal less than one -half of a tile at perimeter. Lay tiles square with room axis, unless otherwise indicated. C. Match tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from cartons in the same sequence as manufactured and packaged, if so numbered. Cut tiles neatly around all fixtures. Discard broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed tiles. Lay tiles with grain running in checkerboard direction. D. Scribe, cut, and fit tiles to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces and permanent fixtures, including built -in furniture, cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, door frames, thresholds, and nosings. E. Extend tiles into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings. F. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use chalk or other nonpermanent, nonstaining marking device. G. Install tiles on covers for telephone and electrical ducts, and similar items in finished floor areas. Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern with pieces of flooring installed on covers. Tightly adhere edges to perimeter of floor around covers and to covers. H. Adhere tiles to flooring substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate to comply with tile manufacturer's written instructions, including those for trowel notching, adhesive mixing, and adhesive open and working times. 1. Provide completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections. VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE 09650-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA I. Hand roll tiles according to tile manufacturer's written instructions. 3.4 RESILIENT ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. General: Install resilient accessories according to manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. Apply resilient wall base to walls, closed pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required. 1. Install wall base in lengths as long as practicable without gaps at seams and with tops of adjacent pieces aligned. 2. Tightly adhere wall base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in . continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates. 3. Do not stretch base during installation. 4. On masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient wall base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material. 5. Install premolded outside corners before installing straight pieces. 6. Install premolded outside and inside corners before installing straight pieces. C. Place resilient accessories so they are butted to adjacent materials and bond to substrates with adhesive. Install reducer strips at edges of flooring that would otherwise be exposed. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. Perform the following operations immediately after installing resilient products: 1. Remove adhesive and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by resilient product manufacturers. 2. Sweep or vacuum floor thoroughly. 3. Do not wash floor until after time period recommended by flooring manufacturer. 4. Damp -mop floor to remove marks and soil. VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE 09650-6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Protect flooring against mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during the remainder of construction period. Use protection methods indicated or recommended in writing by flooring manufacturer. Apply protective floor polish to floor surfaces that are free from soil, visible adhesive, and surface blemishes, if recommended in writing by manufacturer. a. Use commercially available product acceptable to flooring manufacturer. b. Coordinate selection of floor polish with Owner's maintenance service. 2. Cover products installed on floor surfaces with undyed, untreated building paper until inspection for Substantial Completion. 3. Do not move heavy and sharp objects directly over floor surfaces. Place plywood or hardboard panels over flooring and under objects while they are being moved. Slide or roll objects over panels without moving panels. C. Clean floor surfaces not more than 4 days before dates scheduled for inspections intended to establish date of Substantial Completion in each area of Project. Clean products according to manufacturer's written recommendations. Before cleaning, strip protective floor polish that was applied after completing installation only if required to restore polish finish and if recommended by flooring manufacturer. 2. After cleaning, reapply polish to floor surfaces to restore protective floor finish according to flooring manufacturer's written recommendations. Coordinate with Owner's maintenance program. 3.6 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING SCHEDULE A. Vinyl Composition Tile VCT: Where this designation is indicated, provide vinyl composition floor tile complying with the following: 1. Manufacturer: Listed on Color Schedule 2. Color and Pattern: Listed on Color Schedule 3. Wearing Surface: Smooth. 4. Thickness: 1/8 inch. 5. Size: 12 by 12 inches. VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE 09650-7 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Vinyl Wall Base VWB: Where this designation is indicated, provide vinyl wall base complying with the following: 1. Manufacturer: Open Specification 2. Color and Pattern: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors and patterns produced for vinyl wall base complying with requirements indicated. 3. Style: Cove with top -set toe. 4. Minimum Thickness: 1/8 inch. 5. Height: 6 inches. 6. Lengths: Coils in lengths standard with manufacturer. 7. Outside Corners: Premolded. 8. Inside Comers: Premolded. 9. Surface: Smooth. END OF SECTION 09651 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE 09650-8 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 09680 CARPETING PARTI- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Provide carpeting and carpet accessories where shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1. Base Bid includes removal of existing floor finishes in the scheduled work areas. 2. Alternate Bids Section 01030 includes carpet work. 3. Material and color selections are listed in Section 01000 Color Schedule. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of the Contract Documents. B. Product data: Within 10 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 2. Samples of the selected colors and patterns of carpet. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CARPET A. Base Bid: Carpet not included in contract. B. Alternate Bid: Carpet indicated on Color Schedule 2.2 OTHER MATERIALS A. Trim at intersection of carpet and resilient floor tile shall be Mercer Plastics Company, Inc., "Custom Edge Carpet Bar No. 90," vinyl, or approved equal, in color selected by the Architect. CARPETING 1'.:1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Adhesives, if required: Provide low VOC latex carpet adhesive recommended for the purpose by the manufacturer of the proposed carpet. C. Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Immediately prior to installation of the work of this Section, thoroughly clean substrata and remove oil, grease, paint, varnish, hardeners, and other items which would adversely affect the bond of adhesive. B. Make substrata level and free from irregularities. Assure one constant floor height after carpet is installed, filling low spots and grinding high spots as required. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install carpet in strict accordance with manufacturers instructions. 2. Scribe the carpet accurately to vertical surfaces. C. In addition to the cleaning requirements stated elsewhere, thoroughly clean carpet and adjacent surfaces prior to final acceptance of the carpeted areas by the Owner. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Provide a heavy non - staining paper or plastic walkway as required over carpeting in direction of traffic, maintaining intact until carpeted space is accepted by the Owner. CARPETING 09680 -2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.5 SURPLUS MATERIAL A. Allow the Owner to inspect and select from scrap carpet remaining after the installation. Bundle and deliver to the Owner the carpet scraps selected by him. Additionally, provide 5% stock of each color for the owners future use. Deliver to the job site and store as directed by the Owner. END OF SECTION VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida CARPETING COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 09912 - PAINTING 17\ I'm 0 met" 2WMEII 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of exposed exterior and interior items and surfaces. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition to shop priming and surface treatment specified in other Sections. B. Paint exposed surfaces, except where these Specifications indicate that the surface or material is not to be painted or is to remain natural. If an item or a surface is not specifically mentioned, paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces. If a color of finish is not indicated, Architect will select from standard colors and finishes available. Painting includes field painting of exposed bare and covered pipes and ducts (including color coding), hangers, exposed steel and iron supports, and surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment that do not have a factory- applied final finish. C. Do not paint prefinished items, concealed surfaces, finished metal surfaces, operating parts, and labels. Prefimished items include the following factory- finished components: a. Architectural woodwork. b. Acoustical wall panels. C. Finished mechanical and electrical equipment. d. Light fixtures. e. Metal siding f. Window frames g. Storefront doors PAINTING 09912-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 2. Concealed surfaces include generally inaccessible spaces including but not limited to the following: a. Closed attic spaces b. Closed plenum spaces C. Wall cavities 3. Finished metal surfaces include the following: a. Anodized aluminum. b. Stainless steel. C. Chromium plate. d. Copper and copper alloys. e. Bronze and brass. f. Prefinished galvalume 4. Operating parts include moving parts of operating equipment and the following: a. Valve and damper operators. b. Linkages. C. Sensing devices. d. Motor and fan shafts. 5. Labels: Do not paint over UL, FMG, or other code - required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. General: Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D 16 apply to this Section. 1. Flat refers to a lusterless or matte finish with a gloss range below 15 when measured at an 85- degree meter. 2. Eggshell refers to low -sheen finish with a gloss range between 20 and 35 when measured at a 60- degree meter. 3. Semigloss refers to medium -sheen finish with a gloss range between 35 and 70 when measured at a 60- degree meter. 4. Full gloss refers to high -sheen finish with a gloss range more than 70 when measured at a 60- degree meter. PAINTING 09912-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each paint system indicated. Include block fillers and primers. 1. Material List: An inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each material and cross - reference specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material by manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. 2. Manufacturer's Information: Manufacturer's technical information, including label analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each coating material. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of finish -coat material indicated. After color selection, Architect will furnish color chips for surfaces to be coated. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in applying paints and coatings similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in applications with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Source Limitations: Obtain block fillers and primers for each coating system from the same manufacturer as the finish coats. C. Benchmark Samples (Mockups): Provide a full -coat benchmark finish sample for each type of coating and substrate required. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P5. Duplicate finish of approved sample Submittals. 1. For final selection of colors and finishes, the Architect will select one room or surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each type of coating and substrate. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label and the following information: 1. Product name or title of material. 2. Product description (generic classification or binder type). 3. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture. PAINTING 09912-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 4. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents. 5. Thinning instructions. 6. Application instructions. 7. Color name and number. 8. VOC content. B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well - ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F. Maintain storage containers in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Apply waterborne paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air are between 50 and 95 deg F. B. Apply solvent - thinned paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air are between 45 and 95 deg F. C. Do not apply paint in rain, fog, or mist; or when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. 1. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by manufacturer during application and drying periods. 1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra paint materials from the same production run as the materials applied and in the quantities described below. Package with protective covering for storage and identify with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to Owner. 1. Quantity: Furnish Owner with extra paint materials in 1 gal. container in quantities indicated below: a. Exterior, topcoat: 5 gal. of each color applied. b. Interior, topcoat: 5 gal. of each color applied. PAINTING 09912-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.9 SAMPLE PANELS A. Provide sample panels of selected colors for final verification of colors prior to ordering materials. Samples shall be in sizes and locations as directed by Architect/Owner on site. 171:7IIN M]:Z61118LEIK9 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products listed in other Part 2 articles. B. Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles: Sherwin - Williams Co. (SW). 2.2 PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, and finish -coat materials that are compatible with one another and with the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best - quality professional grade paint material of the various coating types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for application indicated. Paint - material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Furnish manufacturer's material data and certificates of performance for proposed substitutions. C. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of available colors. PAINTING 09912-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA W ENW41 013161 Oka 9NIm W A. Interior Gypsum Board Primer: Factory- formulated latex -based primer for interior application. 1. Sherwin - Williams; PrepRite 200 Latex Wall Primer B28W200 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils. B. Interior Zinc - Coated Metal Primer: Factory- formulated galvanized metal primer. 1. Sherwin-Williams; GalviteHS B50WZ30: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 3.0 mils. 2.4 INTERIOR FINISH COATS A. Interior Semigloss Acrylic Enamel: Factory- formulated semigloss acrylic -latex enamel for interior application. 1. Sherwin - Williams: Superpaint, semigloss 25 -35 units at 60 degrees, applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils per coat. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for paint application. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P4. 1. Proceed with paint application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry. 2. Start of painting will be construed as Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within a particular area. B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. 1. Notify Architect about anticipated problems when using the materials specified over substrates primed by others. PAINTING 09912-6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.2 PREPARATION A. General: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of the item, provide surface- applied protection before surface preparation and painting. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using workers skilled in the trades involved. B. Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease before cleaning. 1. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. C. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. Cementitious Materials: Prepare concrete, concrete unit masonry, cement plaster, and mineral -fiber- reinforced cement panel surfaces to be painted. Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use mechanical methods of surface preparation. a. Use abrasive blast - cleaning methods if recommended by paint manufacturer. b. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by performing appropriate tests. If surfaces are sufficiently alkaline to cause the finish paint to blister and burn, correct this condition before application. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous -metal surfaces that have not been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with SSPC's recommendations. PAINTING 09912-7 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA a. Touch up bare areas and shop - applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire -brush, clean with solvents recommended by paint manufacturer, and touch up with same primer as the shop coat. 4. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum -based solvents so surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods. D. Material Preparation: Mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface film and strain material before using. 3. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits. E. Tinting: Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to simplify identification of each coat when multiple coats of same material are applied. Tint undercoats to match the color ofthe finish coat, but provide sufficient differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. 3.3 APPLICATION A. General: Apply paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. 1. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the paint schedules. 2. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. 3. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. 4. The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built -in fixtures, grilles, convector covers, covers for finned -tube radiation, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain system integrity and provide desired protection. PAINTING 09912-8 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 6. Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, nonspecular black paint where visible through registers or grilles. B. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. The number of coats and film thickness required are the same regardless of application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until previous coat has cured as recommended by manufacturer. If sanding is required to produce a smooth, even surface according to manufacturer's written instructions, sand between applications. 2. Omit primer over metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted. 3. If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ensure that edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 4. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat surfaces until paint has dried to where it feels firm, and does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and until application of another coat of paint does not cause undercoat to lift or lose adhesion. C. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for type of material applied. Use brush of appropriate size for surface or item being painted. 2. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet -back, or high -pile sheep's wool as recommended by manufacturer for material and texture required. 3. Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by manufacturer for material and texture required. PAINTING 09912-9 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA D. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate to achieve dry film thickness indicated. Provide total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by manufacturer. E. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting of mechanical and electrical work is limited to items exposed in equipment rooms and occupied spaces. F. Mechanical items to be painted include, but are not limited to, the following: Uninsulated metal piping. 2. Uninsulated plastic piping. 3. Pipe hangers and supports. 4. Tanks that do not have factory- applied final finishes. 5. Visible portions of internal surfaces of metal ducts, without liner, behind air inlets and outlets. 6. Duct, equipment, and pipe insulation having "all- service jacket" or other paintable jacket material. 7. Mechanical equipment that is indicated to have a factory- primed finish for field painting. G. Electrical items to be painted include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Exposed conduits and junction boxes. 2. Electrical equipment that is indicated to have a factory-primed finish for field painting. H. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat, as recommended by manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn- through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. I. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth, opaque surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, PAINTING 09912-10 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. J. Stipple Enamel Finish: Roll and redistribute paint to an even and fine texture. Leave no evidence of rolling, such as laps, irregularity in texture, skid marks, or other surface imperfections. K. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not complying with requirements. 3.4 CLEANING A. Cleanup: At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from Project site. 1. After completing painting, clean glass and paint- spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping without scratching or damaging adjacent finished surfaces. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by Architect. B. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. After completing painting operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work. 1. After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P1. 3.6 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Gypsum Board: Provide the following finish systems over interior gypsum board surfaces: 1. Semigloss Acrylic - Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior gypsum board primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel. PAINTING 09912-11 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Ferrous Metal: Provide the following finish systems over ferrous metal: 1. Semigloss Acrylic - Enamel Finish: One finish coat over a primer. a. Primer: Interior ferrous -metal primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel. C. Zinc - Coated Metal: Provide the following finish systems over interior zinc - coated metal surfaces: 1. Semigloss Acrylic - Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior zinc - coated metal primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel. END OF SECTION 09912 VICTOR J. LATAVISH, ARCHITECT P.A. Naples, Florida PAINTING 09912-12 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 10425 - SIGNS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Panel signs. 2. Cast -metal plaques. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each type of sign. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, and large -scale sections of typical members and other components. Show mounting methods, grounds, mounting heights, layout, spacing, reinforcement, accessories, and installation details. 1. Provide message list for each sign, including large -scale details of wording, lettering, and braille layout. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of sign material indicated that involves color selection. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative of signage manufacturer for installation and maintenance of units required for this Project B. Source Limitations: Obtain each sign type through one source from a single manufacturer. SIGNS 10425- 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and with code provisions as adopted by authorities having jurisdiction. L Interior Code Signage: Provide signage as required by accessibility regulations and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. These include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Signs for Accessible Spaces: Included international symbols on all restroom door signs 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Where sizes of signs are determined by dimensions of surfaces on which they are installed, verify dimensions by field measurement before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.6 COORDINATION A. For signs supported by or anchored to permanent construction, advise installers of anchorage devices about specific requirements for placement of anchorage devices and similar items to be used for attaching signs. For signs supported by or anchored to permanent construction, furnish templates for installation of anchorage devices. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 PANEL SIGNS A. General: Provide panel signs that comply with requirements indicated for materials, thicknesses, finishes, colors, designs, shapes, sizes, and details of construction. Refer to Collier County Vertical standards for sign specifications. B. Graphic Content and Style: Provide sign copy that complies with requirements indicated in the Sign Schedule for size, style, spacing, content, mounting height and location, material, finishes, and colors of signage. SIGNS 10425-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Tactile and Braille Copy: Manufacturer's standard process for producing copy complying with ADA Accessibility Guidelines and ICC /ANSI A117.1. Text shall be accompanied by Grade 2 braille. Produce precisely formed characters with square cut edges free from buns and cut marks. 1. Panel Material: Opaque acrylic sheet or Clear acrylic sheet with opaque color coating, subsurface applied 2. Raised -Copy Thickness: Not less than 1/32 inch D. Engraved Copy: Where scheduled for signage located in Equipment Rooms, provide machine engrave letters, numbers, symbols, and other graphic devices into panel sign on face indicated to produce precisely formed copy, incised to uniform depth. 2.2 CAST -METAL PLAQUES A. General: Provide castings free from pits, scale, sand holes, and other defects. Comply with requirements specified for metal, border style, background texture, and finish and in required thickness, size, shape, and copy. B. Subject to compliance with the specifications, available manufacturers include but are not limited to the following: 1. A.R.K. Ramos. 2. American Graphics Inc. 3. Gemini Incorporated. 4. Matthews International Corporation; Bronze Division. 5. Metal Arts; Div. of L &H Mfg. 6. Mills Manufacturing, Inc. 7. Southwell Co. 8. York Bronze/Bryan. C. Bronze Castings: ASTM B 584, alloy UNS No. C83600 (No. 1 manganese bronze). D. Border Style: Bevel E. Background Texture: Manufacturer's standard leatherette finish F. Mounting: Concealed studs for substrates encountered. G. Size: 24" wide x 36" high. SIGNS 10425-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA H. Text: Includes full names of Owner, list of Commissioners, list of Board Members, Property Appraiser, Administrator, Architect, Builder, Year. I. Format and Logo: Match standard Collier County format. 2.3 PANEL SIGN TYPES A. Room Signs: Comply with Collier County Vertical Standards B. Occupancy Signs: 1. Comply with Collier County Vertical Standards 2. Text: Maximum occupancy shall not exceed # ## persons. 3. Verify text quantity with Architect and/or AHJ C. Toilet Room Signs: Comply with Collier County Vertical Standards 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Mounting Methods: Use concealed fasteners and/or double -sided vinyl tape fabricated from materials that are not corrosive to sign material and mounting surface. B. Anchors and Inserts: Provide nonferrous -metal or hot -dip galvanized anchors and inserts for exterior installations and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Use toothed steel or lead expansion -bolt devices for drilled -in -place anchors. Furnish inserts, as required, to be set into concrete or masonry work. 2.5 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. SIGNS 10425-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one -half of range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. 2.6 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Finish: Unless indicated otherwise elsewhere in the Documents, provide manufacturer's standard powder coat or baked enamel complying with paint manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, conversion coating, and painting. L Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of available colors. 2.7 COPPER -ALLOY FINISHES A. Cast - Bronze Plaque Finishes: Exposed surfaces free from porosity, burrs, and rough spots; with returns finished with fine -grain air blast. Raised Areas: Hand -tool and buff borders and raised copy to produce manufacturer's standard satin finish. 2. Background Finish: paint standard SW color as selected by Architect B. Clear Protective Coating: Coat exposed surfaces of copper alloys with manufacturer's standard clear organic coating specially designed for coating copper -alloy products. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work. B. Verify that items including anchor inserts provided under other sections of Work are sized and located to accommodate signs. SIGNS 10425-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Examine supporting members to ensure that surfaces are at elevations indicated or required to comply with authorities having jurisdiction and are free from dirt and other deleterious matter. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate signs and accessories where indicated, using mounting methods of types described and in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions. I Install signs level, plumb, and at heights indicated, with sign surfaces free from distortion and other defects in appearance. 2. Interior Wall Signs: Install signs on walls adjacent to latch side of door where applicable. Where not indicated or possible, such as double doors, install signs on nearest adjacent walls. Locate to allow approach within 3 inches of sign without encountering protruding objects or standing within swing of door. B. Wall- Mounted Panel Signs: Attach panel signs to wall surfaces using applicable methods indicated below: 1. Vinyl -Tape Mounting: Use double -sided foam tape to mount signs to smooth, nonporous surfaces. Do not use this method for rough surfaces. 2. Mechanical Fasteners: Use nonremovable mechanical fasteners placed through predrilled holes. Attach signs with fasteners and anchors suitable for secure attachment to substrate as recommended in writing by sign manufacturer. 3. Confirm locations on -site with Architect prior to installation. C. Attach brackets and fittings securely to walls and ceilings with concealed fasteners and anchoring devices to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. D. Cast -Metal Plaques: Mount plaques using standard fastening methods recommended in writing by manufacturer for type of wall surface indicated. 1. Concealed Mounting: Mount plaques by inserting threaded studs into tapped lugs on back of plaque. Set in predrilled holes filled with quick- setting cement. 2. Confirm location on -site with Architect prior to installation. SIGNS 10425-6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. After installation, clean soiled sign surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions. Protect signs from damage until acceptance by Owner. 3.4 SIGN SCHEDULE A. Provide room signs with text and graphics as follows: Locations Text Existing Men Men Existing Women Women International Graphics Men and Accessibility Graphics Women and Accessibility Graphics B. Except as scheduled above, provide one blank sign for each interior door location. (text insert by Owner) C. Provide Room Occupant Load Sign as specified in Training Room and Break Room. END OF SECTION 10425 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida SIGNS 10425-7 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 10520 - FIRE- PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 17�:711i KNAR IM." 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: Portable fire extinguishers. (FE) 2. Fire- protection cabinets for portable fire extinguishers. (FEC) B. Existing fire extinguishers in designated Work Areas shall remain in service throughout construction. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for fire- protection specialties. Fire Extinguishers: Include rating and classification. 2. Cabinets: Include roughing -in dimensions, details showing mounting methods, relationships of box and trim to surrounding construction, door hardware, cabinet type, trim style, and panel style. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain fire extinguishers and cabinets through one source from a single manufacturer. B. NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10, "Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers." C. Fire Extinguishers: Listed and labeled for type, rating, and classification by an independent testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. FIRE- PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 10520- 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size of cabinets to ensure that type and capacity of fire extinguishers indicated and provided by Owner under separate Contract are accommodated. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. General: Provide fire extinguishers of type, size, and capacity for each cabinet and other locations indicated. B. Multipurpose Dry- Chemical Type: not less than UL -rated 2- A:20:B:C, 5 -lb nominal capacity, in enameled -steel container. C. Multipurpose Clean Agent Type: not less than UL-rated 2- A:20:B:C,S- lbnominalcapacity, in enameled -steel container. 2.2 FIRE- PROTECTION CABINETS A. Cabinet Construction: Provide fully recessed and /or partially recessed units, with trim, frame, door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated. 1. All corners and edges shall be rounded. 2. All joints shall be welded and ground smooth. 3. Provide semi - recessed cabinet projecting less than 4" from face of partition. 4. Basis of Design: J. L. Industries "Ambassador" Series, Model 1012F17, ADAC option, or approved equal. 5. Cabinets shall be prefrnished white color. 6. Provide rated cabinets where installed at rated partition assemblies, matching fire rating of assembly. B. Door Glazing: Tempered Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT, Condition A, Type I, Quality q3, clear. C. Door Style: Manufacturer's standard ADA design with glazed panel with and metal frame. FIRE- PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 10520-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA D. Door Hardware: Provide manufacturer's standard door - operating hardware of proper type for cabinet type, trim style, and door material and style indicated. Provide recessed door pull and friction latch. Provide concealed or continuous -type hinge. P�l M-6191-061 S1 I all A. Door Locks: None. B. Identification: Provide lettering to comply with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style, color, size, spacing, and location. Identify fire extinguisher in cabinet with the words "FIRE EXTINGUISHER" applied to inside of door glazing. a. Application Process: Vinyl letters. b. Lettering Color: White. C. Orientation: Vertical. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing fire- protection specialties. B. Install in locations and at mounting heights indicated or, if not indicated, at heights acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Prepare recesses for cabinets as required by type and size of cabinet and trim style. 2. Fasten mounting brackets to structure and cabinets, square and plumb. 3. Fasten cabinets to structure, square and plumb. 3.2 ADJUSTING, CLEANING, AND PROTECTION A. Adjust cabinet doors that do not swing or operate freely. B. Refinish or replace cabinets and doors damaged during installation. C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure that cabinets and doors are without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. FIRE- PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 10520-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.3 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS A. Existing fire extinguishers in designated Work Areas shall remain in service throughout construction. 1. Remove existing fire extinguishers and brackets after installation of FEC cabinets. 2. Contractor may re -use existing serviceable fire extinguishers in new FEC cabinets, if size is not less than as specified. 3. Contractor shall patch existing finishes after of removal of existing brackets. B. Fire Extinguisher Cabinets shall receive contacts and wiring for alarm. Coordinate work with Johnson Controls. C. Provide rated cabinets where installed at rated partition assemblies, matching fire rating of assembly. END OF SECTION 10520 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida FIRE - PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 10520-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 10520 - SAFETY SPECIALTIES PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Automatic external defibrillator and cabinet (AED) 1.3 SUBMITTALS A Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for fire- protection specialties. Equipment: Provide manufacturers installation and maintenance instructions. 2 Cabinets: Include roughing -in dimensions, details showing mounting methods, relationships of box and trim to surrounding construction, door hardware, cabinet type, trim style, and panel style. 1.4 COORDINATION A Coordinate size of cabinets to ensure that type of equipment is accommodated. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 AED Units A. Provide Medtronic "Lifepak 500" AED units. 2.2 AED CABINETS A. Cabinet Construction: Provide fully recessed and/or partially recessed units, with trim, frame, door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated. SAFETY SPECIALTIES 10620-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 1. All corners and edges shall be rounded. 2. All joints shall be welded and ground smooth. 3. Provide semi - recessed cabinet projecting less than 4" from face of partition. 4. Cabinets shall be prefinished white color. 5. Provide rated cabinets where installed at rated partition assemblies, matching fire rating of assembly. B. Door Style: Manufacturer's standard ADA design with glazed panel with and metal frame. C. Door Hardware: Provide manufacturer's standard door - operating hardware of proper type for cabinet type, trim style, and door material and style indicated. Provide recessed door pull and friction latch. Provide concealed or continuous -type hinge. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. General: Provide all labor, material, equipment, accessories, wiring, connections, etc. required for a complete and proper assembly. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing safety specialty equipment. B. Install in locations and at mounting heights indicated or, if not indicated, at heights acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Prepare recesses for cabinets as required by type and size of cabinet and trim style. 2. Fasten mounting brackets to framing and cabinets, square and plumb. 3. Fasten cabinets to framing, square and plumb. 3.2 ADJUSTING, CLEANING, AND PROTECTION A Adjust cabinet doors that do not swing or operate freely. B Refinish or replace cabinets and doors damaged during installation. SAFETY SPECIALTIES 10620-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA C Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure that cabinets and doors are without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. 3.3 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS A. Provide rated cabinets where installed at rated partition assemblies, matching fire rating of assembly. END OF SECTION 10620 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida SAFETY SPECIALTIES 10620-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 10801 - TOILET ACCESSORIES PARTI- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes toilet accessories. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions and thicknesses, dimensions, profiles, fastening and mounting methods, specified options, and finishes for each type of accessory specified. B. Product Schedule: Indicating types, quantities, sizes, and installation locations by room of each accessory required. Use designations indicated in the Toilet and Bath Accessory Schedule and room designations indicated on Drawings in product schedule. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Provide products of same manufacturer for each type of accessory unit and for units specified, unless otherwise approved by Architect. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate accessory locations with other work to prevent interference with clearances required for access by disabled persons, proper installation, adjustment, operation, cleaning, and servicing of accessories. 1.6 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. TOILET ACCESSORIES 10801 - 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering accessories that may be incorporated into the Work include are limited to Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc., ASI, and Bradley Corporation. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304, with No. 4 finish (satin), in 0.0312 -inch minimum nominal thickness, unless otherwise indicated. B. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153/A, hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. C. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit, tamper and theft resistant when exposed, and of galvanized steel when concealed. 2.3 FABRICATION A. General: Names or labels are not permitted on exposed faces of accessories. On interior surface not exposed to view or on back surface of each accessory, provide printed, waterproof label or stamped nameplate indicating manufacturer's name and product model number. B. Surface - Mounted Toilet Accessories: Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units with tight seams and joints, and exposed edges rolled. Hang doors and access panels with continuous stainless -steel hinge. Provide concealed anchorage where possible. C. Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying. Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories according to manufacturers' written instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. TOILET ACCESSORIES 10801-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation and verify that mechanisms function properly. Replace damaged or defective items. B. Remove temporary labels and protective coatings. C. Clean and polish exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written recommendations. END OF SECTION 10801 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida TOILET ACCESSORIES 10801 -3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 12491 - HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS PART 1- GENERAL IM =rM w�raa11zK9)irl01M A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes Horizontal Venetian mini - blinds with aluminum louver slats and accessories installed at each interior and exterior window scheduled. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Blind: Mini -blind with nominal 1 -inch- wide louver slat. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include styles, material descriptions, construction details, dimensions of individual components and profiles, features, finishes, and operating instructions. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each colored component of each type of horizontal louver blind indicated. 1. Include similar Samples of accessories involving color selection. C. Window Treatment Schedule: Include horizontal louver blinds in schedule using same room designations indicated on Drawings. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain horizontal louver blinds through one source from a single manufacturer. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver blinds in factory packages, marked with manufacturer and product name, and location of installation using same room designations indicated on Drawings and in a window treatment schedule. HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS 12491 - 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install horizontal louver blinds until construction and wet and dirty finish work in spaces, including painting, is complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. B. Field Measurements: Where horizontal louver blinds are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Allow clearances for operable glazed units' operation hardware throughout the entire operating range. Notify Architect of discrepancies. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. Horizontal Louver Blinds: Before installation begins, for each size, color, texture, pattern, and gloss indicated, full -size units equal to 5 percent of amount installed. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Horizontal Louver Mini - blinds, Aluminum Louver Slats: a. Comfortex Window Fashions. b. Hunter Douglas Window Fashions. C. Levolor Contract; a Newell Company; Levolor. d. Springs Window Fashions Division, Inc.; Bali. e. Springs Window Fashions Division, Inc.; Graber. f. Verosol USA, Inc. B. Finish: clear anodized, satin finish. HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS 12491 -2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, operational clearances, and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLIND INSTALLATION A. Install blinds level and plumb and aligned with adjacent units according to manufacturer's written instructions, and located so exterior louver edges in any position are not closer than 1 inch to interior face of glass. Install intermediate support as required to prevent deflection in headrail. Allow clearances between adjacent blinds and for operating glazed opening's operation hardware, if any. B. Flush Mounted: Install blinds with louver edges flush with finish face of opening if slats are tilted open. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust horizontal louver blinds to operate smoothly, easily, safely, and free from binding or malfunction throughout entire operational range. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean blind surfaces after installation, according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer, that ensure that horizontal louver blinds are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. C. Replace damaged blinds that cannot be repaired, in a manner approved by Architect, before time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 12491 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS 12491 -3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 15010 - BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 17�N NEKGIWIKZ", I 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this and other sections of Division 15. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the general administrative and procedural requirements for mechanical installations. The following administrative and procedural requirements are included in this Section to expand the requirements specified in Division 1. 1. Submittals 2. Quality Assurance 3. Record documents 4. Maintenance manuals 5. Rough -ins 6. Mechanical installations 7. Construction Drawings B. All work, materials and equipment supplied and installed under this Division shall comply with appropriate edition of the following codes as amended by the governing body: 1. Florida Building Code 2. The National Fire Codes, NFPA 3. National Electrical Code, NFPA 4. Florida Plumbing Code, including all appendices 5. Florida Mechanical Code 6. Local /codes and Regulations C. All work, materials and equipment supplied and installed under this Division shall be in compliance and agreement with requirements, whether or not specifically addressed by construction documents, with local inspector's, plans examiner's and the authority having jurisdiction's requirements. It is this contractor's responsibility to coordinate with the local authority having jurisdiction to determine exact requirements for workmanship, materials, equipment and installation required by the governing authority. BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15010-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. No substitutions will be considered unless written request has been submitted to the Engineer of Record at least ten (10) days prior to the bid date. Submittal shall include the name of the material or equipment for which it is to be substituted, drawings, cuts, performance and test date and any other data or information necessary for the Engineer to determine that the equipment meets all specification and requirements. B. Substituted equipment or optional equipment must conform to space requirements. Any substituted equipment that cannot meet space requirements, whether approved or not, shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. Any modification of related systems as a result of substitutions shall be made at the Contractor's expense. C. Any contractor proposed value engineering requiring supplemental engineering work in review, construction documents revisions or site visits to determine feasibility of proposed change shall be reimbursed to engineer at engineer's hourly rate including all applicable travel expenses, printing, reproduction and copying. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The contractor shall provide all supervision, labor, materials, equipment, machinery, and any and all other items necessary to complete and leave all systems in working condition. B. Any apparatus, appliance, material, or work not shown on the drawings but mentioned in the specifications or vice versa, or any incidental accessories necessary to make the work complete in all respects and ready for operation shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor without additional expense to the Owner. C. Check site and existing conditions thoroughly before bidding. Advise Engineer of Record of any discrepancies or questions. Where existing conditions are referred to in the construction documents, the contractor shall verify prior to bid that existing conditions remain as depicted in the construction drawings. D. Provide field superintendant who has had a minimum of four (4) years previous successful experience on projects of comparable sizes and complexity. Superintendant shall be present at all times that work under this Division is being installed or affected. A resume of the Superintendant's experience shall be submitted to Engineer or Architect upon request. At least one member of the Contracting Firm shall hold a State Master Certificate of Competency. 1.5 MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Prepare maintenance manuals in accordance with Division 1 Section "Project Closeout." In addition to the requirements specified in Division 1, include the following information for equipment items. BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15010-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 1. Description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations, performance curves, engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and commercial numbers of replacement parts. 2. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break -in, and routine and normal operating instructions; regulation, control, stopping, shutdown and emergency instructions. 3. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions. 4. Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. 1.6 MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS A. General: Sequence, coordinate, and integrate the various elements of mechanical systems, materials, and equipment. Comply with the following requirements: 1. Coordinate mechanical systems, equipment, and material installation with other building components. 2. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. 3. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components and structure during progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations. 4. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in poured in place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed. 5. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring positioning prior to closing in the building. 6. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install systems, materials, and equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible. 7. Coordinate connection of mechanical systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. Provide required connection for each service. 8. Install systems, materials, and equipment to conform with approved submittal data, to greatest extent possible. Conform to arrangements indicated by the Contract Documents, recognizing that portions of the Work are shown only in diagrammatic form. Where coordination requirements conflict with individual system requirements, refer conflict to the Architect. 9. Install systems, materials, and equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other equipment components where installed exposed in finished spaces. 10. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate servicing, maintenance, and repair or replacement of equipment components. As much as practical, connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other installations. Extend grease fittings to an accessible location. 11. Install systems, materials, and equipment giving right -of -way priority to systems required to be installed at a specified slope as well as those systems and equipment with physically large sizes, i.e. main ductwork lines, water heaters, air handling units etc. BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15010-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 12. Prior to installation of any materials, coordinate with the work of other trades on site to prevent conflicts. Where conflicts occur, refer conflicts to architect for resolution. Where contractor installs material prior to gaining approval of architect or coordinating work with other trades, the contractor shall be required to move at no additional cost to owner piping to avoid conflicts. 13. Coordinate location of access panels with architect, owner and general contractor on site. Whether specifically shown on drawings or not, provide access panels as required for service access to all mechanical dampers, fire dampers, and equipment requiring routine maintenance or code required access. 14. Coordinate on site and reference architectural drawings for location of all fire dampers. Install fire dampers with adequate access for resetting fusible links. Install fire dampers at all code required duct penetrations of fire rated partitions whether specifically shown or not on plans. 1.7 CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS A. The contract drawings indicate the extent and the general conditions of the work. If any departures from the contract drawings are deemed necessary by the Contractor, details for such departure and the reasons therefore shall be submitted to the Architect or Engineer of Record. B. The Engineer affirms that to the best of his knowledge at the time of design, the codes and ordinances listed constitute all legally adopted requirements governing the work described by these plans and specifications and: That to the best of his knowledge the work described herein has been designed in full compliance with these codes and ordinances and with interpretations historically rendered by the governing agency indicated and: That it is the responsibility of said authority to fully review these plans and specifications for code compliance prior to permitting construction of this work in accordance with State statutes. C. The drawings are diagrammatic and indicate the general arrangements of fixtures, equipment and work included in the contract. Consult the architectural drawings and details for exact location of fixtures and equipment. D. The Contractor shall follow the drawings in laying out work and check the drawings of other trades to verify spaces in which work will be installed. Maintain head room and space conditions at all points. Where head room or space conditions appear inadequate, notify the Architect before proceeding with the installation. E. This Contractor shall lay out his work and be responsible for all lines, elevations, and measurements required for the installation of this work. F. All cutting and patching required for work under this section of these specifications shall be done by the affected sub - contractor. All vertical piping shall be fire sealed according to the penetration details on the construction documents; alternate methods acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction are acceptable. BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15010-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA G. If directed by the Architect, the Contractor shall, without extra charge, make reasonable modifications in the layout as needed to prevent conflict with work of other trades or for proper execution of the work. H. This subcontractor is cautioned that the National Electrical Code (N.E.C.) has very stringent requirements for clearances above Electrical Switchboards and Panelboards. Article #384 -4, 1st paragraph states: "an exclusively dedicated space extending 25 feet from floor or to the structural ceiling with a width and depth of the equipment. No piping, ducts, or equipment foreign to the electrical equipment ..... shall be permitted to be installed in, enter, or pass through such spaces ". Any transgression of this space by any sub - contractor shall be corrected at that contractor's expense. END OF SECTION 15010 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15010-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For dielectric fittings, flexible connectors, mechanical sleeve seals, and identification materials and devices. B. Shop Drawings: Detail fabrication and installation for metal and wood supports and anchorage for mechanical materials and equipment. C. Coordination Drawings: As required in contract. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Equipment Selection: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics, physical dimensions, capacities, and ratings may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting mechanical and electrical services, circuit breakers, conduit, motors, bases, and equipment spaces are increased. Additional costs shall be approved in advance by appropriate Contract Modification for these increases. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies of equipment are specified, equipment must meet design and commissioning requirements. It is this contractor's responsibility to provide the electrical contractor with one set of approved submittals indicating actual electrical requirements for approved mechanical equipment, whether changed or the same as specified on construction drawings. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver pipes, ductwork and tubes with factory- applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. B. Protect stored pipes, dcutwork and tubes from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade. Do not exceed structural capacity of floor, if stored inside. BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate mechanical equipment installation with other building components. B. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of construction to allow for mechanical installations. C. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured -in -place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed. D. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Coordinate installation of large equipment requiring positioning before closing in building, structure and framing. E. Coordinate connection of mechanical systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. F. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors if mechanical items requiring access are concealed behind finished surfaces with architect, general contractor and owner. G. Coordinate installation of identifying devices after completing covering and painting, if devices are applied to surfaces. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. 1.6 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install equipment to provide maximum possible headroom, if mounting heights are not indicated. B. Install equipment according to approved submittal data. Portions of the Work are shown only in diagrammatic form. Refer conflicts to Architect. C. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated. D. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations. BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA E. Install equipment giving right of way to piping installed at required slope. F. Install flexible connectors on equipment side of shutoff valves, horizontally and parallel to equipment shafts if possible. 1.7 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cut, channel, chase, and drill floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, and other surfaces necessary for mechanical installations. Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of trades involved. B. Repair cut surfaces to match adjacent surfaces. END OF SECTION 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 15200 — FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this and other sections of Division 15. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies prinkler systems for buildings and structures. B. Products specified in this Section with installation not in Contract include sprinkler cabinets with spare sprinklers and sprinkler wrenches. Deliver to the Owner's maintenance personnel. C. Scope of Work: 1. Contractor shall provide construction documents with hydraulic calculations, for the sprinkler system for the building as further defined throughout scope of performance specifications. Documents shall be provided on computer generated drawings. Provide all documents for engineer of record review through submittal process as described in other Sections and submit shop drawings for permit application process. 2. Coordinate Construction Documents with Architectural Drawings, Structural Drawings, and Mechanical Drawings to ensure adequate space for all other trades. 3. Fire Department Connection (FDC) to be provided on downstream side of backflow preventer and at a minimum of 50 feet from a fire hydrant. 4. See Division 16 Section "Fire Alarm Systems" for alarm devices not specified in this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Pipe sizes used in this Section are nominal pipe size (NPS) specified in inches. Tube sizes are standard tube size specified in inches. B. Working plans as used in this Section refer to documents (including drawings and calculations) prepared pursuant to requirements in NFPA 13 for obtaining approval of authority having jurisdication. FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 15200-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Other definitions for fire protection systems are included in referenced N.F.P.A. standards. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Wet -Pipe Sprinkler System: System with automatic sprinklers attached to a piping system containing water and connected to water supply so that water discharges immediately from sprinklers when they are opened by fire. B. Sprinkler System Protection Limits: All spaces within areas indicated. Include closets, toilet and locker room areas, and all other areas as required by N.F.P.A. 13. 1.5 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design and obtain approval from authority having jurisdiction for fire protection systems specified prior to submission of permit drawings. B. Conduct fire hydrant flow tests as required to obtain hydraulic data needed to prepare design for hydraulically calculated systems. C. Hydraullically design sprinkler systems according to: 1. Sprinkler System Occupancy Classifications in accordance with definitions and interpretations of authority having jurisdiction related to N.F.P.A. 13. 2. Minimum Density Requirements for Automatic Sprinkler System Hydraulic Design as follows: a. Light Hazard Occupancy: 0.10 GPM over 1500 square feet area. b. Ordinary Hazard, Group I Occupancy: 0.15 GPM over 1500 square feet area. C. Ordinary Hazard , Group II Occupancy: 0.20 GPM over 1500 square feet area. d. Note: any area and density calculation may be provided for hazard areas provided that it complies with N.F.P.A. 13. The above are used as a guideline only. D. Components and Installation: Capable of producing piping systems with the following minimum working pressure rating except where indicated otherwise. 1. Sprinker Systems: Minimum required pressure to attain required water flow per N.F.P.A. 13. 1.6 SUBMITTALS FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 15200-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA A. Provide the following product data for fire protection system components. Include the following. 1. Piping 2. Sprinklers, escutcheons, and gaurds. Include sprinkler flow characteristics, mounting, finish, and other data. B. Sprinkler system drawings, identified as "working plans" and prepared according to N.F.P.A. 13, N.F.P.A. 14 and N.F.P.A. 20, that have been approved by the authority having jurisdiction. Include system hydraulic calculations. C. Test reports and certificates as described in N.F.P.A. 13. Include "Contractor's Material & Test Certificate for Aboveground Piping ". D. Maintenance data for each type of fire protection specialty specified, for inclusion in "Operating and Maintenance Manual" specified in Division 1 Section "Project Closeout" E. 2 copies of NFPA 13 "Recommended Practice for the Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of Sprinkler Systems." Deliver to Owner's maintenance personnel. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Firms whose equipment, specialties, and accessories are listed by product name and manufacturer in U.L. Fire Protection Equipment Directory and FM Approval Guide and that conform to other requirements indicated. B. Comply with requirements of authority having jurisdiction for submittals, approvals, materials, hose threads, installation, inspections and testing C. NFPA Standards: Equipment, specialties, accessories, installation, and testing complying with the following: 1. NFPA 13 "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems." 2. NFPA 26 "Recommended Practice for Supervision of Valves Controlling Water Supplies for Fire Protection" 3. NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code" PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 15200-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Sprinklers: a. Central Sprinkler Corp. b. Gem Sprinkler Co., Div., Grinnel Corp. c. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. d. Star Sprinkler Corp. e. Viking Corp. f. Approved equal to the above. 2. Grooved Couplings for Steel Piping: a. Grinnell Supply Sales Co., Grinnell Co. b. Gustin -Bacon Div., Tyler Pipe Subsid., Tyler Corp. C. Stockham Valves and Fittings, Inc. d. Victaulic Company of America e. Approved equal to the above. 2.2 PIPES AND TUBES A. Ductile -Iron Pipe: AWWA C115, ductile -iron barrel with iron -alloy threaded flanges, 250 psig minimum working pressure rating, and AWWA C104 cement mortar lining. 4. Option: Pipe may be AWWA pattern, cut - grooved for grooved- coupling joints. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135, Schedule 10 2.5 through 5 inch sizes and NFPA 13 specified wall thickness for 6 inch size, with plain ends, black and galvanized, for rolled - groove and welded joints. C. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135, threadable lightwall, black and galvanized, for threaded joints. 2.2 PIPE AND TUBE FITTINGS A. Ductile Iron and Gray -Iron Flanged Fittings: AWWA C110, 250 psig minimum pressure rating, with AWWA C104 cement -mortar lining. B. Cast -Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4, Class 250, standard pattern, with threads according to ASME B1.20.1. C. Grooved -End Fittings for Ductile Iron Pipe: ASTM A 536 ductile iron or ASTM A 47 malleable iron, AWWA pipe -size, designed to accept AWWA C606 grooved couplings. Include cement lining or Food and Drug Administration (FDA)- approved interior coating. D. Steel Fittings: ASTM A 234 seamless or welded; ASME B16.9, buttwelding; or ASME B16.11, socket - welding type for welding joints. FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 15200-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 2.3 JOINING MATERIALS A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for joining materials not included in this section. B. Couplings for Grooved -End Steel Pipe and Grooved -End Ferrous Fittings: UL 213, AWWA C606, ASTM A 536 ductile iron or ASTM A 47 malleable -iron housing, with enamel finish. Include synthetic - rubber gasket with central- cavity, pressure- responsive design; ASTM A 183 carbon steel bolts and nuts; and locking pin, toggle, or lugs to secure grooved pipe and fittings. C. Couplings for Grooved -End Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings: UL 213, AWWA C606, ASTM A 536 ductile -iron housing, with enamel finish. Include synthetic rubber gasket with central- cavity, pressure- responsive design, and ASTM A 183 carbon steel bolts and nuts to secure grooved pipe and fittings. C. Grooved -End Fittings for Ductile Iron Pipe: ASTM A 536 ductile iron or ASTM A 47 malleable iron, AWWA pipe -size, designed to accept AWWA C606 grooved couplings. Include cement lining or Food and Drug Administration (FDA)- approved interior coating. 2.4 SPRINKLERS A. Automatic Sprinklers: With heat - responsive element conforming to U.L. 199 B. Sprinkler types and categories are as indicated and as required by application. Furnish automatic sprinklers with nominal % inch orifice for temperature and occupancy occupation as required and described by N.F.P.A. 13 and in compliance with interpretation of local authority having jurisdiction. C. Sprinkler Finishes: Chrome- plated, bronze and all white D. Sprinkler Escutcheons: Materials, types and finishes for following sprinkler mounting applications. Chrome plated steel and white, 2 piece, with 1 -inch vertical adjustment. END OF SECTION 15200 FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 15200-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 15815 - METAL DUCTS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Rectangular, round, and flat -oval metal ducts and plenums for heating, ventilating, and air - conditioning systems in pressure classes from minus 2 to plus 10 inch wg. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Thermal Conductivity and Apparent Thermal Conductivity (k- Value): As defined in ASTM C 168. In this Section, these values are the result of the formula Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F or W/m x K at the temperature differences specified. Values are expressed as Btu or W. Example: Apparent Thermal Conductivity (k- Value): 0.26 or 0.037. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Duct system design, as indicated, has been used to select and size air- moving and - distribution equipment and other components of air system. Changes to layout or configuration of duct system must be specifically approved in writing by Architect/Engineer. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems," unless otherwise indicated. B. Comply with NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems," unless otherwise indicated. C. Comply with NFPA 96 for all ductwork utilized for kitchen exhaust hood systems. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver sealant and firestopping materials to site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration period for use, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials. METAL DUCTS 15815-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Store and handle sealant and firestopping materials according to manufacturer's written recommendations. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 SHEET METAL MATERIALS A. Galvanized, Sheet Steel: Lock - forming quality; ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating designation; mill - phosphatized finish for surfaces of ducts exposed to view. B. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized steel reinforcement where installed on galvanized, sheet metal ducts. 2.2 SEALANT MATERIALS A. Joint and Seam Sealants, General: The term "sealant" is not limited to materials of adhesive or mastic nature but includes tapes and combinations of open -weave fabric strips and mastics. 1. Joint and Seam Sealant: One -part, nonsag, solvent - release - curing, polymerized butyl sealant, formulated with a minimum of 75 percent solids. 2. Flanged Joint Mastics: One -part, acid - curing, silicone, elastomeric joint sealants, complying with ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use O. 2.3 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder - actuated fasteners, or structural - steel fasteners appropriate for building materials. 1. Use powder - actuated concrete fasteners for standard- weight aggregate concretes or for slabs more than 4 inches thick. 2. Exception: Do not use powder - actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight - aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. B. Hanger Materials: Galvanized, sheet steel or round, threaded steel rod. 1. Hangers Installed in Corrosive Atmospheres: Electrogalvanized, all- thread rod or galvanized rods with threads painted after installation. 2. Straps and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - -Metal and Flexible" for sheet steel width and thickness and for steel rod diameters. METAL DUCTS 15815-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self - tapping metal screws; compatible with duct materials. D. Trapeze and Riser Supports: Steel shapes complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M. Supports for Galvanized -Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel shapes and plates. 2.4 RECTANGULAR DUCT FABRICATION A. Fabricate ducts, elbows, transitions, offsets, branch connections, and other construction with galvanized, sheet steel, according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - -Metal and Flexible." Comply with requirements for metal thickness, reinforcing types and intervals, tie -rod applications, and joint types and intervals. 1. Lengths: Fabricate rectangular ducts in lengths appropriate to reinforcement and rigidity class required for pressure classification. 2. Materials: Free from visual imperfections such as pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, and discolorations. B. Static- Pressure Classifications: Unless otherwise indicated, construct ducts to the following: 1. Supply Ducts: 2. Return Ducts: 3. Exhaust Ducts: PART 3- EXECUTION 2 inch wg. 2 inch wg., negative pressure. 2 inch wg., negative pressure. 3.1 DUCT INSTALLATION A. Duct installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings, and accessories. B. Construct and install each duct system for the specific duct pressure classification expected in system at it's particular location. C. Install ducts with fewest possible joints. D. Install fabricated fittings for changes in directions, changes in size and shape, and connections. E. Install couplings tight to duct wall surface with a minimum of projections into duct. METAL DUCTS 15815-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA F. Install ducts, unless otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally, parallel and perpendicular to building lines; avoid diagonal runs. G. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. H. Conceal ducts from view in finished spaces. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions, unless specifically indicated. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling, fire- and smoke - control dampers, lighting layouts, and similar finished work. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Route ductwork to avoid passing through transformer vaults and electrical equipment spaces and enclosures. K. Non - Fire -Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls, and are exposed to view, conceal space between construction opening and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as duct. Overlap opening on four sides by at least 1 -1/2 inches. L. Fire -Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls, install appropriately rated fire damper, sleeve, and firestopping sealant. 3.2 SEAM AND JOINT SEALING A. Seal duct seams and joints according to the duct pressure class indicated and as described in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards- -Metal and Flexible." Seal all ducts to SMACNA seal class B. 3.3 Seal externally insulated ducts before insulation installation. 3.4 INSULATION A. All ductwork shall be externally insulated with a minimum of 2" fiberglass insulation with external foil jacketing. 3.5 HANGING AND SUPPORTING A. Install rigid round, rectangular, and flat -oval metal duct with support systems indicated in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards- -Metal and Flexible." B. Support horizontal ducts within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each branch intersection. METAL DUCTS 15815-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.6 CONNECTIONS A. Connect equipment with flexible connectors according to Division 15 Section "Duct Accessories." B. For branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections, comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards- -Metal and Flexible." 3.7 CLEANING A. During system installation inspect the system for dirt and debris. Vacuum ducts before final acceptance to remove dust and debris as required. END OF SECTION 15815 METAL DUCTS 15815-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 15820 - DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. A. This Section includes the following: 1. Manual - volume dampers. 2. Duct - mounted access doors and panels. 3. Flexible ducts. 4. Duct accessory hardware. 1�38):7STIYIll7=14 A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Manual - volume dampers. 2. Duct - mounted access doors and panels. 3. Flexible ducts. B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loadings, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, location, and size of each field connection. Detail the following: 1. Special fittings and manual- and automatic - volume- damper installations. 2. Fire- and smoke - damper installations, including sleeves and duct - mounted access doors and panels. C. Product Certificates: Submit certified test data on dynamic insertion loss; self -noise power levels; and airflow performance data, static - pressure loss, dimensions, and weights. DUCT ACCESSORIES 15820-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NFPA Compliance: Comply with the following NFPA standards: 1. NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems." 2. NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems." PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 SHEET METAL MATERIALS A. Galvanized, Sheet Steel: Lock - forming quality; ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating designation; mill - phosphatized finish for surfaces of ducts exposed to view. B. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063, Temper T6. C. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized steel reinforcement where installed on galvanized, sheet metal ducts; compatible materials for aluminum and stainless -steel ducts. D. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4 inch minimum diameter for 36 inch length or less; 3/8 inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. 2.2 MANUAL- VOLUME DAMPERS A. General: Factory fabricated with required hardware and accessories. Stiffen damper blades for stability. Include locking device to hold single -blade dampers in a fixed position without vibration. Close duct penetrations for damper components to seal duct consistent with pressure class. Pressure Classifications of 3 inch wg or Higher: End bearings or other seals for ducts with axles full length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of operating shaft. B. Standard Volume Dampers: Multiple- or single - blade, parallel- or opposed -blade design as indicated, standard leakage rating, with linkage outside airstream, and suitable for horizontal or vertical applications. C. Low - Leakage Volume Dampers: Multiple- or single - blade, parallel- or opposed -blade design as indicated, low - leakage rating, with linkage outside airstream, and suitable for horizontal or vertical applications. DUCT ACCESSORIES 15820-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA A. General: Fabricate doors and panels airtight and suitable for duct pressure class. B. Frame: Galvanized, sheet steel, with bend -over tabs and foam gaskets. C. Door: Double -wall, galvanized, sheet metal construction with insulation fill and thickness, and number of hinges and locks as indicated for duct pressure class. Include vision panel where indicated. Include 1 by 1 inch butt or piano hinge and cam latches. D. Seal around frame attachment to duct and door to frame with neoprene or foam rubber. E. Insulation: 1 '/z inch thick, fibrous -glass or polystyrene -foam board. 2.4 FLEXIBLE DUCTS A. General: Comply with UL 181, Class 1. B. Flexible Ducts, Insulated: Factory- fabricated, insulated, round duct, with an outer jacket enclosing 1 -1/2 inch thick, glass -fiber insulation around a continuous inner liner. 1. Reinforcement: Steel -wire helix encapsulated in inner liner. 2. Outer Jacket: Glass- reinforced, silver Mylar with a continuous hanging tab, integral fibrous -glass tape, and nylon hanging cord. 3. Outer Jacket: Polyethylene film. 4. Inner Liner: Polyethylene film. C. Pressure Rating: 6 inches positive, '/2 inch negative. 2.5 ACCESSORY HARDWARE A. Flexible Duct Clamps: Stainless -steel band with cadmium- plated hex screw to tighten band with a worm -gear action, in sizes 3 to 18 inches to suit duct size. B. Adhesives: High strength, quick setting, neoprene based, waterproof, and resistant to gasoline and grease. PART 3- EXECUTION DUCT ACCESSORIES 15820-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install duct accessories according to applicable details shown in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards- -Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts and NAIMA's "Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards" for fibrous -glass ducts. B. Install volume dampers in lined duct; avoid damage to and erosion of duct liner. C. Install duct access panels downstream from volume dampers, fire dampers, turning vanes, and equipment. 1. Install duct access panels to allow access to interior of ducts for cleaning, inspecting, adjusting, and maintaining accessories and terminal units. 2. Install access panels on side of duct where adequate clearance is available. 3.2 ADJUSTING A. Adjust duct accessories for proper settings. DUCT ACCESSORIES 15820-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 15855 - DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes ceiling- and wall - mounted diffusers, registers, and grilles. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Diffuser: Circular, square, or rectangular air distribution outlet, generally located in the ceiling and comprised of deflecting members discharging supply air in various directions and planes and arranged to promote mixing of primary air with secondary room air. B. Grille: A louvered or perforated covering for an opening in an air passage, which can be located in a sidewall, ceiling, or floor. C. Register: A combination grille and damper assembly over an air opening. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each model indicated, include the following: 1. Data Sheet: For each type of air outlet and inlet, and accessory furnished; indicate construction, finish, and mounting details. 2. Performance Data: Include throw and drop, static - pressure drop, and noise ratings for each type of air outlet and inlet. 3. Schedule of diffusers, registers, and grilles indicating drawing designation, room location, quantity, model number, size, and accessories furnished. 4. Assembly Drawing: For each type of air outlet and inlet; indicate materials and methods of assembly of components. DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 15855-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Product Options: Drawings and schedules indicate specific requirements of diffusers, registers, and grilles and are based on the specific requirements of the systems indicated. Other manufacturers' products with equal performance characteristics may be considered. Refer to Division 1 Section "Substitutions." B. NFPA Compliance: Install diffusers, registers, and grilles according to NFPA 90A, "Standard for the Installation of Air - Conditioning and Ventilating Systems." PART 2- PRODUCTS A. Diffusers, registers, and grilles are scheduled on Drawings. 2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Test performance according to ASHRAE 70, "Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets." B. Manufacturers: Select grilles and registers equal to those specified on construction drawings by one of the following approved manufacturers. 1. E.H. Price 2. Krueger Industries 3. Metal -Aire, Inc. 4. Air Guide, Inc. 5. Titus PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas where diffusers, registers, and grilles are to be installed for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of equipment. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 15855-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles level and plumb, according to manufacturer's written instructions, Coordination Drawings, original design, and referenced standards. B. Ceiling- Mounted Outlets and Inlets: Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings, and accessories. Air outlet and inlet locations have been indicated to achieve design requirements for air volume, noise criteria, airflow pattern, throw, and pressure drop. Make final locations where indicated, as much as practicable. For units installed in lay -in ceiling panels, locate units in the center of the panel. Where architectural features or other items conflict with installation, notify Architect for a determination of final location. Cross - reference location of diffusers in ceiling on mechanical plans with architectural reflected ceiling plans. Where architectural ceiling plans differ from mechanical plans refer conflict to architect. C. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles with airtight connection to ducts and to allow service and maintenance of dampers, air extractors, and fire dampers. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. After installation, adjust diffusers, registers, and grilles to air patterns indicated, or as directed, before starting air balancing. 3.4 CLEANING A. After installation of diffusers, registers, and grilles, inspect exposed finish. Clean exposed surfaces to remove burrs, dirt, and smudges. Replace diffusers, registers, and grilles that have damaged finishes. END OF SECTION 15855 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 15855-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 15990 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes testing, adjusting, and balancing HVAC systems to produce design objectives, including the following: 1. Balancing airflow and within distribution systems, including submains, branches, and terminals, to indicated quantities according to specified tolerances. 2. Adjusting total HVAC systems to provide indicated quantities. 3. Setting quantitative performance of HVAC equipment. 4. Verifying that automatic control devices are functioning properly. 5. Reporting results of the activities and procedures specified in this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Adjust: To regulate fluid flow rate and air patterns at the terminal equipment, such as to reduce fan speed or adjust a damper. B. Balance: To proportion flows within the distribution system, including submains, branches, and terminals, according to design quantities. C. Draft: A current of air, when referring to localized effect caused by one or more factors of high air velocity, low ambient temperature, or direction of airflow, whereby more heat is withdrawn from a person's skin than is normally dissipated. D. Procedure: An approach to and execution of a sequence of work operations to yield repeatable results. E. Report Forms: Test data sheets for recording test data in logical order. F. Static Head: The pressure due to the weight of the fluid above the point of measurement. In a closed system, static head is equal on both sides of the pump. G. Suction Head: The height of fluid surface above the centerline of the pump on the suction side. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA H. System Effect: A phenomenon that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. I. System Effect Factors: Allowances used to calculate a reduction of the performance ratings of a fan when installed under conditions different from those presented when the fan was performance tested. Terminal: A point where the controlled medium, such as fluid or energy, enters or leaves the distribution system. K. Test: A procedure to determine quantitative performance of a system or equipment. L. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agent: The entity responsible for performing and reporting the testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures. M. AABC: Associated Air Balance Council. N. AMCA: Air Movement and Control Association. O. CTI: Cooling Tower Institute. P. NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau. Q. SMACNA: Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Agent Qualifications: Engage a testing, adjusting, and balancing agent certified by either AABC or NEBB or a company whose sole business for at least the last 4 years has been the testing adjusting and balancing of HVAC systems of similar size. B. Certification of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Certify the testing, adjusting, and balancing field data reports. This certification includes the following: 1. Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified testing, adjusting, and balancing reports. 2. Certify that the testing, adjusting, and balancing team complied with the approved testing, adjusting, and balancing plan and the procedures specified and referenced in this Specification. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Partial Owner Occupancy: The Owner may occupy completed areas of the building before Substantial Completion. Cooperate with the Owner during testing, adjusting, and balancing operations to minimize conflicts with the Owner's operations. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine Contract Documents to become familiar with project requirements and to discover conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems and equipment. 1. Contract Documents are defined in the General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract. 2. Verify that balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow - control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers, are required by the Contract Documents. Verify that quantities and locations of these balancing devices are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for efficient system and equipment operation. B. Examine approved submittal data of HVAC systems and equipment. C. Examine project record documents described in Division I Section "Project Record Documents." D. Examine equipment performance data, including fan and pump curves. Relate performance data to project conditions and requirements, including system effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. Calculate system effect factors to reduce the performance ratings of HVAC equipment when installed under conditions different from those presented when the equipment was performance tested at the factory. To calculate system effects for air systems, use tables and charts found in AMCA 201, "Fans and Systems," Sections 7 through 10; or in SMACNA's "HVAC Systems - -Duct Design," Sections 5 and 6. Compare this data with the design data and installed conditions. E. Examine system and equipment installations to verify that they are complete and that testing, cleaning, adjusting, and commissioning specified in individual Specification Sections have been performed. F. Examine system and equipment test reports. G. Examine HVAC system and equipment installations to verify that indicated balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow - control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers, are properly installed, and their locations are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for efficient system and equipment operation. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA H. Examine systems for functional deficiencies that cannot be corrected by adjusting and balancing. I. Examine air- handling equipment to ensure clean filters have been installed, bearings are greased, belts are aligned and tight, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation. J. Examine plenum ceilings, utilized for supply air, to verify that they are airtight. Verify that pipe penetrations and other holes are sealed. K. Examine heat - transfer coils for correct piping connections and for clean and straight fins. L. Examine equipment for installation and for properly operating safety interlocks and controls. M. Examine automatic temperature system components to verify the following: 1. Dampers and other controlled devices operate by the intended controller. 2. Dampers are in the position indicated by the controller. 3. Integrity of dampers for free and full operation and for tightness of fully closed and fully open positions. This includes dampers in multizone units, mixing boxes, and variable- air - volume terminals. 4. Thermostats are located to avoid adverse effects of sunlight, drafts, and cold walls. 5. Sensors are located to sense only the intended conditions. 6. Controller set points are set at design values. Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from design values. 7. Interlocked systems are operating. 8. Changeover from heating to cooling mode occurs according to design values. N. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare a testing, adjusting, and balancing plan that includes strategies and step -by- step procedures. B. Complete system readiness checks and prepare system readiness reports. Verify the following: I . Permanent electrical power wiring is complete. 2. Automatic temperature - control systems are operational. 3. Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 4. Ceilings are installed in critical areas where air -pattern adjustments are required and access to balancing devices is provided. 5. Windows and doors can be closed so design conditions for system operations can be met. 3.3 GENERAL TESTING AND BALANCING PROCEDURES A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in AABC national standards and this Section. B. Cut insulation, ducts, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary to allow adequate performance of procedures. After testing and balancing, close probe holes and patch insulation with new materials identical to those removed. Restore vapor barrier. C. Mark equipment settings with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material, including damper - control positions, valve indicators, fan- speed - control levers, and similar controls and devices, to show final settings. 3.4 FUNDAMENTAL AIR SYSTEMS' BALANCING PROCEDURES A. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet volumes with required fan volumes. B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as- built" duct layouts. C. For variable -air- volume systems, develop a plan to simulate diversity. D. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct airflow measurements. E. Check the airflow patterns from the outside -air louvers and dampers and the return- and exhaust -air dampers, through the supply -fan discharge and mixing dampers. F. Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters. G. Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection. H. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path. I. Check for airflow blockages. J. Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning. K. Check for proper sealing of air - handling unit components. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.5 AIR SYSTEMS BALANCING PROCEDURES A. Adjust fans to deliver total design airflows within the maximum allowable rpm listed by the fan manufacturer. 1. Measure fan static pressures to determine actual static pressure as follows: a. Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as practicable and upstream from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and transitions. b. Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible connection. C. Measure inlet static pressure of single -inlet fans in the inlet duct as near the fan as possible, upstream from flexible connection and downstream from duct restrictions. d. Measure inlet static pressure of double -inlet fans through the wall of the plenum that houses the fan. 2. Measure static pressure across each air - handling unit component. a. Simulate dirty filter operation and record the point at which maintenance personnel must change filters. 3. Measure static pressures entering and leaving other devices such as sound traps, heat recovery equipment, and air washers under final balanced conditions. 4. Compare design data with installed conditions to determine variations in design static pressures versus actual static pressures. Compare actual system effect factors with calculated system effect factors to identify where variations occur. Recommend corrective action to align design and actual conditions. 5. Adjust fan speed higher or lower than design with the approval of the Architect. Make required adjustments to pulley sizes, motor sizes, and electrical connections to accommodate fan-speed changes. 6. Do not make fan-speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult equipment manufacturers about fan-speed safety factors. Modulate dampers and measure fan-motor amperage to ensure no overload will occur. Measure amperage in full cooling, full heating, and economizer modes to determine the maximum required brake horsepower. B. Adjust volume dampers for main duct, submain ducts, and major branch ducts to design airflows within specified tolerances. Measure static pressure at a point downstream from the balancing damper and adjust volume dampers until the proper static pressure is achieved. a. Where sufficient space in submains and branch ducts is unavailable for Pitot -tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow for that zone. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990-6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 2. Remeasure each submain and branch duct after all have been adjusted. Continue to adjust submains and branch ducts to design airflows within specified tolerances. C. Measure terminal outlets and inlets without making adjustments. 1. Measure terminal outlets using a direct - reading hood or the outlet manufacturer's written instructions and calculating factors. D. Adjust terminal outlets and inlets for each space to design airflows within specified tolerances of design values. Make adjustments using volume dampers rather than extractors and the dampers at the air terminals. 1. Adjust each outlet in the same room or space to within specified tolerances of design quantities without generating noise levels above the limitations prescribed by the Contract Documents. 2. Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts. 3.6 TEMPERATURE TESTING A. During testing, adjusting, and balancing, report need for adjustment in temperature regulation within the automatic temperature- control system. B. Measure indoor wet- and dry-bulb temperatures every other hour for a period of 2 successive 8 -hour days, in each separately controlled zone, to prove correctness of final temperature settings. Measure when the building or zone is occupied. C. Measure outside -air, wet- and dry -bulb temperatures. 3.7 TEMPERATURE- CONTROL VERIFICATION A. Verify that controllers are calibrated and commissioned. B. Check transmitter and controller locations and note conditions that would adversely affect control functions. C. Record controller settings and note variances between set points and actual measurements. D. Verify operation of limiting controllers (i.e., high- and low- temperature controllers). E. Verify free travel and proper operation of control devices such as damper and valve operators. F. Verify sequence of operation of control devices. Note air pressures and device positions and correlate with airflow and water -flow measurements. Note the speed of response to input changes. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990-7 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA G. Confirm interaction of electrically operated switch transducers. H. Confirm interaction of interlock and lockout systems. I. Verify main control supply -air pressure and observe compressor and dryer operations. J. Record voltages of power supply and controller output. Determine if the system operates on a grounded or nongrounded power supply. K. Note operation of electric actuators using spring return for proper fail -safe operations. 3.8 TOLERANCES A. Set HVAC system airflow rates within the following tolerances: 1. Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans: Minus 5 to plus 10 percent. 2. Air Outlets and Inlets: 0 to minus 10 percent. 3.9 FINAL REPORT A. General: Typewritten, or computer printout in letter - quality font, on standard bond paper, in 3 -ring binder, tabulated and divided into sections by tested and balanced systems. B. Include a certification sheet in front of binder signed and sealed by the certified testing and balancing engineer. 1. Include a list of the instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration. C. Final Report Contents: In addition to the certified field report data, include the following: 1. Fan curves. 2. Manufacturers'test data. 3. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers. 4. Other information relative to equipment performance, but do not include approved Shop Drawings and Product Data. D. General Report Data: In addition to the form titles and entries, include the following data in the final report, as applicable: 1. Title page. 2. Name and address of testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent. 3. Project name. 4. Project location. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990-8 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 5. Architect's name and address. 6. Engineer's name and address. 7. Contractor's name and address. 8. Report date. 9. Signature of testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent who certifies the report. 10. Summary of contents, including the following: a. Design versus final performance. b. Notable characteristics of systems. C. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Documents. 11. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment. 12. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer, type size, and fittings. 13. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from design values. 14. Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms, including the following: a. Settings for outside -, return-, and exhaust -air dampers. b. Conditions of filters. C. Cooling coil, wet- and dry -bulb conditions. d. Face and bypass damper settings at coils. e. Fan drive settings, including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter. f. Inlet vane settings for variable- air - volume systems. g. Settings for supply -air, static - pressure controller. h. Other system operating conditions that affect performance. END OF SECTION 15990 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990-9 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 16050 BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes project supervision, coordination, cutting, patching, inspections, permits and miscellaneous work. B. This work includes all labor, materials, transportation, tools, and equipment necessary to install, test and guarantee a complete system as specified and shown on drawings, including providing and installing fire stop assemblies at fire rated walls and ceilings. C. Provide access doors where required in ceilings and walls to access concealed equipment provided by the trade. See Section 08310. 1.2 SUBMITTALS: Submit fully coordinated submittals, with number of copies indicated in Division 1. Submittals shall be complete and indicate all electrical devices to be furnished on the project. Partial or incomplete submittals shall be returned unreviewed. 1.3 SUPERVISION A. Maintain competent Superintendent in charge of work. Superintendent shall be qualified and have suitable experience in type of work involved. Should he be deemed not capable by Owner or Architect, he shall be replaced immediately by a Superintendent who is satisfactory. After a satisfactory Superintendent has been assigned, he shall not be withdrawn without consent of Owner or Architect. 1.4 WORKMANSHIP A. Materials and equipment shall be installed in a neat and industry standard manner as judged by the Owner, Architect or Engineer of Record. B. Architect reserves right to direct removal and replacement of items, which, in his opinion, do not present an orderly and reasonably neat appearance provided such orderly installation can be made using customary trade methods. The removal and replacement shall be done when directed in writing by Architect at sub - contractor's expense and without additional expense to Owner. BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 16050 -1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.5 CONNECTING TO WORK OF OTHERS A. Before starting his work and from time to time as work progresses, the Electrical sub- contractor's superintendent shall examine work and materials installed by others in so far as they apply to his own work, and shall notify the General Contractor immediately in writing of conditions which will prevent satisfactory results in installation of the system. B. Should the Electrical subcontractor start his work without proper notification, it shall be construed as an acceptance by him of all conditions and as to suitability of the work of others to receive his work. 1.6 CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS A. The contract drawings indicate the extent and the general conditions of the work. If any departures from the contract drawings are deemed necessary by the sub- contractor, details for such departures and the reasons therefore shall be submitted to the Architect immediately. B. These items shall be submitted, in writing, for approval. No such departure shall be made without prior written approval of the Architect. C. The drawings are diagrammatic and indicate the general arrangement of fixtures, equipment and work included in the contract. Consult the architectural drawings and details for exact location of fixtures and equipment. D. The sub - contractor shall follow the drawings in laying out work and check the drawings of other trades to verify spaces in which work will be installed. Maintain headroom and space conditions at all points. Where headroom or space conditions appear inadequate, notify the Architect before proceeding with the installation. E. If directed by the Architect, the sub - contractor shall, without extra charge, make reasonable modifications (as judged by Architect) in the layout and installation of the electrical equipment, fixtures, and devices as needed to prevent conflict with work of other trades, or for proper execution of the work. 1.7 CLAIMS FOR EXTRA WORK A. See General Conditions for procedures; however, in no case will the Electrical Engineer prior to extra work initiation allow an extra claim without written agreement. BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 16050 -2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.8 DAMAGE TO OTHER WORK AND PERSONNEL A. Each sub - contractor shall be responsible for proper protective measures when working overhead or in finished areas. He shall repair, replace, or touch up finished surface, which may be damaged as a result of his work or operations. This is to include preparation, priming, and refinish of structure due to welding or machining for attachment of electrical equipment. B. Subcontractor shall carry suitable insurance as prescribed by law for protection of his employees, other persons, materials and equipment on site. PART 2- PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 CUTTING, PATCHING, AND EXCAVATIONS A. Cutting and patching of walls, partitions, concrete, in wood and masonry will be done by this sub - contractor as indicated or as directed by Architect. Cutting of steel, wood, or other main structural parts must be approved by Architect prior to commencing cutting. B. Sub - contractor shall do necessary excavation and back - filling for his own work. 3.2 REMOVAL OF RUBBISH A. Subcontractor shall maintain premises free from accumulations of waste material or rubbish caused by his employees or work. At completion of work he shall remove tools, scaffolding, materials and rubbish from building site, and leave premises and his work in a clean, orderly, and acceptable condition. 3.3 ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS A. If the work as laid out, indicated, or specified is contrary to, or conflicts with local ordinances or regulations, the sub - contractor shall report same to General before submitting his bid. Architect will issue instructions as to procedure. 3.4 PERMITS AND FEES A. Subcontractor shall obtain necessary permits and inspections required for his work and pay charges incidental thereto. He shall deliver to Architect certificates of inspection issued by authorities having jurisdiction. BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 16050 -3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.5 SCHEDULES AND MATERIALS A. Materials and equipment are specified herein by a single or by multiple manufacturers, to indicate quality, material, and type of construction desired. One Manufacturer's product is indicated and has been used as basis for design. B. Before purchase of equipment, submit (6) copies of shop drawings for approval. Submit as complete as possible. Identify each item submitted. Information on shop drawings shall contain all that is necessary to show that equipment complies with specifications and drawings. Show required modifications. One complete set of approved shop drawings shall be kept at job site. NOTE: All submittals of electrical materials or equipment shall be made at the same time contained within one binder and one letter of transmittal. C. Provide shop drawings within 30 days of general contract award. D. Provide shop drawings for the following: 1. Light fixtures and lamps 2. Panel boards 3. Electrical devices (receptacles and cover plates) E. Corrections or comments made on shop drawings during review do not relieve contractor from compliance with requirements of drawings and specifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with design concept of project, and general compliance with information given in contract documents. 3.6 CLEANING AND ADJUSTMENTS A. Upon completion of work, each sub - contractor shall clean, oil, and grease fans, motors, and other running equipment and apparatus which he installs, and shall make certain such apparatus and mechanisms are in proper working order and ready for test. 3.7 INSTRUCTIONS A. Each sub - contractor shall fumish (3) complete sets of operations and maintenance instructions applying to each piece of equipment installed in conjunction with this contract. BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 16050 -4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.8 GUARANTEE AND SERVICE A. In addition to guarantee of equipment by manufacturer of each piece of equipment specified herein, each sub - contractor shall also guarantee such equipment and make good any defect of material or workmanship occurring during a period of (1) year from final acceptance test, without expense to Owner. B. Each Subcontractor shall service systems for (1) year from final acceptance. Such service will include lubrication, necessary adjustment, and /or replacement of defective equipment and materials furnished. Light bulb replacement guarantee shall be limited to 30 days after final acceptance. 3.9 CODES AND INSPECTIONS A. Work shall comply with: National Electric Code (2005 edition, Contractor to verify existing jurisdiction requirements). 2. Local city and/or county amendments and all applicable codes 3.10 SCOPE A. Furnish labor, materials, and equipment necessary for a complete and workable system and installation. 3.11 STORAGE OF MATERIALS A. Prior to and during installation, store materials to protect them from injury or deterioration. Material shall not be stored in contact with ground or floor. If suitable storage areas are not available at job site, provide temporary construction or store material off -site in suitable warehouses. Do not remove manufacturer's packing materials until ready to install. 3.12 ACCEPTANCE INSPECTION A. Contractor shall read applicable sections of these specifications, and prepare and assemble required test reports, maintenance manuals, certificates, guarantees and letters of instruction. Contractor's representatives responsible for work under Division 16 shall be present at time of acceptance inspections, and shall furnish required mechanics, tools, and ladders to assist in inspection. BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 16050 -5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Prior to requesting final inspection, the sub - contractor shall clean, and where required, paint electrical equipment installed. Exposed conduits, exposed outlet boxes, surface panel cabinets, etc. shall be finished to match walls or ceilings. Cabinets, panels, panel covers, scratched or otherwise damaged shall be painted with factory supplied color- matched paint. Interiors of panel boards, switchboards and cabinets shall be vacuum cleaned, free of dust and debris. C. List of items to be corrected as a result of acceptance inspection will be furnished to the Architect for transmittal to the General Contractor. D. Notify Architect in writing of items appearing on list for correction, which are disputed by the sub - contractor. When ready, request in writing a re- inspection of work. Should items on the rejection list remain uncorrected, additional inspections required to ascertain Contractor shall pay completion to the Engineer at rate of $135.00 per hour. 3.13 DIRECTORIES A. Install typewritten directories in panel boards, for each branch circuit that identifies the space and the equipment it controls. Label all panels with identification shown on plans using engraved phenolic labels. 3.14 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Provide electrical power and control systems to indicated equipment. Included are wiring, raceways and other devices. END OF SECTION BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 16050 -6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 16120 WIRES AND CABLES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes wires and cables. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 16050 - Basic Materials, Methods and Requirements. 1.2 WIRES AND CABLES A. Conductors shall be copper. Conductor insulation type shall THHN /THWN or XHHW. All conductor ampacities are to be based upon 75 degree C. insulation - no down- sizing permitted of conductor size based upon use of 90 degree Centigrade rated insulation. B. Branch circuit outlets shall be connected as indicated. Conductors shall be color coded throughout using three colors, Red, Black, and Blue for hot lines and White for neutral. Switch legs shall be Brown, Yellow, and Orange. Ground conductor shall be green. The same color shall be used for branch circuit wiring of a given phase for the entire project. Conductors No. 8 AWG and larger may be Black, but shall be identified with colored tape injunction boxes, pull- boxes, panels, and service equipment. C. Continuity of neutrals of multi -wire branch circuits shall not be made on terminals of any device, but shall be spliced and tap connected to device. This will assure no opening of neutral in replacement of device. D. Fixture and branch circuit wiring joints for conductors No. 6 AWG and smaller in junction and outlet boxes shall be made with U.L. approved pressure type connectors. Use only Ideal Industries Models 451, 452, 455, or 453 and Scotch -Lock types Y, R, or B. Splices and taps for conductors No. 4 AWG and larger shall be made using 2 bolt type solder -less connectors made of high conductivity bronze castings, taped with at least 3 layers of insulating tape, half - lapped. f77�� >d�3�]_i1i�CC��[�71IUf.Y�I� PART 3 — EXECUTION — NOT USED END OF SECTION WIRES AND CABLES 16120 -1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 16135 ELECTRICAL BOXES & FITTINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes electrical boxes and fittings B. Related Sections: 1. Section 16050 - Basic Materials, Methods and Requirements. 1.2 ELECTRICAL BOXES AND FITTINGS A. Outlet boxes shall be one -piece or projection welded galvanized stamped steel for ganged sizes required. Sectional boxes will not be acceptable. Boxes larger than standard shall be provided in accordance with National Electrical Code where necessary to prevent crowding of wires. Outlet boxes required for communications systems and mechanical control devices shall be installed under this section. Verify outlet box size required for systems other than electrical power from shop and manufacturer's drawings. Install outlets in accordance with those requirements. B. Boxes for wall and ceiling outlets shall finish flush and straight at edge of finished surface. Wall outlets in exposed concrete block, masonry and tile walls shall be installed with extra -deep square comer boxes or with standard boxes and square cornered tile wall covers, so that conduit off -sets are not required. Outlet boxes for light fixture mounting shall be equipped with fixture studs. No outlets shall be installed back -to -back. C. Outlet boxes for switches shall be 4" from door jamb. Outlet occurring above counters, cabinets, or mirrors shall be correlated by Contractor so that outlet clears trim or is located in splash back as noted on drawings. See architectural interior elevations for locations. D. Fire rated walls and ceilings may require special consideration and hardware in order to conform to U.L. penetration details and requirements such as the size of allowable openings (square inches) allowed in gross area or between vertical studs in walls. Fire rated enclosures may also be required. PART 2 — PRODUCTS — NOT USED PART 3 — EXECUTION — NOT USED END OF SECTION ELECTRICAL BOXES & FITTINGS 16135 -1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 16143 WIRING DEVICES PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes installation of wiring devices. B. Relation Sections: L Section 16050 - Basic Materials, Methods and Requirements. 1.2 SUBMITTALS: Provide manufacturer's "Cut" sheets indicating types of wiring devices to be provided. Provide information indicating color options for color selection by Architect. PART 2- PRODUCTS (NOT USED) i 7 7A m W i Dlfli I1 lI [o] a 3.1 LOCATION OF RECEPTACLES A. Except where noted to the contrary, switches and receptacles shall be located as follows: (Dimensions to centerline) 1. Receptacles at F -6 ", or as noted. 2. Telephone, and Television outlets at F -6 ", or as noted. 3. The Electrical sub - contractor is responsible for coordinating the mounting height of devices above counter tops, wall furniture, etc., with the Architectural plans and or Client/Owner. 3.2 RECEPTACLES A. Wall receptacles shall be specification grade, duplex 3 -wire grounding type. Devices shall be rated at 20 amps, 125 volt. If a single receptacle serves only one piece of equipment and is fed by a 20A or larger breaker, the device shall match the breaker in ampacity. B. Receptacles shall be side -wired with screw terminals. No push wire connections permitted. WIRING DEVICES 16143 -1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.3 WALL PLATES A. Cover plates for devices shall be of same manufacturer as devices and shall be smooth plastic; Verify color with Architect. B. Gang plates shall be of one -piece construction. 3.4 DEVICE MANUFACTURERS A. Leviton, Pass & Seymour, G.E., Bryant, Hubbell, and Slater are acceptable if they meet requirements of 16143.02 and 16143.03. All devices on the project shall be by the same manufacturer. END OF SECTION WIRING DEVICES 16143 -2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 16452 GROUNDING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section provides method of electrical system grounding. B. Related Section: 1. Section 16050 - Basic Materials, Methods and Requirements. PART 2- PRODUCTS (NOT USED) I :i91111Ito)el 3.1 GROUNDING A. Provide grounding and bonding systems in strict accordance with applicable edition of N.E.C. Art. #250 B. All equipment which receives power from the electrical service shall be connected to the premises grounding system with a conductor sized from Table 250 -95 or thru equivalent metal raceways as allowed by 250 -72. C. All metal interior piping shall be bonded to the electrical service equipment enclosure with a conductor sized by 250.94. D. All bonding and grounding shall be with copper conductors where wire type conductors are utilized. E. The size of the grounding electrode conductor shall be in accord with 250 -94. F. Outlet box to device shall be by use of self - grounding devices or a separate "pigtail' to the racewaylbox grounded system. END OF SECTION GROUNDING 16452 -1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 16470 PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes installation of panel boards and load centers. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 16050 - Basic Materials, Methods and Requirements. 1.2 SUBMITTALS: Furnish data including manufacturer's "Cut" sheets indicating panel board size, ampacities, voltage, and other physical data. PART 2- PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS FOR FEEDER AND BRANCH CIRCUITS. A. Circuit breaker panelboards shall have sequence - phased bus bars and molded case circuit breakers. Circuit breakers shall be bolt -on type, quick -make, quick - break, trip indicating, each pole shall contain thermal and magnetic trip units. Provide 2 and 3 pole circuit breakers with common trip, without relying on handle ties. Submit shop drawings showing cabinet dimensions, circuit breaker electrical ratings and bussing arrangements. B. Panelboards shall be of type indicated or equivalent as manufactured by Square D., G.E., Challenger, Cuttler Hammer, or prior approved equal. Panelboards with aluminum buss are not acceptable. D. "Wafer" or "Tandem" breakers are not permitted. E. It is not permitted to flush mount panelboards in fire rated walls. F. Front covers shall be hinged. PANELBOARDS 16470 -1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA E. TVSS panelboards shall include a TVSS device, IEEE C62.41, integrally mounted, plug -in style, solid -state parallel- connected, sine -wave tracking suppression and filtering modules. F. TVSS devices shall meet NEMA LS -1 requirements and the TVSS shall have the following protection: TVSS shall have the following Protection modes: 1.) Line to neutral 2.) Line to ground 3.) Neutral to ground END OF SECTION PANELBOARDS 16470 -2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 16515 LIGHTING FIXTURES PARTI - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: Section includes installation of lighting fixtures and controls, including all accessories and connections required for a complete and proper assembly. A. Contractor shall inspect existing conditions prior to submitting bid. Include all labor, materials, fixtures, wiring, connections, etc. required for proper operation. B. Work includes salvaging and re -use of fixtures. Bids shall include replacement of existing non - operational ballasts, lamps, fixtures, etc. for units indicated as existing or relocated. C. Work includes additional fixtures indicated on the drawings. 1.2 SUBMITTALS: Provide fully coordinated bound submittal of all light fixtures, lamps and other related devices. A. All fixture "Cut' sheets shall be clearly marked and fixture designation shall match light fixture schedule. PART 2- PRODUCTS 1.1 LIGHTING FIXTURES A. Salvage and re -use existing serviceable fixtures. Bidders shall inspect existing conditions prior to bid. B. Provide additional fixtures and related work as indicated on the drawings and as required for a complete and proper installation. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 LIGHTING FIXTURES A. Provide and install lighting fixtures in satisfactory operating condition (including lamps and auxiliaries) as indicated or required for a complete and operable lighting system. B. Fixtures have been designated in accordance with fixture schedule located on the drawings. If any fixture is not clearly identified, Contractor shall request clarification from the Engineer. LIGHTING FIXTURES 16515 -1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.2 LIGHTING CONTROLS A. Refer to Drawings for specified lighting control system. B. Contractor's option to salvage and re -use existing switches or provide new devices. C. Provide 3 -way and 4 -way switches where applicable. D. Where the Contract Documents indicate relocated and/or re- circuited fixtures in open office space, corridors, etc., contractor shall provide light switch(es) to control fixtures. Locate switches adjacent to existing switches controlling adjacent lights. Confirm switch locations prior to rough -in with Owner and/or Architect. Provide 3 -way and 4 -way switches where applicable. Contractor's option to salvage and re -use existing switches or provide new devices. E. Neatly label each fixture and junction box with circuit numbers using permanent marker in concealed ceiling space locations. F. Provide as -built diagram indicating locations and circuit numbers of all light fixtures and circuits in Work Areas. END OF SECTION LIGHTING FIXTURES 16515 -2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 16615 - TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Transient Surge Protector. Suppressors shall meet the following criteria: 1. Service Entrance: UL 1449 listed for category C3 locations per ANSUIEE 662.41- 1991 (20 KV, 10 KA, 90 deg. phase). Modes of suppression: L -N, N -G. Minimum single surge rating (L -N): 50,000 amp per phase. UL 1449 clamping voltage: Class 1000 (Biwave 6 KV, 3 KA) 120/208V. 2. Maximum continuous operating voltage: Nominal + 15 %. Pulse life: 1000 category C impulses. 3. Panelboards: UL 1449 listed for category B locations. Modes of suppression L -L, L- N, L -G. Minimum single surge rating (L -N): 20,000 amp per phase. UL 1449 clamping voltage: Class 1000 (Biwave 6 KV, 3KA) 277/480V. Operating voltage: Nominal + 15 %. B. Device shall not bond neutral and ground under failure mode. Pulse Life: 500 category B impulses. 1.2 INSTALLATION A. Install on service switchboard and panelboards per manufacturer instructions. Conductors shall be kept short and straight. Device shall be nippled to panel. B. Approved Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the work include but are not limited to the following: 1. Advanced Protection Technologies 2. Leviton 3. L.E.A. Dynatech 4. Liebert 5. EFI END OF SECTION 16615 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION 16615-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 16620 - PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR SYSTEMS PART1- GENERAL Lt RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes a packaged diesel engine generator system including engine generator set, engine generator enclosure, cooling system, fuel system, combustion air intake and engine exhaust systems, starting system, accessories, connections, fuel, permits, and all related work and accessories required for a complete and proper assembly. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Emergency or Standby Rating: Power output rating equal to the power the generator set delivers continuously under normally varying load factors for the duration of a power outage. B. Operational Bandwidth: The total variation from the lowest to the highest value of a parameter over the range of conditions indicated, expressed as a percentage of the nominal value of the parameter. C. Power Output Rating: Gross electrical power output of generator set minus total power requirements of electric motor -driven accessories normally constituting part of the engine assembly. D. Steady -State Voltage Modulation: The uniform cyclical variation of voltage within the operational bandwidth, expressed in Hz or cycles per second. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. System Includes: Standby- rated, automatically started diesel engine coupled to an a.c. generator unit. Engine and generator are factory- mounted and - aligned on a structural steel skid. Subsystems and auxiliary components and equipment are as indicated. B. Functional Description: When the mode selector switch on the control and monitoring panel is in the "automatic" position, remote control contacts in one or more separate automatic transfer switches initiate the starting and stopping of the generator set. When the mode selector switch is placed in the "on" position, the generator set starts manually. The "off' position of the same switch initiates shutdown of the generator set. When the unit is running, specified system or equipment failures or derangements automatically shut the unit down and initiate alarms. Operation of a remote emergency stop switch also shuts down the unit. Automatic transfer switches are specified in another Section of these Specifications. PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS 16620- 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for products specified in this Section. Include data on features, components, ratings, and performance. Include dimensioned outline plan and elevation drawings of engine generator set and other system components. C. Maintenance data for system and components for inclusion in Operating and Maintenance Manual specified in Division 1. Include the following: D. Detailed Operating Instructions: Cover operation under both normal and abnormal conditions. E. Shop Drawings: Detail fabrication, piping, wiring, and installation of the field - installed portions of the system. Include general arrangement drawings showing locations of auxiliary components in relation to the engine generator set and duct, piping, and wiring connections between the generator set and the auxiliary equipment. Show connections, mounting, and support provisions and access and working space requirements. F. Wiring Diagrams for System: Show power and control connections and distinguish between factory- installed and field - installed wiring. G. Performance characteristic curves including generator damage, 3 phase decrement, single phase decrement on a log -log graph paper. H. Certified Test Reports of Components and Accessories: Submit for devices that are equivalent, but not identical, to those tested on prototype unit. I. Exhaust Emissions Test Report. Muffler Sound Report. K. Certification of Torsional Vibration Compatibility: Conform to NFPA 110. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Firms experienced in manufacturing equipment of the types and capacities indicated that have a record of successful in- service performance. B. Emergency Service: System manufacturer maintains a service center capable of providing training, parts, and emergency maintenance and repairs at the Project site with 4 hours maximum response time. C. Comply with NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code." D. Comply with NFPA 110, "Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems," for requirements for a Level 2 emergency power supply system. E. NRTL Listing: System components of types and ratings for which NRTL listing or labeling service is established and components are listed and labeled. PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS 16620-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B NAPLES, FLORIDA F. The Terms 'Listed" and "Labeled ": As defined in the "National Electrical Code" G. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory" (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. H. Engine Exhaust Emissions: Comply with applicable Federal, State, and local government requirements. I. Single - Source Responsibility: Obtain engine generator system components from a single manufacturer with responsibility for entire system. Unit shall be a representative product built from components that have proven compatibility and reliability and are coordinated to operate as a unit as evidenced by records of prototype testing. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver engine generator set and system components to their final locations in protective wrappings, containers, and other protection that will exclude dirt and moisture and prevent damage from construction operations. Remove protection only after equipment is made safe from such hazards. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Engine Generator Sets: Cummins /Onan Caterpillar, Inc. Kohler Co. Generac 2. Storage Batteries: Chloride Systems. Exide Corp. Kohler Co. Onan Corp. 2.2 SYSTEM SERVICE CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Engine generator system withstands the following environmental conditions without mechanical or electrical damage or degradation of performance capability: Ambient Temperature: Minus 15 deg C to plus 40 deg C. 2. Relative Humidity: 0 to 95 percent. 3. • Altitude: Sea level to 1000 feet (300 m). PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS 16620-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B NAPLES, FLORIDA 2.3 ENGINE GENERATOR SYSTEM A. General: System is a coordinated assembly of compatible components. B. Ratings: as indicated. C. Output Connections: as indicated D. Safety Standard: Comply with ASME B15.1, "Safety Standard for Mechanical Power Transmission Apparatus." E. Nameplates: Each major system component is equipped with a conspicuous nameplate of the component manufacturer. Nameplate identifies manufacturer of origin and address, and the model and serial number of the item. F. Limiting dimensions indicated for system components are not exceeded. 2.4 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE A. Steady -State Voltage Operational Bandwidth: 4 percent of rated output voltage from no load to full load. B. Steady -State Voltage Modulation: Less than 1 Hz. C. Transient Voltage Performance: Not more than 10 percent variation for 50 percent step -load increase or decrease. Voltage recovers to remain within the steady -state operating band within 2 seconds. D. Steady -State Frequency Operational Bandwidth: 0.5 percent of rated frequency from no load to full load. E. Steady -State Frequency Stability: When the system is operating at any constant load within the rated load, there are no random speed variations outside the steady -state operational band and no regular or cyclical hunting or surging of speed. F. Transient Frequency Performance: Less than 3 Hz variation for a 50 percent step -load increase or decrease. Frequency recovers to remain within the steady -state operating band within 3 seconds. G. Output Waveform: At no load, the harmonic content measured line -to -line or line -to- neutral does not exceed 5 percent total and 3 percent for single harmonics. The telephone influence factor determined according to NEMA MGl, "Motors and Generators," does not exceed 50. H. Sustained Short- Circuit Current: For a 3 -phase bolted short circuit at the system output terminals, the system will supply a minimum of 250 percent of rated full -load current for not less than 10 seconds and then clear the fault automatically, without damage to any generator system component. I. Temperature Rise of Generator: Within acceptable limits for insulation systems used according to NEMA MGl when operating continuously at standby rating conditions. PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS 16620-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B NAPLES, FLORIDA Nonlinear Load Performance: System performance is not degraded from that specified in this Article by continuous operation, with the load current having a minimum total harmonic content of 15 percent rms, and minimum single harmonic content of 10 percent rms. K. Starting Time: Maximum total time period for a cold start, with ambient temperature at the low end of the specified range, is 5 seconds. Time period includes output voltage and frequency settlement within specified steady -state bands. 2.5 ENGINE GENERATOR SET A. Power Output Rating: Nominal ratings as indicated on Drawings. B. Skid: Adequate strength and rigidity to maintain alignment of the mounted components without dependence on a concrete foundation. Skid is free from sharp edges and comers. Lifting attachments are arranged to facilitate lifting with slings without damaging any components. Provide vibration isolators between engine - generator and steel base or steel base and mounting pad. C. Rigging Diagram: Inscribed on a metal plate permanently attached to the skid. Diagram indicates location and lifting capacity of each lifting attachment and location of the center of gravity. 2.6 ENGINE A. Comply with NFPA 37, "Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines." B. Fuel: Diesel fuel oil grade DF -2. C.. Lubrication System: Pressurized by a positive displacement pump driven from the engine crankshaft. The following items are mounted on the engine or skid: D. Filter and Strainer: Rated to remove 90 percent of particles 5 microns and smaller while passing full flow. E. Oil Cooler: Maintains lubricating oil at the manufacturer's recommended optimum temperature throughout 2 hours of operation of the generator set at 110 percent of system power output rating. F. Thermostatic Control Valve: Controls flow in the system to maintain optimum oil temperature. Unit is capable of full flow and is designed to be fail -safe. G. Crankcase Drain: Arranged for complete gravity drainage to an easily removable container with no disassembly and without the use of pumps or siphons or special tools or appliances. H. Engine Fuel System: Comply with NFPA 30, "Flammable and Combustible Liquids." System includes: Integral Injection Pumps: Driven by the engine camshaft. Pumps are adjustable for timing and cylinder pressure balancing. PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS 16620-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B NAPLES, FLORIDA Main Fuel Pump: Mounted on the engine. Pump ensures adequate primary fuel flow under starting and load conditions. K. Parallel Fuel Oil Filters: Ahead of the injection pumps. Changeover valves allow independent use of either filter. L. Relief/Bypass Valve: Automatically regulates pressure in the fuel line and returns excess fuel to the source. M. Jacket Coolant Heater: Electric immersion type, factory- installed in the jacket coolant system. Unit is rated and thermostatically controlled to maintain an engine temperature of 25 deg C at the low end of the ambient temperature range specified under "Environmental Conditions" above. N. Speed Governor: Adjustable isochronous type, with speed sensing. 2.7 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM A. Description: Closed -loop, liquid - cooled, with radiator factory- mounted on engine generator set skid and integral engine -driven coolant pumping. B. Radiator: Factory-piped and -rated for specified coolant. C. Coolant: Solution of 50 percent ethylene glycol and 50 percent water. D. Temperature Control: Self- contained thermostatic control valve modulates coolant flow automatically to maintain optimum constant coolant temperature as recommended by the engine manufacturer. Features include: E. Thermostatic Elements: Interchangeable and nonadjustable. F. Actuator Design: Normally -open valves to return to open position when actuator fails. G. Coolant Hose: Flexible assembly with nonporous rubber inside surface and aging, ultraviolet, and abrasion - resistant fabric outer covering. H. Rating: 50 psi (345 kPa) maximum working pressure with 180 deg F (82 deg C) coolant, and noncollapsible under vacuum. End Fittings: Flanges or steel pipe nipples with clamps to suit piping and equipment connections. Coolant piping external to engine generator set is as specified in Division 15 Section "Hydronic Piping." 2.8 ENGINE GENERATOR ENCLOSURE A. Provide a weatherproof insulated enclosure designed to withstand pressured developed by wind speeds of 130mph. B. The enclosure shall be impact resistant. PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS 16620-6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Provide sound attenuation insulation. D. Enclosure and Mounting: NEMA Class 1 wall - mounted cabinet. 2.9 FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM A. System complies with NFPA 30, "Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code," and NFPA 37, "Standard for Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines." B. Pump Capacity: Exceeds the maximum flow of fuel drawn by the engine - mounted fuel supply pump at 110 percent of rated capacity, including fuel returned from the engine. C. Unit, Including Alarm Contacts: Complies with UL 142, "Steel Aboveground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids." D. Low -Level Alarm Sensor: Separate device operates alarm contacts at 75 percent of normal fuel level. E. Piping Conections: Include fuel suction and return lines to fuel storage tank, fuel supply, and return lines to engine, local fuel fill, vent line, overflow line, and tank drain line complete with shutoff valve. F. Skid Oil Tank: 500 gallons, built to UL standards, double wall. 2.10 ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM A. Muffler: Critical -type, sized as recommended by the engine manufacturer. Measured sound level, according to the "DEMA Test Code for the Measurement of Sound from Heavy -Duty Reciprocating Engines" at a distance of 10 feet from the exhaust discharge, is 85 dB "A" or less. B. Connections from Engine to Exhaust System: Flexible section of corrugated stainless steel pipe. C. Connection from Exhaust Pipe to Muffler: Stainless -steel expansion joint with liners. D. Insulation for Mufflers and Indoor Exhaust Piping: As specified in Division 15 Section "Pipe Insulation." E. Supports for Muffler and Exhaust Piping: Vibration isolating -type specified in Division 15 Section "Vibration Control." F. Thimbles for Exhaust Piping: Conform to NFPA 211, "Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents, and Solid -Fuel Burning Appliances." 2.11 COMBUSTION AIR - INTAKE SYSTEM A. Air - Intake Silencer: Filter -type providing filtration as recommended by the engine manufacturer. B. Mounting: Factory- installed on engine generator set at a location readily accessible for servicing. PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS 16620-7 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Supports for Air - Intake Piping and Filter - Silencer: Vibration isolation -type as specified in Division 15 Section "Vibration Control." 2.12 STARTING SYSTEM A. Description: 24 V electric with negative ground and including the following items: B. Components: Sized so they will not be damaged during a full engine - cranking cycle with the ambient temperature at the maximum specified in paragraph "Environmental Conditions." C. Cranking Motor: Heavy -duty unit that automatically engages and releases from the engine flywheel without binding. D. Cranking Cycle: As required by NFPA 110 for system level specified. E. Battery complies with SAE J537, "Storage Batteries," and has adequate capacity within the ambient temperature range specified in paragraph 'Environmental Conditions" to provide the specified cranking cycle series at least twice without recharging. Battery Cable: Size as recommended by the generator set manufacturer for the cable length indicated. Include required interconnecting conductors and connection accessories. G. Battery Compartment: Factory- fabricated of metal with acid - resistant finish and thermal insulation. Include accessories required to support and fasten batteries in place. H. Battery- Charging Alternator: Factory- mounted on engine with solid -state voltage - regulation and 35 ampere minimum continuous rating. I. Battery Charger: Current limiting, automatic equalizing and float charging -type designed for operation from a 120 V 60 Hz supply source. Unit complies with UL 508, 'Electrical Industrial Control Equipment," and includes the following features: Operation: Equalizing charging rate of 10 amperes is initiated automatically after the battery has lost charge until an adjustable equalizing voltage is achieved at the battery terminals. The unit then automatically switches to a lower float - charging mode, and continues operating in that mode until the battery is discharged again. Automatic Temperature Compensation: Adjusts the float and equalizes voltages for variations in the ambient temperature from minus 40 deg C to plus 60 deg C to prevent overcharging at high temperatures and undercharging at low temperatures. L. Automatic Voltage Regulation: Maintains output voltage constant regardless of input voltage variations up to plus or minus 10 percent. M. Ammeter and Voltmeter: Flush mounted in door. Meters indicate charging rates. PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS 16620-8 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B NAPLES, FLORIDA N. Safety Functions: Include sensing of abnormally low battery voltage arranged to close contacts providing "low battery voltage" indication on control and monitoring panel. Also include sensing of high battery voltage and loss of a.c. input or d.c. output of battery charger. Either of these conditions closes contacts that provide "battery charger malfunction" indication at system control and monitoring panel. 2.13 CONTROL AND MONITORING A. Configuration: Operating and safety indications, protective devices, basic system controls, and engine gages are grouped on a common control and monitoring panel mounted on the generator set. Mounting method isolates the control panel from generator set vibrations. B. Generator Circuit Breaker: Molded case type with solid state LSGI adjustable trip setting as indicated in drawings. C. Shunt Trip Device: For generator breaker, connected to trip breaker when generator set is shut down by protective devices. D. Current and Potential Transformers: Instrument accuracy class. E. Indicating and Protective Devices, and Controls: Include those required by NFPA 110 for a Level 2 system plus the following: F. Supporting Items: Include sensors, transducers, terminals, relays, and other devices, and wiring required to support specified items. Locate sensors and other supporting items on engine, generator, or elsewhere as indicated. Where not indicated, locate to suit manufacturer's standard. G. Connection to Data Link: A separate terminal block factory-wired to Form C dry contacts for each alarm and status indication is reserved for connection for transmission of indications by data link to remote data terminals. Data system connections to terminals are covered in another Section. 2.14 GENERATOR, EXCITER, AND VOLTAGE REGULATOR A. Comply with NEMA MG 1, "Motors and Generators," and specified performance requirements. B. Drive: Generator shaft is directly connected to the engine shaft. Exciter is rotated integrally with generator rotor. C. Electrical Insulation: Class H or Class F. D. Station Winding Leads: Brought out to terminal box to permit future reconnection for other voltages if required. E. Construction permits mechanical, electrical, and thermal damage due to vibration, overspeed up to 125 percent of rating, and heat during operation at 110 percent of rated capacity. F. Excitation uses no -slip or collector rings, or brushes, and is arranged to sustain generator output under short circuit conditions as specified. PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS 16620-9 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B NAPLES, FLORIDA G. Enclosure: Drip - proof. H. Instrument Transformers: Mounted within generator enclosure. L Voltage Regulator: Solid- state -type, separate from exciter, providing performance as specified. Adjusting rheostat on control and monitoring panel provides plus or minus 5 percent adjustment of output voltage operating band. 2.15 ELECTRIC MOTORS A. Comply with UL, NEC, and referenced standards. 2.16 FINISHES A. Indoor Enclosures and Components: Manufacturer's standard enamel over corrosion- resistant pretreatment and primer. 2.17 QUALITY CONTROL: A. Tests: Conform to those required for Level 1 energy converters in paragraphs 3.2.1, 3.2.1.1, and 3.2.1.2 of NFPA 110. B. Components and Accessories: Items furnished with installed unit that are not identical to those on tested prototype have been acceptably tested to demonstrate compatibility and reliability. C. Protype Equipment Tests: Test items assembled and connected as a complete system at the factory in a manner equivalent to that required at the Project site. Record and report test data. Conform to SAE 8528, 'Engine Power Test Code -Spark Ignition and Diesel," and the following: D. Test Equipment: Use instruments calibrated within the previous 12 months and with accuracy directly traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology (KIST). E. Hydrostatic Test: Perform on radiator, heat exchanger, and engine water jacket. F. Generator Tests: Conform to IEEE 115, "Test Procedures for Synchronous Machines." G. Complete System Continuous Operation Test: Includes nonstop operation for a minimum of 8 hours, including at least 1 hour each at 1/2, 3/4, and full load. If unit stops during the 8 -hour test, repeat the complete test. Record the following minimum data at the start and end of each load run, at 15- minute intervals between those times, and at 15- minute intervals during the balance of the test: H. Fuel consumption. I. Exhaust temperature. Jacket water temperature. PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS 16620- 10 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B NAPLES, FLORIDA K. Lubricating oil temperature and pressure. L. Generator load current and voltage, each phase. M. Generator system gross and net output kW. N. Complete System Performance Tests: Include the following to demonstrate conformance to specified performance requirements: O. Single -step load pickup. P. Transient and steady -state governing. Q. Transient and steady -state voltage performance. R. Safety shutdown devices. Observation of Test: Provide 2 -week advance notice of tests and opportunity for observation of test by Owner's representatives. T. Report test results within 10 days of completion of test. 2.18 WEATHERPROOF ENCLOSURE: A. Provide impact -rated drip -proof enclosure with removable hinged doors custom made to house the skid mounted tank and generator. B. Enclosure shall be designed to withstand pressures developed by 130 mph wind, and shall be insulated with thermal and acoustic insulation. C. Provide all materials and accessories required for a complete and proper assembly. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.11 INSTALLATION A. Anchor generator set and other system components on concrete bases conforming to Division 3 Section "Cast -In -Place Concrete" and as indicated. Provide anchorage according to manufacturer's recommendations. B. Exhaust Pipe Installation: Conform to NFPA 211, "Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents, and Solid -Fuel Burning Appliances. "Use thimbles where indicated. C. Maintain minimum working space around components according to manufacturer's shop drawings and NEC. D. Manufacturer's Field Services: Arrange and pay for the services of a factory- authorized service representative to supervise the installing, connecting, testing, and adjusting of the unit. PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS 16620-11 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.2 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components according to Division 15 Section "Mechanical Identification" and Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification." 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Battery Test: Measure charging voltage and voltages between available battery terminals for full- charging and float - charging conditions. Check electrolyte level and specific gravity under both conditions. Test for contact integrity of all connectors. Perform an integrity load test and a capacity load test for the battery. Verify acceptance of charge for each element of battery after discharge. Verify measurements are within manufacturer's specifications. B. Battery Charger Tests: Verify specified rates of charge for both equalizing and float - charging conditions. C. System Integrity Tests: Methodically verify proper installation, connection, and integrity of each element of engine generator system before and during system operation. Check for air, exhaust, and fluid leaks. D. Simulation of malfunctions to verify proper operation of local and remote protective, alarm, and monitoring devices. E. Efficiency Tests: Perform at 50 percent, 75 percent, and 100 percent of rated load. F. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and retest until specified requirements are met. 3.4 CLEANING A. Upon completion of installation, inspect system components. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match original finish. Clean components internally using methods and materials recommended by manufacturer. A. Training: Arrange and pay for the services of a factory- authorized service representative to demonstrate adjustment, operation, and maintenance of the system and to train Owner's personnel. B. Conduct a minimum of 4 hours of training as specified under Instructions to Owner's Employees in the Project Closeout Section of these Specifications. C. Schedule training with at least 7 -day advance notice. 3.6 COMMISSIONING A. Battery Equalization: Equalize charging of battery cells according to manufacturer's instructions. Record individual cell voltages. END OF SECTION 16620 PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS 16620-12 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 16720 - FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Fire Alarm System including all panels, wiring, devices, accessories, connections, permits, etc. required for a complete, operational, and approved system. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Contractors shall have not less than 5 years experience installing systems of equal size and complexity. 1. Name of installer shall be included on subcontractors list attached to bid form. B. Do not apply for fire alarm permits until shop drawings have been reviewed and approved by Design Professional. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide sealed shop drawings and complete manufacturers product data in 3 -ring binder in not more than 30 days from Notice to Proceed. B. Comply with Division 1 requirements. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT A. Refer to drawings for basis of design. B. Provide complete UL listed system including panel, devices, appliances, wiring, connections, accessories, permits, etc., required for a complete and operational fire alarm system approved by local AHJ. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16720-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Fire Alarm system shall report to primary monitoring system as designated by the Owner, and also report to existing backup monitoring system at Collier Country Facilities Management Operations Center at Building W. 1. System shall be addressable and compatible with existing system at Collier Country Facilities Management Operations Center at Building W. 2. Compliance with specific trouble point monitoring requirements in the Collier County Vertical Standards is waived for Option A system. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. All equipment, devices, wiring, etc. shall be installed in accordance with approved shop drawings, approved permit drawings, and manufacturers instructions. B. Installation shall comply with the American with Disabilities Act. C. Coordinate inspections and tests with local AHJ. D. Provide neatly typed panel schedules and engraved labels. Handwritten labels and schedules will not be accepted. 3.2 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Provide AutoCAD file of as-built plans and wiring diagrams. 3.3 WARRANTY A. All material and installation shall be guaranteed to be free of defects in material and workmanship for one year. END OF SECTION FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16720-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA APPENDIX A COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS, AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS DO NOT APPLY TO THIS PROJECT COLLIER COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF FACILITIES MANAGEMENT VERTICAL STANDARDS FOR COLLIER COUNTY GOVERNMENT BUILDINGS SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 Revised 11/13(07 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 1— GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 010000 GENERAL, PROVISIONS 010020 SPECIAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 014200 REFERENCED CODES AND STANDARDS 017700 CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS 017839 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017823 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA DIVISION 2— EXISTING CONDITIONS 022600 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL ASSESSMENT 023200 GEOTECHNICAL REPORTS 024200 SALVAGE DIVISION 3 — CONCRETE 030000 GENERAL 030010 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 033000 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033010 CONCRETE WALKWAYS DIVISION 4 — MASONRY 040000 GENERAL 042000 UNIT MASONRY DIVISION 5 — METALS 050000 GENERAL DIVISION 6 -- WOOD AND PLASTICS 060000 GENERAL. 061000 ROUGH CARPENTRY COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 1 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 062023 FINISH CARPENTRY 064023 CASEWORK DIVISION 7 -THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 070000 GENERAL 072100 INSULATION 072419 EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEMS - EIFS 075100 BUILT UP ROOFING 075216 SBS MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING 075323 EPDM ROOFING 076100 METAL ROOFING 076200 METAL FLASHING AND ACCESSORIES 077200 ROOF ACCESSORIES 079200 JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 080000 GENERAL 081113 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 081416 PLASTIC LAMINATED FLUSH WOOD DOORS 083113 ACCESS DOORS 081116 ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES 083323 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 0851.13 ALUMINUM WINDOWS 086200 ROOF SKYLIGHTS 087100 DOOR HARDWARE 088000 GLAZING 089000 LOUVERS AND VENTS DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 090000 GENERAL 092400 PORTLAND CEMENT PIASTER 092900 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 093013 CERAMIC TILING 095123 ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 096500 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 096513 RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096812 TILE CARPETING 096816 SHEET CARPET 097200 WALL COVERINGS 099100 PAINTING COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 2 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 DIVISION 10 -SPECIALTIES 100000 GENERAL 101400 SIGNS 102113 TOII..ET COMPARTMENTS 102800 TOILET ACCESSORIES 102810 MIRRORS 104300 EMERGENCY AID SPECIALTIES 104400 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT 110000 GENERAL 11.2423 WINDOW WASHING EQUIPMENT DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS 120000 GENERAL 120010 OFFICE FURNITURE 124800 RECESSED FOOT GRILLES DIVISION 13 -- SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 130000 GENERAL 13341.9 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS 140000 GENERAL 142000 ELEVATORS 144000 WHEELCHAIR LIFTS DIVISION 21 -FIRE SUPPRESSION 211100 FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEM DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING 221000 WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 223100 GENERAL 224000 PLUMBING FIXTURES 224010 WATER HEATERS DIVISION 23 - HVAC 230000 GENERAL, COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL, STANDARDS PAGE 3 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 230010 MECHANICAL SYSTEM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 230020 AS -BUILT DRAWINGS 230021 FINAL CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE 230548 VIBRATION AND NOISE CONTROL 230553 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION 230563 ANTI - MICROBIAL TREATMENT 230593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 230713 DUCT INSTALLATION 232300 REFRIGERANT PIPING 233113 METAL DUCTWORK 233116 FIBROUS -GLASS DUCTWORK 233233 PLENUM RETURN SYSTEMS 233346 FLEXIBLE DUCTS 234000 AIR FILTERS 236400 CHILLER EQUIPMENT AND PIPING 236500 COOLING TOWERS 237300 SPLIT - SYSTEM HVAC UNITS 237400 ROOFTOP UNITS 238400 DEHUMIDIFICATION EQUIPMENT DIVISION 25 - INTEGRATED AUTOMATION 255000 HVAC CONTROLS DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL 260000 GENERAL 260010 AS -BUILT DRAWINGS 260020 RENOVATION AND RETROFIT WORK 260030 SPECIAL EQUIPMENT ROOM REQUIREMENTS 260040 IDENTIFICATION 260500 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260526 GROUNDING 260536 CABLE TRAYS 260620.16 DISCONNECT SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 260620.26 DEVICES 262200 TRANSFORMERS 264100 LIGHTNING PROTECTION 264300 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION 265100 INTERIOR LIGHTING 265200 EMERGENCY LIGHTING 265300 EXIT SIGNS 265600 EXTERIOR LIGHTING DIVISION 27 - COMMUNICATIONS COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 4 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 272000 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) 272010 FIBER OPTIC LINES 273000 TELEPHONE SYSTEMS 274000 CABLE TV SYSTEMS DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 281000 SECURITY ALARM 282300 CCTV VIDEO SURVEILLANCE 283100 FIRE ALARM DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK 310000 GENERAL 31.2000 GRADING DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 329300 LANDSCAPING APPENDICES PROJECT CHECKLIST PROJECT DATA FORM SPACE ALLOCATION & UTILIZATION PLAN COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE S SEPTEMBER 28; 2006 DIVISION 'l GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01.0000 — GENERAL PROVISIONS A. The Department of Facilities Management is assigned the responsibility of publishing building standards that are to be followed by all Departments and design teams. Any exceptions to these standards must be approved in writing by the Facilities Management Department. All construction design drawings are to be approved by the Facilities Management Department prior to commencement of the project. The Department responsible for the construction of the project will invite the Facilities Management Department to visit the site during the construction phase to insure that the County Standards are being followed. B. These guidelines shall be considered minimum standards which do not relieve the Design Professional or Contractor from mandatory code compliance or coordination with specific project requirements. These standards may be used only as the basis for specifications written for specific County projects. No portion of this document may be copied and used as the sole specification for any project. C. GREEN ITEMS: Design must include: Bicycle / pedestrian systems including bike racks, bus shelters when appropriate, operable windows when appropriate, energy efficient appliances and equipment, placement of trees to reduce solar heat gain, orientation of structures to reduce solar heat gain, structural shading whenever practical. 010020 —SPECIAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. The Design Professional shall complete a Project Data Form for each project. The Project Data Form shall include the following information: 1. Name of Project 2. Address or Location of Project 3. Enclosed S.F. Area Tabulation listing all floors and total 4, Project Budget 5. Summary of Program Requirements 6. Project Checklist The Project Checklist must be reviewed with the Facilities Management Project Manager. A copy of a sample Project Data Form and Checklist is attached to the end of the Vertical Standards Document, and may be expanded as needed to suit the project. The Project Data Form must be submitted to the Facilities Management Department with a written Program for each project. The form shall be updated at the completion of Schematic Plans, Design Development Plans, Construction Documents, and Closeout Documents. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 6 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 B. All new public safety facilities (EMS, Fire, Sheriff, Designated Shelters, Public Utilities, Emergency Management, etc.) shall be designed to meet the following minimum standards: All public safety building structures shall be designed to withstand wind pressures resulting from 140 mph winds (fastest mile), or :160 mph 3- second gust. 2. Components, cladding, doors, windows, and opening protection coverings used at new public safety buildings shall be designed to withstand wind pressures resulting from 140 mph winds (fastest mile). All openings shall be protected to withstand impacts from wind -borne debris in accordance with FBC section 1606.1.4 except test or design velocities shall be increased 25 %. 3. The finish floor elevation of all public service buildings, including vehicle bay areas, shall be not less than 12" above the base flood elevation established by FEMA. The first floor elevation of all enclosed portions of public service buildings used for offices, habitable areas, or essential equipment and maintenance areas shall be raised or flood - proofed to a height not less than 36" above the base flood elevation established by FEMA. 5. The Contractor shall furnish the County a signed and sealed Flood Elevation Certificate certifying the finished floor elevations for all new construction and leased property. C. Johnson Controls is the County approved sole source provider for security and building automation control systems. D. Metasys System I. Metysis shall be provided in all new buildings greater than 4,000 Sq. Ft. 2. It is the responsibility of the controls contractor to install and set the alarm set Points under the direction of Facilities Management. E. Card Access 1. Card access shall be installed on ell new buildings constructed as directed by FM staff. All components of the system shall be backed up with UPS and generator if generator is available. Provide proximal readers with keypads if required. Contractor is responsible for programming back to the operations center. Contractor shall provide 1.00 HID cards. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 7 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 2. Doors controlled by card access will use County approved subscription service Cylinders supplying two (2) keys per door. 3. Any door during a construction/remodel project that has card access on it shall have a subscription key on the lock with the only copy(s) inventoried electronically in the ops center. F. FD Lock Box 1. A Fire Dept. approved lock box shall be installed in close proximity to the front door. G. Emergency Call Boxes 1. Provide "Code Blue" assistance box where designated by FM Security S taff. H. CCTV 1. Each building will have appropriate CCTV coverage as directed by Facilities Management. Uninterrupted Power Supply (UPS) systems, when required on a project, shall be monitored with existing software in the Facilities Management Operations Center in Building W. J. Facilities Management's policy encourages recycling. To that end, any area that would generate recyclable materials should have sufficient space to place a suitable container to handle the type and quantity of waste generated. Typical examples would be large trashcan near copiers and a metal / glass / paper separator in break or lunch rooms, etc. Design Professional shall consider locations of trash receptacles, recycle bins, and dumpsters to facilitate ease of use. K. Design Group shall provide a color rendering for building projects of $1,000,000 or larger, unless directed otherwise by FM staff. Rendering shall be matted and framed to match existing projects. 1. Frame size: 24" x 36" 2. Frame finish: Chrome, polished face, brushed sides 3. Matt color: Match existing, unless directed otherwise by FM staff 4. Provide digital copy of rendering, 300 dpi, TIP 5. Deliver rendering and digital copy to Facilities Management prior to completion of Construction drawings. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 8 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 01.4200— REFERENCED CODES AND STANDARDS A. All buildings must be designed to meet all ADA standards as they apply to government buildings. 1. FM policy encourages user- friendly design with accessibility features above the minimum level of standards established be the ADA. a. Provide automatic door openers at main entrance of new and renovated public buildings, ie. Tax Collector, Elections, etc. Provide areas of refuge at each stairs. B. All work installed is to comply with the Florida Building Code and all Federal, State, and Collier County Ordinances and Codes legally adopted by the authorities having jurisdiction, including applicable appendices and editions. in case of differences between these Codes, the most stringent shall govern. C. All work shall comply with applicable portions of the Referenced Standards listed in the FBC including but not limited to AAMA, ACI, AISC, ANSI, ASCE, ASHRAE, ASTM, FM, GA, OSHA, SJI, and UL standards. D. All work shall comply with the latest edition of all adopted Collier County Ordinances. E. It is the responsibility of the Design Professional to contact the appropriate Authority having Jurisdiction (AHJ) to confirm adopted rules, codes, editions, and subsequent amendments, revisions and /or additional codes and ordinances. F. Provide all documents required for permit applications including but not limited to: 1. Fire Protection Plan Submittal, required by Collier County Fire Official. 2. Building permit application checklist. 017700 — CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS A. Contractor shall provide 2 copies of Closeout Documents at the time of final completion for review at least five (S) days prior to application for final payment. Closeout Documents include all warranties, users manual, written maintenance instructions for all materials and equipment, and Record Documents. All materials except as -built plans shall he organized by specification section number and bound in 3 -ring binders. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 017839 -- PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Record Documents include as -built plans, supplemental drawings and diagrams, as -built specifications, approved submittals, and records of all changes, including but not limited to Addenda and Change Orders, B. Upon submittal for permitting, Design Professional shall provide (1) CD- Format Disk containing Floor Plan drawing(s) in AuloCAD format (DWG .Files) to Facilities Management. C. The Contractor shall maintain and regularly update 'as- built' drawings and shop drawing/submittal file indicating exact locations, material, equipment, etc., as installed. Include locations of buried sleeves, hidden piping and conduits, sizes, etc. not specifically shown on the Drawings. D. Keep one set of record documents at the site for the duration of construction. Do not use record documents for daily construction use. Clearly identify, date, and initial all changes with a red pencil on the plans, specifications, and submittals. Transfer all changes to the final as -built documents at the completion of construction. E. Contractor shall provide two (2) sets of final as -built drawings and two (2) CD- Format Disks containing a set of final as -built drawings in PDF format upon completion of work. Deliver as -built drafing and CD disks to FMS Design Professional prior to application for final Payment. F. Upon approval of Record Documents received from Contractor, the Design Professional shall update the Floor Plan(s) to include as -built information. Provide one (1) CD with AutoCAD file of revised Floor Plan(s) to FM prior to closeout of contract. 07.7823 — OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Provide manufacturers operation and maintenance manuals for all equipment, fixtures, and all materials requiring maintenance as part of the Closeout Documents. DIVISION 2— EXISTING CONDITIONS 022600 — HAZARDOUS MATERIAL ASSESSMENT A. Unless indicated otherwise for renovation projects, a hazardous material report may be provided by an independent firm currently under a continuing services contract with the County. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 1.0 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 023200 - GF.OTECHNICAL REPORTS A. Geotechnical report may be provided for the Contractors use, but is not a guarantee or warranty of subsurface conditions. 024200 — SALVAGE A. Unless indicated otherwise as salvage material, items indicated or scheduled for demolition shall become property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the jobsite. DIVISION 3 — CONCRETE 030000 — GENERAL A. ACI, CRSI, WRI, FBC and Division 1 requirements apply to all concrete work. B. Testing: Provide the services of a licensed materials testing laboratory to measure slump and test compressive strength of concrete used in footings, slabs, and beams. Provide tests daily for each batch mix and as required by Code, Building Official, and Contract Documents. Concrete not meeting specified strength requirements shall be removed and replaced. 030010 — DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Floor slabs shall be designed not less than 8" above finish grade. 1. All floor slabs shall be designed for not less than 125 psf live load. 2. IT room floors shall be designed for not less than 200 psf live load. B. Delegated Engineering; Structural components such as precast panels shall be designed and sealed by a Structural Engineer licensed in the State of Florida. All shop drawings shall be reviewed and approved by the Design Professional of Record prior to fabrication. 033000 — CAST- IN- PI:.,ACE CONCRETE- A. Comply with ACI 318 standards. Ready -mix concrete is to comply with ASTM C94. Do not place concrete more than 90 minutes after batch mix at the plant, and do not place concrete more than 60 minutes after batch mix when the temperature exceeds 90d F. COLLIFR COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PACE 11. SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 2. Do not use concrete mix containing fly -ash in floor slabs or walkways. 3. Do not add water to concrete on -site. Field modifications to concrete mix are not allowed. Concrete watered -down on -site shall be removed. B. All slabs shall be finished to a tolerance of not over 1/4" depressions in 10' -0" in any direction when checked with a 10' straightedge. Interior slab control joints may be sawcut or tooled. C. Provide diagonal reinforcing in floor slabs at all reentrant corners. Cure all poured concrete to minimize cracking. 033010 — CONCRETE WALKWAYS A. All exterior concrete walkways shall receive a heavy broom finish texture to provide a slip resistant surface Broom texture shall be perpendicular to the direction of travel. There shall be no steps in the accessible route from accessible parking stalls to the main building entrance. B. Provide expansion joints at not more than 20' -0 " o.c., at each change of direction, and between exterior slabs and adjacent walls. Provide control joints at not more than 6'4" o.c. Exterior slab edges, expansion joints, and control joints shall be neatly tooled. C. Exterior walkways shall not be painted. D. Provide concrete stoop at each exterior door. E. No steps allowed at doors. DIVISION 4 — MASONRY 040000 — GENERAL A. FBC, NCMA, AC], and Division l requirements apply to work of this section. 042000 — UNIT MASONRY A. Where CMU construction is used, provide standard weight, ASTM C90, Grade N- 1 units. CMU exterior load bearing walls are to be reinforced vertically and horizontally. All reinforced cells shall be grouted solid full- height. Provide inspection holes at bottom of all vertically reinforced block cells. Provide mortar and grout installed in strict compliance with provisions of the codes. Bottom course shall be laid in a full bed of mortar. Lay up walls plumb and true and with courses level, accurately spaced and coordinated with other work. Do not use COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 12 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 chipped or broken units. Do not wet units or lay block in the rain. Properly dispose of excess mortar and materials off -site; do not bury materials on -site. Remove all loose mortar and repoint as needed prior to application of finishes. Masonry walls shall be straight, true, and plumb to within 1/4" in 8' -0" when checked with a straightedge in any direction. B. Brick veneer or decorative masonry may be used with appropriate waterproofing materials, subject to compliance with Collier County Ordinances and FMS approval. DIVISION 5 — METALS 050000 — GENERAL A. FBC, RISC, AWS, and Division 1 requirements apply to work of this section. All exposed metal components shall be stainless steel, galvalume, hot - dipped galvanized steel, copper, zinc, bronze, anodized aluminum, painted aluminum, or similar non - corroding metal. Plain or painted steel shall not be used in exterior locations. B. All steel construction shall comply with AISC Specifications for Structural Steel Buildings and Code of Standard Practice. Steel plates to comply with ASTM A36, anchor bolts to comply with ASTM A307, all fasteners to be s.s. or galvanized. Shop and touch -up primer to be "10 -99 Tnemec Primer" or Rustoleum5769 or equal. C. Structural steel construction shall be designed by a Structural Engineer licensed in the State of Florida. Delegated Engineering for structural components shall be the responsibility of the manufacturers Structural Engineer licensed in the State of Florida. All shop drawings shall be reviewed and approved by the Design Professional of Record prior to fabrication. D. Aluminum construction shall comply with the Aluminum Association Specifications for Aluminum Structures; Aluminum Design Manual, Part 1 and the FBC. DIVISION 6 — WOOD AND PLASTICS 060000 — GENERAL A. F.BC, AITC, APA, AWI,AF &PA, NDS, TPI, NFOPA, and Division 1 requirements apply to work of this section. B. Delegated Engineering; Prefabricated structural components shall be designed and sealed by the manufacturers Structural Engineer licensed in the State of Florida. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 13 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 All shop drawings shall be reviewed and approved by the Design Professional of Record prior to fabrication. C. When pre- engineered wood trusses are used, the Contractor shall provide truss shop drawings and sealed truss engineering within 14 days of notice to proceed. Failure to do so will not be accepted as a reason for an extension of the contract time. 061000 — ROUGH CARPENTRY A. Provide pressure treated wood where sills, nailers, and /or furring are in contact with concrete or masonry. Produce joints that are tight, true, well nailed, with members assembled and fastened in accordance with the drawings and with pertinent codes and regulations. Provide solid wood blocking and /or shims for finish materials as required to maintain a tolerance of max. 1/4" deviation in 10'- 0" when measured with a 10' -0" straightedge, plumb and true, for all substrate framing where finish materials will be exposed to view. Do not use warped members. B. Stud framing and furring shall be not more than 16" o.c. C. Provide blocking for all accessories, grab bars, wall mounted door stops, etc. Provide all necessary hardware such as nails, bolts, anchors, ties, etc., required for a complete and proper installation. Bolts, washers, nuts, etc., shall be noncorrosive material. Isolate dissimilar metals. D. Interior Door Frame Blocking: 1. Metal Stud Partitions: Provide cont. 2 x 4 blocking fastened to 20gauge stud at the jambs of all interior door frames. Blocking shall be fire- treated where required by Code. 2. Wood Stud Partitions: Provide double 2 x 4 studs at the jambs of all interior door frames. 3. Vertical blocking at door jambs shall be full- height of partition, securely braced to the structure above. 4. Provide horizontal 2 x 4 Cont. blocking at the head of all door frames 5. Increase size of blocking to 2 x 6 or larger as required to match size of partition studs. 062023 — FINISH CARPENTRY A. WWPA recommendations apply. Select material for straightness and do not use warped members. Finished woodwork is to be properly framed, closely fitted, COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 14 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 and accurately set to the required lines and levels and rigidly secured in place. Miters or other fitted joints shall be planed or sanded Use only hot - dipped galvanized or s.s. fasteners .Countersink all finish nail fasteners. Staple fasteners will not be accepted. Provide solid wood blocking and /or shims for finish materials as required to maintain a straightness tolerance of max. 1/4" deviation in 10' -0" when measured with a 10' -0" straightedge. 064023 — CASEWORK A. Comply with AWI standards for custom work, 1. Cabinet material: not less than 5/8" plywood. 2. Cabinet base: Preservative- treated (PT) wood. Countertop material: 1 /<" plywood. 4. Plastic laminate all exposed casework surfaces. 5. Solid surface or solid plastic countertops shall be used in high abuse areas. 6. Cabinets are to be true European-style full - overlay construction, with 1/8" joint between doors /drawers, without vertical styles between paired doors. Use concealed heavy duty 170 - degree hinges, with white melamine liner inside cabinets and drawers. Use heavy duty drawer guides, and provide pull at each door /drawer. Securely fasten all casework to blocking or solid substrates. Adjust and clean all casework prior to acceptance. DIVISION 7 — THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 070000 — GENERAL A. NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual, SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual, and Division 1 requirements apply to work of this section. B. Roof design shall comply with referenced standards and Documents shall include all details required for a complete, proper, and watertight roof assembly. 1. All new roof surfaces shall be sloped at not less than 1/4" per ft. to insure proper drainage. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 15 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 2. Roof designs shall not rely primarily on internal roof drains for drainage unless approved by Facilities Management. 3. Penetrations through roof surfaces shall be minimized wherever possible, ie. collect plumbing vent lines in attic to minimize vents through roof, use soffits vents or wall louvers under overhangs where possible, and use curbed penetration details for multiple conduits and pipes wherever practical. Do not use pitch pans except where approved by FMS. Use NRCA and SMACNA details with curbs and hoods to protect roof penetrations from leaks. 4. Roof drains, scuppers, gutters, and downspouts shall be oversized. Provide piped underground collection system tied into the site storm water management system. 5. Reroofing of dead -flat roof structures shall include installation of appropriate tapered rigid insulation or sloped light- weight concrete fill, ie. Zonolite or equal, sloped at not less than 1/4" per ft. to insure proper drainage. 072100 — INSULATION A. Comply with Florida Energy Code requirements. Provide required insulation at the building envelope of all conditioned areas. 1. Provide insulation at roof deck over all conditioned areas. Insulation at the ceiling or bottom of framing is not allowed. 072419 — EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEMS - E1FS A. EIFS shall not be used as the primary exterior wall finish or as trim material. 075100 - BUILT UP ROOFING A. Where applicable, provide premium 20 -year 4 -ply built -up roofing with premium SBS modified bitumen cap sheet. Gravel surface material shall not be used. Comply with NRCA and SMACNA standards to insure a complete and proper roofing system. I Roofing system shall be designed to withstand wind pressures indicated in the FBC for each speck building, location, and substrate. Provide manufacturers certificate and engineering data indicating that system is designed to meet all applicable code requirements. B. Provide copies of roofing system specifications and manufacturers warranty to FMS for review prior to issuing bid documents. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 16 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 075216 — SBS MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING A. Premium 15 -year SRS single -ply roof materials may be used for repairs and /or new buildings with limited flat roof areas when approved in advance by FMS. Roofing system shall be designed to withstand wind pressures indicated in the FBC for each specific building, location, and substrate. Provide manufacturers certificate and engineering data indicating that system is designed to meet all applicable code requirements. B. Provide copies of roofing system specifications and manufacturers warranty to FMS for review prior to issuing bid documents. 075323 — F,PDM ROOFING A. EPDM, PVC, rubber roof systems, ballasted systems, and similar single -ply roof systems shall not be used. 076100 — METAL ROOFING A. Standards: All work shall comply with SMACNA and NRCA recommendations. 1. Metal roofing shall not be used with less than 1/12 slope. 2. V -crimp metal roofing shall not be used except to patch or repair small sections of existing v -crimp roofing. Metal re- roofing materials must be installed as a standing -seam system specified below. B. Where metal roofs are used, provide standing seam metal roof with ridge trim, edge flashing, wall flashing, counter- flashing, fasteners, clips, and all related components required for a complete and watertight assembly. 1. Roofing system shall be designed to withstand wind pressures indicated in the FBC for each specific building, location, and substrate. Provide manufacturers certificate and engineering data indicating that system is designed to meet all applicable code requirements. 2. Metal roofing material shall be not thinner than 24 gauge Galvalume. Panels shall be not more than 16' wide unless approved otherwise by FM staff. Standing seam shall be not less than 1" high. Standing seam may be 180d folded seam, or covered with continuous clip. Fastener clips shall be completely concealed, spaced at not more than 12" oc. Cover seams at top end with ridge cap flashing or wall flashing. All metal roofing is to be smooth and straight without bends or kinks, properly flashed and counter - flashed with compatible materials. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 17 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 3. Approved manufacturers include but are not limited to Englert and Berridge. 4. Installation is to be neat and straight; level and true to required 'lines. Hem all exposed flashing edges and use concealed fasteners wherever possible. 5. Use premolded rubber -boot flashing at vent stacks. Cover top of vent stack with insect screen, neatly fastened to stack with a galvanized metal draw band. Where flashing occurs at roof -to -wall locations, provide counter flashing that will allow replacement of either the roofing or wall finish without the damage or removal of the other material. Flashing is to be set in sealant. 076200 — METAL FLASHING AND ACCESSORIES A. Comply with SMACNA and NRCA standards. Provide all details required to illustrate industry - standard assemblies suitable for intended use and capable of providing a complete, proper, durable weather proof, and water proof installation. Use stainless steel, hot - dipped galvanized metal, galvalume, or suitably protected aluminum materials. Do not use plain or painted steel or mill finish aluminum. 2. Do not use details that rely solely on sealant or paint to prevent the intrusion of water into the building. 3. Provide sill flashing and a full bed of sealant at all window sills. 4. Isolate dissimilar metals to prevent galvanic deterioration of materials. Alt materials shall be non - corrosive. 5. Roof expansion joints shall be constructed with metal fabricated in accordance with referenced standards. Avoid prefabricated Expando -Flash details. 6. Provide details of terminations and corners of parapets, expansion joints, compression bars, and similar non - typical conditions. B. Flashing assemblies shall be counterflashed and constructed in a manner which will allow re- roofing without damage to adjacent finishes. C. Quality Assurance: the Contractor shall provide a five (5) year warranty for all flashing work including all materials and costs required to correct defective flashing work. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 18 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 077200 — ROOF ACCESSORIES A. Provide anchor points and safety tie -off hardware for ladders at each side of building, and not more than 50' o.c. B. Provide guardrails at roof hatches. C. Provide fixed ladders for access to upper roof areas; ie elevator penthouse roof, stair roof, etc. Fixed ladders shall be constructed from non - corroding materials, ie. G -90 galvanized steel. 079200 -- JOINT SEALANTS A. Provide and install one or two -part exterior elastomeric sealant at all window and doorjambs, sills, heads, surface joints, flashing edges, and wherever else required to provide a weather -tight building envelope and a neat and trim installation. All sealants shall be paintable premium grade 20 -year or better products manufactured by Dow, GE, Tremco, Vulkem, or equal. 1. Provide all infiltration seals as required by the FBC and as stated in Energy Calculations. B. Provide non - yellowing premium grade caulking at all countertop and cabinet edges, trim edges, and at other interior conditions where required to provide a neat and trim installation. C. Provide tested penetration system sealants and materials at all pipes, conduits, and misc. penetrations through rated walls and ceilings. DIVISION 8 — DOORS AND WINDOWS 080000 — GENERAL A. FBC, SDI, and requirements of Division 1 apply to work of this section. B. Exterior Doors shall be impact rated in accordance with FBC Ch. 16. C. The Facilities Management Department may require higher design standards for wind loads and storm protection than that required by the FBC Section 1626. As part of the design process, Facilities Management must be consulted to establish the design criteria. 81113 — STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES A. Comply with SDI standards. Use of steel doors and frames are limited to fire - rated applications and service areas only. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 19 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 1. Provide corrosion resistant coatings: a. Steel doors and frames shall be G60 galvanized or A60 galvaneal material and factory primed. b. Wipe coat and WCGS products may not be used. 2. Doors and frames shall be not less than 16 gauge thick. Frames in masonry construction shall be fully grouted. Provide not less than 3 anchors at each jamb. 4. Frames in stud construction shall be spot grouted at each anchor, min 3 per jamb. 5. All steel frames are to be fully welded for new construction. KD frames may be used only for retrofit installations. 6. Provide fire rated units where required to maintain integrity of rated assemblies. 081416 — PLASTIC LAMINATED FLUSH WOOD DOORS A. Typical interior doors for Offices, Restrooms, Meeting Rooms, etc., shall be hinged, flush, solid core units with plastic laminate faces and edges. 1. Doors shall not be less than 36" wide. 2. Frame material shall be fully welded galv. steel or aluminum. B. Wood veneer doors may be used only where approved by FM staff. 083113 — ACCESS DOORS A. Provide access panels in floors, walls; ceilings, and /or soffits where required for maintenance access to all concealed valves, fixtures, and equipment. All panels components and fasteners shall be constructed of non - corroding material limited to stainless steel, painted or anodized aluminum, or factory primed galvanized steel. 2. Unless required otherwise by program, all access panels shall be commercial grade units with a full length hinge, operable with standard tools. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 20 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 081116 - ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES A. Exterior doors and frames shall be Aluminum except as noted below. A60 or G60 galv. steel doors may be used where fire rating is required. 2. FRP doors may be used as exterior doors in utility and high -abuse areas. B. Approved Manufacturers include Kawneer, Cline, and Special Lite. 083323 — OVERHEAD COILING DOORS A. Provide overhead coiling doors where required by program. 1. bock mechanism shall be accessible from the exterior side. 2. All door components including fasteners, slats, guides, and housing shall be constructed of non - corroding material limited to stainless steel, painted or anodized aluminum, or factory primed galvanized steel. B. Provide submittal indicating the units and attachment fasteners meet or exceed current FBC requirements. 085113 — ALUMINUM WINDOWS A. All windows shall be fixed storefront, curtain wall, or commercial grade operable units. 1. All exterior components shall be extruded aluminum. 2. Finish shall be anodized or factory applied finish such as Kynar 500. Mill finish aluminum, residential units, or units with wood components exposed to the exterior may not be used. 3. To maintain proper indoor air quality, windows shall be fixed unless operable units are required otherwise by Code or design program approved by Facilities Management. B. Provide submittal indicating the units, glazing, and attachment fasteners meet or exceed FBC requirements. 1. All openings shall be protected to withstand impacts from wind -borne debris in accordance with FBC sections 1606.1.4 and 1626. 2. Special requirements apply to public safety buildings. Opening protection in accordance with FBC section 1606.1.4 test or design velocities shall be increased 25% in all public safety facilities. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 21 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 086200 — ROOF SKYLIGHTS A. Roof skylights are not allowed. 087100 — DOOR HARDWARE A. Provide all hardware needed for a complete and proper installation including but not limited to locks, levers, pulls, exit devices, closers, butts, weatherstripping, astragals, coordinators, door holders, kick plates, push plates, and silencers. Minimum hardware standards: a. Provide Grade 1 hardware b. Materials: All door hardware shall be non - ferrous; plain or painted steel hardware may not be used. c. All hardware shall be ADA compliant. 2. Approved manufacturers are Schlage, LCN, Von Duprin, Desco, Hager, Ives, Rockwood, and Pemko. a. Locks shall be Schlage B- Series 6 -pin cylinder with E- keyway only. No substitutions. Key to match County keying system. C- keyway may not be used. b. Standard locksets and leversets shall be Schlage D- series. Use Lr Series where required for security or other program requirements. C. Standard pulls shall be Rockwood Barrier -Free series or County approved equal. d. Standard closers shall be LCN model 4041 Super Smoothie series, no substitutions. Adjust to meet ADA and FAC requirements. e. Exit Devices shall be Von Duprin, model 88 unless approved otherwise by FM staff. f. Exterior threshold shall be Pemko 2005 with raised vinyl seal, or exact equal. Do not use flush or saddle -type threshold at exterior locations. 4. All keys shall be brass. Stamp keys "DO NOT DUPLICATE ". Discard construction keys and re -key entrance lock after final acceptance. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 22 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 Provide grand - master, master, entrance, and office keys as directed by FM staff. Adjust hardware for proper operation, including adjustment of levers and closers to comply with ADA and Florida Accessibility Code requirements. Check adjustments after 90 days use and readjust as needed. 088000 — GLAZING A. Glazing shall comply with referenced codes including FBC requirements for hazardous locations. B. Exterior glazing shall be either tinted or reflective. C. Exterior glazing shall be impact resistant laminated glass complying with FBC Ch. 16. 1. Shuttered applications may be used only with prior approval by County. D. Small windows and narrow windows shall be avoided except where required by the building users design program. In general, windows shall be curtain wall or storefront glazing, generously sized in all offices, lobbies, work areas, etc. Windows shall be architecturally proportioned in a manner that is appropriate to the building design without the use of small or narrow windows. One example of an acceptable ribbon - window arrangement is the Development Services Center on Horseshoe Drive. E. Must use energy efficient features in widow design. 089000 — LOUVERS AND VENTS A. All louvers shall be storm resistant extruded aluminum with anodized or appropriate protective coating. Mill finish units or stamped metal louvers are not allowed. Acceptable products include but are not limited to the following: Ruskin "Extruded Wind Driven Rain Resistant Louvers" 2. Ruskin "Hurricane Louvers" B. Locate louvers to minimize water intrusion. Provide sill flashing, gutters, and curbs as needed to prevent rain water damage. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 23 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 DIVISION 9 — FINISHES 090000 — GENERAL A. Comply with codes and referenced standards listed in Division 1, including but not limited to FBC requirements. 1. Workmanship shall be proper and neat in appearance conforming to nationally recognized standards and specified tolerances. 2. Work that is not in compliance with referenced codes and standards shall be removed and replaced at no extra cost to the County. 092400 — PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER A. Standards: Comply with PCA 'Portland Cement Plaster Manual' and applicable ASTM/USG requirements and recommendations. B. Use PVC accessories throughout, including corner beads, casing beads, expansion joints, and perforated vent strips. Metal trim shall not be used. 1. Provide bonding agent at concrete substrates. 2. Use galv. self - furring lath with 154 felt underlayment where over a framed substrate. 3. Fasteners shall be stainless steel. 4. Provide expansion joints as recommended in referenced standards, where abutting dissimilar materials, and as needed to prevent cracking. Lath shall be discontinuous at expansion joints and control joints. C- Install all trim straight, plumb, and level. Install stucco finishes with a tolerance not to exceed 1/4" in 10' -0" or 1/8" in 4' -0" in any direction when measured with a 10' -0" straightedge. Panels with visible rough textures or scaffold lines will not be accepted. D. Thickness shall be not less than 5/8" thick (2 -coat) on emu and concrete, and not less than 7/8" thick (3 -coat) on gals, metal lath E. Styrofoam and/or EIFS trim may not be used on County buildings. 1. Exterior decorative moldings, if any, shall be cast stone or cement plaster. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 24 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 092900 — GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. Comply with FBC, Gypsum Association, USG, and UL requirements and recommendations, the requirements of Division 1, and manufacturers specific instructions. B. Materials: 1. Provide 5/8" type -X gypsum board at fire rated locations 2. Provide 5/8" or 1/2" gypsum board at typical interior locations. 3. Provide 1 /2" cement board at all ceramic tile and wet locations. 4. Do not use green board. 5. Do not use gypsum board products at exterior locations. C. Provide a smooth finish suitable for painting on all exposed surfaces. Visible tape or sanding marks in work will not be accepted. Contractor may provide smooth hardcoat in lieu of smooth drywall finish. 1. Use screw fasteners throughout. 2. Trim drywall at external corners with plastic corner beads. 093013 — CERAMIC TILING A. Comply with Tile Council of America (TCA) standards and details. 1. Tile joints are to be aligned and straight, plumb, level, and true, with equally spaced cut units at ends. 2. Provide tile movement joints at the following locations: a. Perimeter of each room b. Risers, ramps, changes of and planes C. Corridor comers and intersections d. Spacing as determined by Design Professional B. Provide tile finishes at the following locations: 1. Tile floors are required in all Restrooms and Janitors Closets. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 25 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 1 Provide tile wainscot not less than 424 60" high in Restrooms, at mop sinks, and at drinking fountains. 3. Extend wainscot not less than 18" to each side of mop sinks and drinking fountains. C. Floor tile shall be porcelain ceramic tile. All grout shall be sealed. D. Provide product certificate indicating the coefficient of friction complies with ADA requirements for both wet and dry conditions. E. Tile base and all corners shall be sanitary cove style. F. Floors must slope towards drains. G. Wall tile substrate shall be CMU, concrete, or cement board. Do not use gypsum board as the substrate. H. Use aluminum or bronze edge strips where abutting carpet floor finishes. 045123 — ACOUSTICAL. TILE CEILINGS A. Standard acoustical tile shall be Armstrong World Industries #770 (flat tile) or #704A (reveal edge), white color, size 24" x 24 ". B. Suspended grid shall be white color, Armstrong World Industries manufacturer system same as acoustic tile. 1. Installation shall comply with ASTM C635 and C636. C. Alternate acoustical tile manufacturers and styles may be considered for special rooms with limited areas such as a Lobby, subject to FM approval and 15% extra stock tile material supplied to the FM in unopened boxes at the completion of construction. 096500 — RESILIENT TILE FI..00RING A. Standard 12" x 1.2" x 1!8" Vinyl Composition Tile shall be used in service areas. 1. Tile material and adhesives shall not contain asbestos materials of any kind. B. Clean, wax, and polish tiles prior to final acceptance. Provide 5 %n extra stock material. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 26 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 096513 -- RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES A. Provide 4" vinyl base where scheduled. Use premolded corner pieces at all outside corners. Provide 5% extra stock material. B. Provide matching transition strips where VCT floors abut tile or carpet floors. 096812 -- TILE CARPETING A. Provide Carpet Tile unless directed otherwise by FM staff 1. Product: Mohawk Stati- Tuft III Modular 2. Construction: Tufted/Ultra Performance System 3. Fiber: 100% Dupont Antron Legacy with Static Control and soil resistant 4. Yarn Weight: 28.3 oz. /sq. yd. 5. Gauge: 1/8 6. Size: 17 5/8 x 17 5/8 7. Density: 7,898 8. Weight Density: 223,504 9. Stitches per inch: 8.4 10. Pile Thickness: 0.129" 11. Warranties: Mohawk Modular 20 yr warranty 20 yr. wear, 20 yr. no edge ravel, 20 yr. no delamination, Cushion Resiliency 20 yr., and Lifetime static. 096816 - SHEET CARPET A. Where approved by FM Staff, provide one of the following broadloom carpet products: 1. Mohawk Commercial Carpet "Stati -Tuft" UPS 16706 a. Construction: Tufted Loop Pile b. Gauge: 1/8 C. Fiber: 100% Dupont Antron Legacy B.C.F. and soil resistant COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 27 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 d. Flammability: Class 1- Exceeds .45 watts per square CM e. Total thickness: .234 in. f. Yarn Weight: 28.30 oz. square yard g. Backing Materials: Warp, stuffer, filling all synthetic h. Total Weight: 61.8 oz. square yard i. Density: 7,898 j. Weight Density: 223,504 k. Pitch: 216 1. Stitches Per Inch: 8.4 M. Pile Thickness: 0.129" n. Stock width: 12" o. Smoke density: NBS Smoke Density Chamber (NFPA -258): Less than 450 P. Static propensity: 70/20 AATCC- 134: Under 3.5 KV q. Warranties: UPS Warranty Guaranteed 20 lb. tuft binds, Moisture resistant, Dimensionally stable, Guaranteed for 20 yrs., no delamination for 20 yrs., and Lifetime static 2. Mohawk Commercial Carpet "Regents Row " - 30663 a. Construction: Woven Cut and Loop b. Pitch: 216 Equivalent C. Pile Thickness: .192" d. Rows per inch: 8.0 e. Fiber: 100% Dupont Antron Legacy BCF Nylon with Static control and soil resistant f. Yarn Weight: 34.5 oz/ sq. yd. g. Total Weight: 68.16 oz/ sq. yd. h Total Thickness: .312 in. i. Backing Materials: Synthetic j. Density: 6,468 k. Weight Density: 223,146 1. Stock Width: 12' M. Flammability: Class 1- Exceeds .45 watts per sq. CM n. Smoke Density: NBS Smoke Density Chamber (NFPA -258) Less than 450 o. Static propensity: 70/20 AATCC -134: Under 3.5 KV P. Warranties: Lifetime Limited Woven Wear, and Lifetime Static 097200 — WALL COVERINGS A. Wall coverings are not allowed in County buildings. 099100 — PAINTING COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 28 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 A. Provide Sherwin - Williams "Superpaint ", S -W Industrial Enamel, and related premium S -W products throughout. 1. All color selections shall be standard SW colors. 2. Provide a typed Paint and Color schedule for each building. This record shall include the job name, job location, date contractors name, the material manufacturer's name, product name, color name and number, and color formula. A copy of this record shall be delivered to the Facilities Management Contract Manager at the end of the work. A duplicate copy shall be bound into the Closeout Documents. B. Backprime all exposed wood materials scheduled for paint finish prior to installation. C. Provide primer plus two finish coats on all wood, gypsum board, concrete and stucco finishes. D. Provide two coats of rust inhibitive primer on all surfaces of metal doors and frames and prior to installation, then 2 finish coats of S -W industrial enamel on exposed metal surfaces. E. Topcoat shall be either S -W eggshell, semi- gloss, or full- gloss. Restroom walls shall be either semi -gloss or full - gloss. Do not use flat paint as top coat at any wall location. Ceilings and soffits may have flat paint. F. Deliver materials to site in unopened containers with manufacturers labels. Protect adjacent finishes and materials, prepare surfaces, and apply materials in strict accordance with manufacturers recommendations and instructions. Verify material compatibility with substrates. Do not apply paint to wet or damp materials. Do not paint exterior surfaces in the rain. All coats shall be thoroughly dry before applying succeeding coats. Provide temporary barricades, WET PAINT' signs, and protect all work until dry. Remove masking when finished. Carefully remove paint from materials not intended for paint finish. Clean and touch -up as required. 2. All paint finishes must be evenly spread, free of runs, sags, or other defects. G. Provide medium grey penetrating stain at Mechanical and Electrical Equipment Room floors. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 29 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 DIVISION 10 — SPECIALTIES 100000 — GENERAL A. FBC, ADA, and requirements of Division 1. apply to work of this section. 101400 — SIGNS A. Exterior Signs shall be manufactured by Barco Products Company or FM approved equivalent manufacturer. B. Interior Room Signs, Office Signs, Elevator signs, etc., shall be Scott Series 51500, or approved equal. C. Provide raised letters and contrasting color backgrounds with braille strip at bottom of all room signs. Use international symbols in addition to text where applicable. Coordinate sign colors with interior finishes using only manufacturers standard basic colors. Install room identification signs in strict accordance with ADA requirements. D. Required signage at Parking Garage Decks. 1. Directional signage required pointing to the locations of all Assistance "Blue" Boxes. 2. "Notice" posted that the parking deck is under Closed Circuit Television surveillance. 3. Low clearance warning signs utilizing tubular plastic materials, not metal. 4. Speed limit signs at each entrance and each deck; "5 MPH" and/or "Slow" E. Bronze Plaques. 1. All new buildings shall have a bronze plaque installed showing the dedication of the building, Typical content will show the year opened, contractors firm name, architects firm name, Commissioners at time of conception / approval (alphabetical), County Manager, etc. May include Constitutional Officer if they are the prime occupant. See Facilities Management for plaque layout and content during the initial building design process. See end of standards for sample. 2. Locate dedication plaques in Lobby or secure area whenever possible. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 30 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 3. Where exterior dedication plaques are used, locate plaques in area supervised by CCTV camera, i.e. near main entrance, or monitor plaque with security system contact switch. 102113 — TOILET COMPARTMENTS A. Provide avefhead bfaeed solid plastic 1" thick toilet compartments manufactured by Santana, Capitol Partitions, or approved equal. 1. Unless approved otherwise by FM staff, restroom stall partitions shall be ceiling and wall hung toilet partitions, not floor mounted systems. 2. All fasteners and hardware shall be stainless steel, aluminum, or chrome plated brass. Plastic accessories, hinges, latches, or similar components are not acceptable. 3, Provide latch, hinges, door stop, and coat hook for each door. Coat hook shall not project more than 2" from face of door. 4. Inswing doors shall remain slightly open when not latched. Accessible stall doors shall be self - closing. Brace all compartments at the face of partitions and doors. Size bracing components as needed to avoid perpendicular braces. 102800 — TOILET ACCESSORIES A. Comply with ADA requirements and minimum County standards established herein. B. All accessories shall be commercial grade, brushed stainless steel, formed and welded with all exposed edges hemmed and ground smooth; with no sharp edges and no sharp corners. C. Provide all accessories needed for a complete and proper installation including but not limited to grab bars, hand - dryers, toilet paper holders, sanitary napkin receptacles, wall mounted soap dispensers, and coat hooks. 1. Hand Dryers shall be Excel Dryer, Inc. Model XL -W (automatic, white, 110 /120V) with ADA compliant S.S. recess kit. Unit may protrude not more than 4" from face of wall. Separate 20A circuit required for each unit. 2. Unless approved otherwise by FM staff, paper towel dispensers shall not be used in restrooms. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 31 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 3. Coat hooks shall be low- profile, projecting not more than 2" from face of wall or door. 4. Approved manufacturers are Bobrick, Bradley, and Excel Dryer, Inc. D. Coordinate with the work of other trades. Securely install accessories plumb and square, fastening units to solid wood blocking, studs, compartment partitions, or cmu walls. Do not use toggle bolts or expansion shields. All accessories and grab bars shall safely support 2501bs. L.L. 102810 — MIRRORS A. Comply with ADA requirements and minimum County standards established herein. B. Standard mirrors shall be tempered glass with stainless steel frames. Provide tilted mirror at accessible stalls only. Use only stainless steel vandal resistant hardware and fasteners, concealed wherever possible. Provide polished stainless steel or unbreakable units where required by program and at all unsupervised public facilities. 104300 — EMERGENCY AID SPECIALTIES A. All new construction and major remodeling projects shall have Automated External Defibrillator (AED) equipment and cabinets installed. Sole source is Medtronic Physio- Control Corp. See Collier County Facilities Management Department for location and type of cabinets. Generally, the "Guidelines for Public Access Defibrillation Programs in Federal Facilities" will be followed. 1. AED units shall be located adjacent to the fire extinguisher cabinets. 2. Provide oxygen cabinet and first aid station at each AED location. Fire extinguisher, AED, oxygen, and first aid cabinets shall be grouped together as one convenient safety station. a. Provide alarm system contacts to indicate when any of four cabinets are opened, monitored in the Facilities Management control room located in Building W using the Pegasys alarm system. b. Digital closed circuit television camera is required to monitor the 4 cabinet safety station, monitored at Facilities Management.. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 32 SEPTEMBER 28; 2006 C. All equipment, wiring, controls, etc. shall be compatible with the existing Johnson Controls system.. 104400 — FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS A. Comply with ADA requirements. Provide extinguishers of the types and sizes where required by NFPA 10 and local AHJ, but not less than one 2A:20B:C unit near each required egress door. Use either semi - recessed or fully- recessed cabinets for all units located in occupied interior rooms. Interior cabinets shall have unlocked hinged door with tempered glass view panel. 2. Provide standard bracket- mounted extinguishers without cabinet at enclosed unoccupied utility rooms, mechanical rooms, storage rooms, and similar service areas. 3. Where required at exterior locations, use aluminum or heavy -duty all - plastic cabinets with clear safety -type break - plastic fronts. Steel cabinets shall not be used at exterior locations. 107100 — STORM PANELS A. New Construction and Additions: Provide impact rated doors and windows, not shutters. B. Renovations and Alterations: Provide impact rated doors and windows, or, provide low- maintenance, user- friendly impact rated shutters as follows: 1. Coiling overhead shutter 2. Accordian -style shutter 3. Fixed or hinged impact rated s.s. screens C. Removable hurricane panels or fabric screens are not allowed. D. Hurricane shutters, tracks, accessories, and fasteners shall be fabricated from corrosive resistant materials, rated to withstand pressures developed by140 mph wind speeds. DIVISION 11— EQUIPMENT 110000 — GENERAL A. Comply with the' requirements of Division 1. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 33 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 B. All equipment shall be commercial grade. 112423— WINDOW WASHING EQUIPMENT A. All buildings over three stories in height shall have hangers anchored on the roof structure to facilitate exterior window washing equipment. DIVISION 12— FURNISHINGS 120000 — GENERAL A. ADA, NFPA, OSHA, and the requirements of Division 1 apply to work of this section. 120010 — OFFICE FURNITURE A. Contact FMS for current furnishing contract requirements. 124800— RECESSED FOOT GRILLES A. Provide recessed foot grilles at all building entrances. Use Pedigrid entrance mats or one of the following approved equal manufacturers: 1. Balco, Inc.; Wichita, KS 2. Construction Specialties, Inc.; Muncy, PA 3. Reese Enterprises, Inc.; Rosemont, MN 4. Arden Architectural Specialties, Inc. 5. Kadee Industries, Inc.; Bedford, OH. B. Entrance Mat Frames: Provide manufacturer's standard design, of size and style to mate with insert type and adjacent finish floor or wall construction, for permanent recessed installation in sub -floor; complete with comer pins or reinforcing, and installation anchorages. Provide frames of extruded 6063 -T5 alloy aluminum. Coat surface of frame which will contact cementitious material with zinc chromate paint or manufacturer's standard protective coating. 2. Provide frame members in single lengths or, where frame dimensions exceed available lengths, provide minimum number of pieces possible, with hairline joints equally spaced, and with pieces spliced together by means of straight connecting pins. C. Rigid -Type Foot Grilles: Provide manufacturer's standard extruded aluminum floor grid of top surfaced tread rails and spacer cross bars, 6063 -T5 or 6061 -T6 COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 34 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 alloy and mill finish, 1- 5/16" wide continuous treads spaced 1 -1/2" o.c. (3/16" openings), top surfaces as indicated, 1 -5/8" maximum overall thickness of grid system. 1. Top Surface: Fusion - bonded level- cut -pile nylon carpet insert; DuPont "Antron III" filament, 1/4" high, 28 oz. per sq. yd. D. Level Bed Applications: Provide manufacturer's standard vinyl cushion support system. E. "Pedimat" or similar loose -lay malts in recessed frames shall riot be considered equal to approved "Pedigrid" recessed foot grilles DIVISION 13— SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 130000 — GENERAL A. FBC, MBMA, and the requirements of Division 1 apply to work of this section. 133419 — METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS A. Pre- engineered metal buildings may be used for storage and maintenance buildings, and where approved by FM staff. B. Delegated Engineering; Prefabricated structures shall be designed and sealed by the manufacturers Structural Engineer licensed in the State of Florida. All shop drawings shall be reviewed and approved by the Design Professional of Record prior to fabrication. C. Contractor shall coordinate the design and installation of anchor bolts. D. Provide rigid steel channel or framing at each door and window opening. Do not use door frame to support wall girt framing. E. Provide concrete curb and flashing at bottom of metal siding, raised not less than 8" above Concrete floor slab. DIVISION 14 — CONVEYING SYSTEMS 140000 — GENERAL A. FBC, NFPA, OSHA, and the requirements of Division 1 apply to work of this section. 142000 -- ELEVATORS COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE. 35 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 A. Comply with ANSI /ASME A "1.7.1 and Addenda, CABO /ANSI A117.1, and all State of Florida codes and regulations for Elevators. B. All elevators specified shall be of generic manufacture with no proprietary items included within the installation. The elevator shall have the capabilities of being served by any elevator manufacture or without the assistance of any manufacturers diagnostic tools. C. Elevator Emergency Telephones shall be Code Blue Corporation's model #i CB 3'100 FPI standard speakerphone with single red 'Push for Help" button and flush mounted. All emergency elevator telephones, whether new or replacement, will be programmed to dial extension 7721 (Facilities Management Building Operations Center) automatically upon lifting of receiver. 2. All emergency elevator telephone replacements or installations will be coordinated with the Building Automation Coordinator of the Facilities Management Department (239- 252 -8380) as well as the Telecommunications Manager of the Information Technology Department (239- 252 - 8888). 3. All emergency elevator telephones will be programmed via the Telecommunications Manager of the Information Technology Department to include the following caller ID information: 3.1. Identifying Building Letter/ Name 3.2. Identifying Elevator Number 3.3. Identifying Phone Extension/Number (.for phone in elevator) Example: Bldg F, Elevator 1, 7548 4. All emergency telephones will be tested and information correctly verified before contractor leaves worksite. 5. Contractor to provide written documentation to the Facilities Management Building Automation Coordinator that the above steps were followed and verified. 6. Code Blue speaker phone must be programmed to the Code Blue test computer in the Building "W" operations center. D. Card Readers COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 36 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 Exterior Elevators: Provide card reader at each elevators door location at each floor. 2. Interior Elevators: Provide card reader in each elevator cab unless directed otherwise. E. Provide CCTV camera in each elevator cab. F. All 3 -phase equipment shall have phase -loss protection. 144000 — WHEELCHAIR LIFTS A. Wheel Chair Lift may not be used except with prior written approval from FMS and the Building Official, DIVISION 21— FIRE SUPPRESSION 211100 — FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEM A. Provide a complete automatic fire sprinkler system where required by Code or Ordinance. Refer to Division 1 for General. Requirements, Codes, and Standards. B. Comply with NFPA 13 and Collier County Ordinance 98 -74 Fire Prevention and Protection Code for the design and installation of all Fire Suppression System work. The system shall be designed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Florida. When the Contractors PE is responsible for the system design, the Engineer of Record for the building shall review and approve the installers shop drawings prior to permit application.. C. Sprinkler heads shall be recessed or semi- recessed in all occupied rooms, centered in acoustic ceiling tiles. Maintain centerline alignment with adjacent fixtures in a neat, orderly, and workmanlike appearance. D. Maintain accurate as -built plans of the work. E. All computer rooms, hub rooms, and electrical rooms shall be protected by a gas fire suppression system, no wet sprinklers are allowed in these areas. F. Pumps: 3 -phase equipment, if any, shall have phase -loss protection. DIVISION 22 — PLUMBING 220000 — GENERAL DESIGN REOUIREMENTS COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 37 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 A. Provide plumbing fixtures and restroom facilities as required by the Code, plus additional requirements as follows: 1. Exterior Requirements; Each building will have at least one (1) hose bib per exterior wall, spaced at not more than 100' -0" o.c. Hose bibs shall have removable metal T- handles, not plastic handles. All hose bibs shall have a vacuum breaker and shall be firmly secured to the building. Provide recessed unit where installed in exterior walls directly abutting exterior walkways. Isolate copper materials from cementitious materials to prevent deterioration. 2. HVAC Equipment Rooms; Provide at least one (1) hose bib and one (1) floor drain in each HVAC Equipment Room. Provide trap primer at FD unless FD is used as condensate drain. 3. All Mechanical Rooms shall be fitted with sufficient floor drains to allow for drainage of any leaks, condensation, or spillage. 4. Janitorial Closets; Each floor of each building shall have one (1) janitorial closet for every 10,000 sq. ft. and located at each set of restrooms. The Janitors Closet will contain a water heater, floor mop sink, shelves, floor drain, at least one (1) electrical outlet, and sufficient lighting to illuminate room. 5. Restroom Floor Drains; All restrooms, public and private, are to be fitted with floor drains, number and location of which will be determined by size and layout of restroom. Floor drains may be omitted in private restrooms only when located at the first floor. 6. Restroom lavatories and sinks in public areas shall be supplied with cold- water only. Provide flush valve fixtures where adequate water pressure is available. Provide pressure - assist tank type water closets where low water pressure occurs. 8. Provide at least one (1) hose bibb at each deck in parking garages, not more than 100' -0" oc. 9. Lavatory faucets in restrooms shall be hands -free automatic faucets. 10. Flush valves shall be hands -free automatic units. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 38 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 1.1. Unless approved otherwise by FM staff, automatic faucets and automatic flush valves shall be hard wired, not battery operated units. Conceal all wiring inside walls or removable covers. Provide access panel for all units located inside walls. 12. Provide waterless urinals where directed by FM staff. Where waterless urinals are installed, provide water line inside wall for future connection to flush valve. 13. Pumps: All 3 -phase equipment shall have phase -loss protection. 14. Water closets with a max of 3.5 flush, shower heads and faucets with a 3.0 max. 221000 — WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING A. All pipes shall have appropriate shutoff valves located near fixtures to allow for shutoff without shutting down entire systems. Locate valve at fixture, at access panel, or above readily accessible ceiling tile. B. All pipes and fixtures shall have immediate and sufficient access through walls and obstructions to facilitate maintenance and repair. C. All pipes shall have sufficient cleanouts installed to expedite maintenance, Back to back cross -tee assemblies shall have cleanouts above or below cross -tee. D. Insulate all hot water lines. Insulate all exposed drains under sinks in accordance with ADA. Exposed insulation shall be white color; concealed insulation shall be black color. E. Exposed pipes and valves in public restrooms shall be chrome plated. F. Wrap and protect all buried lines to inhibit corrosion where in contact with concrete. G. All main valves shall be brass full- ported ball valves. H. All valves shall be numbered and tagged. Provide typewritten chart indicating each valve number and location, laminated in clear plastic cover and posted in Equipment Room. 1. Provide recirculating pump and return lines for hot water lines over 75' developed length. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 39 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 224000 — PLUMBING FIXTURES A. Acceptable Product Manufacturers: I. Lavatories, Service Sinks, Water Closets, Urinals, Bath Tubs: a. American Standard. b. Crane Co. C. Eljer Plumbingware Div. d. Kohler Co. 2. Stainless Steel Sinks: a. American Standard. b. Elkay Mfg. Co. C. Dayton. 3. Faucets: a. American Standard. b. Chicago Faucet Co. C. Delta Faucet Co. d. Eljer Plumbingware Div. e. Kohler Co. f. Sloan. g. Speakman. h. T K S Brass 4, Flush Valves: a. Sloan Valve Co. (Royal, no substitutions) S. Water Closet Seats: open front; a. Bemis Mfg. Co. b. Beneke Corp. C. Forbes - Wright Industries, Inc.; Church Products. d. Olsonite Corp.; Olsonite Seats. 6. Urinals: a. Falcon b. Sloan 7. Fixture Supports: a. Josam Mfg. Co. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 40 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 b. Kohler Co. C. Tyler Pipe. d. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Hydomechanics Div. B. All plumbing fixtures shall be white color. C. Faucets and trim shall be chrome - plated brass 224010 — WATER HEATERS A. Provide commercial grade water heaters using only industry standard components and sizes, limited to 110, 208, and 240 -volt units manufactured by Rheem or Ruud. Units requiring 480 -volt service or special heating elements may not be used without prior written approval by FMS. DIVISION 23 — HVAC 230000 — GENERAL A. Requirements of Division 1, Standard Plumbing and Mechanical Codes, NEC, NFPA, AMSE, State Board of Health Sanitary Code, OSHA, ASHRAE, AMCA, SMACNA; UL, Florida Energy Code, and Collier County Government Vertical Construction Standards apply to work of this section. B. All materials and equipment provided shall be assembled, erected, and installed in such a manner as to insure proper operation of the system of which they are a part, including air - handlers, direct- expansion units, temperature controls, chillers, cooling towers, condenser pumps, brine pumps; the chilled water primary and secondary pumping systems, the EMS control system, and the electrical services. Equipment, devices, and accessories, not covered by Codes and/ or Standards governing their installation shall be installed in strict accordance with the man ufacturers'primed instructions. C. All design concepts and drawings, shop drawings submittals, equipment listings, etc. will be reviewed by Facility Management for their approval. E. After the installation is complete, Facilities Management shall review the contractor's commissioning plan and testing and balancing results. After tests and commissioning work is approved the equipment shall be officially accepted by Collier County, warranty and guarantee periods shall begin, and the equipment shall be turned over to Collier County in operating condition. 230010 — MECHANICAL SYSTEM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. The HVAC system shall be designed in accordance with the above referenced codes and standards and the requirements and specifications of the building. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 41 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 B. Humidity levels shall be maintained at 45% to 50% relative humidity. C. Indoor Air Quality; All buildings shall be designed in accordance with the latest issue of AS.HRAF, Standard 62, Ventilation for Acceptable Air Quality for building outdoor air. Where the requirements of the Vertical Standards are more stringent than the referenced ASHRAE standards, the Vertical Standards shall be used. D. Air conditioning system must provide a positive pressure throughout the building. E. Coordinate with the work of other trades to insure access panels are provided at all required locations. F. All mechanical rooms are to be air- conditioned. G. Electrical equipment rooms shall be air conditioned to maintain 70d F, with not less than 125 %n excess capacity to cool equipment. iI. Exhaust fans in vehicle areas shall be controlled with manual switch and CO detector. a. CO detector overrides manual switch. I. All 3 -phase equipment shall have phase -loss protection. 230020 — AS -BUILT DRAWINGS A. Contractor must provide accurate and updated as -built drawings detailing all mechanical installations shown as they are accurately installed. 230021 — FINAL, CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE A. Special care should be taken during construction as to not let any foreign particles into the occupied area air stream. 1. The Contractor shall clean all ABU coils and replace all filters prior to final acceptance. B. The Owner, Engineer, and Contractor shall meet on -site and review the As -built Plans, Test and Balance Report, the Manufacturers Operation manuals, and the Maintenance manuals and instructions prior to acceptance. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 42 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 230548 — VIBRATION AND NOISE CONTROL A. All units shall be equipped with proper vibration control springs and /or pads specified by manufacturer to minimize vibration and noise. B. Mechanical rooms adjacent to offices must be quiet operating and sound levels shall be abated and subdued with insulation and silencers so that the pressure levels within three feet from any surface on the chiller and within the mechanical room do not exceed 90DB. C. Coordinate with the work of other trades as required to insure adequate sound attenuation of all equipment. Provide full height partitions and sound batt insulation at all mechanical room walls. Seal all wall penetrations, and provide continous seal at top, bottom, ends and all edges of mechanical room walls. 230553 — MECHANICAL IDF,NTTFTCATTON A. All supply grilles shall be marked with vinyl letters to identify the grille and corresponding air handling units and as directed by Facilities Management Staff. All grilles will be assigned a number by the Senior HVAC technician and included on the master ventilation plan. These numbers will coincide with METASYS identification numbers for ease of identification for remote use. B. All condensers, air handler units, fans, and other major components of the mechanical system shall be identified with the same designation used on the drawings and supplemental numbers as designated by FMS. Use either neatly stenciled signs painted directly on equipment, or plastic signs with 1" high engraved letters permanently fastened to the units. 230563 — ANTI- MICROBTAL TREATMENT A. Not Required. 230543 — TFSTTNG, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING A. All air handlers shall be properly balanced at designed static pressure of the unit manufacturer prior to occupancy. Each zone should be properly balanced, each diffuser should have proper amount of CFM making up the total for each individual VAV box. The total CFM of all VAV boxes should equal the CFM output of their air handler to be properly balanced. This must be achieved for acceptance of the air testing and balancing report. Provide written qualifications of all personnel used to perform any testing, adjusting, or balancing on site. Provide written certification to the County that work was done on site. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 43 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 2. Install clean filters at A,HU and at all R/A grilles prior to testing and balancing. 3. All ceilings shall be installed and all doors and windows shall be closed during test and balance work. B. Test and balance services shall be included in the contract for construction. C. For building projects exceeding $200,000.00 in construction cost or mechanical equipment contracts exceeding $25,000.00, provide the services of an independent, certified test and balance firm. 2307:13 — DUCT INSTALLATION A. All ducts shall be externally insulated. There shall be no fiberglass material in the air stream. 232300 — REFRIGERANT PIPING A. All piping shall be type "K" or type "L" copper piping. All elbow piping shall be of long radius to increase flow and prevent restrictions. Provide 45d elbows in liciu o 90d elbows wherever possible. All taps, tees, joints, oil - traps, and other connections shall be made only with appropriate fittings designed and selected for the use of the piping system. All connections shall have brazed joints. 233113 — METAL DUCTWORK A. All supply and return ductwork shall be externally insulated galvanized sheet metal with no fiberglass insulation in the air - stream. All exhaust fan ducts and outdoor air ducts shall be aluminum with external insulation. B. Ductwork Accessories; All materials needed such as anchors, hangers, screws, canvas connectors. "S" and "Drive" cleats, duct sealant shall be properly installed as to insure proper safe operation of system. 233116 — FIBROUS -GLASS DUCTWORK A. Fiberglass duct systems are not allowed in new building or renovations. 233233 — PLENUM RETURN SYSTEMS A. Plenum return systems are not allowed in new buildings. 233346 — FLEXIBLE DUCTS A. Maximum length C -0 ". COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 44 SEPTEMBER 2S, 2006 234000 — AIR FILTERS A. All air handling units should have clean pleated filters, min 2" thick, 25% to 35% efficient per ASHRAE 52. B. Install filter grilles at all returns serving occupied spaces. 236400 — CHILLER EQUIPMENT AND PIPING A. Chiller shall be an electric motor driven centrifugal or rotary screw liquid type, equipped with flooded evaporator, water cooled condenser, oil supply system for both lubrication and hydraulic capacity control, electrical disconnect, motor starter, and microcomputer control panel, and all related inter - connecting piping and electrical connections. Chiller shall be a factory assembled and packaged unit complete with full operating charge of oil and refrigerant. Refrigerant shall be, R22, HCFC 123, or HFC 134A. 1. Chiller shall be .manufactured by the Trane Company unless approved otherwise by FM Director. B. Frequency Drives for pumps and fans shall be manufactured by ABB. No substituitions C. Chiller Room Safety Equipment; The contractors' chiller manufacturer shall furnish all necessary safety equipment as required to bring the existing or new chiller mechanical room up to the current ANSI /ASHRAE Standard No. 15 -1992 requirements and in accordance with the furnished per Standard No. 32- 1994. The requirement includes sgnage identifying the type, quantity, pressure, and installer of the refrigerant, oxygen deprivation and refrigerant sensors, monitoring panels, occupancy sensors for automatic activation of the ventilation systems, plus one normal use and one backup use approved self contained breathing apparatuses with storage cabinets. Proper mechanical room ventilation should be sized for beat dissipation. D. Alarms; All chiller rooms shall be equip with a carbon monoxide sensor and alarm. E. Pipes and Pipe- Fittings for Chilled Water Systems; Pipe shall be Schedule 40 black carbon steel type BCS -150 meeting requirements of ASTM A120 and A53 for chilled water, cooling tower water, brine water, and vent system usages. All piping shall utilize screw fittings for sizes 2" and smaller and butt welded joints and flange fittings for sizes 2 1/2" and larger as required to join associated valves and equipment flanges. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 45 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 No PVC piping on any chilled water, cooling tower water, brine water and vent system usages. F, Valves for Chilled Water Systems; Valves for isolation and shut -off services shall be gate type with dual supported rising stems for 125PSI working pressure service with bronze valve bodies and screw fittings for pipe sizes up to and thru 2- inches and with iron bodies and either flange or grooved fittings for all larger pipe sizes. Balancing valves for fixing water flow rates shall be ball and/or globe type with calibrated orifices, indicating operating handles and flow rate gauge fittings as required for setting flow rates. 2. Variable water flow system control valves shall be globe and /or butterfly single- and two -way types with manual and motorized operators as required to operate within the EMS system. All valves shall be capable of providing smooth proportioning flow control. Spring returns shall be provided on all two position and /or reversible modulating valves where required for fail -safe operation. G. Piping Specialties for Chilled Water Systems; All required piping accessories shall be provided and shall include, but not be limited to, air vents, pressure relief valves, dielectric connectors, gauge piping, strainers, flexible connectors, temperature sensors and wells, pressure gauges and ports, gaskets, and wall and floor sleeves, expansion joints, pipe supports, and anchors and all other devices necessary for a complete and operable installation. H. Thermal Pipe Insulation for use indoors on all chilled water piping and surfaces shall be minimum 1 1/2 -inch thick fibrous glass insulation with vapor barrier. Use 2" foam glass insulation between chiller and ice tanks. All chilled water piping shall be color coded with label and arrows identifying direction and contents of flow. Provide aluminum jacket over all insulated piping where exposed to view and /or exterior to building above grade. Each building shall have a chilled water line shutoff at the entrance to the building and at each floor of the building. 236500 — COOLING TOWERS A. Cooling tower shall be an induced draft, cross flow, factory assembled. It shall consist of heavy gauge steel frame workcells housing bottom cold water basins, central water spillways, and top hot water basins, fans and speed reducing decks, fan cylinders, electric drive motors, etc. The tower shall include all accessories as required for safe and reliable operation. Structural framing, casing covers, basin, and sump shall be stainless steel. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 46 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 1. Cooling Tower shall be manufactured by the Marley Company, Baltimore Aircoil, or a County approved equal. 2. Cooling Tower shall be CTI certified. B. Pumps shall be centrifugal types of two mounting arrangements, in -line pipe mounted for secondary chilled water loop pumps and base mounted for all other applications. Pumps shall be manufactured by Bell & Gossett, Armstrong, Aurora, EVAPCO, Peerless, or an approved equal. 2, Limit pump motors to nominal 1800 RPM wherever possible. C. The base mounted pumps shall be installed on housekeeping pads which are installed in such a manner to insure accessibility to remove pump motors. The pumps should be located near accessible doors allowing a portable hoist into and accessing the pumps without any obstructions. 1. Locate motor out of airstream. 237300 — SPLIT -- SYSTEM HVAC UNITS A. Split- system HVAC units shall be matched units provided by the same manufacturer. Approved manufacturers are Carrier, Trane, York, and Weatherking. B. Air Cooled Condensers 1. All air cooled condensers shall be concealed from view from the front or sides of the building. Condensers shall be located in a dry, dust -free environment separated from landscaping and maintained lawns and not confined in an enclosed area. Provide bronzeglow protective finish where units are located within one mile of the coast. Do not locate exterior units directly under the edge of a roof overhang or roof valley. 2. Provide sufficient clear area around the unit to for maintenance and free air circulation without recirculation. Confirm the manufacturers minimum recommended clearances between units and walls prior to design. in no cases shall units be placed closer than two (2) feet from an adjacent wall nor closer than three (3) feet between units. Provide additional clear areas for servicing as recommended by the manufacturer, but not less than (5) feet on service side, plus a minimum five (5) foot by five (5) foot clear work area. The work area must be a hard surface such as on a concrete pad or pavement. Coil grill guards shall be installed on all air cooled condensing units 5 ton and larger. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 47 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 C. Air Handling Units All air handling units shall have not less than two (2) feet of clearance around the entire unit, plus not less than five (5) feet clear on the service side(s) of the equipment. Provide at least one five (5) foot by five (5) foot clear floor area in the equipment room for servicing and maintenance of the equipment. The clearances specified herein are minimum sizes and may need to be increased as necessary to accommodate the equipment used. The size and maintenance requirements of the unit shall be used to determine the required room size. 2. Air handlers shall not be located in attic space, but in mechanical rooms with duct leading into the ceiling. (Exception only if an existing system is installed in an attic space. 3. Provide double -wall Air Handler Units with sloped IAQ at drain pans. 237400 — ROOFTOP UNITS A. Avoid rooftop units whenever possible. When located on roof, units shall not be visible from the ground. Approved manufacturers are Carrier, Trane, York, and Weatherking. Provide bronzeglow protective finish where units are located within one mile of the coast. B. Comply with SMACNA and NRCA standards for flashing at all roof penetrations. Coordinate work with other trades. Provide prefabricated roof curbs under all roof mounted equipment. Pitch pans are not allowed. Provide walk boards at rooftop locations. 238400 — DEHUMIDIFICATION EQUIPMENT A. Dehumidification equipment must be correctly sized to maintain 50% (or lower) relative humidity level. Manufacturer shall be Scorpion or FM approved equal. B. Coordinate design requirements with other trades as required to meet this specification. Vestibules are recommended at all high - traffic entrances to the building. DIVISION 25 — INTEGRATED AUTOMATION 255000 — HVAC CONTROLS A. 'EMS" Control systems COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 48 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 1. All buildings over 4,000 7,590 square feet will include a Building Automation System. The system will be Johnson Control's Metasys System. Included within the package will be all items currently being utilized by the Facilities Management Department including but not limited to remote monitoring at the main office. 2. Temperature sensors and controls to be located in each private office, zone and /or open area as specified by engineer. 3. Zone and room temperatures to be controlled only by Facility Management Department, not by room occupant. NON - adjustable sensors are to be used in all areas except when specifically exempted in writing by Facilities Management staff. 4. Temperature, CO2 and humidity sensors shall be located in space which is being controlled. The sensors shall be mounted on wall 5 feet above the floor, not in R/A ducts. 5. Individual DDC controller for each major piece of mechanical equipment to insure operation in case of failure to our "EMS" system. 6. As part of the project, the system will dial into the work station at the Facilities Management Headquarters. All equipment will be included in the project. All computer and electrical rooms will have temperature sensors with alarmed ranges monitored and pageable. B. "EMS" Network Design 1. System shall be designed to a fault tolerant distributed system with intelligence at each major piece of mechanical equipment. 1 Communication to all DDC controllers shall be by Network Control Unit (NCU) in building. 3. Communication from NCU to Operator Workstation in Building W via Fiber optic Cabling, if building is on campus, or via modem if building is off campus. System shall allow automatic beeper notification of critical alarms as defined by FM department prior to software generation by utilizing the existing automatic dialer if the building is on campus or a new automatic dialer if building is off campus. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 49 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 DIVISION 26 — ELECTRICAL 260000 — GENERAL A. Standards; Requirements of Division 1, the National Electric Code, NFPA, NEMA, and UL apply to work of this section. B. All automated lighting control systems shall be monitored and controlled through Metasys, unless otherwise approved by the Department of Facilities Management. C. All 3 -phase equipment shall have phase -loss protection. D. All light fixtures must accept G.E. replacement lamps. 260010 — AS -BUILT DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall provide accurate and updated as -built drawings detailing all electrical installations, to include outlets, shown as they are actually installed. 260020 — RENOVATION AND RETROFIT WORK A. For all renovation; retrofit; and building additions projects, the Design Professional and /or Contractor must consult with County maintenance personnel for tie -in to existing equipment. 260030 — SPECIAL EQUIPMENT ROOM REQUIREMENTS A. All mechanical rooms and exterior equipment areas shall be fitted with at least two (2) exe (1) 20 amp duplex electrical outlets, 115 volt single phase. B. All mechanical rooms shall be fitted with sufficient lighting to properly illuminate all areas of the room taking into account light obstruction due to equipment, provide approximately :1.00 Foot Candles of illumination. C. Provide 2 separate electrical rooms; one for building power and one for low voltage applications such as computer networks, phone etc. The intent is to physically separate functions while maintaning close proximity to each other. D. If building is equipped with card access hardware, provide card reader at each equipment room. 260040 — IDENTIFICATION A. Provide neatly typed panel schedules identifying all circuits in all new and renovated work. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 50 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 B. All panels and switchgear shall be identified with engraved plastic signs indicating same designation shown on the as -built plans. 260500 -- CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Only T.H.H.N. or equivalent copper wire shall be used in any electrical wiring. B. Engineer shall design wiring with respect to the harmonic loads of the building. C. Neutrals shall be installed using one of two approved methods: Install separate neutrals with circuits. 2. Install oversized neutrals. D. Raceways and Raceway Fittings shall be. thin wall EMT type steel conduits for indoor use, and PVC for exposed outdoor use. All raceways shall be complete with fittings specifically designed for use with the associated raceways. flexible metallic and PVC are acceptable. E. Junction, Outlet, and Pull Boxes Shall be constructed of code gauge sheet steel,' galvanized or sheradized or otherwise rust proofed; and sized in accordance with the NEC per number of devices and wires within the boxes or the number and sizes of conduits entering the boxes. Outlet boxes shall have suitable cover plates or devices mounting plates as required for its associated device and /or accessory. Junction and pull boxes shall have blank steel covers bolted to the boxes. F. Sleeves for pipe and conduit penetrations through concrete or masonry walls shall be minimum No. 22 gauge sheet steel. 260526 GROUNDING A. Pull ground wire with all circuits. B. Grounds shall be cadwelded to steel frame structures. C. Ground rods shall be a minimum of twenty (20) feet long D. Step down transformers for lighting and receptacle loads shall have grounded electrodes to each transformer. 260536 — CABLE TRAYS A. Provide cable trays or hooks above corridor ceilings where required by Owners building design program. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 51 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 260620.16 — DISCONNECT SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. All circuit breakers shall be either Square D or ITE type breakers. B. Wafer style breakers shall not be used in new construction. 260620.26 — DEVICES A. All receptacles shall twenty (20) amp combination devices. B. Except as noted below, the color of all switches, cover plates, fixtures, devices, exit lights, emergency lights, etc. shall be either White or as scheduled by Design Professional. Trim shall be white color, aluminum, brushed aluminum, or chrome. Computer /UPS outlets shall be orange color. 2. Emergency generator outlets shall be red color, unless entire facility is powered by emergency generator. 262200 — TRANSFORMERS A. Provide non- linear load transformers where required. 264100 — LIGHTNING PROTECTION A. Where required by building design program, provide a complete UL listed lightning protection system. Shop drawings shall be reviewed and approved by the Design Professional prior to installation. Minimize roof penetrations and coordinate the work with other trades as needed for a complete and proper leak- proof installation. Exposed pitch pans are not allowed. 264300 — TRANSIENT VOLTAGE, SUPPRESSION A. Provide appropriate surge suppression device for all buildings. 265100 -- INFERIOR LIGHTING A. Fixtures types shall be limited to listed standard fixtures to facilitate maintenance. 1. Basic interior lighting fixtures shall be 2'x 4' fluorescent lighting fixtures. 2. All lighting fixtures shall have electronic ballasts with T -5 fluorescent lamps with safety fuse. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 52 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 3. Recessed lamps shall use only standard PL 5, 7, 9, or 13 lamps. Do not use quad or non - standard lamps. 4. Special fixtures must be approved by the County prior to completion of design. 5. Tandem ballasts are not allowed. 6. Provide at least one non- switched fluorescent night light in Foyer, Lobby, Corridors, and large Open Office areas 7. Lighting must be energy efficient 265200 — EMERGENCY LIGHTING A. 'Emergency lights shall be low- profile surface mounted dual head units, white color. Provide Surelight CU -1 manufactured by Surelite. 2. Do not use EM backup units for recessed fixtures. 265300 — EXIT SIGNS A. Provide LED exit signs. B. Exit signs shall not use fluorescent lamps and nor any radioactive materials. C. Exit signs shall have brushed aluminum faces. Stencils shall be green. 265600 — EXTERIOR LIGHTING A. Exterior fixtures shall utilize metal halide lamps with standard mogul bases. Acceptable sizes are limited to 150, 250, and 400 watt lamps. B. Light poles shall be individually fused and numbered sequentially in order to confirm exact pole location for bulb maintenance. Call Facilities Management prior to installing numbers for approved number material, colors, and location on pole. C. Exterior fixtures shall be all aluminum or heavy duty vandal resistant plastic construction with vandal resistant glass lenses. D. Well or buried fixtures are not allowed E. Flag pole lights: 10OW MH. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 53 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 F. Sign lights: 70W MH unless approved otherwise. G. Exterior wraparound fixtures: not allowed (use vapor proof fixtures in exterior environments). DIVISION 27 — COMMUNICATIONS 272000 — INFORMATION TECI4NOLOGY (IT) A. Use Category 6 wire for all data lines in new construction and renovations. 272010 - FIBER OPTIC. LINES A. All fiber optic lines must be traceable. Acceptable tracing techniques are as follows: Install pull wires with each line. 2. Encase lines in a steel jacket. 273000 —TELEPHONE SYSTEMS A. Refer to the Collier County Government Information Technology (IT) Standards Manual. B. Conceal all cables in walls, partitions, and ceiling spaces wherever possible. Run lines in conduit from telephone board to telephone company connection. Do not install unprotected lines or equipment on exterior walls of the building. 274000 — CABLE TV SYSTEMS A. Prewire for standard cable TV service to all Conference Rooms, Lobby, Executive Offices and where identified in the Owners building design program. Refer to the Collier County Government IT Standards Manual. DIVISION 28 — ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 281000 —SECURITY ALARM A. For new buildings or renovations where the security system is being removed, a new integrated system shall be installed. In existing buildings where the security system is not being replaced, the Facility Management System shall monitor the security system as noted below. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 54 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 System shall perform as a stand -alone security system including all required control sequences per occupant's requirements including necessary keypads, card readers, motion detectors, door contacts, etc. 2. Security system shall communicate to (FMS) to indicate at a minimum, zone by zone status. 3. FMS shall act as a secondary reporting station and shall not be the primary reporting station. All external hardware shall have tamper proof screws. All roof hatches shall be monitored by the security system. 282300 — CCTV VIDEO SURVEILLANCE A. Fixed Cameras shall be Pelco model # CC3701H -2 Series Digital Color Camera. B. Pan / Tilt / Zoom Cameras shall be Pelco model #Spectra III SE Series Dome Systems. C. CCTV DVR's recording devices shall be Dedicated Micros BX2 CA 1.2 Terabyte. D. CCTV images shall be transmitted to FM Operations Center. E. Two (2) WP electrical outlets shall be installed in locked panel on poles used for CCTV panel. 283100 —FIRE ALARM A. Provide a complete Fire Alarm system where required by Code or Ordinance. Refer to Division One for General Requirements, Codes, and Standards, including FBC and NFPA codes. Fire Alarm systems shall be provided by Johnson Controls or as directed by FM staff. 2. Fire Alarm software shall be compatible with existing software utilized at FM operations center. B. Comply with the requirements of NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm Code for all work related to the design and installation of the system. The Engineer of Record shall review and approve the installers shop drawings prior to permit application. C. The fire control panel shall be an addressable fire panel that is ULFM listed. A triple dialer with 3 phone lines coming from the fire panel is required; two (2) COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 55 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 lines per fire code to the primary monitoring company, and the third line will come back to the Building "W" Operations Center for ancillary monitoring. For new buildings or renovations where the existing fire alarm system is being removed, a new integrated system shall be installed. In existing buildings where the fire alarm system is not being replaced, the Facility Management System shall monitor the fire alarm system as noted below. System shall perform as a stand -alone fire alarm system including all required control sequences including Fire Department notification. 2. Fire Alarm system shall communicate to (FMS) to indicate at a minimum, zone by zone status. FMS shall act as a secondary reporting station and shall not be the primary reporting station. D. Maintain accurate as -built plans of all work. Provide neatly typed zone schedule at the fire alarm panel. 2. Provide CAD discs of any new or revised alarm system. E. Provide a lockable exterior "fire fighter key box" located near the main entry of each new building and containing the building's master key for use during fire emergencies. Approval of the box type and final location shall be determined solely by the Fire Department and / or Fire Marshall for each fire district. F. Provide a "Stopper II w /Hom Casing" (model # STI -1130 or equivalent) for all Lobby and Entrance area Fire Pull Stations. G. All warning devices (Horn /Strobes etc.) shall be ceiling mounted and not located on the wall unless required by code. Center the device within individual ceiling tile when possible. DIVISION 31 — FART] IWORK 310000 — GENERAL A. Comply with the Collier County Land Development Code, FBC, and requirements of Division 1. 312000 — GRADING A. Enclosed building floor slabs shall be at least 8" above exterior finish grade. Do not slope grades towards buildings. Final grading around the building is to be sloped evenly away from structures and slabs to insure positive drainage. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 56 SEPTEMBER 28. 2006 DIVISION 32 — EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 329300 — LANDSCAPING A. Except for grass, all landscaping must be at least three (3) feet away front any exterior wall. Plants and other foliage must have a three (3) foot clearance between outer limbs and each wall. B. Trees are to be planted at least Fifteen (15) feet from any exterior wall. C. Landscaping may not be planted within Four (4) feet of HVAC units, fire protection assemblies, mechanical or electrical equipment. Increase distance as needed to provide required clearance for anticipated full -grown size of landscaping. D. Install not less than 10" wide border of gravel at the perimeter of exterior walls around each building. Gravel shall be not less than 4" thick, installed over weed block fabric, with a suitable continuous edge trim. Top of gravel shall be at least 8" below the finish floor slab. E. Completely remove all compacted base and sub base material from areas intended for landscaping and trees at landscape islands in parking areas. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 57 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION A NAPLES, FLORIDA APPENDIX B COLLIER COUNTY IT STANDARDS Collier County Information Technology Construction Standards Version 2.0 9/17/2007 Revision History Date Initials Change 9/17/2007 INJ Document updated 08/5/2008 INJ Document Updated Section G -5 Cabinet connections Audience: General ( vendors, other department Project Managers) Purpose: Outline IT's requirements for new construction and remodels Prerequisites: None Policy Policy— Collier County Information Technology Construction Standards Page 1 of 17 Table of Contents Site Design Communications Equipment Rooms General HVAC Heat Load Electrical UPS Electrical Requirements Communications Racks Environmental Monitoring Stacked in Multi Story buildings Physical Security IDF MDF Computer Rooms Fire Suppression Cabling Standards Category 6 Fiber Optic Patch Cables Patch Panels Page 2 of 17 Labeling Terminations Category 6 Fiber Optic Patch Cables Patch Panels Labeling Work Station Wiring Installation Definitions Applicable Standards Page 3 of 17 Site Design a. Entrance Conduit L Single Building Sites -Building will have two sets of two inch conduit from the Main Distribution Frame (MDF) to the right of way. Each set will follow a different physical path. b. Multi Building Sates Gne buildiRg will be designated as the Site MDF and the entFanGe eenduit will he installed as de ^rihed above will be GOnneGted to the building MDF with two, tWO iRGh Gendu t. c. Physical Security Ga d V l All h 'Id. a° will have at le st a a P)4PF09F do equipped G d AGeess Leeks (^ FaGilit'es Management far details.) whe ssri4h avail ^hl ii. Cipher Locks — In the event that Card Key locks are not available in a facility cipher combination locks will be installed. (insert example model here). iii. 2. Communications Rooms P. Excla�pUse All r m ^^4ien Rooms are fer the sale use of 661T. Ne ether I My a de arim ntal..tG ^ ele^4r' ^I HVA(` e4r OF ether ...,,� ..4.1...E ..,. w�., .,I;........._..._. _._.��_ _.___..__ ._. ._ ___. _. __� __.. _. b. Room Specifications i. Flooring 1. Size - Minimum of 100 square feet (10' x 10') for single rack applications. An additional 2' of width is required for each additional rack. 2. Floor Surface - have ^'^ ° ^i fi^ fI^ ^r ^ Ff^^^ r^ ^ ^t° VCT installation will be completed at least two weeks before the rack installation. 3. Floor loading— � err IeadiR ^ Cn ent Deemer OF nitro m iN he "00 Ih 42 co ' �er the area 6UPPOFt*Rg the equipment. ii. Ceiling Height -Minimum clear height 8 feet above finished floor without obstructions. iii. Doors 1. 36" wide and 80" tall with a 1800 outward swing 2. The door should have no center posts or doorsills. iv. Lighting 1. Specify to have lights mounted at ceiling height with a rnfaimumaf can lux measured three feet ;;hove the fL.er Special consideration will be made regarding the placement of lighting fixtures to avoid equipment racks and loaded cable trays from blocking much of the lighting. 26 CCIT will have final approval over placement of the lights. Page 4 of 17 70 ertinle 110 -26 (4)(d) Systems Power 2. Most equipment used in this room contains switching power supplies so many manufacturers are now recommending to oversize the neutral conductor in the AC distribution panel. vi. Convenience Power - Power outlets piaGed at feet eteFyals in the rnem for support and test equipment. These outlets should be on a single dedicated, isolated, non - switched, 4 -way, 120Vac 20Amp circuit. vii. HVAC 1. Air - conditioned with separate supply and return ducting. 2. Maintain constant temperature of 640 - 750 F with one air change per hour. 3. Relative humidity should be 40 -50 %. 4. Heat load specifications will be provided after network equipment specifications are finalized. c. Location i. Room shall be located such that no single Category 6 horizontal cable shall exceed a length of 90 meters or 295 feet from patch panel to station jack. This distance allows for a service loop at each end of the station cable, wall traversal distance, and allowing cables to run parallel and perpendicular with the joists. Cable pathways run parallel and perpendicular to the building walls. Running cables diagonally through the building or "as- the - crow- flies" will not be accepted. 'ArAtpd %;3r th 'ddl F h flOOF d 'th' 90 meters f e eh ath..r nnrl II b aFea eutlets. If Gannet et be sta6k d '..stall a of few 4 J d fts fe a pathway between the iv. Communications Rooms will not be located near or under bathrooms, laundry rooms, kitchens, or janitorial sinks. d. UPS i. rrlT uses AFneFoGaR o . re e inori UPS a er.t D will h ed by the ak) a tre sfe i tnh m st he inn', -ded r- cv��rnT- e...er never r .. r nu..._....._ __ ...__ to pe r the UPS. e� _. _ _ _+ � _ _ ,. �..�..�. e. Conduit and Sleeves i. A minimum of 4 -4" sleeves installed on the inside wall near the ceiling adjacent to the hallway for horizontal pathways. n f A A^ slee..es 'nN..11ed in the fleer end 'n the Gelling fer r .. .,..,., ...,.........- ,nor iii. All wall and floor penetrations for Communications Rooms must be made with sleeved cores. iv. A minimum of four 4" cores must be installed in Entrance Facilities, Equipment Rooms, and Telecommunications Closets. Page 5 of 17 vi. All cores must be lined with sections of 4" EMT. vii. All EMT sleeves must be reamed and have a plastic bushing installed on each end. viii. All sleeves must extend 4" beyond the wall or floor. ix. A section of vertical ladder rack must be installed as a pathway from floor to ceiling behind areas where cores stack between floors to secure pass - through cables and service loops- x. All t be 'd F'F' d d labeled ith Q 'Id'.. RumbeF, Fleer end TG "F d the Q 'Idi Rg nurnbeF, fleer and TG " f. Cable Trays i. A continuous pathway of cable tray placed from all the conduits or sleeves up the wall and along the ceiling around the perimeter of the walls and over all equipment racks and cabinets. ii. The pathway must be strong enough and well secured to support the weight of the cables and any possible splice enclosures. iii. Cable tray, also known as runway or ladder rack, to line the perimeter of the room. iv. A minimum of 12" wide cable tray must be used for the pathway to the racks. g. Communications Racks i. Size - Enclosed 19" by 84" locking racks with holes that comply with the 1.75U TIA/EIA standard. ii. Cable Management - Integral vertical cable management. iii. Patch Panels 1. Type — Category 6, 24 port 568 -B patch panels. 2. Standards - EIA/TIA TSB -40 standards 3. Labeling - Labeled with rack number and a alpha character. For example a rack with 2 patch panels would be labeled 1A, 1 B, etc.24 port only 4. Patch Cable Labeling — Patch cables are to be labeled with the Patch Panel Label + the port number at the end connecting to the device. The end at the patch panel is to be labeled with the name of the device it is connected to. 5. All Cabinet to Cabinet connections need to be done with patch panels not free wire iv. Rack Layout — See Appendix 2 h. Environmental Monitoring - both temperature and humidity with remote alarming capability. Monitors should be network enabled and capable of forwarding SNMP traps. J. Physical Security • Leeks (see FaGiliF'es M. Ragement Fer details) ..here available. ii. Cipher Locks — In the event that Card Key locks are not available in a facility cipher combination locks will be installed. (insert example model here). 3. MDF a. Adheres to specifications of Communications Rooms b. Telecommunications Backboard - AC -grade 3/4" x 4'x 8' sheet plywood, with no voids, covered on all sides with two coats flat black fire retardant paint mounted on rear wall of room. c. Grounding and Bonding - Install a contiguous Intra- building grounding and bonding system in compliance with NEC Article 250 and TIA/EIA -607 using a minimum Page 6 of 17 conductor size of 6 AWG to be located on each Telecommunications Backboard with Ground Bus Bar as directed. 4. Site MDF a. Adheres to specifications of MDF. b. All cabling enters the building in this room c. Typically, outdoor cables need to enter the building, terminate onto a grounded device for lightning protection, and cross connect onto terminated indoor cables. d. There shall be 6 ft between lightning conductors and communications cables and wires per NFPA 70 Article 800 -13. e. All entrance cables that need to transition from outdoor cable to indoor cable must do so within 50' of entering the building. f. All outdoor inner duct must transition immediately upon entering the building. g. No direct - buried cable is acceptable. 5. Computer Rooms a. Will function as a Site MDF. b. HVAC Requirements i. Specify to have all Telecommunication Rooms provided with adequate HVAC equipment to maintain a constant temperature and humidity level throughout the day, evening, and weekend timeframes. ii. Most equipment manufacturers recommend a temperature range of 60 to 80 degrees Fahrenheit and a 40 -60% non - condensing humidity level. iii. The ambient temperature should not change more than 12 degrees in an hour. iV C ti Feern must { eentain J e{e F dFaiR pipes exeept to eh the HVG e e.,{ c. Fire Suppression r.— FM200 System a . may.::vi.ent • Raised fIGOF with a of 12" nleaFaRee e Cable tF bed.. Famsed fle 6. Cabling a. General i. All cable must be new ii. All cables shall be PVC, Outside Plant, Riser, or Plenum rated as required by specific project specifications or local building code. 7. Category 6 UTP a. Four -pair cables shall consist of four -pair, 24- gauge, UTP. All four -pair Category 6 cables shall conform to TIA/EIA 568 -B Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard, Horizontal Cable Section, Addendum 1- Transmission Performance Specifications for 4 -pair 100 Ohm Category 6 Cabling (TIA/EIA -568- B.2 -1). b. The Category 6 cabling components shall be electrically backward compatible with existing Category 3, 4 and 5, plus future networks. The components shall be engineered and manufactured to compensate for any Category 3, 4, or 5 component crosstalk and shall provide at least Category 3, 4, or 5 performance in all of the Collier County Government's existing installed base of voice /data /video. c. Cables shall be capable of supporting the applications such as: i. Analog and digital voice ii. Analog Baseband Video /Audio (up to 77 channels, 550 MHz) iii. 10 Mbps, 100 Mbps, and 1000 Mbps Ethernet with and without in -line power Page 7 of 17 iv. 155 Mbps ATM v. 622 Mbps ATM vi. 270 Mbps Digital Video Single Medp Fiber Optics Wr .. .. - �, 9. Work Station Wiring a. Terminations - All pairs shall be terminated. b. Outlet Boxes - Each Communications outlet box will be a single gang, steel outlet box equipped with a mud ring securely mounted at planned locations. c. Faceplates - Each outlet box will be equipped with a four position white modular faceplates with blank inserts for all unused positions securely mounted at planned locations. d. Electrical — One duplex electrical outlet will be located on the same wall as the data outlet and be within thee feet of the outlet. e. Furniture — i. Blocking Outlets - If furniture will be blocking a outlet secondary labeling for the outlet will be placed in line with the outlet above the level of the furniture. ii. Modular Furniture — Where modular furniture is being installed all Data Outlets will be installed in the raceways integral to the furniture. f. Jacks - Communications jacks for all Category 6 cable will be ANSI I TIA I EIA — 568 — B RJ -45 Category 6 compliant Ortronics or equivalent. g. Labeling - Each Jack will be labeled with the Communications room number, followed by the patch panel designator and finally the patch panel port number. i. All faceplates must have printed, adhesive labels. Hand written labels are not acceptable. ii. CCIT uses colored icons inserted above the jack opening to identify the jack application. Where applicable the top most position of the faceplate shall be White, the middle position Orange and the bottom most position Blue. iii. All patch panels are to be labeled with the Jack Number at the end of the cable to be plugged into a computer or telephone. 10. Installation a. General i. All cabling shall be installed according to specifications given in TIA/EIA 568- 6 Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard, General Requirements, Cabling Installation Requirement Section (TIA/EIA- 568 -B.1 Section 10). ii. Conduit will be schedule 40 PVC. iii. Each horizontal cable shall be installed in a "home -run" configuration. No "daisy chained" conduit or cables shall be allowed. iv. At no time shall pulling tension exceed 25 lbs. on horizontal cables. v. Traditional nylon synch style Tie Wraps shall not be used to bundle cables. Only Velcro Tie Wraps are acceptable to bundle cables. vi. No Intra - building telecommunications cable shall be run adjacent and parallel to power cabling. A minimum of 5 distance is required from any fluorescent lighting fixture or power line up to 2kVA and 24" from any power line over 5kVA. Similarly, cable should be routed and terminated as far as possible Page 9 of 17 from sources of EMF, such as ballasts, generators, fans, motor control units, motors, etc. Cable shall have no physical defects such as cuts, tears or bulges in the outer jacket. Cables with defects shall be replaced. vii. Cables jackets that are chaffed or burned exposing internal conductor insulation or have any bare copper shall be replaced. viii. Contractor shall observe the bending radius and pulling strength requirements of the cable during handling and installation. ix. All cable routes to be approved by the BCCIT prior to installation of the cabling. x. Contractor shall provide the County with detailed diagrams for all cable runs detailing exact locations of cable for review and approval by the BCCIT after coordination with other contractors, architects, and general contractor. Documentation will include at a minimum: 1. Cable lengths between terminations, amplifiers, splitters, patch panels, and equipment; 2. Exact routing of cable, 3. Frequency rating, location and identification of amplifiers, splitters, and patch panels; 4. Bonding and grounding methods and locations; 5. Location and description of all associated equipment; and A. Cable Trays -All wiring will be run in overhead cable tray systems. 1. The Cable Tray system shall be an open steel mesh tray system designed for ease of access. 2. The Cable Tray system shall be "UL Classified" as suitable for use as an electrical conductor for grounding and bonding. 3. Where physical considerations preclude the use of cable trays other Cable Support Devices may be substituted. Acceptable Cable Support Devices include "J Hooks" and Cable Slings that are Category 6 compliant. a. These Cable Support Devices shall be hung securely by either "all- thread" material, or ceiling grid hanger wires dedicated only to hanging the Cable Support Devices on and not ones holding ceiling grid. b. The Cable Support Devices may also be secured to walls above ceilings. c. If "J" hooks are used, avoid placing any pressure or creating stress points on the cable. Maximum spacing between "J" hooks shall not exceed five feet. b. Cable Routing i. All horizontal cables, regardless of media type, shall not exceed 90 m (295 ft) from the telecommunications outlets in the work area to the horizontal cross connect. ii. The combined length of jumpers, or patch cords and equipment cables in the telecommunications room /closet and the work area should not exceed 10m (33 ft). iii. Four horizontal cables shall be routed to each work area unless otherwise specified and as shown on project drawings. iv. Horizontal pathways shall be installed or selected such that the minimum bend radius of horizontal cables is kept within manufacturer specifications both during and after installation. Page 10 of 17 v. Telecommunications pathways, spaces and metallic cables, which run parallel with electric power or lighting, which is less than or equal to 480 Vrms, shall be installed with a minimum clearance of 12 inches. vi. Horizontal pathways should avoid being parallel to sources electromagnetic interference when ever possible. Crossing perpendicular is preferred. vii. The installation of telecommunications cabling shall maintain a minimum clearance of 3 m (10 ft) from power cables in excess of 480 Vrms. viii. For voice or data applications, 4 -pair UTP or fiber optic cables shall be run using a star topology from the telecommunications room /closet serving that zone to every individual information outlet ix. Each run of UTP cable between horizontal portion of the cross - connect in the telecommunication closet and the information outlet shall not contain splices. x. In the communications room /closet where cable trays or cable racking are used, the contractor shall provide appropriate means of cable management such as reusable color -coded hook and loop cable managers (ties) to create a neat appearance and practical installation. xi. Continuous conduit runs installed by the General Contractor should not exceed 30.5 m (100 ft) or contain no more than two (2) 90- degree bends without utilizing appropriately sized pull boxes. If a conduit run not meeting the above - mentioned criteria is encountered, contact Project Engineer. Do not proceed with cable installation until Project Engineer provides written notice that the conduit run has been corrected to meet these specifications. xii. The number of horizontal cables placed in a cable pathway shall be limited to a number of cables that will not cause a geometric shape change of the cables and not exceed 60% fill ratio. xiii. Pulling lubricant compound compatible with the cable manufacture's specification should be used if making long or difficult pulls to reduce cable drag. Other lubricants such as liquid detergent are not acceptable. Lubricant is required on all fiber cable pulls. xiv. Maximum pathway capacity shall not exceed a 60% fill. xv. Fiber optic warning signs should be placed on all inner -duct and conduits containing fiber optic cable. xvi. Horizontal distribution cables shall not be exposed in the work area or other locations with public access. 11. Penetrations Through Fire Rated Structural Components - Fire Rated Structural Components penetrated with conduits /sleeves shall be properly Fire Stopped, in compliance with Fire Codes and UL Rated Penetration Systems. All Fire Rated Structural Component penetrations are subject to inspection by the Collier County Government Master Fire Technician and /or the State or County Fire Marshall and any other inspections required by State and local building codes. All attempts shall be made to prevent the spread of fire, smoke, or water. a. During construction all sleeves must have a firestopping pillow installed in it. b. All firestopping pillows must be reinstalled daily during cable installation and at no time will sleeves be left unprotected. c. All sleeves must have a firestopping caulk applied to the outside circumference of the sleeve on each side of the wall penetration and from the top of a floor penetration. d. Wherever it is not feasible to use a pillow or caulk, use firestopping putty. e. All other firestopping methods need prior approval by Collier County BCC Department of Facilities Management. Page 11 of 17 f. Firestopping methods include mechanical systems, putty, caulk, pillows, intumescent sheets and wrap strips. g. Firestopping materials must be prepared and installed using established quality control procedures. h. All products used inside a building shall have the highest UL ratings available and will bear the UL stamp. i. All copper cabling used in plenum areas must be stamped CMP. j. All fiber optic cabling used indoors must be stamped OFNP. k. All plenum rated innerduct used must be stamped "plenum." I. Plenum -rated innerduct shall be used in all indoor locations except where EMT is used. m. Plenum rated fiber and innerduct must be used indoors to prevent possible future disruptions from later renovations that may add plenum air returns. n. CCIT will make the final decision on whether to purchase the upgrade to the cable. e. All paint used iR BumidiRg FaGility Reerns should GORtaiR an RtHFne6GeRt additive. p. All floor mount penetrations for work area outlets will have a firestopping device contained within the monument. 12. Communications Room Termination a. Contractor will be responsible for installing all patch panels, horizontal and vertical wire management, fiber optic distribution enclosures and any other items necessary to complete proper installation. b. The Contractor will assemble and place all communication racks associated with the installation of Infrastructure Fiber Optic cable and Computer room horizontal twisted pair outlets. Contractor will be responsible for installing all patch panels, horizontal and vertical wire management, fiber optic distribution enclosures and any other items necessary to complete proper installation. 13. Bend Radius a. Manufacturer's recommendations for bending radius and pulling strength of the Category 6 and fiber optic cable should be adhered to. b. In spaces with UTP cable terminations, the maximum bend radius for 4 -pair cable shall not exceed four times the outside diameter of the cable and ten times for multi - pair cable. This shall be done unless this violates manufacturer specifications. c. During the actual installation, bend radius on 4 -pair cable shall not exceed eight times the outside diameter of the cable and ten times for multi -pair cable. This shall be done unless this violates manufacturer specifications. 14. Slack a. In Communications room /closets a minimum of 3 -meter (10 -ft) service loop should be left for all cable types. This slack must be neatly managed on trays or other support types and does not include length required to route the cable(s) to the proper termination point. b. The amount of fiber cable slack at terminations points should allow the cable to be routed to the termination location with enough additional cable to reach a convenient location for termination. c. Service loops and outlet slack add to the overall horizontal link length. Care is to taken to assure the service loop lengths and horizontal distances, when combined, do not exceed the 100 -meter channel length as defined by TIA/EIA- 568 -A. 15. General Labeling Requirements Page 12 of 17 a. All cables, equipment racks, information outlets (face plates), patch panels, termination equipment, pull boxes and inner -duct will require labels. b. All labeling must meet EIA/TIA 606 standards. c. Labels will be placed in accordance with manufacturers' specifications. d. All racks and cabinets will be labeled on the top, right corner, both front and rear. e. Where cables are terminated (such as patch panels and information outlets), labels are required to be installed on both sides of the equipment and shall identify each cable that terminates on the equipment. f. All information outlets will be labeled on the top center of the faceplate. g. Only machine printed laminated labels that are mechanically fastened are acceptable for equipment, panel, riser and outlet labeling. h. Horizontal and backbone subsystem cables shall be labeled at each end. Labels will be affixed 2" from each end. Handwritten markings on the cable will not be accepted. Additional labeling is required on cables that pass through locations such as conduit ends, backbone splice points, manholes and pull boxes at the point they pass through these devices. 16. Riser and Backbone Labeling Requirements a. Fiber distribution centers should be clearly labeled on the front cover as to the location of the other end. This label should also indicate number of single -mode and multi -mode strands in this unit. b. Backbone labeling and numbering should mirror each end. Risers should be vertical, top down with the same numbering sequence. Backbone cables shall be terminated in the same size fiber distribution center at each end with the single and multi -mode strands in the same positions. 17. Testing a. All information outlet wiring shall be tested from the outlet device to the patch panel. Each wire /pair shall be tested at both ends. b. Testing shall be done utilizing a cable tester meeting EIA/TIA 568 standards; all testing equipment shall be calibrated annually and shall have a dated certificate. c. Printed test results shall be assembled and delivered to the County's representative. d. Test results for each 4 -pair UTP cable must be submitted with identification to match labels on all patch panels and 8- position modular jacks. e. Category 6 Cabling i. All category 6 field- testing shall be performed with an approved, TIA/EIA Level II field tester device. All installed channels shall perform equal to or better than the minimum requirements as specified by the table below. The results of all test and analyses shall be kept on file. ii. All Category 6 channels are qualified for linear transmission performance up to 300 MHz to ensure that high- frequency voltage phase and magnitude contributions do not prove cumulative or adversely affect channel performance. iii. All UTP field testers shall be factory calibrated each calendar year by the field test equipment manufacturer as stipulated by the manuals provided with the field test unit. The calibration certificate shall be provided for review prior to the start of testing. iv. Autotest settings provided in the field tester for testing the installed cabling shall be set to the default parameters. v. Test settings selected from options provided in the field testers shall be compatible with the installed cable under test. Page 13 of 17 vi. Category 6 UTP horizontal and backbone cables, whose length does not exceed 90 m (295 ft) for the basic link, and 100 m (328 ft) for the channel shall be 100 percent tested according to ANSI/TIA/EIA- TSB -67 and ANSI/TIA/EIA- 568 -A -5. Test parameters include wire map, length, NEXT loss (pair -to- pair), NEXT loss (power sum), ELFEXT loss (pair -to- pair), ELFEXT loss (power sum), return Loss, attenuation, propagation delay, and delay skew. vii. Category 6 tests should be made with a TIA/EIA Level II tester. . n..f:,. Gable Testing .y prGvided with the fibeF GPtiG Gable. F=aGtOF OTIDR readings shall be previ fGF eaeh fibeF on eaGh spool. These Fead ngs shall be takeR at 1310 FIFA 155ORM fe. single ...ede fiber i. After I f II t T f' � After I {' .. Iloo of the fiber the Ganfrnnf oh..11 a faGtOFY reams. �. Tc f d FObeF G f Tent: Afte om.Jef'en of 1,. ___'nef'enc the GGRtFaGt9F shall veFify GGRneGtGF iRSI_Qrt'G_.A less with ;;n QTDR GptiGal power pair- ■ - ■RT.7TY.f•T_T7S ti _ _ _ f•'s MIR IIM"M _ ♦ .. _ _ _ . ' - ... a .. - _ 18. Workmanship a. All work shall be done in a workman like fashion of the highest standards in the telecommunications industry. b. All equipment and materials are to be installed in a neat and secure manner, while cables are to be properly dressed. c. Provide proper temporary protection of cable during the time between when the cable is pulled and when the final dressing and termination's are complete. d. Do not leave cable lying on the floor. e. Bundle and /or tie wrap the cables so they are off of the floor until they are ready to be terminated. f. The Contractor is required to be a member of BICSI and have RCDD - certified staff overseeing the work or have work reviewed by an RCDD. g. Where work dictates the extension, attachment, expansion, or augmentation of an existing system(s) or subsystem(s), the vendor will use materials and other necessary components compatible with those systems. h. The building wiring shall be installed in a neat and secure professional manner that provides mechanical integrity for the cabling media and any associated components. The design and installation shall also offer ease of access and suitability for future rearrangements and changes. i. Cable paths above suspended ceilings, mechanical rooms, closets, etc. shall not be blocked or covered in any way that would impede the addition of cable in the future. j. All cables shall be tested by the Contractor to verify that the cables are installed properly, and that there are no kinks, cuts, or other damage to these cables 19. Walk -Thru a. CCIT requires a full walk- through with the cabling contractor project manager to review every Computer Rooms, Site MDF, MDF, IDF, and all manholes, hand - holes, and significant pull -boxes and junction boxes. b. The walk -thru may include a full demonstration of termination and testing on the various media. 20. Documentation a. Testing Documentation i. All test results must be submitted in an electronic format, if CCIT does not have a program capable of reading the format, then the contractor must provide the software or all test results must be printed out and placed in a binder. ii. All results must include the cable identification numbers, test date and times, the operator performing the test, the make and model of the testers used. iii. All results must include the setting used to test, and the from -to locations of the cable. iv. Testing documentation is the certification of the cable plant. v. The Warranty period does not begin until the testing documentation is given to CCIT. b. As -Built Documentation i. Fully documented scale drawings of the entire fiber optic and copper distribution system. Documentation shall be provided in both a hard copy binder and a soft copy on CD capable of being viewed and edited in AutoCAD. This will include building and floor layouts with workstation information outlet locations and labeling, distribution frames, cable routes, interconnect locations, intermediate and main distribution frame location, riser locations, and all other information pertinent to the installation. Page 15 of 17 ii. Copies of mylars. iii. All floor plans must document all Workstation Outlet locations and number. iv. All floor plans must document all Computer Rooms, Site MDF, MDF, and IDF locations and numbers. v. All floor plans must document all horizontal pathway locations and numbers. vi. All floor plans must distinguish between UTP and fiber locations. vii. All cross - connects installed by the cabling contractor will be printed out in a spreadsheet or in an automated cable management system. viii. A spreadsheet identifying all faceplate locations by room and identifying the outlet numbers for each faceplate location. 21. Warranty a. All components used in the Category 6 cabling system shall be warranted for a period of 25 years from date of installation against defects in materials and workmanship. b. All components used in the optical fiber -based cabling system shall be warranted for a period of 25 years from date of installation against defects in materials and workmanship. c. All labor and materials shall be covered with a one -year warranty from the date of acceptance of work order. d. The warranty should cover defects in materials and workmanship. e. The contractor must cover any and all of the OEM extended warranties. f. All artive ..e t ...._.. f__+_, _. _ ...__f he able to eplaG _ i defe Gtive mate: all A1FeFHig�t= 22. Payment a. All payment options will not be in conflict with the General Contractor's contract or applicable County policies, ordinances, State and Federal laws. b. CCIT reserves the right to withhold final payment until receiving all As -Built documentation. c. CCIT may withhold partial final payment until approving documentation. 23. Definitions a. Building Wiring Infrastructure —The horizontal copper wiring between the Communications Room and the wall jack, the vertical fiber optic and /or cooper wiring between Communications Rooms and the fiber optic entrance cable. b. Card Key — Pegasys card key access locks. c. Cipher Locks — push button combination locks d. Computer Room — Room intended to house network equipment and server equipment. e. Entrance Conduit — conduit from a Buiding /Site MDF to the right of way. f. IDF — Intermediate Distribution Frame g. LAN — The integrated system of building wiring infrastructure and networking equipment that allows computers and telephones to communicate within a building. h. MDF — Main Distribution Frame i. Networking Equipment — The active components necessary to implement an LAN or WAN. This includes routers, switches, media converters and UPS equipment. j. Site MDF — main wiring point for a campus. k. WAN — The interconnection of multiple LANs allowing communications between multiple buildings. 24. Applicable Standards a. TIA/EIA 455 -34 Attenuation b. TIA/EIA 455 -107 Return Loss Page 16 of 17 c. TIA/EIA 455 -21 Durability d. ANSI /NECA/BICSI -568 -- Standard for Installing Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling e. ANSI /TIA/EIA- 568 -B.1 -- Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard, Part 1: General Requirements f. ANSI/TIA/EIA- 568 -B.2 -- Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard, Part 2: Balanced Twisted Pair Cabling Components g. ANSI/TIA/EIA- 568 -B.3 -- Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard h. ANSI /TIA/EIA -569 -A -- Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces i. ANSI /TIA/EIA- 606(A) -- The Administration Standard for the Telecommunications Infrastructure of Commercial Buildings j. ANSI /TIA/EIA- 607(A) -- Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications k. ANSI/TIA/EIA -526 -7 -- Measurement of Optical Power Loss of Installed Single -Mode Fiber Cable Plant I. ANSI /TIA/EIA- 526 -14A -- Measurement of Optical Power Loss of Installed Multimode Fiber Cable Plant m. ANSI /TIA/EIA- 758(A) -- Customer -Owned Outside Plant Telecommunications Cabling Standard n. Install cabling in accordance with the most recent edition of: i. BICSI -- Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual ii. BICSI -- Cabling Installation Manual iii. BICSI -- LAN Design Manual iv. BICSI — Customer -Owned Outside Plant Design Manual v. Federal, state, and local codes, rules, regulations, and ordinances governing the work, are as fully part of the specifications as if herein repeated or hereto attached. If the contractor should note items in the drawings or the specifications, construction of which would be code violations, promptly call them to the attention of the owner's representative in writing. Where the requirements of other sections of the specifications are more stringent than applicable codes, rules, regulations, and ordinances, the specifications shall apply. Approvals: ® Irene Johnson ❑ Approved by ❑ Approved by ❑ Approved by ❑ Approved by ❑ Approved by Page 17 of 17 PROJECT MANUAL AND SPECIFICATIONS Collier County Property Appraiser Renovation Option B 3950 Radio Road Naples, Florida 34112 Project 09 -481 08 -22 -09 Victor J. Latavish Architect, PA Member of the American Institute of Architects AR 11942 4100 Corporate Square, Suite 100, Naples, Florida 34104 Telephone 239643.1665 Telefacsimile 239.6436192 PROJECT MANUAL Project: COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATION OPTION B 3950 Radio Road Naples, Florida 34104 Date Issued: 08 -22 -09 Project No. 09 -481 Client: COLLIER COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS 3301 East Tamiami Trail Naples, Florida 34112 Architect: VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. 4100 Corporate Square, Suite 100 Registration AA C001831 Naples, Florida 34104 239.643.1665 telephone 239.643.6192 telefacsimile Mechanical MARK A. BRANT, PE. Engineer: Fort Myers, Florida Electrical S. R. STAFFORD ENGINEERING, INC. Engineer: Bonita Springs, Florida COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 00005 - TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTRACT DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS 00005 1 -3 00800 1 -2 009001-1 SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 010001-1 COLOR AND MATERIAL SCHEDULE 010151-1 PERMITS, LICENSE, CODES AND FEES 010301 -2 ALTERNATES 010401 -3 COORDINATION 010451-4 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01200 1 -3 PROJECT MEETINGS 013001 -7 SUBMITTALS 014001-4 QUALITY CONTROL 014201 -3 REFERENCES 01500 1 -5 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 016001 -4 SUBSTITUTIONS 01700 1 -5 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01710 1 -3 FINAL CLEANING 017201-6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS DIVISION 2 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 1 -5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03300 1 -14 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE DIVISION 4 - MASONRY 04200 1 -8 UNIT MASONRY DIVISION 5 - NOT USED DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 1 -5 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06400 1 -6 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK TABLE OF CONTENTS 00005 -1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 072101-4 BUILDING INSULATION 079201-7 JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 081101-5 STEEL DOOR FRAMES & ACCESSORIES 082111-6 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 087121 -7 DOOR HARDWARE 08715 1 -2 DOOR HARDWARE DATA SHEET 087161-3 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09255 1 -13 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 095111-5 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09650 1 -8 VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE 096801 -3 CARPETING 099121 -12 PAINTING DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 104251 -7 SIGNS 105201-4 FIRE- PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 10620 1 -3 SAFETY SPECIALTIES 108011-4 TOILET ACCESSORIES DIVISION 11 - NOT USED DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS 12484 1 -3 FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES 12491 1 -3 HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS DIVISION 13 - NOT USED DIVISION 14 - NOT USED DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15010 1 -5 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15050 1 -3 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15140 1 -7 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15150 1 -5 SANITARY WASTE, STORM DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING TABLE OF CONTENTS 00005 -2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 15200 1 -5 FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 15732 1 -4 PACKAGED A/C UNITS 15815 1 -5 METAL DUCTS 15820 1 -4 DUCT ACCESSORIES 15855 1 -3 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 15990 1 -9 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16050 1 -7 BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 16120 1 -1 WIRES AND CABLES 16135 1 -1 ELECTRICAL BOXES AND FITTINGS 16143 1 -2 WIRING DEVICES 16170 1 -1 EQUIPMENT AND MOTOR DISCONNECTS 16452 1 -1 GROUNDING 16470 1 -6 PANELBOARDS 16482 1 -1 MOTOR POWER EQUIPMENT WIRING 16495 1 -8 TRANSFER SWITCHES 16515 1 -6 INTERIOR LIGHTING 16535 1 -5 EMERGENCY LIGHTING 16615 1 -1 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION 16620 1 -12 PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS 16720 1 -2 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM APPENDIX A - COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS APPENDIX B - COLLIER COUNTY IT STANDARDS NOTICE: BIDDERS INCLUDING GENERAL CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS, AND SUPPLIERS SHALL OBTAIN AND REVIEW A COMPLETE SET OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS INCLUDING PROJECT MANUAL, SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS, AND ADDENDA PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BIDS. END OF SECTION 00005 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida TABLE OF CONTENTS 00005 -3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 00800 - SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS A. Building Permit fees, Site Permit fees, and Impact fees shall be paid by the Owner. 1. SDPA is not required for this work. 2. Owner has applied for a building permit. 3. Unless indicated otherwise, all shop drawings and other permit application forms and fees for other required permits and connections shall be prepared, delivered, and paid for by the Contractor, including but not limited to fire sprinkler permit and fire alarm permits and related permit fees. B. Bid Awards: The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive formalities or irregularities in the bids. C. Bids shall include all labor and material required for a complete and proper installation of the work indicated in the Documents, including but not limited to field verification of existing conditions, coordination, templates, adjustments, connections, patches, finishes, fasteners, accessories, etc. 1. Materials shall be approved for intended use. 2. Provide patches as required to maintain integrity of assemblies and to provide a neat workmanlike appearance of work. D. Schedule of Values: The Contractor shall provide a complete schedule of values listing the value of work for each trade by specification division not less than 5 days before anticipated date of contract execution. E. Scheduling of Not in Contract Work: Contractor shall coordinate scheduling of Owners contractors for NIC work. F. Jobsite Safety: The Contractor is solely responsible for jobsite safety. G. Delays: No interruption, interference, inefficiency, suspension or delay in the commencement or progress of the Work from any cause whatever, including those for which Owner or its agents may be responsible, in whole or in part, shall relieve Contractor of his duty to perform or give rise to any right to damages or additional compensation from Owner. Contractor expressly acknowledges and agrees that it shall receive no damages for delay. Contractor's sole remedy, if any, against Owner or its agents will be the right to seek an extension to the Contract Time. H. Submittals: Shop Drawings shall be provided not more than 30 days after the Owners Notice to Proceed. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 -1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA I. Change Orders: The Contractor's total markup for overhead and profit shall not exceed 10% of the actual expenses for extra materials and labor provided by the Contractor. For extra items provided by subcontractors, the Contractors total markup for overhead and profit may not exceed 5% of the subcontractors invoice, and the subcontractor's total markup for overhead and profit shall not exceed 10% of actual expenses for materials and labor. All subcontracts shall include these conditions and all Change Orders are subject to audit by the Owner or the Owner's designated representative. J. Non - compliant work: All costs related to non - compliant work shall be paid by the Contractor, including but not limited to the removal of non - compliant work, bidding expenses, related design professionals fees, and other costs related to the supervision of corrective work. Approval by AHJ, Engineer, Contractor, or Owner does not constitute approval by Architect. K. Final Completion: Punchlist work shall be completed within 30 days of Substantial Completion. The Owner reserves the right to immediately commence punchlist work 31 days after substantial completion using independent contractors, the cost of which shall be charged to the Contractor. L. Warranty: The Contractor shall provide the following warranties for all work: 1. One -year warranty on all work. 2. Manufacturers standard warranties, plus additional special warranties as specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. By acceptance of the sealed plans and specifications used for permits, the Contractor accepts all terms and conditions of the Documents including these Supplemental Conditions. In cases of conflicting requirements, the more stringent requirement as shall apply. END OF SECTION VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 -2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 00900- SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING 1. Pursuant to bidding requirements for the Work, for portions of the Work indicated, the Contractor proposes to use the following subcontractors. 2. Portion of the Work: Subcontractor name and city: Demolition Insulation Doors Drywall Painting Acoustic Ceiling Carpet Fire Protection I-VAC Electrical Fire Alarm Data - IT Wiring 3. The subcontractor list shall be attached to the bid form. END OF SECTION 00900 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING 00900 -1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 01000 - COLOR AND MATERIAL SCHEDULE Material Manufacturer Color Paint Interior Walls- Typical SW TBD Interior Accent Walls SW TBD Interior Soffits SW TBD Interior Door Frames SW TBD Interior Painted Doors SW TBD Pl. Laminate Doors Wilsonart TBD Pl. Laminate Casework Wilsonart TBD Pl. Laminate Countertops Wilsonart TBD Carpet, Alternate Bid Mowhawk Mowhawk One First, broadloom, direct glue -down Popular Vote VCT Floor Tile Checkerboard Armstrong Imperial Excelon 51804 Checkerboard Armstrong Imperial Excelon 51810 Vinyl Wall Base Burke Mercer 103 Espresso Acoustic Ceiling Armstrong Cortega Tegular 704, "White" Notes: 1. Base Bid: Carpet NIC 2. Accent Wall locations to be determined onsite during construction 3. Onsite sample panels required for final verification of paint selections, 8' x 8' 4. Provide samples for scheduled colors COLOR AND MATERIAL SCHEDULE 01000 -1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 01015 - PERMITS, LICENSE, CODES AND FEES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 -16 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. It is the intent of the construction documents that the completed work conform to all applicable codes, be constructed in accordance with any applicable permit and licensure requirements, and that fees necessary for occupancy be completely paid. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (not used) PART 3- EXECUTION A. Contractor shall be required to schedule and coordinate for all inspections and similar procedural items as required by the local government agencies having jurisdiction. B. All building, structural, electrical, plumbing; mechanical, etc. work items shall be installed in accordance with the adopted edition of the regulations of governing local, state, county and other applicable codes, including the utilities company unless otherwise specified in the plans and specifications. The Contractor shall be responsible and pay all required licenses, fees and inspections associated with his work. The cost for such shall be included in the Contractor's bid price. C. In the event of a conflict between permits, drawings, specifications, and codes, etc. the Contractor shall immediately issue an RFI (Request for Information) to request a determination from the A.E. The contractor is responsible for all work necessary to comply with the most stringent requirement. D. It is the Contractor's responsibility to contact the applicable utility company (or companies) to determine if any fees, charges or costs will be due the utility company, as required by the utility company for temporary power, installations, hook -ups, etc. This fee, charge or cost shall be included in this contractor's bid price. E. Except for impact fees, building permit fees and utility connection fees, which are to be paid by Owner, the Contractor shall procure and pay for all licenses, pay all charges, fees, and taxes, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the due and lawful prosecution of the work. All costs incurred shall be deemed as being included in the contractor's bid. END OF SECTION 01015 PERMITS, LICENSE, CODES AND FEES 01015-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing Alternates. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Definition: An alternate is an amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change in either the amount of construction to be completed, or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described in the Contract Documents. B. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract Sum to incorporate the Alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum. 1.4 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent Work as necessary to completely and fully integrate that Work into the Project. B. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not mentioned as part of the Alternate. C. Notification: Immediately following the award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate whether alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to alternates. D. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other Work of this Contract. E. Alternates shall include all labor, materials, accessories, connections, etc. required for a complete and proper assembly of work indicated. ALTERNATES 01030-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA PART 2- SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES Alternate Number B -1: Generator; In lieu of base bid Generator and related work indicated on the drawings, provide alternate bid 600 kw Standby Generator, Automatic Transfer Switch (ATS), wiring, conduits, and related work required for a complete and proper installation, ref. sheet E5.0. Alternate Number B -2: Computer Room Clean Agent Fire Suppression System; In lieu of base bid dry -pipe pre- action system and acoustical ceiling indicated on the drawings, provide alternate bid FM 200 fire suppression system and gypsum board ceiling, seal all penetrations and openings, provide thresholds, door sweeps, and weatherstrip on doors, motorized duct dampers, controls, alarms, signs, tests, and related work required for a complete and approved FM200 system, ref. sheet FP0.1. Alternate Number B -3: Roof Drainage System; Provide 12" dia. PVC stormwater collection system with connections to existing downspouts, concrete flume at lake, and related work required for a complete and proper installation; ref. keynote 15, sheet A0.3. Alternate Number B -4: Dumpster Wall Repairs; Repair rear wall of dumpster enclosure including demolition, masonry, reinforcing, stucco, paint, and related work required for a complete and proper installation, ref. keynote 24 on sheet A0.3 and details A &B on sheet A1.7. Alternate Number B -5: Parking Lot Refurbishing: Re -stripe parking lot spaces, stop bars, and related work required for a complete and proper installation; ref keynote 26 on sheet A0.3. Alternate Number B -6: Impact -Rated Doors and Windows; In lieu of hurricane screens indicated on the drawings, remove existing storefront entrances, windows, and exterior overhead doors, and provide new impact rated aluminum storefront system equal to "Vistawall FG- 5000" (NOA No. 03- 0604.01). Alt. Bid includes installation of storefront entrances, storefront windows, aluminum sill flashing, pulls, hardware, sealant, patching existing finishes, permit revisions, sealed shop drawings, and other related work required for a complete and proper installation, ref. sheet A2.3. Alternate Number B -7: Security Camera System: provide security camera system including fixed cameras, conduit, wiring, connections, posts, etc. required for a complete and proper installation; ref sheet A1.8. ALTERNATES 01030-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA Alternate Number B -8: Upgrade Roof Insulation: Remove existing roof insulation and provide additional specified roof insulation, ref. section 07210. Alternate Number B -9: Exterior Paint: Pressure clean exterior stucco walls, ceilings, and soffits; repair cracks, apply primer and 2 coats SW Superpaint; match existing colors; ref. section 09912. Alternate Number B -10: Carpet: Provide carpet as specified on color schedule, ref. 01000. Alternate Number B -11: Automatic Door Operators at pair doors 220.1 and 220.2 in Lobby, as specified in section 08715 -2, complete with all required hardware, controls, posts, guards, wiring, motion detectors, etc. required for a complete and proper installation. Alternate bid automatic door operators would be installed on new doors (Alternate 6 above), not on existing doors. Alternate Number B -12 Window Treatment; Provide mini- blinds at each interior and exterior window; ref section 12941. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 Alternates A. The Contractor is responsible for submittals, placing orders, scheduling, delivery, storage, installation, protection, cleaning, and warranty of all accepted Alternate Bid work. B. Direct Purchase Option If requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall coordinate the Owners direct purchase of alternate bid materials. 2. Alternate Bids shall include sales tax. Change order for the direct purchase of alternate bid materials shall be executed prior to start of work and shall include credit for sales tax. END OF SECTION 01030 ALTERNATES 01030-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 01040 - COORDINATION PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and supervisory requirements necessary for coordinating construction operations including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: 1. General project coordination procedures. 2. Conservation. 3. Coordination Drawings. 4. Administrative and supervisory personnel. 5. Cleaning and protection. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate construction operations included in various Sections of these Specifications to assure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations included under different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. Schedule construction operations in the sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components to assure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3. Make provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. B. Where necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and attendance at meetings. COORDINATION 01040-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA Prepare similar memoranda for the Owner and separate contractors where coordination of their work is required. C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and assure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of schedules. 2. Installation and removal of temporary facilities. 3. Delivery and processing of submittals. 4. Progress meetings. 5. Project closeout activities. D. Conservation: Coordinate construction operations to assure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. E. Quantities: The Contractor is responsible for determining the quantities of materials required to properly complete the work. Dimensions: The Contractor is responsible for coordinating and checking all dimensions prior to start of construction. 1. Verify field measurements before commencing with work of each related trade. 2. Identify all changes and adjustments on as -built plans and record documents. 3. Minor adjustments of dimensions may be required for proper coordination of all trades, ie. masonry openings for doors and windows. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Prepare coordination drawings where careful coordination is needed for installation of products and materials fabricated by separate entities. Prepare coordination drawings where limited space availability necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different components. B. Staff Names: Not less than 15 days prior to commencement of construction operations, submit a list of the Contractor's principal staff assignments, including the superintendent and other personnel in attendance at the Project Site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities. List their addresses and telephone numbers. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Specified in Division 2 thru 16) COORDINATION 01040-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL COORDINATION PROVISIONS A. Inspection of Conditions: Require the Installer of each major component to inspect both the substrate and conditions under which Work is to be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner. B. Coordinate temporary enclosures with required inspections and tests to minimize the necessity of uncovering completed construction for that purpose. 3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials in place, during handling and installation. Apply protective covering where required to assure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. B. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to assure operability without damaging effects. C. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. Protect materials from vandalism and theft. END OF SECTION 01040 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida COORDINATION 01040-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 01045 - CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for cutting and patching. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 1 Section "Coordination" for procedures for coordinating cutting and patching with other construction activities. 2. Refer to other Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of the Work. Requirements of this Section apply to mechanical and electrical installations. Refer to Division 15 Sections for other requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching mechanical and electrical installations. C. Special Requirements: All trenches and excavations for foundations and buried utilities shall be hand - excavated. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that would change their load - carrying capacity or load- deflection ratio. B. Operational Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended. Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. C. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in the Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that would result in CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045- 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace construction cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. 1. If possible retain the original Installer or fabricator to cut and patch the exposed Work listed below. If it is impossible to engage the original Installer or fabricator, engage another recognized experienced and specialized firm. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Replace, patch, and repair material and surfaces cut or damaged by methods and with materials in such a manner as not to void any warranties required or existing. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible if identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used. Use materials whose installed performance will equal or surpass that of existing materials. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching is to be performed before cutting. If unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions are encountered, take corrective action before proceeding. 1. Before proceeding, meet at the Project Site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut. CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of the Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. C. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. D. Avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit, or ductwork serving the building but scheduled to be removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them. 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. General: Employ skilled workmen to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Cutting: Cut existing construction using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. Where possible, review proposed procedures with the original Installer; comply with the original Installer's recommendations. In general, where cutting, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine, such as a Carborundum saw or a diamond -core drill. 4. Comply with requirements of applicable Division 2 Sections where cutting and patching requires excavating and backfilling. Where services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, by -pass utility services, such as pipe or conduit, before cutting. Cut -off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal the remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after by- passing and cutting. CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances. 1. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the installation. 2. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. 3. Where removing walls or partitions extends one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform color and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Where patching occurs in a smooth painted surface, extend final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch after the area has received primer and second coat. 4. Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even -plane surface of uniform appearance. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar items. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. END OF SECTION 01045 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 01200 - PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project meetings, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Preconstruction conference. 2. Progress meetings. 3. Other meetings as required for coordination of the work. 1.3 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Architect will schedule a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to the Owner and the Contractor, but no later than 30 days after execution of the Agreement. The conference will be held at the Project Site or agreed location and conducted to review responsibilities and personnel assignments. B. Attendees: Authorized representatives of the Owner, Architect, the Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; manufacturers; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with the Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. C. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following: Tentative construction schedule. 2. Critical work sequencing. 3. Designation of responsible personnel. 4. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. 5. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. 6. Distribution of Contract Documents. 7. Submittal of Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. 8. Preparation of record documents. 9. Use of the premises. 10. Parking availability. 11. Office, work, and storage areas. PROJECT MEETINGS 01200-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 12. Equipment deliveries and priorities. 13. Safety procedures. 14. First aid. 15. Security. 16. Housekeeping. 17. Working hours. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCES A. The General Contractor shall conduct a preinstallation conference at the Project Site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction. B. Attendees: The Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation, and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise the Architect of scheduled meeting dates. Review the progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration at each preinstallation conference, including requirements for the following: a. Contract Documents. b. Options. C. Related Change Orders. d. Purchases. e. Deliveries. f. Shop Drawings, Product Data, and quality - control samples. g. Review of mockups. h. Possible conflicts. i. Compatibility problems. j. Time schedules. k. Weather limitations. 1. Manufacturer's recommendations. M. Warranty requirements. n. Compatibility of materials. o. Acceptability of substrates. p. Temporary facilities. q. Space and access limitations. r. Governing regulations. S. Safety. t. Inspecting and testing requirements. U. Required performance results. PROJECT MEETINGS 01200-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA V. Recording requirements. W. Protection. 2. Record significant discussions and agreements and disagreements of each conference, and the approved schedule. Promptly distribute the record of the meeting to everyone concerned, including the Owner and the Architect. 3. Do not proceed with the installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of Work and reconvene the conference at the earliest feasible date. 1.5 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Architect will conduct a progress meeting at the Project Site at monthly intervals to review progress of the work with the Owner and Contractor. 1. Contractor shall provide copies of plans, addenda, shop drawings, and related material at meetings. 2. Contractor shall prepare meeting minutes for distribution to all attendees. 3. Meeting shall be scheduled to coincide with review of Contractors monthly application for payment. B. Schedule Updating: Revise the Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. C. Architect will conduct additional meeting(s) as needed on site and by telephone conference. Contractor will receive telephone number and dial -in code for telephone conferences. 1.6 COORDINATION MEETINGS A. Conduct project coordination meetings at regular intervals convenient for all parties involved. Project coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as regular progress meetings and special preinstallation meetings. END OF SECTION 01200 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida PROJECT MEETINGS 01200-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submittals required for performance of the Work, including the following: 1. Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Submittal schedule. 3. Shop Drawings. 4. Product Data. 5. Samples. 6. Quality assurance submittals. B. Administrative Submittals: Refer to other Division 1 Sections and other Contract Documents for requirements for administrative submittals. Such submittals include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Permits. 2. Applications for Payment. 3. Performance and payment bonds. 4. Insurance certificates. 5. List of subcontractors. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Coordination Drawings show the relationship and integration of different construction elements that require careful coordination during fabrication or installation to fit in the space provided or to function as intended. B. Field samples are full -size physical examples erected on -site to illustrate finishes, coatings, or finish materials. Field samples are used to establish the standard by which the Work will bejudged. SUBMITTALS 01300- 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. Transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related elements of the Work so processing will not be delayed by the need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. The Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until all related submittals are received. Processing: To avoid the need to delay installation as a result of the time required to process submittals, allow sufficient time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals. B. Submittal Preparation: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. Indicate the name of the entity that prepared each submittal on the label or title block. Provide a space approximately 4 by 5 inches on the label or beside the title block on Shop Drawings to record the Contractor's review and approval markings and the action taken. 2. Include the following information on the label for processing and recording action taken. a. Project name. b. Date. C. Name and address of the Architect. d. Name and address of the Contractor. e. Name and address of the subcontractor. f Name and address of the supplier. g. Name of the manufacturer. h. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. i. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. SUBMITTALS 01300-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal from the Contractor to the Architect using a transmittal form. The Architect will not accept submittals received from sources other than the Contractor. 1. On the transmittal, record relevant information and requests for data. On the form, or separate sheet, record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including variations and limitations. Include Contractor's certification that information complies with Contract Document requirements. D. Contractors Stamp: All submittals must be stamped with the Contractors shop drawing stamp indicating the submittal has been reviewed by the Contractor. Each stamp must be dated and signed by the Contractor. E. Submittals not bearing the Contractors Stamp, date and signature will be returned without review. F. Portions of submittals not in compliance with the Contract Documents, including referenced standards and codes, shall be clearly marked and identified in red ink by the Contractor. G. Proposed substitutions or changes, if any, shall be clearly marked and identified in red ink by the Contractor. 1.5 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Bar -Chart Schedule: Prepare a fully developed, horizontal bar - chart-type, Contractor's construction schedule. Submit not less than 10 days prior to the date established for "Commencement of the Work." 1. Provide a separate time bar for each significant construction activity. Provide a continuous vertical line to identify the first working day of each week. Use the same breakdown of units of the Work as indicated in the "Schedule of Values." 2. Within each time bar, indicate estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments. As Work progresses, place a contrasting mark in each bar to indicate Actual Completion. 3. Prepare the schedule on a sheet, or series of sheets, of stable transparency, or other reproducible media, of sufficient width to show data for the entire construction period. SUBMITTALS 01300-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 4. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties involved. Coordinate each element on the schedule with other construction activities; include minor elements involved in the sequence of the Work. Show each activity in proper sequence. Indicate graphically the sequences necessary for completion of related portions of the Work. 5. Coordinate the Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of subcontracts, Submittal Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other schedules. 6. Indicate completion in advance of the date established for Substantial Completion. Indicate Substantial Completion on the schedule to allow time for the Architect's procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. B. Schedule Updating: Revise the schedule after each meeting, event, or activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue the updated schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. 1.6 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit required shop drawings for the Work of this Contract, with information drawn accurately to scale. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as the basis of Shop Drawings. Standard information prepared without specific reference to the Project is not a Shop Drawing. B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation Drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, patterns, templates and similar Drawings. Include the following information: Dimensions. 2. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail number. 3. Compliance with specified standards. 4. Notation of coordination requirements. 5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. 6. Final Submittal: Submit 6 or more copies. The Architect will retain 3 prints and return the remainder. SUBMITTALS 01300-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating action taken. 1.7 PRODUCT DATA A. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. Product Data includes printed information, such as manufacturer's installation instructions, catalog cuts, standard color charts, roughing -in diagrams and templates, standard wiring diagrams, and performance curves. Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where printed Product Data includes information on several products that are not required, mark copies to indicate the applicable information. Include the following information: a. Manufacturer's printed recommendations. b. Compliance with trade association standards. C. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards. d. Application of testing agency labels and seals. e. Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement. f Notation of coordination requirements. 2. Submittals: Submit 6 copies of each required submittal. The Architect will retain three copies and will return the other copies marked with action taken and corrections or modifications required. a. Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is observed, the submittal may serve as the final submittal. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittal to installers, subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators, and others required for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. 1.8 SAMPLES A. Submit Samples as specified and physically identical with the material or product proposed. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture, and pattern. Submittals: Except for Samples illustrating assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and similar characteristics, submit 3 sets. The Architect will return one set marked with the action taken. SUBMITTALS 01300-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 2. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at the Project Site, for quality comparisons throughout the course of construction. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALS A. Submit quality- control submittals, including design data, certifications, manufacturer's instructions, manufacturer's field reports, and other quality - control submittals as required under other Sections of the Specifications. B. Certifications: Where other Sections of the Specifications require certification that a product, material, or installation complies with specified requirements, submit a notarized certification from the manufacturer certifying compliance with specified requirements. 1. Signature: Certification shall be signed by an officer of the manufacturer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of the company. C. Inspection and Test Reports: Requirements for submittal of inspection and test reports from independent testing agencies are specified in Division 1 Section "Quality Control." 1.10 ARCHITECT'S ACTION A. Except for submittals for the record or information, where action and return is required, the Architect will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return promptly. 1. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility. B. Action Stamp: The Architect will stamp each submittal with a uniform, action stamp. The Architect will mark the stamp appropriately to indicate the action taken, as follows: 1. Final Unrestricted Release: When the Architect marks a submittal "Reviewed," the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with requirements of the Contract Documents. Final payment depends on that compliance. 2. Final- But - Restricted Release: When the Architect marks a submittal "Exceptions Noted," the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with notations or corrections on the submittal and requirements of the Contract Documents. Final payment depends on that compliance. 3. Returned for Resubmittal: When the Architect marks a submittal " Revise and Resubmit," do not proceed with Work covered by the submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity. Revise or prepare a new submittal according to the notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain different action mark. SUBMITTALS 01300-6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA a. Do not use, or allow others to use, submittals marked " Revise and Resubmit" at the Project Site or elsewhere where Work is in progress. 4. Other Action: Where a submittal is for information or record purposes or special processing or other activity, the Architect will return the submittal marked "Action Not Required." C. Unsolicited Submittals: The Architect will return unsolicited submittals to the sender without action. D. Supplementary Conditions: Refer to Division 1 Supplementary Conditions for additional requirements. "Approval" or "Review" of submittals does not constitute approval of substitutions or changes unless the proposed substitutions or changes are clearly identified in red ink and acknowledged in writing by both Contractor and Architect. 2. "Approval" of submittals by AHJ, Engineer, or Owner does not constitute approval of substitutions by Architect. Failure to clearly identify proposed substitutions or changes shall be considered an unauthorized change. E. Do not proceed with the work of each trade or submit payment requests for the same until processing of related submittals are complete. END OF SECTION 01300 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida SUBMITTALS 01300-7 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 01400 - QUALITY CONTROL PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality - control services. B. Quality - control services include inspections, tests, and related actions, including reports performed by Contractor, by independent agencies, and by governing authorities. They do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect. C. Inspection and testing services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with Contract Document requirements. D. Requirements of this Section relate to customized fabrication and installation procedures, not production of standard products. Specific quality- control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products. Specified inspections, tests, and related actions do not limit Contractor's quality - control procedures that facilitate compliance with Contract Document requirements. 3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality- control services required by Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. 1.3 RESPONSIBILITIES A. Contractor Responsibilities: Unless otherwise indicated as the responsibility of another identified entity, Contractor shall provide inspections, tests, and other quality- control services specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents and required by authorities having jurisdiction. Costs for these services are included in the Contract Sum. QUALITY CONTROL 01400- 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA Where individual Sections specifically indicate that certain inspections, tests, and other quality - control services are the Contractor's responsibility, the Contractor shall employ and pay a qualified independent testing agency to perform quality- control services. Costs for these services are included in the Contract Sum. 2. Where individual Sections specifically indicate that certain inspections, tests, and other quality - control services are the Owner's responsibility, the Owner will employ and pay a qualified independent testing agency to perform those services. Where individual Sections specifically indicate that certain inspections, tests, and other quality - control services are the Owner's responsibility, the Owner will engage the services of a qualified independent testing agency to perform those services. Payment for these services will be made from the Inspection and Testing Allowance, as authorized by Change Orders. a. Where the Owner has engaged a testing agency for testing and inspecting part of the Work, and the Contractor is also required to engage an entity for the same or related element, the Contractor shall not employ the entity engaged by the Owner, unless agreed to in writing by the Owner. B. Retesting: The Contractor is responsible for retesting where results of inspections, tests, or other quality- control services prove unsatisfactory and indicate noncompliance with Contract Document requirements, regardless of whether the original test was Contractor's responsibility. The cost of retesting construction, revised or replaced by the Contractor, is the Contractor's responsibility where required tests performed on original construction indicated noncompliance with Contract Document requirements. C. Duties of the Testing Agency: The independent agency engaged to perform inspections, sampling, and testing of materials and construction specified in individual Sections shall cooperate with the Architect and the Contractor in performance of the agency's duties. The testing agency shall provide qualified personnel to perform required inspections and tests. The agency shall notify the Architect and the Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. D. Coordination: Coordinate the sequence of activities to accommodate required services with a minimum of delay. Coordinate activities to avoid the necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate inspections and tests. The Contractor is responsible for scheduling times for inspections, tests, taking samples, and similar activities. QUALITY CONTROL 01400-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Unless the Contractor is responsible for this service, the independent testing agency shall submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each inspection, test, or similar service to the Architect. If the Contractor is responsible for the service, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each inspection, test, or similar service through the Contractor. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to the governing authority, when the authority so directs. 2. Report Data: Written reports of each inspection, test, or similar service include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Date of issue. b. Project title and number. C. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. d. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. e. Names of individuals making the inspection or test. f. Designation of the Work and test method. g. Identification of product and Specification Section. h. Complete inspection or test data. i. Test results and an interpretation of test results. j. Ambient conditions at the time of sample taking and testing. k. Comments or professional opinion on whether inspected or tested Work complies with Contract Document requirements. 1. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. m. Recommendations on retesting. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications for Service Agencies: Engage inspection and testing service agencies, including independent testing laboratories, that are prequalified as complying with the American Council of Independent Laboratories' "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification" and that specialize in the types of inspections and tests to be performed. Each independent inspection and testing agency engaged on the Project shall be authorized by authorities having jurisdiction to operate in the state where the Project is located. QUALITY CONTROL 01400-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.6 REQUIRED TESTS A. Contractor shall provide certified quality control tests as specified elsewhere in the Documents and as required herein for the following trades: 1. Fire Protection System pressure tests 2. HVAC Test and Balance report 3. Other tests as may be required by AHJ and permitting agencies [lBifIll VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida QUALITY CONTROL 01400-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 01420 - REFERENCES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "AHJ ": Authorities having jurisdiction including but not limited to the Building Official and the Fire Official. C. The terms "approved," "required," and "as directed" refer to and indicate the work or mate- rials that may be approved, required, or directed by the Architect acting as the agent of the Owner. "Approval" of submittals does not constitute approval of substitutions or changes unless the proposed substitutions or changes are clearly identified in red ink and acknowledged in writing by the Architect. D. 'Directed ": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including 'requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," 'required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." E. "Similar ": Similar in its general sense and not necessarily identical. F. "Final Completion ": Final acceptance of the Work made by both the Owner and Architect after final completion of all punchlist work and receipt of all closeout documents. G. "Indicated ": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," illustrated ", "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." H. 'Regulations ": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. REFERENCES 01420- 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA "Furnish ": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. J. "Install ": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. K. "Provide ": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. L. "Installer ": Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub - subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. M. "NIC ": Not in contract. N. "Experienced ": When used with an entity, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum of 10 previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. O. "Substantial Completion ": In addition to requirements of the General Conditions, the work will be deemed to be substantial complete upon receipt or completion of the following items: 1. Certificate of Occupancy from AHJ, unless delayed due to incomplete portion(s) of work for which the Contractor has no control; i.e. Owner contracts separately for inspection- dependent work. 2. Contractors comprehensive punchlist listing incomplete work 3. Final Cleaning 4. Test and Balance report 5. Owners instructions for Lighting system 6. Certificate of Substantial Completion signed by Architect, Owner, and Contractor P. "Limits of Construction ", 'Project Limits ", and "Work Area ": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. 1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. REFERENCES 01420-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents, unless otherwise indicated. C. Conflicting Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding. D. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project must be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source and make them available on request. END OF SECTION 01420 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, PA Naples, Florida REFERENCES 01420-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 01500 - CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes requirements for construction facilities and temporary controls, including temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection. B. Temporary utilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Water service and distribution. 2. Temporary electric power and light. 3. Telephone service. 4. Sanitary facilities. C. Support facilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Field storage sheds. 2. Temporary enclosures. 3. Hoists and cranes. 4. Temporary project identification signs and bulletin boards. 5. Waste disposal services. 6. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities. D. Security and protection facilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Barricades. 2. Locked Storage Containers 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Building code requirements. 2. Health and safety regulations. 3. Utility company regulations. CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500- 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 4. Police, fire department, and rescue squad rules. 5. Environmental protection regulations. B. Standards: Comply with NFPA 241 "Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alterations, and Demolition Operations," ANSI A10 Series standards for "Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition," and NECA Electrical Design Library "Temporary Electrical Facilities." Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA, NECA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service in compliance with NFPA 70 'National Electric Code." 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temporary Utilities: Prepare a schedule indicating dates for implementation and termination of each temporary utility. At the earliest feasible time, when acceptable to the Owner, change over from use of temporary service to use of permanent service. B. Conditions of Use: Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat in appearance. Operate in a safe and efficient manner. Relocate temporary services and facilities as the Work progresses. Do not overload facilities or permit them to interfere with progress. Take necessary fire- prevention measures. Do not allow hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to develop or persist on -site. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials suitable for intended use. Materials shall be either new or undamaged previously used materials in serviceable condition. B. Water: Provide potable water approved by local health authorities. 2.2 EQUIPMENT A. General: Use new or undamaged previously used equipment in serviceable condition. Provide equipment suitable for use intended. B. Temporary Toilet Units: Provide self-contained, single-occupant toilet units. Provide units properly vented and fully enclosed with a glass - fiber- reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent material. CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Fire Extinguishers: Provide hand - carried, portable, UL- rated, Class A fire extinguishers for temporary offices and similar spaces. Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for classification, extinguishing agent, and size required by location and class of fire exposure. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Use qualified personnel for installation of temporary facilities. Locate facilities where they will serve the Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required. B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. General: Engage the appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or connect to existing service. Where company provides only part of the service, provide the remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with company recommendations. Arrange with company and existing users for a time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services. B. Water Service: Connect to existing water service as required for construction. Owner will pay utility services costs. C. Temporary Electric Power Service: Connect to existing electric service as required for construction. Owner will pay utility services costs. D. Temporary Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching. Install and operate temporary lighting that will fulfill security and protection requirements without operating the entire system. Provide temporary lighting that will provide adequate illumination for construction operations and traffic conditions. Contractor shall immediately cease all construction activities when temporary lighting is missing or inoperative. E. Temporary Telephone: Provide temporary telephone service throughout construction period. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers. CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA F. Sanitary facilities include temporary toilets. Comply with regulations and health codes for the type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. Provide toilet tissue. Provide covered waste containers for used material. 3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES A. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove prior to Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to the Owner. B. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Contractors Sign: Contractor shall provide one job sign located near the main entrance drive. Sign shall comply with current County standards 2. Temporary Signs: Provide temporary traffic signs to provide directional information to construction personnel and visitors. Subcontractor signs may not be posted at the site. 4. Post "Construction Site- No Trespassing" and "Warning- Hart Hat Required" signs at each entrance to the work area. C. Collection and Disposal of Waste: Collect waste from construction areas and elsewhere daily. Comply with requirements of NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste material and debris. Dispose of material lawfully. 3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Temporary Fire Protection: Until fire - protection needs are supplied by permanent facilities, install and maintain temporary fire - protection facilities of the types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 10 "Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers" and NFPA 241 "Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alterations, and Demolition Operations." B. Permanent Fire Protection: At the earliest feasible date in each area of the Project, complete installation of the permanent fire- protection facility, including connected services, and place into operation and use. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities. CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with standards and code requirements for erection of structurally adequate barricades. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics, and warning signs to inform personnel and the public of the hazard being protected against. Where appropriate and needed, provide lighting, including flashing red or amber lights. D. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations, and minimize the possibility that air, waterways, and subsoil might be contaminated or polluted or that other undesirable effects might result. Avoid use of tools and equipment that produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noise - making tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or firms near the site. 3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. Limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses to minimize waste and abuse. B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from damage by freezing temperatures and damaging elements. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24 -hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. C. Termination and Removal: Unless the Architect or Owner requests that it be maintained longer, remove each temporary facility when the need has ended, when replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with the temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the Contractor's property. END OF SECTION 01500 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 01600 - SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling requests for substitutions made after award of the Contract. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 1 Section "Reference Standards and Definitions" specifies the applicability of industry standards to products specified. 2. Division 1 Section "Submittals" specifies requirements for submitting the Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittal Schedule. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Definitions in this Article do not change or modify the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents. B. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction required by the Contract Documents proposed by the Contractor after award of the Contract are considered to be requests for substitutions. The following are not considered to be requests for substitutions: 1. Substitutions requested during the bidding period, and accepted by Addendum prior to award of the Contract, are included in the Contract Documents and are not subj ect to requirements specified in this Section for substitutions. 2. Revisions to the Contract Documents requested by the Owner or Architect. 3. Specified options of products and construction methods included in the Contract Documents. SUBSTITUTIONS 01600- 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Request Submittal: The Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 15 days after commencement of the Work. Requests received more than 15 days after commencement of the Work may be considered or rejected at the discretion of the Architect. Submit 3 copies of each request for substitution for consideration. Submit requests using the enclosed CSI form and according to procedures required for change -order proposals. 2. Identify the product or the fabrication or installation method to be replaced in each request. Include related Specification Section and Drawing numbers. 3. Provide complete documentation showing compliance with the requirements for substitutions, and the following information, as appropriate: a. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by the Owner and separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate the proposed substitution. b. A detailed comparison of significant qualities of the proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include elements, such as performance, weight, size, durability, and visual effect. C. Product Data, including Drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. d. Samples, where applicable or requested. e. A statement indicating the substitution's effect on the Contractor's Construction Schedule compared to the schedule without approval of the substitution. Indicate the effect of the proposed substitution on overall Contract Time. Cost information, including a proposal of the net change, if any in the Contract Sum. g. The Contractor's certification that the proposed substitution conforms to requirements in the Contract Documents in every respect and is appropriate for the applications indicated. SUBSTITUTIONS 01600-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA h. The Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of the failure of the substitution to perform adequately. 4. Architect's Action: If necessary, the Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a request for substitution. The Architect will notify the Contractor of acceptance or rejection of the substitution within 2 weeks of receipt of the request, or one week of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. Acceptance will be in the form of a change order. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Conditions: The Architect will receive and consider the Contractor's request for substitution when one or more of the following conditions are satisfied, as determined by the Architect. If the following conditions are not satisfied, the Architect will return the requests without action except to record noncompliance with these requirements. Extensive revisions to the Contract Documents are not required. 2. Proposed changes are in keeping with the general intent of the Contract Documents. 3. The request is timely, fully documented, and properly submitted. 4. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time. The Architect will not consider the request if the product or method cannot be provided as a result of failure to pursue the Work promptly or coordinate activities properly. 5. The request is directly related to an "or- equal" clause or similar language in the Contract Documents. 6. The requested substitution offers the Owner a substantial advantage, in cost, time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities the Owner must assume. The Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to the Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by the Owner, and similar considerations. 7. The specified product or method of construction cannot receive necessary approval by a governing authority, and the requested substitution can be approved. SUBSTITUTIONS 01600-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 8. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided in a manner that is compatible with other materials and where the Contractor certifies that the substitution will overcome the incompatibility. 9. The specified product or method of construction cannot be coordinated with other materials and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution can be coordinated. 10. The specified product or method of construction cannot provide a warranty required by the Contract Documents and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution provides the required warranty. 11. Where a proposed substitution involves more than one prime contractor, each contractor shall cooperate with the other contractors involved to coordinate the Work, provide uniformity and consistency, and assure compatibility of products. B. The Contractor's submittal and the Architect's receipt of Shop Drawings, Product Data, or Samples for construction activities not in compliance with the Contract Documents do not constitute an acceptable or valid request for substitution, nor do they constitute approval. END OF SECTION 01631 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida SUBSTITUTIONS 01600-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Project record document submittal. 3. Operation and maintenance manual submittal. 4. Submittal of warranties. B. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate Sections in Divisions 2 through 16. 1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. 1. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the date Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for the portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. a. Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in these Contract Documents and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. b. If 100 percent completion cannot be shown, include a list of incomplete items, the value of incomplete construction, and reasons the Work is not complete. 2. Advise the Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700- 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 4. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 5. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, final project photographs, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items. Make final changeover of permanent locks and transmit keys to the Owner. Advise the Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 8. Complete startup testing of systems and instruction of the Owner's operation and maintenance personnel. Discontinue and remove temporary facilities from the site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 9. Complete final cleanup requirements, including touchup painting. 10. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes. B. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the Architect will either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion following inspection or advise the Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued. The Architect will repeat inspection when requested and assured that the Work is substantially complete. 2. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance. 1.4 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. 1. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required. 2. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 3. Submit consent of surety to final payment. 1.5 RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS A. General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes. Protect record documents from deterioration and loss in a secure, fire - resistant location. Provide access to record documents for the Architect's reference during normal working hours. B. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white - prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where the installation varies substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark which drawing is most capable of showing conditions fully and accurately. Where Shop Drawings are used, record a cross - reference at the corresponding location on the Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. 1. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of the Work. 2. Mark new information that is important to the Owner but was not shown on Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings. 3. Note related change -order numbers where applicable. 4. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets. Bind sets with durable -paper cover sheets; print suitable titles, dates, and other identification on the cover of each set. C. Record Specifications: Maintain one complete copy of the Project Manual, including addenda. Include with the Project Manual one copy of other written construction documents, such as Change Orders and modifications issued in printed form during construction. 1. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in actual Work performed in comparison with the text of the Specifications and modifications. 2. Give particular attention to substitutions and selection of options and information on concealed construction that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. 3. Note related record drawing information and Product Data. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 4. Upon completion of the Work, submit record Specifications to the Architect for the Owner's records. D. Record Product Data: Maintain one copy of each Product Data submittal. Note related Change Orders and markup of record drawings and Specifications. Mark these documents to show significant variations in actual Work performed in comparison with information submitted. Include variations in products delivered to the site and from the manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations. 2. Give particular attention to concealed products and portions of the Work that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. 3. Upon completion of markup, submit complete set of record Product Data to the Architect for the Owner's records. E. Record Sample Submitted: Immediately prior to Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall meet with the Architect and the Owner's personnel at the Project Site to determine which Samples are to be transmitted to the Owner for record purposes. Comply with the Owner's instructions regarding delivery to the Owner's Sample storage area. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements of miscellaneous record keeping and submittals in connection with actual performance of the Work. Immediately prior to the date or dates of Substantial Completion, complete miscellaneous records and place in good order. Identify miscellaneous records properly and bind or file, ready for continued use and reference. Submit to the Architect for the Owner's records. G. Maintenance Manuals: Organize operation and maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind properly indexed data in individual, heavy -duty, 2 -inch, 3 -ring, vinyl- covered binders, with pocket folders for folded sheet information. Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder. Include the following types of information: 1. Emergency instructions. 2. Spare parts list. 3. Copies of warranties. 4. Wiring diagrams. 5. Recommended "turn- around" cycles. 6. Inspection procedures. 7. Shop Drawings and Product Data. 8. Fixture lamping schedule. CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Specified in Divisions 2 thru 16) PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Operation and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each Installer of equipment that requires regular maintenance to meet with the Owner's personnel to provide instruction in proper operation and maintenance. Provide instruction by manufacturer's representatives if installers are not experienced in operation and maintenance procedures. Include a detailed review of the following items: 1. Maintenance manuals. 2. Record documents. 3. Spare parts and materials. 4. Tools. 5. Lubricants. 6. Identification systems. 7. Control sequences. 8. Hazards. 9. Cleaning. 10. Warranties and bonds. 11. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments. B. As part of instruction for operating equipment, demonstrate the following procedures: 1. Startup. 2. Shutdown. 3. Emergency operations. 4. Noise and vibration adjustments. 5. Safety procedures. 6. Economy and efficiency adjustments. 7. Effective energy utilization. END OF SECTION 01700 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 01710 - FINAL CLEANING PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for final cleaning at Substantial Completion. B. Environmental Requirements: Conduct cleaning and waste - disposal operations in compliance with local laws and ordinances. Comply fully with federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. 1. Do not dispose of volatile wastes, such as mineral spirits, oil, or paint thinner, in storm or sanitary drains. 2. Burning or burying of debris, rubbish, or other waste material on the premises is not permitted. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by the manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Provide final- cleaning operations when indicated. Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit of Work to the condition expected from a commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's instructions. B. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for the entire Project or a portion of the Project. FINAL CLEANING 01710-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 1. Clean the Project Site, yard and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and foreign substances. 2. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even - textured surface. 3. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. 4. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from the site. 5. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard - surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. 6. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. 7. Broom clean concrete floors in unoccupied spaces. 8. Vacuum clean carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap. Shampoo, if required. 9. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other substances that are noticeable vision - obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. 10. Remove labels that are not permanent labels. 11. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration. a. Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. 12. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, elevator equipment, and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. FINAL CLEANING 01710-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 13. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. 14. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. 15. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction. 16. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. Replace burned -out bulbs and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures. 17. Leave the Project clean and ready for occupancy. C. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed during construction to protect previously completed installations during the remainder of the construction period. D. Compliances: Comply with governing regulations and safety standards for cleaning operations. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of lawfully. END OF SECTION 01710 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida FINAL CLEANING 01710-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 01720 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART1- GENERAL f�>i7�1I:11��7ZiZ�liluTf�li��.9 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Project Record Documents. B. Project Record Documents required include the following: a. Marked -up copies of Contract Drawings. b. Marked -up copies of Shop Drawings. C. Newly prepared drawings. d. Marked -up copies of Specifications, addenda, and Change Orders. e. Marked -up Product Data submittals. f. Record Samples. g. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. h. Record information on Work that is recorded only schematically. C. Maintenance of Documents and Samples: Store record documents and Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition. Make documents and Samples available at all times for the Architect's inspections. D. All project Record Documents shall be delivered within dates scheduled herein, but not less than 15 days before final completion. E. Final payment shall be withheld until all required submittals and Record Documents are approved. 1.3 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Markup Procedure: During construction, maintain a set of blue- or black -line white prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings for Project Record Document purposes. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA Mark these Drawings to show the actual installation where the installation varies from the installation shown originally. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. Items required to be marked include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dimensional changes to the Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on the Drawings. C. Depths of foundations below the first floor. d. Locations and depths of underground utilities. e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. f. Revisions to electrical circuitry. g. Actual equipment locations. h. Duct size and routing. i. Locations of concealed internal utilities. j. Changes made by change order or Construction Change Directive. k. Changes made following the Architect's written orders. 1. Details not on original Contract Drawings. 2. Mark record prints of Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. Where Shop Drawings are marked, show cross - reference on Contract Drawings location. Mark record sets with red erasable colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at the same location. 4. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 5. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, change -order numbers, and similar identification. B. Responsibility for Markup: The individual or entity who obtained record data, whether the individual or entity is the Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, shall prepare the markup on record drawings. Accurately and neatly record information in an understandable drawing technique. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup prior to enclosing concealed installations. 3. At time of Substantial Completion, submit record drawings to the Architect for the Owner's records. Organize into sets and bind and label sets for the Owner's continued use. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Preparation of Final As -Built Record Documents: Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on print sets. Erase, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable. 2. Identify and date each drawing; include the printed designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS" in a prominent location on each drawing. All notations shall be neat and clearly legible. 4. Record documents with haphazard, incomplete, illegible, or poor notations will be returned to the Contractor for corrections. D. Copies and Distribution: After completing the preparation of record drawings, print 3 copies of each drawing, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded. Organize the copies into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable -paper cover sheets. Include appropriate identification, including titles, dates, and other information on the cover sheets. Organize and bind original marked -up set of prints that were maintained during the construction period in the same manner. Submit the marked -up record set, and 2 copy sets to the Architect for the Owner's records; the Architect will retain 1 copy set. E. Newly Prepared Record Drawings: Prepare new drawings instead of following procedures specified for preparing record drawings where new drawings are required, and the Architect determines that neither original Contract Drawings nor Shop Drawings are suitable to show the actual installation. New drawings may be required when a change order is issued as a result of accepting an alternate, substitution, or other modification. 1.4 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS A. During the construction period, maintain 2 copies of the Project Specifications, including addenda and modifications issued, for Project Record Document purposes. Mark the Specifications to indicate the actual installation where the installation varies from that indicated in Specifications and modifications issued. Note related project record drawing information, where applicable. Give particular attention to substitutions, selection ofproduct options, and information on concealed installations that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. a. In each Specification Section where products, materials, or units of equipment are specified or scheduled, mark the copy with the proprietary name and model number of the product furnished. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA b. Record the name of the manufacturer, supplier, installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made and to document coordination with record Product Data submittals and maintenance manuals. C. Note related record Product Data, where applicable. For each principal product specified, indicate whether record Product Data has been submitted in maintenance manual instead of submitted as record Product Data. 2. Upon completion of markup, submit record Specifications to the Architect for the Owner's records. 1.5 RECORD PRODUCT DATA A. During the construction period, maintain two copies of each Product Data submittal for Project Record Document purposes. Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where the installation vanes substantially from that indicated in Product Data submitted. Include significant changes in the product delivered to the site and changes in manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation. 2. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. Note related Change Orders and markup of record Drawings, where applicable. Upon completion of markup, submit a complete set of record Product Data to the Architect for the Owner's records. 5. Where record Product Data is required as part of maintenance manuals, submit marked -up Product Data as an insert in the manual instead of submittal as record Product Data. A. Immediately prior to date of Substantial Completion meet with the Architect and the Owner's personnel at the site to determine which of the Samples maintained during the construction period shall be transmitted to the Owner for record purposes. Comply with the Architect's instructions for packaging, identification marking, and delivery to the Owner's Sample storage space. Dispose of other Samples in a manner specified for disposing surplus and waste materials. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.7 MAINTENANCE MANUAL SUBMITTAL A. When each construction activity that requires submittal of maintenance manuals is nominally complete, but before Substantial Completion, submit maintenance manuals specified. Organize operation and maintenance manuals into suitable sets of manageable size. 2. Bind data into individual binders for each manual, properly identified on front and spine. For large manuals, provide an index sheet and thumb tabs for separate information categories. 3. Provide heavy -duty, 3 -ring, vinyl- covered binders, 1 to 2 inch thick as required to contain information, sized for 8- 1 /2 -by -1 l -inch paper with inside pockets or pocket folders for folded sheets. 4. In each maintenance manual, include information specified in individual Specification Sections and the following: a. Emergency instructions. b. Spare parts list. C. Copies of specific warranties. d. Wiring diagrams. C. Recommended maintenance procedures and turn- around times. f. Inspection and system -test procedures. g. Copies of applicable Shop Drawings and Product Data. h. Listing of required maintenance materials and services. i. Names and addresses of sources of maintenance materials. j. Maintenance drawings and diagrams. k. Precautions against improper maintenance and exposure. 5. Each prime contractor is responsible for maintenance manuals for its own Work. Where a manual includes information on installations by more than one contract, the Contractor who is the principal source of information, as designated by the Architect, shall receive information from other contractors, coordinate and collate information for a unified manual, and provide binders and submittal as specified. 1.8 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Refer to other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record - keeping requirements and submittals in connection with various construction activities. Immediately prior to Substantial Completion, complete miscellaneous records and place in good order, properly identified and bound or filed, ready for use and reference. Submit to the Architect for the Owner's records. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA Categories of requirements resulting in miscellaneous records include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Field records on excavations and foundations. b. Field records on underground construction and similar work. C. Survey showing locations and elevations of underground lines. d. Invert elevations of drainage piping. e. Surveys establishing building lines and levels. f. Authorized measurements utilizing unit prices or allowances. g. Certifications received in lieu of labels on bulk products. h. Batch mixing and bulk delivery records. i. Testing and qualification of tradesmen. j. Documented qualification of installation firms. k. Load and performance testing. 1. Inspections and certifications by governing authorities. m. Leakage and water - penetration tests. n. Fire - resistance and flame- spread test certificates. 1.9 RECORDING A. Post changes and modifications to the Documents as they occur. Do not wait until the end of the Project. END OF SECTION 01720 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720-6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 02070 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of a building. 2. Patching and repairs. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Remove: Remove and legally dispose of items except those indicated to be reinstalled, salvaged, or to remain the Owner's property. B. Existing to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by the Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and then cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations. 1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain the Owner's property, demolished materials shall become the Contractor's property and shall be removed from the site with further disposition at the Contractor's option. 1.5 SCHEDULING A. Arrange selective demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owner's on -site operations. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 REPAIR MATERIALS A. Use repair materials identical to existing materials. I . Where identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used for exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 2. Use materials whose installed performance equals or surpasses that of existing materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped. B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required. C. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with the intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of the conflict. D. Survey the condition of the building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of the structure or adjacent structures during selective demolition. E. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or structural support to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of building to be selectively demolished. 1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Provide barricades and temporary enclosures as needed to safely protect persons in and adjacent to work areas. 1. Provide visqueen and plywood barricades at new openings between occupied areas of existing building and new construction. 3.3 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION A. Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition work above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on lower levels. 2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. To minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame- cutting operations. Maintain portable fire - suppression devices during flame- cutting operations. 5. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 6. Remove decayed, vermin - infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off -site. 7. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. 8. Locate selective demolition equipment throughout the structure and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 9. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. On -site storage or sale of removed items is prohibited. 10. Return elements of construction and surfaces to remain to condition existing before start of selective demolition operations. B. Demolish concrete and masonry in small sections. Cut concrete and masonry atjunctures with construction to remain, using power- driven masonry saw or hand tools; do not use power- driven impact tools. C. Break up and remove concrete slabs on grade, unless otherwise shown to remain. D. Remove existing pavement and base wherever required to properly install new work. E. Remove existing benches, retaining walls, and similar items located in construction areas unless scheduled for relocation or salvage. 1. Do not remove items or trees tagged "to remain" 3.4 PATCHING AND REPAIRS A. Promptly patch and repair holes and damaged surfaces caused to adjacent construction by selective demolition operations. B. Patching is specified in Division I Section "Cutting and Patching." C. Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new materials. I. Completely fill holes and depressions in existing masonry walls to remain with an approved masonry patching material, applied according to manufacturer's printed recommendations. D. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into adjoining construction to remain in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing. E. Patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space where demolished walls or partitions extend one finished area into another. Provide a flush and even surface of uniform color and appearance. F. Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even -plane surface of uniform appearance. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.5 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. General: Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on -site. B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them. END OF SECTION 02070 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE PARTI- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies cast -in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcing, mix design, placement procedures, and finishes. B. Cast -in -place concrete includes the following: 1. Slabs 2. Equipment pads and bases. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Not Required 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of the following codes, specifications, and standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified: 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings." 2. ACI 318, 'Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." 3. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) "Manual of Standard Practice." B. Concrete materials and work not in compliance with these specifications shall be deemed an unauthorized change. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA PART2- PRODUCTS ►If��[� :u u: : . A. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another acceptable material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. B. Form Release Agent: Provide commercial formulation form release agent with a maximum of 350 g/L volatile organic compounds (VOCs) that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 2.2 REINFORCING MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615 Grade 60 (ASTM A 615M Grade 400), deformed. B. Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, plain, cold -drawn steel. C. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, welded steel wire fabric. D. Supports for Reinforcement: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. Use wire bar - type supports complying with CRSI specifications. For slabs -on- grade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs. 2. For exposed -to -view concrete surfaces where legs of supports are in contact with forms, provide supports with legs that are protected by plastic (CRSI, Class 1) or stainless steel (CRSI, Class 2). 2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I. 1. Use one brand of cement throughout Project. B. Fly Ash: Not allowed. C. Normal- Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33 and as specified. Provide aggregates from a single source for exposed concrete. D. Lightweight Aggregates: ASTM C 330. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA E. Water: Potable. Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two- component material suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces. Provide material type, grade, and class to suit Project requirements. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that maybe incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Burke Epoxy M.V., The Burke Co. b. Spec -Bond 100, Conspec Marketing and Mfg. Co. C. Resi -Bond (J -58), Dayton Superior. d. Euco Epoxy System #452 or #620, Euclid Chemical Co. e. Epoxtite Binder 2390, A.C. Horn, Inc. f. Epabond, L &M Construction Chemicals, Inc. g. Concresive Standard Liquid, Master Builders, Inc. h. Rezi -Weld 1000, W.R. Meadows, Inc. i. Metco Hi -Mod Epoxy, Metalcrete Industries. a. Sikadur 32 Hi -Mod, Sika Corp. b. Stonset LV5, Stonhard, Inc. C. R -600 Series, Symons Corp. 2.4 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGNING MIXES A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods as specified in ACI 301. For the trial batch method, use an independent testing agency acceptable to Engineer for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. B. Submit written reports to Architect of each proposed mix for each class of concrete at least 15 days prior to start of Work. Do not begin concrete production until proposed mix designs have been reviewed by Architect. C. Design mixes to provide normal weight concrete with the following properties as indicated on drawings and not less than noted herein: 1. Minimum Compression Strength at 28 days (F'c): 3,000 psi D. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant, as accepted by Architect. Laboratory test data for revised mix design and strength results must be submitted to and accepted by Architect before using in Work. Field modifications to mix designs will not be considered unless approved by manufacturer and reviewed by Architect not less than 15 days prior to pour. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 2. Do not add water to mix on -site. 2.5 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C 94, and as specified. When air temperature is between 85 deg F and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1 -1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Coordinate the installation of joint materials, vapor retarder/barrier, and other related materials with placement of forms and reinforcing steel. 3.2 FORMS A. General: Design, erect, support, brace, and maintain formwork to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads that might be applied until concrete structure can support such loads. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position. Maintain formwork construction tolerances and surface irregularities complying with the following ACI 347 limits: Provide Class A tolerances for concrete surfaces exposed to view. 2. Provide Class C tolerances for other concrete surfaces. B. Construct forms to sizes, shapes, lines, and dimensions shown and to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, level, and plumb work in finished structures. Provide for openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, rustication, reglets, chamfers, blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages and inserts, and other features required in the Work. Use selected materials to obtain required finishes. Solidly butt joints and provide backup at joints to prevent cement paste from leaking. C. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where slope is too steep to place concrete with CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA bottom forms only. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like for easy removal. D. Provide temporary openings for clean-outs and inspections where interior area offormwork is inaccessible before and during concrete placement. Securely brace temporary openings and set tightly to forms to prevent losing concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. E. Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in concrete formwork to accommodate work of other trades. Determine size and location of openings, recesses, and chases from trades providing such items. Accurately place and securely support items built into forms. F. Cleaning and Tightening: Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, or other debris just before placing concrete. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. 3.3 VAPOR RETARDER/BARRIER INSTALLATION A. General: Place vapor retarderibarrier sheeting in position with longest dimension parallel with direction of pour. Lap joints not less than 18 inches. Seal joints with duct tape or better, at all lap joints. 3.4 PLACING REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for "Placing Reinforcing Bars," for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports and as specified. Avoid cutting or puncturing vapor retarderibarrier during reinforcement placement and concreting operations. Repair damages before placing concrete. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other materials that reduce or destroy bond with concrete. C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers, as approved by Architect. D. Place reinforcement to maintain minimum coverages as indicated for concrete protection. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA E. Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. 3.5 JOINTS A. Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints so they do not impair strength or appearance of the structure, as acceptable to Architect. B. Provide keyways at least 1 -1/2 inches deep in construction joints in walls and slabs and between walls and footings. Bulkheads designed and accepted for this purpose may be used for slabs. C. Place construction joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints except as indicated otherwise. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements. D. Use bonding agent on existing concrete surfaces that will be joined with fresh concrete. E. Isolation Joints in Slabs -on- Grade: Construct isolation joints in slabs -on -grade at points of contact between slabs -on -grade and vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. Joint fillers and sealants are specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." F. Contraction (Control) Joints in Slabs -on- Grade: Construct contraction joints in slabs -on- grade to form panels of patterns as shown. Use saw cuts 1/8 inch wide by one - fourth of slab depth or inserts 1/4 inch wide by one - fourth of slab depth, unless otherwise indicated. Form contraction joints by inserting premolded plastic, hardboard, or fiberboard strip into fresh concrete until top surface of strip is flush with slab surface. Tool slab edges round on each side of insert. After concrete has cured, remove inserts and clean groove of loose debris. Contraction joints in unexposed floor slabs may be formed by saw cuts as soon as possible after slab finishing as may be safely done without dislodging aggregate. 3. If joint pattern is not shown, provide joints not exceeding 15 ft. in either direction and located to conform to bay spacing wherever possible (at column centerlines, half bays, third bays). 4. Joint fillers and sealants are specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.6 INSTALLING EMBEDDED ITEMS A. General: Set and build into formwork anchorage devices and other embedded items required for other work that is attached to or supported by cast -in -place concrete. Use setting drawings, diagrams, instructions, and directions provided by suppliers of items to be attached. B. Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete structures as indicated on drawings. C. Forms for Slabs: Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and contours in finished surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips using strike -off templates or compacting -type screeds. 3.7 PREPARING FORM SURFACES A. General: Coat contact surfaces of forms with an approved, nonresidual, low -VOC, form - coating compound before placing reinforcement. B. Do not allow excess form- coating material to accumulate in forms or come into contact with in -place concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. Apply according to manufacturer's instructions. 3.8 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast in. Notify other trades to permit installation of their work. B. General: Comply with ACI 304, "Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete," and as specified. C. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened sufficiently to cause seams or planes of weakness. If section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as specified. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation at its final location. D. Placing Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than 24 inches and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Where placement consists of several layers, place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic to avoid cold joints. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-7 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand - spading, rodding, or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidation of concrete complying with ACI 309, 2. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible effectiveness of the machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mix to segregate. E. Placing Concrete Slabs: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until completing placement of a panel or section. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement, other embedded items and into corners. 2. Bring slab surfaces to correct level with a straightedge and strike off. Use bull floats or darbies to smooth surface free of humps or hollows. Do not disturb slab surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations. Maintain reinforcing in proper position on chairs during concrete placement. F. Cold- Weather Placement: Comply with provisions of ACI 306 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost or low temperatures. G. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F, uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 deg F and not more than 80 deg F at point of placement. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise accepted in mix designs. H. Hot - Weather Placement: When hot weather conditions exist that would impair quality and strength of concrete, place concrete complying with ACI 305 and as specified. 1. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement to below 90 deg F. Mixing water may be chilled or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-8 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 2. Cover reinforcing steel with water - soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that steel temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete. Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade moisture uniform without puddles or dry areas. 4. Use water- reducing retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placing conditions, as acceptable to Architect. 3.9 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough - Formed Finish: Provide a rough - formed finish on formed concrete surfaces not exposed to view in the finished Work or concealed by other construction. This is the concrete surface having texture imparted by form - facing material used, with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched, and fins and other projections exceeding 1/4 inch in height rubbed down or chipped off. B. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike -off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 3.10 SLAB FINISHES A. Scratch Finish: Apply scratch finish to monolithic slab surfaces to receive concrete floor topping or mortar setting beds for tile, portland cement terrazzo, and other bonded applied cementitious finish flooring material, and where indicated. After placing slabs, finish surface to tolerances of F(F) 15 (floor flatness) and F(L) 13 (floor levelness) measured according to ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M). Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. After leveling, roughen surface before final set with stiff brushes, brooms, or rakes. B. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces to receive trowel finish and other finishes as specified; slab surfaces to be covered with membrane or elastic waterproofing, membrane or elastic roofing, or sand -bed terrazzo; and where indicated. After screeding, consolidating, and leveling concrete slabs, do not work surface until ready for floating. Begin floating, using float blades or float shoes only, when surface water has disappeared, or when concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit operation of power - driven floats, or both. Consolidate surface with power -driven floats or by hand - floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-9 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA surfaces to tolerances of F(F) 18 (floor flatness) and F(L) 15 (floor levelness) measured according to ASTM E 1 155 (ASTM E 1155M). Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Uniformly slope surfaces to drains. Immediately after leveling, refloat surface to a uniform, smooth, granular texture. C. Trowel Finish: Apply a trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces exposed to view and slab surfaces to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile, paint, or another thin film- finish coating system. 1. After floating, begin first trowel -finish operation using a power -driven trowel. Begin final troweling when surface produces a ringing sound as trowel is moved over surface. Consolidate concrete surface by final hand - troweling operation, free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance, and finish surfaces to tolerances of F(F) 20 (floor flatness) and F(L) 17 (floor levelness) measured according to ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M). Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied floor covering system. D. Trowel and Fine Broom Finish: Where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed with thin -set mortar, apply a trowel finish as specified, then immediately follow by slightly scarifying the surface with a fine broom. E. Nonslip Broom Finish: Apply a nonslip broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by brooming with fiber- bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application. 3.11 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by other trades, unless otherwise shown or directed, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete as specified to blend with in -place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete Work. B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by steel - troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. C. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations as shown on drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment to template at correct elevations, complying with diagrams or templates of manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 10 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.12 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. In hot, dry, and windy weather protect concrete from rapid moisture loss before and during finishing operations with an evaporation - control material. Apply according to manufacturer's instructions after screeding and bull floating, but before power floating and troweling. B. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing and finishing. Weather permitting, keep continuously moist for not less than 7 days. C. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by curing compound, by moist curing, by moisture - retaining cover curing, or by combining these methods, as specified. D. Provide moisture curing by the following methods: 1. Keep concrete surface continuously wet by covering with water. 2. Use continuous water -fog spray. 3. Cover concrete surface with specified absorptive cover, thoroughly saturate cover with water, and keep continuously wet. Place absorptive cover to provide coverage of concrete surfaces and edges, with a 4 inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. E. Provide moisture - retaining cover curing as follows: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture- retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width with sides and ends lapped at least 3 inches and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. F. Apply curing compound on exposed interior slabs and on exterior slabs, walks, and curbs as follows: Apply curing compound to concrete slabs as soon as final finishing operations are complete (within 2 hours and after surface water sheen has disappeared). Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's directions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within 3 hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. Use membrane curing compounds that will not affect surfaces to be covered with finish materials applied directly to concrete. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 11 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA G. Curing Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces, by moist curing with forms in place for the full curing period or until forms are removed. If forms are removed, continue curing by methods specified above, as applicable. H. Curing Unformed Surfaces: Cure unformed surfaces, including slabs, floor topping, and other flat surfaces, by applying the appropriate curing method. Final cure concrete surfaces to receive finish flooring with a moisture- retaining cover, unless otherwise directed. 3.13 SHORES AND SUPPORTS A. General: Comply with ACI 347 for shoring and reshoring, and as specified. B. Remove ,shores and reshore in a planned sequence to avoid damage to partially cured concrete. Locate and provide adequate reshoring to support work without excessive stress or deflection. C. Keep reshores in place aminimum, of 15 days after placing upper tier, or longer, if required, until concrete has attained its required 28 -day strength and heavy loads due to construction operations have been removed. 3.14 REMOVING FORMS A. General: Formwork not supporting weight of concrete, such as sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the work, may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F for 24 hours after placing concrete, provided concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by form- removal operations, and provided curing and protection operations are maintained. 3.15 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Patching Defective Areas: Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar immediately after removing forms, when acceptable to Architect. B. Mix dry-pack mortar, consisting of one part Portland cement to 2 -1/2 parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 mesh sieve, using only enough water as required for handling and placing. Cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, voids over 1/4 inch in any dimension, and holes left by tie rods and bolts down to solid concrete but in no case to a depth less than I inch. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to the concrete surface. Thoroughly clean, CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 12 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA dampen with water, and brush -coat the area to be patched with bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. 2. For surfaces exposed to view, blend white portland cement and standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match surrounding color. Provide test areas at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike -off slightly higher than surrounding surface. C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Remove and replace concrete having defective surfaces if defects cannot be repaired to satisfaction of Architect. Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycomb, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. Flush out form tie holes and fill with dry -pack mortar or precast cement cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. Repair concealed formed surfaces, where possible, containing defects that affect the concrete's durability. If defects cannot be repaired, remove and replace the concrete. D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs, for smoothness and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas as specified. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness by using a template having the required slope. 1. Repair finished unformed surfaces containing defects that affect the concrete's durability. Surface defects include crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or that penetrate to the reinforcement or completely through nonreinforced sections regardless of width, spalling, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, and other objectionable conditions. 2. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding after concrete has cured at least 14 days. 3. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. Proprietary underlayment compounds may be used when acceptable to Architect. 4. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not exceeding 1 inch in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose reinforcing steel with at least 3/4 inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials to provide CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-13 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA concrete of same type or class as original concrete. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. E. Repair isolated random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter by dry-pack method. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean of dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding compound. Place dry-pack before bonding agent has dried. Compact dry-pack mixture in place and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours. 3.16 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS A. Interior control joints shall be sawcut. B. Exterior control joints and slab edges shall be neatly tooled with radius edges. END OF SECTION 03300 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 14 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 04200 - UNIT MASONRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Concrete unit masonry. 2. Masonry waste disposal. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store masonry units on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, corrosion, and other causes. If units become wet, do not install until they are in an air -dried condition. B. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. D. Store masonry accessories, including metal items, to prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirt and oil. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not apply uniform floor or roof loads for at least 12 hours and concentrated loads for at least 3 days after building masonry walls or columns. B. Hot - Weather Requirements: Protect unit masonry work when temperature and humidity conditions produce excessive evaporation of water from mortar and grout. Provide artificial shade and wind breaks and use cooled materials as required. Do not apply mortar to substrates with temperatures of 100 deg F and above. UNIT MASONRY 04200-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Concrete Masonry Units: a. CSR Rinker Materials. b. Florida Rock Industries C. Krehling Industries, Inc. 2. Portland Cement, Mortar Cement, Masonry Cement, and Lime: a. Cement Industries b. CSR Rinker Materials C. Florida Rock Industries d. Krehling Industries, Inc 3. Joint Reinforcement, Ties, and Anchors: a. AA Wire Products Co. b. Dur- O -Wal, Inc. c. Masonry Reinforcing Corp. of America. d. National Wire Products Industries. e. Southern Construction Products. 2.2 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. General: Provide shapes indicated and as follows for each form of concrete masonry unit required. 1. Provide special shapes for lintels, corners, jambs, control joints, headers, bonding, and other special conditions. 2. Provide square -edged units for outside comers. B. Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 90, Type II, Grade N, and as follows: 1. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net -area compressive strength not less than 1900 psi. 2. Weight Classification: Normal weight. UNIT MASONRY 04200-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 2.3 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II. B. Mortar: Comply with ASTM C270, Type M. C. Water: Potable. 2.4 REINFORCING STEEL A. Steel Reinforcing Bars: Billet steel complying with ASTM A 615, grade 60. B. Deformed Reinforcing Wire: ASTM A 496, with ASTM A 153, Class B -2 zinc coating. C. Welded -Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185. 2.5 JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. General: Provide joint reinforcement formed from the following: 1. Galvanized carbon -steel wire, coating class as follows: a. ASTM A 153, Class B -2. b. 9 gauge. galvanized steel B. Description: Welded -wire units prefabricated with deformed continuous side rods and plain cross rods into straight lengths of not less than 10 feet, with prefabricated corner and tee units, and complying with requirements indicated on the Drawings. C. For single -wythe masonry, provide type as follows with single pair of side rods: 1. Ladder design with perpendicular cross rods spaced not more than 16 inches o.c. 2.6 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air - entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water - repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless otherwise indicated. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. B. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, type M. UNIT MASONRY 04200-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476. Use grout of consistency indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, of consistency (fine or coarse) at time of placement that will completely fill spaces intended to receive grout. Use coarse grout in grout spaces 2 inches or more in least horizontal dimension, unless otherwise indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of unit masonry. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Examine rough -in and built -in construction to verify actual locations of piping connections prior to installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Thickness: Build cavity and composite walls and other masonry construction to the full thickness shown. Build single -wythe walls to the actual thickness of the masonry units, using units of thickness indicated. B. Cut masonry units with motor - driven saws to provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Cut units as required to provide continuous pattern and to fit adjoining construction. Use full - size units without cutting, where possible. Allow units cut with water - cooled saws to dry before placing, unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed. 3.3 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES A. Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces of columns, walls, and arrises, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 10 feet, nor 3/8 inch in 20 feet, nor '' /z inch in 40 feet or more. For external comers, expansion joints, control joints, and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet, nor '' /z inch in 40 feet or more. For vertical alignment of head joints, do not exceed plus or minus 1/4 inch in 10 feet, nor '' /z inch maximum. B. Variation from Level: For bed joints and lines of exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves, and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet, nor'' /2 inch in 40 feet or more. For top surface of bearing walls, do not exceed 1/8 inch in 10 feet, nor 1/16 inch within width of a single unit. C. Variation of Linear Building Line: For position shown in plan and related portion of columns, walls, and partitions, do not exceed % inch in 20 feet, nor 3/4 inch in 40 feet or more. UNIT MASONRY 04200-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA D. Variation in Cross - Sectional Dimensions: For columns and thickness of walls, from dimensions shown, do not exceed minus 1/4 inch nor plus %z inch. E. Variation in Mortar -Joint Thickness: Do not vary from bed joint thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch, with a maximum thickness limited to '/2 inch. Do not vary bed joint thickness from bed -joint thickness of adjacent course by more than 1/8 inch. Do not vary from head joint thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch. Do not vary head joint thickness from adjacent head joint thickness by more thanl /8inch. Do not vary from collar joint thickness indicated by more than minus 1/4 inch or plus 3/8 inch. 3.4 LAYING MASONRY WALLS A. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint widths and for accurate locating of openings, movement -type joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid the use of less- than-half -size units at corners, jambs, and where possible at other locations. B. Lay walls to comply with specified construction tolerances, with courses accurately spaced and coordinated with other construction. C. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Lay exposed masonry in the following bond pattern; do not use units with less than nominal 4 -inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. One -half running bond with vertical joint in each course centered on units in courses above and below. D. Stopping and Resuming Work: In each course, rack back 1/2 -unit length for one -half running bond do not tooth. Clean exposed surfaces of set masonry, and remove loose masonry units and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry. E. Built -in Work: As construction progresses, build -in items specified under this and other Sections of the Specifications. Fill in solidly with masonry around built -in items. F. Fill space between hollow metal frames and masonry solidly with mortar, unless otherwise indicated. G. Where built -in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer of metal lath in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into core. H. Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout 24 inches under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts, and similar items, unless otherwise indicated. UNIT MASONRY 04200-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.5 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING A. Lay hollow concrete masonry units as follows: With full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells. 2. Bed webs in mortar in starting course on footings and in all courses of piers, columns, and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be filled with grout. For starting course on footings where cells are not grouted, spread out full mortar bed, including areas under cells. 4. Maintain joint widths indicated, except for minor variations required to maintain bond alignment. If not indicated, lay walls with 3/8 -inch joints. B. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than joint thickness, unless otherwise indicated. C. Cut joints flush for masonry walls that are to receive plaster or other direct - applied finishes (other than paint), unless otherwise indicated. 3.6 CAVITIES A. Keep cavities clean of mortar droppings and other materials during construction. Strike joints facing cavities flush. 3.7 HORIZONTAL -JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. General: Provide continuous horizontal joint reinforcement as indicated. Install entire length of longitudinal side rods in mortar with a minimum cover of 5/8 inch on exterior side of walls, '/2 inch elsewhere. Lap reinforcing a minimum of 6 inches. Space reinforcement not more than 16 inches o.c. 2. Space reinforcement not more than 8 inches o.c. in parapet walls. 3. Provide reinforcement in mortar joint 1 block course above and below wall openings and extending 12 inches beyond opening. B. Cut or interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints, unless otherwise indicated. C. Provide continuity at corners and wall intersections by using prefabricated "L" and "T" sections. Cut and bend reinforcement units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at returns, offsets, column fireproofing, pipe enclosures, and other special conditions. UNIT MASONRY 04200-6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.8 INSTALLATION OF REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY A. Temporary Formwork and Shores: Construct formwork and shores to support reinforced masonry elements during construction. Construct formwork to conform to shape, line, and dimensions shown. Make sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar and grout. Brace, tie, and support forms to maintain position and shape during construction and curing of reinforced masonry. 2. Do not remove forms and shores until reinforced masonry members have hardened sufficiently to carry their own weight and other temporary loads that may be placed on them during construction. B. Grouting: Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained sufficient strength to resist grout pressure. Do not exceed the following pour heights for grout: a. For minimum widths of grout spaces of 3 inches or for minimum grout space of hollow unit cells of 3 by 3 inches, pour height of 12 feet. 2. Provide cleanout holes at least 4 inches in least dimension for grout pours over 16 inches in height. a. Provide cleanout holes at each vertical reinforcing bar. b. At solid grouted masonry, provide cleanout holes at not more than 32 inches O.C. 3.9 REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise damaged or if units do not match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining units; install in fresh mortar or grout, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement. B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge voids and holes, except weep holes, and completely fill with mortar. Point -up joints, including comers, openings, and adjacent construction, to provide a neat, uniform appearance. Prepare joints for application of sealants. C. In- Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to remove mortar fins and smears prior to tooling joints. UNIT MASONRY 04200-7 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.10 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL A. Recycling: Undamaged, excess masonry materials are Contractor's property and shall be removed from the Project site for his use. END OF SECTION 04200 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida UNIT MASONRY 04200-8 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Wood blocking and nailers. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Rough Carpentry: Carpentry work not specified in other Sections and not exposed, unless otherwise indicated. B. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following: 1. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority. 2. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. 3. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels; place spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of lumber grading agencies certified by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece, or omit grade stamp and provide certificates of grade compliance issued by grading agency. 3. Where nominal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for moisture content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are minimum dressed sizes for dry lumber. 4. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. Provide dry lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing for 2 -inch nominal actual thickness or less, unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 WOOD - PRESERVATIVE - TREATED MATERIALS A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA C2 (lumber), or approved equal. Lumber that is not in contact with the ground and is continuously protected from liquid water may be treated according to AWPA C31 with inorganic boron (SBX), or approved equal. B. Kiln -dry material after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent for lumber and 15 percent for plywood. Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material. C. Mark each treated item with the treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark end or back of each piece, or omit marking and provide certificates of treatment compliance issued by inspection agency. D. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following: Wood, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Wood framing members less than 18 inches above grade. 4. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs directly in contact with earth. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER A. General: Provide lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following: 1. Blocking. 2. Nailers. 3. Furring. 4. Grounds. B. For items of dimension lumber size, provide Construction, Stud, or No. 2 Standard, Stud, grade lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content and any of the following species: 1. Southern pine; SPIB. C. For concealed boards, provide lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content and any of the following species and grades: Southern pine, No. 2 grade; SPIB. 2.4 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this Article for material and manufacture. 1. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot -dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M. B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667. C. Power- Driven Fasteners: CABO NER -272. D. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA E. Screws for Fastening to Cold- Formed Metal Framing: ASTM C 954, except with wafer heads and reamer wings, length as recommended by screw manufacturer for material being fastened. F. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1. (ASME B18.2.3.8M. G. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, Property Class 4.6; with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers. H. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry assemblies and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency. Material: Carbon -steel components, zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe /Zn 5. Material: Stainless steel with bolts and nuts complying with ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594, Alloy Group 1 or 2 (ASTM F 738M and ASTM F 836M, Grade Al or A4. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. B. Do not use materials with defects that impair quality of rough carpentry or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. C. Apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces of preservative - treated lumber and plywood. D. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following: ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA CABO NER -272 for power- driven fasteners. 2. Published requirements of metal framing anchor manufacturer. 3. "Fastening Schedule," in the Florida Building Code. E. Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood; predrill as required. Use finishing nails for exposed work, unless otherwise indicated. Countersink nail heads and fill holes with wood filler. 3.2 WOOD GROUND, SLEEPER, BLOCKING, AND NAILER INSTALLATION A. Install where indicated and where required for screeding or attaching other work. Form to shapes indicated and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved. B. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. Build anchor bolts into masonry during installation of masonry work. Where possible, secure anchor bolts to formwork before concrete placement. C. Provide permanent grounds of dressed, pressure- preservative - treated, key - beveled lumber not less than 1 -1/2 inches wide and of thickness required to bring face of ground to exact thickness of finish material. Remove temporary grounds when no longer required. END OF SECTION 06100 VICTOR J. LATAVISH, ARCHITECT P.A. Naples, Florida ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 06400 - INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Plastic laminate -clad cabinets. 2. Plastic laminate -clad countertops. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Shop drawings showing location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large - scale details, attachment devices, and other components. C. Samples for initial selection of the following in the form of manufacturer's color charts consisting of actual units or sections of units showing the full range of colors and patterns available for each type of material indicated. Plastic laminates. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Fabricator Qualifications: Finn experienced in producing architectural woodwork similar to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units without delaying the Work. B. Quality Standard: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with the following standard: AWI Quality Standard: "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" of the Architectural Woodwork Institute for grades of interior architectural woodwork, construction, finishes, and other requirements. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06400-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A Protect woodwork during transit, delivery, storage, and handling to prevent damage and deterioration. B Do not deliver woodwork until painting and similar operations that could damage, soil, or deteriorate woodwork have been completed in installation areas. If woodwork must be stored in other than installation areas, store only in areas whose environmental conditions meet requirements specified in 'Project Conditions." 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A Field Measurements: Where woodwork is indicated to be fitted to other construction, check actual dimensions of other construction by accurate field measurements before fabrication, and show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1. Verify locations of concealed framing, blocking, reinforcements, and furring that support woodwork by accurate field measurements before being enclosed. Record measurements on final shop drawings. 2. Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, guarantee dimensions and proceed with fabricating woodwork without field measurements. Provide allowance for trimming at site and coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to guaranteed dimensions. 1.7 COORDINATION A Coordinate sizes and locations of framing, blocking, furring, reinforcements, and other related units of Work specified in other Sections to ensure that interior architectural woodwork can be supported and installed as indicated. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A General: Provide materials that comply with requirements of the AWI quality standard for each type of woodwork and quality grade indicated and, where the following products are part of interior woodwork, with requirements of the referenced product standards that apply to product characteristics indicated: B High - Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3, grades as indicated, or if not indicated, as required by woodwork quality standard. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06400-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 1. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide high- pressure decorative laminates as selected by the Architect from the following sources: a. Formica Corporation. b. Nevamar Corp. C. Ralph Wilson Plastics Co. C Adhesive for Bonding Plastic Laminate: Contact cement, Aliphatic resin, or Urea - formaldehyde. 2.2 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY MATERIALS A General: Provide cabinet hardware and accessory materials associated with architectural cabinets, as required for a complete and proper installation. B Cabinet Hardware Schedule: Refer to schedule at end of this Section for cabinet hardware required for architectural cabinets. C Hardware Standard: Comply with BHMA A156.9 for items indicated by reference to BHMA numbers or referenced to this standard. D Exposed Hardware Finishes: Bright chrome finish. E For concealed hardware provide manufacturer's standard finish that complies with product class requirements of BHMA A156.9. 2.3 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Preservative treated softwood, kiln dried to less than 15 percent moisture content. B Screws: Select material; type, size, and finish required for each use. Comply with ASME B18.6.1 for applicable requirements. For metal framing supports, provide screws as recommended by metal- framing manufacturer. C Nails: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each use. Comply with FS FF -N- 105 for applicable requirements. D Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide nonferrous metal or hot -dip galvanized anchors and inserts on inside face of exterior walls and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Provide toothed steel or lead expansion bolt devices for drilled -in -place anchors. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06400-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 2.4 FABRICATION, GENERAL A Interior Woodwork Grade: Provide interior woodwork complying with the referenced quality standard and of the following grade: Grade: Custom. B Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for wood moisture content in relation to relative humidity conditions existing during time of fabrication and in installation areas. C Fabricate woodwork to dimensions, profiles, and details indicated. D Complete fabrication, including assembly, finishing, and hardware application, before shipment to Project site to maximum extent possible. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. Trial fit assemblies at the fabrication shop that cannot be shipped completely assembled. Install dowels, screws, bolted connectors, and other fastening devices that can be removed after trial fitting. Verify that various parts fit as intended and check measurements of assemblies against field measurements indicated on approved shop drawings before disassembling for shipment. E Shop -cut openings, to maximum extent possible, to receive hardware, appliances, plumbing fixtures, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing -in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Smooth edges of cutouts and, where located in countertops and similar exposures, seal edges with a water - resistant coating. 2.5 PLASTIC - LAMINATE -CLAD CABINETS A Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 400 requirements for laminate -clad cabinets. B AWI Type of Cabinet Construction: Flush overlay. C Laminate Cladding for Exposed Surfaces: High - pressure decorative laminate complying with the following requirements: 1. Horizontal Surfaces Other than Tops: GP -50, 0.050 -inch nominal thickness. 2. Vertical Surfaces: GP -50, 0.050 -inch nominal thickness. 3. Edges: GP-50,0.050-inch nominal thickness. D Materials for Semiexposed Surfaces: Provide surface materials indicated below: INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06400-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA Surfaces Other than Drawer Bodies: High - pressure laminate, Grade GP -28. Drawer Sides and Backs: Thermoset overlay. Drawer Bottoms: Thermoset overlay. E Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures of exposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements: Provide Architect's selections from laminate manufacturer's full range of colors and finishes in the following categories: a. Solid colors. b. Patterns. (Non- premium) PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas before installing. B Before installing architectural woodwork, examine shop- fabricated work for completion and complete work as required, including back priming and removal of packing. 3.2 INSTALLATION A Quality Standard: Install woodwork to comply with AWI Section 1700 for the same grade specified in Part 2 of this Section for type of woodwork involved. B Install woodwork plumb, level, true, and straight with no distortions. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches for plumb and level (including tops). C Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts. D Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure to grounds, stripping and blocking with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for complete installation. Use fine finishing nails for exposed nailing, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork and matching final finish where transparent finish is indicated. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06400-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA F Cabinets: Install without distortion so that doors and drawers fit openings properly and are accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation. Complete the installation of hardware and accessory items as indicated. Install cabinets with no more than 1/8 inch in 96 -inch sag, bow, or other variation from a straight line. G Tops: Anchor securely to base units and other support systems as indicated. Calk space between backsplash and wall with specified sealant. Install countertops with no more than 1/8 inch in 96 -inch sag, bow, or other variation from a straight line. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Repair damaged and defective woodwork where possible to eliminate functional and visual defects; where not possible to repair, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. B. Clean, lubricate, and adjust hardware. C. Clean woodwork on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Touch up shop - applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. 3.4 PROTECTION A Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to fabricator and Installer that ensures that woodwork is without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. 3.5 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY SCHEDULE A. BHMA numbers are used below to designate hardware requirements, except as otherwise indicated. 1. Concealed (European Type) Hinges: B01602. 2. Pulls: 13" centers, polished chrome wire pull 3. Catches: Magnetic Catches: B03141. 4. Drawer Slides: Side - mounted, full- extension, zinc - plated steel drawer slides with steel ball bearings, complying with BHMA A156.9, Grade 1, rated 100 lbf. 5. Door Locks: E07121. 6. Drawer Locks: E07041. END OF SECTION 06400 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06400-6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY B. Provide insulation as specified herein and on the Drawings. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product Data for each type of insulation product specified. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single - Source Responsibility for Insulation Products: Obtain each type of building insulation from a single source with resources to provide products complying with requirements indicated without delaying the Work. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. C. Protect plastic insulation materials as follows: Do not expose to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment, protect against ignition at all times. 2. Do not deliver plastic insulating materials to Project site before installation time, and complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. BUILDING INSULATION 07210- 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering insulation products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Glass -Fiber Insulation: a. CertainTeed Corporation. b. Knauf Fiber Glass GmbH. C. Owens - Coming Fiberglas Corporation. d. Schuller International, Inc. 2. CMU Insulation: Core -Fill 500 3. Rigid Insulation: Dow Chemical Company 2.2. INSULATING MATERIALS A General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced standards. 1. Preformed Units: Sizes to fit applications indicated; selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. B. Unfaced Mineral -Fiber Blanket Insulation: Thermal insulation combining mineral fibers of type described below with thermosetting resins to comply with ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing). 1. Mineral -Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass. 2. Surface - Buming Characteristics: Maximum flame- spread and smoke - developed indices of 25 and 50, respectively. C. CMU core foam insulation: Core -Fill 500 or approved equal. D. Rigid Insulation: Dow Thermax foil faced rigid insulation, or approved equal with FBC approval for unprotected insulation in Type II construction. BUILDING INSULATION 07210-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements of Sections in which substrates and related work are specified and to determine if other conditions affecting performance of insulation are satisfactory. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Close off openings in cavities receiving foamed -in -place insulation to prevent escape of insulation. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and application indicated. B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF GENERAL BUILDING INSULATION A. Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. 3.5 WALL INSULATION A. Provide foam core fill insulation in all void cells of exterior CMU walls at the following locations: 1. Building envelope of conditioned spaces 2. Gable end walls above interior and/or exterior ceilings. B. Cut access holes at 6 locations as selected by Architect to inspect installed materials. C. Patch and touchup all drill holes and access holes. BUILDING INSULATION 07210-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.6 ROOF INSULATION A. BASE BID: Provide the following installation of roof insulation: Provide unfaced batt insulation, supplementing existing insulation for a total not less than R -30. 2. Where roof insulation is missing or damaged, ie near gable ends, provide new R -30 unfaced batt insulation. Secure insulation between roof purlins with wire fabric fastened to bottom of purlins /walls. C. ALTERNATE BID: Provide the following installation of roof insulation: Remove existing vinyl -faced batt roof insulation. Do not proceed until substrate has been inspected and accepted. 2. Provide full thickness unfaced batt insulation; filling all voids between bottom of metal roof deck and bottom of roof purlins. 3. Inspection of batt insulation is required prior to concealing work with rigid insulation. 4. Provide 2 inch thick Dow Thermax rigid foil faced insulation fastened to bottom of roof purlins. Seal all joints, penetrations, and edges. 3.7 PROTECTION A. General: Protect installed insulation and vapor retarders from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation. END OF SECTION 07210 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida BUILDING INSULATION 07210-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 07920 - JOINT SEALANTS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes sealants for the following applications: 1. Interior joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal surfaces: a. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. b. Perimeter joints of openings where indicated. C. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors and windows. d. Other joints as indicated. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. B. Provide joint sealants for interior applications that establish and maintain airtight and water- resistant continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each joint - sealant provide product data and warranty. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has specialized in installing joint sealants similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in joint - sealant installations with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single manufacturer. JOINT SEALANTS 07920- 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration date, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials. B. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants, or other causes. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F. 2. When joint substrates are wet. B. Joint -Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. C. Joint- Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion are removed from joint substrates. 1.8 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Installer's Warranty: Written warranty, signed by Installer agreeing to repair or replace elastomeric joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Special warranties specified in this Article exclude deterioration or failure of elastomeric joint sealants from the following: JOINT SEALANTS 07920-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA Movement of the structure resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression caused by structural settlement or errors attributable to design or construction. 2. Disintegration ofjoint substrates from natural causes exceeding design specifications. 3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. 4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide premium products by Dow Corning or approved equal. 2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 2.3 INTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS A. Silicone Sealant Standard: Comply with ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, and other requirements indicated. Provide Dow 786 Mildew Resistant Silicone sealant, 10 -yr., or approved equal. 2. Color: White 2.4 JOINT- SEALANT BACKING A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. JOINT SEALANTS 07920-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Elastomeric Tubing Sealant Backings: Neoprene, butyl, EPDM, or silicone tubing complying with ASTM D 1056, nonabsorbent to water and gas, and capable of remaining resilient at temperatures down to minus 26 deg F. Provide products with low compression set and of size and shape to provide a secondary seal, to control sealant depth, and otherwise contribute to optimum sealant performance. C. Bond - Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint - filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self - adhesive tape where applicable. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint- sealant- substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants with joint substrates. C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint - sealant performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings JOINT SEALANTS 07920-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil -free compressed air. Porous joint surfaces include the following: a. Concrete and cement plaster. b. Masonry. C. Unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile. Remove laitance and form- release agents from concrete. 4. Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. a. Metal. b. Glass. C. Porcelain enamel. d. Glazed surfaces of ceramic tile. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended in writing by joint sealant manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint - sealant- substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint - sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. JOINT SEALANTS 07920-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross - sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. D. Install bond - breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and back of joints. E. Install sealants by proven techniques to comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. Completely fill recesses provided for each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross - sectional shapes and depths relative to j oint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. F. Tooling ofNonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. JOINT SEALANTS 07920-6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from the original work. END OF SECTION 07920 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida JOINT SEALANTS 07920-7 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 08110 - STEEL DOOR FRAMES & ACCESSORIES PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes steel door frames and accessories. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product Data for each type of door and frame specified, including details of construction, materials, dimensions, hardware preparation, core, label compliance, sound ratings, profiles, and finishes. C. Special Requirements: Provide manufacturers product data, proof of compliance with SDI specifications, and certification of galvanized material treatment. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide doors and frames complying with ANSUSDI 100 'Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" and as specified. B. Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: Units that comply with NFPA 80, are identical to door and frame assemblies tested for fire- test - response characteristics per ASTM E 152, and are labeled and listed by UL, Warnock Hersey, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Galvaneal "wipe -coat' materials are not acceptable. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver door frames cardboard- wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to finish of factory- finished doors and frames. STEEL DOOR FRAMES & ACCESSORIES 08110-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Inspect door frames on delivery for damage. Minor damages may be repaired provided refinished items match new work and are acceptable to Architect; otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed. C. Store door frames at building site under cover. Place units on minimum 4 -inch- high wood blocking. Avoid using nonvented plastic or canvas shelters that could create a humidity chamber. If cardboard wrappers on doors become wet, remove cartons immediately. Provide minimum 1/4 -inch spaces between stacked doors to promote air circulation. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Steel Door Frames: a. Amweld Building Products, Inc. b. Ceco Door Products. C. Copco Door Co. d. Republic Builders Products. e. Steelcraft. P�UTFN 11VMII _W A. Galvanized Steel Sheets: Zinc - coated carbon steel complying with ASTM A 526 (ASTM A 526M), commercial quality, or ASTM A 642, drawing quality, hot -dip galvanized according to ASTM A 525, with A 60 or G 60 coating designation, mill phosphatized. B. Supports and Anchors: Fabricated from not less than 0.0478 - inch - thick steel sheet; 0.0516 -inch- thick galvanized steel where used with galvanized steel frames. C. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units. Where items are to be built into exterior walls, hot -dip galvanize complying with ASTM A 153, Class C or D as applicable. 2.3 STEEL FRAMES A. Provide metal frames for doors, transoms, sidelights, borrowed lights, and other openings, according to ANSI /SDI 100, and of types and styles as shown on Drawings and schedules. Conceal fastenings, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate frames of minimum 0.0478 -inch- thick cold - rolled steel sheet. STEEL DOOR FRAMES & ACCESSORIES 08110-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped and continuously welded corners. B. Door Silencers: Except on weatherstripped frames, drill stops to receive 3 silencers on strike jambs of single -door frames and 2 silencers on heads of double -door frames. C. Plaster Guards: Provide minimum 0.0179 -inch- thick steel plaster guards or mortar boxes at back of hardware cutouts where mortar or other materials might obstruct hardware operation and to close off interior of openings. D. Grout: When required in masonry construction, as specified in Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry." A. Fabricate steel frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance, and free from defects, warp, or buckle. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. Clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment, to assure proper assembly at Project site. Comply with ANSI/SDI 100 requirements. B. Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117 "Manufacturing Tolerances Standard Steel Doors and Frames." C. Fabricate concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels, and moldings from either cold- or hot - rolled steel sheet. D. Galvanized Steel Frames: At all locations, fabricate doors, panels, and frames from galvanized steel sheet according to SDI 112. E. Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk flat or oval heads for exposed screws and bolts. F. Hardware Preparation: Prepare door frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware according to final door hardware schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable requirements of SDI 107 and ANSI A115 Series specifications for door and frame preparation for hardware. G. Locate hardware as indicated on Shop Drawings or, if not indicated, according to the Door and Hardware Institute's (DHI) "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." 2.5 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to applying and designating finishes. STEEL DOOR FRAMES & ACCESSORIES 08110-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Comply with SSPC -PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1," for steel sheet finishes. C. Apply primers and organic finishes to doors and frames after fabrication. 2.6 GALVANIZED STEEL SHEET FINISHES A. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces with nonpetroleum solvent so that surfaces are free of oil or other contaminants. After cleaning, apply a conversion coating of the type suited to the organic coating applied over it. Clean welds, mechanical connections, and abraded areas, and apply galvanizing repair paint specified below to comply with ASTM A 780. 1. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High- zinc - dust - content paint for regalvanizing welds in galvanized steel, with dry film containing not less than 94 percent zinc dust by weight, and complying with DOD -P -21035 or SSPC -Paint 20. B. Factory Priming for Field- Painted Finish: Where field painting after installation is indicated, apply air -dried primer specified below immediately after cleaning and pretreatment. 1. Shop Primer: Zinc -dust, zinc -oxide primer paint complying with performance requirements of FS TT -P -641, Type II. 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install doors, frames, and accessories according to Shop Drawings, manufacturer's data, and as specified. B. Placing Frames: Comply with provisions of SDI 105, unless otherwise indicated. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. 1. Place frames before constructing enclosing walls and ceilings. 2. In masonry construction, install at least 3 wall anchors per jamb adjacent to hinge location on hinge jamb and at corresponding heights on strike jamb. Acceptable anchors include masonry wire anchors and masonry T- shaped anchors. 3. In metal -stud partitions, install at least 3 wall anchors per jamb at hinge and strike levels. In steel -stud partitions, attach wall anchors to studs with screws. 4. Install fire -rated frames according to NFPA 80. STEEL DOOR FRAMES & ACCESSORIES 08110-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Door Installation: Fit hollow -metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified in ANSI/SDI 100. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Prime Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air - drying primer. B. Protection Removal: Immediately before final inspection, remove protective wrappings from doors and frames. END OF SECTION 08110 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida STEEL DOOR FRAMES & ACCESSORIES 08110-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 08211 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS :7_�i 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Solid -core doors with plastic - laminate faces. 2. Factory machining for hardware. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of door. Include details of core and edge construction and trim for openings. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of each kind of door; construction details not covered in Product Data; location and extent of hardware blocking; and other pertinent data. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain flush wood doors through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI's "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Package doors individually in cardboard cartons and wrap bundles of doors in plastic sheeting. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Mark each door on top or bottom rail with opening number used on Shop Drawings. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until building is enclosed, wet work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature between 60 and 90 deg F and relative humidity between 43 and 70 percent during the remainder of the construction period. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form, signed by manufacturer, Installer, and Contractor, in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace doors that are defective in materials or workmanship, have warped (bow, cup, or twist) more than 1/4 inch in a 42 -by -84 -inch section, or show telegraphing of core construction in face veneers exceeding 0.01 inch in a 3 -inch span. Warranty shall also include installation and finishing that may be required due to repair or replacement of defective doors 2. Warranty shall be in effect during the following period of time from date of Substantial Completion: Solid -Core Interior Doors: Life of installation. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Flush Wood Doors: a. Algoma Hardwoods Inc b. Ampco Products, Inc. C. Buell Door Company d. Chappell Door Co. e. Eagle Plywood & Door Manufacturing, Inc. f. Effers Industries; Architectural Door Division g. GRAHAM Manufacturing Corp. h. Haley Brothers, Inc. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA i. Ideal Wood Products, Inc. j. IPIK Door Company k. Lambton Doors 1. Marlite M. Mohawk Flush Doors, Inc. n. Oshkosh Architectural Door Co. o. Poncraft Door Co. p. Southwood Door Co. q. Vancouver Door Company, Inc. r. VT Industries Inc. S. Weyerhaeuser Company 2.2 DOOR CONSTRUCTION, GENERAL A. Plastic- Laminate- Faced Doors: 1. Grade: Custom 2. Laminate Faces: High - pressure decorative laminates complying with NEMA LD 3, Grade HGS 3. Color Patterns, and Finishes: As selected by Architect from laminate manufacturer's full range of products. 4. Stiles: Plastic - laminate matching faces, applied before faces, or impact - resistant polymer edging, applied after faces. 2.2 SOLID -CORE DOORS A. Particleboard Cores: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade LD -1 LD -2 2. Blocking: Provide wood blocking in particleboard -core doors as needed to eliminate through- bolting hardware and as follows: a. 5 -inch top -rail blocking, in doors indicated to have closers. b. 5 -inch bottom -rail blocking, in exterior doors and doors indicated to have kick, mop, or armor plates. C. 5 -inch midrail blocking, in doors indicated to have exit devices. 3. Provide doors with glued -block or structural composite lumber cores instead of particleboard cores at locations where exit devices are indicated. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Interior Plastic- Laminate -Faced Doors: Core: Particleboard glued block, or structural composite lumber 2. Construction: Three or Five plies with stiles and rails bonded to core, then entire unit abrasive planed before faces are applied C. Fire -Rated Doors: Construction: Construction and core specified above for type of face indicated for manufacturer's standard mineral -core construction as needed to provide fire rating indicated. Blocking: For mineral -core doors, provide composite blocking with improved screw - holding capability approved for use in doors of fire ratings indicated as needed to eliminate through- bolting hardware. Edge Construction: At hinge stiles, provide manufacturer's standard laminated - edge construction with improved screw - holding capability and split resistance and with outer stile matching face veneer. 4. Pairs: Provide fire -rated pairs with fire- retardant stiles matching face veneer that are labeled and listed for kinds of applications indicated without formed -steel edges and astragals. A. Fabricate doors in sizes indicated for Project -site fitting. B. Factory fit doors to suit frame- opening sizes indicated, with the following uniform clearances and bevels, unless otherwise indicated: Comply with clearance requirements of referenced quality standard for fitting. Comply with requirements in NFPA 80 for fire -rated doors. C. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Locate hardware to comply with DHI - WDHS -3. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame Shop Drawings, DHI Al 15 -W series standards, and hardware templates. Coordinate measurements of hardware mortises in metal frames to verify dimensions and alignment before factory machining. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211 -4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 2. Metal Astragals: Premachine astragals and formed -steel edges for hardware for pairs of fire -rated doors D. Openings: Cut and trim openings through doors to comply with applicable requirements of referenced standards for kind(s) of door(s) required. Light Openings: Trim openings with moldings of material and profile indicated. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine doors and installed door frames before hanging doors. Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with level heads and plumb jambs. 2. Reject doors with defects. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Hardware: For installation, see Division 8 Section "Door Hardware" B. Manufacturer's Written Instructions: Install doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, referenced quality standard, and as indicated. Install fire -rated doors in corresponding fire -rated frames according to NFPA 80 C. Job -Fitted Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated below; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted for fire -rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces agter fitting and machining. Clearances: Provide 1 /8 inch at heads, jambs, and between pairs of doors. Provide 1 /8 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1 A inch from bottom of door to top of threshold. a. Comply with NFPA 80 for fire -rated doors. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211 -5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 2. Bevel non - fire -rated doors 1 /8 inch in 2 inches at lock and hinge edges 3. Bevel fire -rated doors 1 /8 inch in 2 inches at lock edge; trim stiles and rails only to extent permitted by labeling agency. D. Factory-Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge. E. Factory- Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation if fitting or machining is required at Project site 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Operation: Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely. B. Finished Doors: Replace doors that are damaged or do not comply with requirements. Doors may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing. END OF SECTION 08211 VICTOR J. LATAVISH, ARCHITECT P.A. Naples, Florida FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211 -6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 08712 - DOOR HARDWARE PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes commercial door hardware for hinged doors. Provide all hardware, accessories, fasteners, fittings, connections, adjustments, etc. required for a complete and proper installation. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include installation details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. B. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate the final Door Hardware Schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware. 1. Format: Comply with scheduling sequence and vertical format in DHI's "Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule." 2. Organization: Organize the Door Hardware Schedule into door hardware sets indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. a. Organize door hardware sets in same order as in the Door Hardware Schedule 3. Content: Include the following information: a. Type, style, function, size, label, hand, and finish of each door hardware item. b. Manufacturer of each item. c. Fastenings and other pertinent information. DOOR HARDWARE 08712- 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA d. Location of each door hardware set, cross - referenced to Drawings, both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule. e. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. f Mounting locations for door hardware. g. Door and frame sizes and materials. 4. Submittal Sequence: Submit initial draft of final schedule along with essential Product Data to facilitate the fabrication of other work that is critical in the Project construction schedule. Submit the final Door Hardware Schedule after Samples, Product Data, coordination with Shop Drawings of other work, delivery schedules, and similar information has been completed and accepted. C. Keying Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing Owner's final keying instructions for locks. Include schematic keying diagram and index each key set to unique door designations. D. Maintenance Data: For each type of door hardware to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. E. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed door hardware similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Proj ect and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Supplier Qualifications: Door hardware supplier with warehousing facilities in Project's vicinity and who is or employs a qualified Architectural Hardware Consultant, available during the course of the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and Owner about door hardware and keying. C. Source Limitations: Obtain each type and variety of door hardware from a single manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. D. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with provisions of the following: Where indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), the Florida Accessibility Code, latest edition, and as follows: DOOR HARDWARE 08712-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA a. Handles, Pulls, Latches, Locks, and other Operating Devices: Shape that is easy to grasp with one hand and does not require tight grasping, tight pinching, or twisting of the wrist. b. Door Closers: Comply with the following maximum opening -force requirements indicated: 1) Interior Hinged Doors: 5 lbf applied perpendicular to door. 2) Fire Doors: Minimum opening force allowable by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Thresholds: Not more than 1/2 inch high. Bevel raised thresholds with a slope of not more than 1:2. 2. NFPA 101: Comply with the following for means of egress doors: a. Latches, Locks, and Exit Devices: Not more than 15 lbf to release the latch. Locks shall not require the use of a key, tool, or special knowledge for operation. b. Door Closers: Not more than 30 lbf to set door in motion and not more than 15 lbf to open door to minimum required width. C. Thresholds: Not more than 1/2 inch high. E. Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: Provide door hardware for assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 252. 1. Test Pressure: Test at atmospheric pressure. F. Keying Conference: Conduct conference at the Owners office to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Meetings." Incorporate keying conference decisions into final keying schedule after reviewing door hardware keying system including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Function of building, flow of traffic, purpose of each area, degree of security required, and plans for future expansion. 2. Preliminary key system schematic diagram. 3. Requirements for key control system. DOOR HARDWARE 08712-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 4. Address for delivery of keys. G. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Meetings." 1.5 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock -up for door hardware delivered to Project site. B. Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final Door Hardware Schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each item or package. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for installing door hardware. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements. 1.7 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Special Warranty: Written warranty, executed by manufacturer agreeing to repair or replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage. 2. Faulty operation of operators and door hardware. 3. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. C. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion, unless otherwise indicated. D. Warranty Period for Closers: Ten years from date of Substantial Completion. DOOR HARDWARE 08712-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE A. General: Provide door hardware for each door to comply with requirements in this Section, door hardware sets indicated in door and frame schedule, and the Door Hardware Schedule at the end of Part 3. Door Hardware Sets: Requirements for quantity, item, design, grade, function, finish, size, and other distinctive qualities of each type of door hardware are indicated in the Door Hardware Schedule at the end of Part 3. Products are identified by descriptive titles corresponding to requirements specified in Part 2. 2. Sequence of Operation: Provide electrified door hardware function, sequence of operation, and interface with other building control systems indicated. 2.2 FINISHES A. Standard: Comply with BHMA A156.18. B. Finish: As listed on Hardware Schedule. C. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. D. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine doors and frames, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance of door hardware. B. Examine roughing -in for electrical power systems to verify actual locations of wiring connections before electrified door hardware installation. DOOR HARDWARE 08712-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Steel Doors and Frames: Comply with DHI Al 15 series. Surface- Applied Door Hardware: Drill and tap doors and frames according to SDI 107. B. Wood Doors: Comply with DHI Al 15 -W series. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights indicated in following applicable publications, unless specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations: 1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." 2. Custom Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Builders' Hardware for Custom Steel Doors and Frames." 3. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3, "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Wood Flush Doors." B. Install each door hardware item to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing work specified in Division 9 Sections. Do not install surface - mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved. 1. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrates as necessary for proper installation and operation. 2. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors according to industry standards. C. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of sealant complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." DOOR HARDWARE 08712-6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements. Door Closers: Adjust sweep period so that, from an open position of 70 degrees, the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 inches from the latch, measured to the leading edge of the door. 2. Consult with and instruct Owner's personnel on recommended maintenance procedures. 3. Replace door hardware items that have deteriorated or failed due to faulty design, materials, or installation of door hardware units. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation. B. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish. C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 08712 VICTOR J. LATAVISH, ARCHITECT P.A. Naples, Florida DOOR HARDWARE 08712-7 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 08715 - DOOR HARDWARE DATA SHEET HARDWARE MFR MODEL/NOTES APPROVED All hinges shall be US26 or US32 EQUAL MFR. Locksets Schlage, L- Series, Athens lever, US32 or US26 As specified Cylinders /locks Schlage B Series, 6 pin, US32 or US26 As specified Exit Device Von Duprin Standard full -width exit device, #88, As specified (full- width) Ives with exterior Lever, US32 or US26 Open spec. Threshold Pemko Pemko 2005V ADA compliant Reese, Zero Kick plate Rockwood or exact equal; brushed aluminum Open spec. Weatherstrip Pemko Provide at jambs, head, & astragal where Reese, Zero Silencers Open spec applicable, coordinate weatherstrip type w/ Open spec. door frame mfr. Door stops Ives 60, 61, or 62; Base mounted stop typical; use Rockwood floor stop or hinge pin at other locations where required. Door Holder Ives 455 or 452; Kick -down hold holder; Provide Rockwood same finish as levers /pulls Butts Hager Provide same finish as levers or pulls. Open spec All hinges shall be US26 or US32 Use BB hinges at all doors with closer. Use NRP hinges at all exterior doors Closers LCN 4040 Super Smoothie As specified Bolts Ives Provide flush bolts at top & bottom of pair Open spec. doors. Kick plate Rockwood Width of door less 2" unless noted Open spec. otherwise. US32 or US26 Silencers Open spec Provide silencers at all HM frames Open spec. DOOR HARDWARE DATA SHEET 08715-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA Automatic Dor -o -matic Senior Swing, concealed operator, with As specified Operator controls and `push and go' feature HARDWARE FINISHES US32 Bright Stainless Steel and/or US 26 Bright Polished Chrome END OF SECTION 08715 VICTOR J. LATAVISH, ARCHITECT P.A. Naples, Florida DOOR HARDWARE DATA SHEET 08715-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 08716 - DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE Set Number Existing hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation; Provide the following additional /replacement hardware: 1 ea. Card Reader 1 pr. Electric Release Panic Bar Exit Devices 1 set Weatherstrip 1 ea. Threshold 2. Existing hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation; Provide the following additional /replacement hardware: 1 ea. Card Reader 1 ea. Electric Release Panic Bar Exit Devices 1 ea. Cylinder Lock 1 set Weatherstrip 1 ea. Threshold 3. 1.5 pr Butts 1 ea. Closer 1 ea. Lockset 1 ea. Door Holder 4. 1.5 pr Butts 1 ea. Lockset 5. 1.5 pr Butts 1 ea. Closer 1 ea. Latchset 1 ea. Door Holder 6. Existing hardware to be pinned in locked position DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE 08716- 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 7. 1 ea. Card Reader 1 ea. Electric Lockset 1 ea. Closer 1 ea. Door Holder 8. 3 pr Butts 1 pr Closers 1 pr Full -width panic bar exit devices 1 pr Door Holders 9. 3 pr Butts 1 ea. Lockset 1 ea Dummy Lever 1 pr Flushbolts 10. Screen door manufacturer to provide the following hardware: 1.5 pr. Butts 1 ea Full -width panic bar exit device 1 ea Horizontal rail to support exit hardware 1 ea. Closer 11. 4 pr. Butts 1 ea. 1 ea. 1 ea. 1 pr. 1 set 1 ea. 1 pr. 12. 3 pr. 1 ea. 1 ea. 1 ea. 1 pr. 1 set 1 ea. 1 pr. Card Reader Electric Lockset Dummy Lever Flush Bolts Weatherstrip Threshold Door Holders Butts Card Reader Electric Lockset Dummy Lever Flush Bolts Weatherstrip Threshold Door Holders DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE 08716-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 13. Existing hardware shall be cleaned and adjusted for proper operation Provide the following additional /replacement hardware: 1 ea. Card Reader 1 pr. Electric Release Panic Bar Exit Devices 1 set Weatherstrip 1 ea. Threshold Hardware Schedule Notes: 1. Provide all hardware and accessories required for a complete and proper installation, including power supplies, EPT, enclosures, backup batteries, controllers, door contacts, wiring, connections, etc. 2. Provide silencers at all interior HM door frames 3. Provide stops at all interior doors. 4. Provide kick plates both sides all Restroom and Janitor doors 5. Provide locksets functions as follows: a. Office Function: Offices, Files, Storage b. Storeroom Function: Custodian, Janitor, Equipment Rooms 6. Confirm function of lockset hardware with Owner prior to ordering hardware. 7. All doors shall be unlocked in the direction of egress 8. Thresholds shall be Pemko 2005v or approved equivalent. 9. Key all locks with grandmaster key system. Deliver keys to Owner at substantial completion. END OF SECTION 08715 VICTOR J. LATAVISH, ARCHITECT P.A. Naples, Florida DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE 08716-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 09255 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PARTI- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. I �, 191 &1L /1I.Wd A. This Section includes the following: 1. Nonload- bearing steel framing members for gypsum board assemblies. 2. Gypsum board assemblies attached to steel framing. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single- Source Responsibility for Steel Framing: Obtain steel framing members for gypsum board assemblies from a single manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. B. Single- Source Responsibility for Panel Products: Obtain each type of gypsum board and other panel products from a single manufacturer. C. Single- Source Responsibility for Finishing Materials: Obtain finishing materials from either the same manufacturer that supplies gypsum board and other panel products or from a manufacturer acceptable to gypsum board manufacturer. D. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: Where fire- resistance -rated gypsum board assemblies are indicated, provide gypsum board assemblies that comply with the following requirements: Fire - Resistance Ratings: As indicated by GA File Numbers in GA -600 "Fire Resistance Design Manual" or design designations in UL "Fire Resistance Directory" or in the listing of another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Gypsum board assemblies indicated are identical to assemblies tested for fire resistance according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Deflection and Firestop Track: Top runner provided in fire- resistance -rated assemblies indicated is labeled and listed by UL, Warnock Hersey, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255- 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original packages, containers, or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. B. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic, and other causes. Neatly stack gypsum panels flat to prevent sagging. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions, General: Establish and maintain environmental conditions for applying and finishing gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's recommendations, whichever are more stringent. B. Room Temperatures: For nonadhesive attachment of gypsum board to framing, maintain not less than 40 deg F. For adhesive attachment and finishing of gypsum board, maintain not less than 50 deg F for 48 hours before application and continuously after until dry. C. Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces as required to dry joint treatment materials. Avoid drafts during hot, dry weather to prevent finishing materials from drying too rapidly. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Steel Framing and Furring: a. Clark Steel Framing, Inc. b. Dale Industries, Inc. C.. Dietrich Industries, Inc. d. Marino /Ware. e. National Gypsum Co.; Gold Bond Building Products Division. f Unimast, Inc. 2. Grid Suspension Assemblies: a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. b. Chicago Metallic Corp. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA C. USG Interiors, Inc. d. Worthington Steel Company. Gypsum Board and Related Products a. Domtar Gypsum. b. Georgia- Pacific Corp. C. National Gypsum Co.; Gold Bond Building Products Division. d. United States Gypsum Co. B. Fire -rated Products: Subject to compliance with UL requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Firestop Type C; Georgia - Pacific Corp. 2. Fire - Shield G; National Gypsum Co.; Gold Bond Building Products Division. 3. SHEETROCK Gypsum Panels, FIRECODE C Core; United States Gypsum Co. 4. SHEETROCK Gypsum Panels, ULTRACODE Core; United States Gypsum Co. 2.2 STEEL FRAMING COMPONENTS FOR SUSPENDED AND FURRED CEILINGS A. General: Provide components complying with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. B. Wire Ties: ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.062 inch thick. C. Wire Hangers: ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.162 -inch diameter. D. Hanger Rods: Mild steel and zinc coated or protected with rust- inhibitive paint. E. Channels: Cold- rolled steel, 0.0598 -inch minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal and 7/16 - inch - wide flanges, and as follows: 1. Carrying Channels: 1 -1/2 inches deep, 475 lb /1000 feet, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Furring Channels: 3/4 inch deep, 300 lb /1000 feet, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Finish: Rust - inhibitive paint, unless otherwise indicated. F. Steel Studs for Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, with flange edges of studs bent back 90 degrees and doubled over to form 3/16- inch -wide minimum lip (return), and complying with the following requirements for minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal and for depth: 1. Thickness: 25 gauge, unless otherwise indicated or required. 2. Depth: 3 -5/8 inches; unless otherwise indicated or required. 3. Protective Coating: Manufacturer's standard corrosion - resistant coating. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA G. Grid Suspension System for Interior Ceilings: ASTM C 645, manufacturer's standard direct -hung grid suspension system composed of main beams and cross - furring members that interlock to fonn a modular supporting network. 2.3 STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS A. General: Provide steel framing members complying with the following requirements: Protective Coating: Manufacturer's standard corrosion- resistant coating. B. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645, with flange edges of studs bent back 90 degrees and doubled over to form 3/16 -inch- wide minimum lip (return), and complying with the following requirements for minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal and for depth: 1. Thickness: 20 gauge, unless otherwise indicated or required. 2. Depth: 3 -5/8 inches, unless otherwise indicated or required. C. Deflection Track: Manufacturer's standard top runner designed to prevent cracking of gypsum board applied to interior partitions resulting from deflection of the structure above fabricated from steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653 or ASTM A 568. Thickness as indicated for studs, and width to accommodated depth of studs, and of the following configuration: Top Runner with Compressible Flanges: 2 -1/2- inch -deep flanges with V- shaped offsets that compress when pressure is applied from construction above. D. Z- Furring Members: Manufacturer's standard Z- shaped furring members with slotted or nonslotted web, fabricated from steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653 or ASTM A 568; with a minimum base metal (uncoated) thickness of 0.0179 inch, face flange of 1 -1/4 inch wall - attachment flange of 7/8 inch, and of depth required to fit insulation thickness indicated. E. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Provide fasteners oftype, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel framing and furring members securely to substrates involved; complying with the recommendations of gypsum board manufacturers for applications indicated. 2.4 GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS A. General: Provide gypsum board of types indicated in maximum lengths available that will minimize end -to -end butt j oints in each area indicated to receive gypsum board application. 1. Widths: Provide gypsum board in widths of 48 inches. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36 and as follows: 1. Non - Rated: Half inch regular gypsum wallboard, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Rated: 5/8 inch Type X where required for fire- resistance -rated assemblies. 3. Edges: Tapered. 2.5 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Accessories for Interior Installation: Cornerbead, edge trim, and control joints complying with ASTM C 1047 and requirements indicated below: Material: Formed metal or PVC plastic, with metal complying with the following requirement: a. Steel sheet zinc coated by hot -dip process or rolled zinc. 2. Shapes indicated below by reference to Fig. 1 designations in ASTM C 1047: a. Comerbead on outside corners, unless otherwise indicated. b. LC -bead with both face and back flanges; face flange formed to receive joint compound. Use LC -beads for edge trim, unless otherwise indicated. C. L -bead with face flange only; face flange formed to receive joint compound. Use L -bead where indicated. d. U -bead with face and back flanges; face flange formed to be left without application of joint compound. Use U -bead where indicated. e. One -piece control joint formed with V- shaped slot and removable strip covering slot opening. 2.6 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Provide joint treatment materials complying with ASTM C 475 and the recommendations of both the manufacturers of sheet products and of joint treatment materials for each application indicated. B. Joint Tape for Gypsum Board: Paper reinforcing tape, unless otherwise indicated. Use pressure- sensitive or staple - attached, open- weave, glass -fiber reinforcing tape with compatible joint compound where recommended by manufacturer of gypsum board and joint treatment materials for application indicated. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Drying -Type Joint Compounds for Gypsum Board: Factory- packaged vinyl -based products complying with the following requirements for formulation and intended use. Ready -Mixed Formulation: Factory-mixed product. a. Taping compound formulated for embedding tape and for first coat over fasteners and face flanges of trim accessories. b. Topping compound formulated for fill (second) and finish (third) coats. C. All- purpose compound formulated for both taping and topping compounds. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum board construction that comply with referenced standards and recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer. B. Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 1002 for the following applications: Fastening gypsum board to steel members less than 0.033 inch thick. C. Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening gypsum board to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates to which gypsum board assemblies attach or abut, installed hollow metal frames, cast -in- anchors, and structural framing, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of assemblies specified in this Section. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Ceiling Anchorages: Coordinate installation of ceiling suspension systems with installation of overhead structural assemblies to ensure that inserts and other provisions for anchorages to building structure have been installed to receive ceiling hangers that will develop their full strength and at spacing required to support ceilings. Furnish concrete inserts and other devices indicated to other trades for installation well in advance of time needed for coordination with other construction. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.3 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL A. Steel Framing Installation Standard: Install steel framing to comply with ASTM C 754 and with ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to framing installation. B. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing at terminations in gypsum board assemblies to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction. Comply with details indicated and with recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer or, if none available, with United States Gypsum Co.'s "Gypsum Construction Handbook." C. Isolate steel framing from building structure at locations indicated to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement. Comply with details shown on Drawings. Where building structure abuts ceiling perimeter or penetrates ceiling. 2. Where partition framing and wall furring abut structure, except at floor. a. Provide slip- or cushioned -type joints as detailed to attain lateral support and avoid axial loading. b. Install deflection track top runner to attain lateral support and avoid axial loading. D. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with steel framing or furring members. Independently frame both sides of joints with framing or furring members as indicated. 3.4 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING FOR SUSPENDED AND FURRED CEILINGS A. Suspend ceiling hangers from building structural members and as follows: 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structural or ceiling suspension system. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with the location of hangers required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-7 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA Secure wire hangers by looping and wire- tying, either directly to structures or to inserts, eyescrews, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for substrate, and in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or otherwise fail. 4. Secure flat, angle, and rod hangers to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to inserts, eyescrews, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for structure as well as for type of hanger involved, and in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or otherwise fail. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms. Furnish cast -in -place hanger inserts that extend through forms. 6. Do not attach hangers to steel deck tabs. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. Attach hangers to structural members. 8. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes, or conduit. B. Sway -brace suspended steel framing with hangers used for support. C. Install suspended steel framing components in sizes and at spacings indicated, but not less than that required by the referenced steel framing installation standard. 1. Wire Hangers: 48 inches o.c. 2. Carrying Channels (Main Runners): 48 inches o.c. 3. Furring Channels (Furring Members): 16 inches o.c. D. Installation Tolerances: Install steel framing components for suspended ceilings so that cross-furring or grid suspension members are level to within 1/8 inch in 12 feet as measured both lengthwise on each member and transversely between parallel members. E. Wire -tie or clip furring members to main runners and to other structural supports as indicated. F. Grid Suspension System: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension system meets vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross - furring members to each other and butt -cut to fit into wall track. 3.5 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS A. Install runners (tracks) at floors, ceilings, and structural walls and columns where gypsum board stud assemblies abut other construction. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-8 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls, install asphalt felt strips or foam gaskets between studs and wall. B. Installation Tolerances: Install each steel framing and furring member so that fastening surfaces do not vary more than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by the faces of adjacent framing. C. Extend partition framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings, except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing over frames for doors and openings and frame around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling to provide support for gypsum board. Cut studs '/2 inch short of full height to provide perimeter relief. D. Terminate partition framing at suspended ceilings where indicated. E. Install steel studs and furring in sizes and at spacings indicated. L Space studs 16 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated. F. Install steel studs so flanges point in the same direction and leading edge or end of each gypsum board panel can be attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. G. Frame door openings to comply with GA -219, and with applicable published recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. Attach vertical studs at jambs with screws either directly to frames or to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs. Install Two 20 gauge studs at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated. Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum 1/2 -inch clearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint. 3. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of floor or roof structure above. H. Frame openings other than door openings to comply with details indicated or, if none indicated, as required for door openings. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. 3.6 APPLYING AND FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL A. Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: Install and finish gypsum panels to comply with ASTM C 840 and GA -216. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-9 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Install ceiling board panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member. C. Install gypsum panels with face side out. Do not install imperfect, damaged, or damp panels. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place. D. Locate both edge or end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back - blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Avoid joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings where possible. E. Attach gypsum panels to steel studs so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. F. Attach gypsum panels to framing provided at openings and cutouts. G. Do not attach gypsum panels across the flat grain of wide - dimension lumber, including floor joists and headers. Instead, float gypsum panels over these members using resilient channels or provide control joints to counteract wood shrinkage. H. Spot grout hollow metal door frames for solid -core wood doors, hollow metal doors, and doors over 32 inches wide. Apply spot grout at each jamb anchor clip and immediately insert gypsum panels into frames. I. Form control and expansion joints at locations indicated and as detailed, with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels, as well as supporting framing behind gypsum panels. J. Cover both faces of steel stud partition framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except in chases that are braced internally. Except where concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. in area. 2. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits. Where partitions intersect open concrete coffers, concrete joists, and other structural members projecting below underside of floor /roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by coffers, joists, and other structural members; allow 1/4- to 3/8 -inch- wide joints to install sealant. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255- 10 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA K. Isolate perimeter of nonload- bearing gypsum board partitions at structural abutments, except floors, as detailed. Provide 1/4- to 1/2 -inch- wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with U -bead edge trim where edges of gypsum panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. L. Floating Construction: Where feasible, including where recommended by manufacturer, install gypsum panels over wood framing, with floating internal corner construction. M. Space fasteners in gypsum panels according to referenced gypsum board application and finishing standard and manufacturer's recommendations. Space screws a maximum of 12 inches o.c. for vertical applications. 3.7 GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION METHODS A. Single -Layer Application: Install gypsum wallboard panels as follows: On ceilings, apply gypsum panels prior to wall /partition board application to the greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing, unless otherwise indicated. 2. On partitions /walls, apply gypsum panels horizontally (perpendicular to framing), unless parallel application is required for fire- resistance -rated assemblies. Use maximum- length panels to minimize end joints. a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of board. B. Single -Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports as follows: Fasten with screws. 3.8 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES A. General: For trim accessories with back flanges, fasten to framing with the same fasteners used to fasten gypsum board. Otherwise, fasten trim accessories according to accessory manufacturer's directions for type, length, and spacing of fasteners. B. Install cornerbead at external corners. C. Install edge trim where edge of gypsum panels would otherwise be exposed. Provide edge trim type with face flange formed to receive joint compound, except where other types are indicated. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255- 11 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 1. Install LC -bead where gypsum panels are tightly abutted to other construction and back flange can be attached to framing or supporting substrate. 2. Install L -bead where edge trim can only be installed after gypsum panels are installed. 3. Install U -bead where indicated. 4. Install aluminum trim and other accessories where indicated. D. Install control joints at locations indicated. E. Install control joints according to ASTM C 840 and manufacturer's recommendations and in specific locations approved by Architect for visual effect. 3.9 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, flanges of cornerbead, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. B. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged areas using setting -type joint compound. C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim accessories having flanges not requiring tape. D. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints and to flanges of trim accessories as recommended by trim accessory manufacturer. E. Levels of Gypsum Board Finish: Provide the following levels of gypsum board finish per GA -214. 1. Level 1 for ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated, unless a higher level of finish is required for fire - resistance -rated assemblies and sound -rated assemblies. 2. Level 5 for exposed gypsum board surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. F. For Level 5 gypsum board finish, embed tape in joint compound and apply first, fill, and finish coats of joint compound over wallboard, joints, angles, fastener heads, and accessories. Touch up and sand between coats and after last coat as needed to produce a Level 5 surface free of visual defects and ready for paint. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-12 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA G. Where Level 1 gypsum board finish is indicated, embed tape in joint compound. 3.10 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Promptly remove any residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to Installer, that ensure gypsum board assemblies are without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 09255 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255- 13 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 09511 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes ceilings consisting of acoustical panels and exposed suspension systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product specified. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has completed acoustical panel ceilings similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: Provide acoustical panel ceilings that comply with the following requirements: Surface - burning characteristics of acoustical panels comply with ASTM E 1264 for Class A materials as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84. 2. Products are identified with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver acoustical panels and suspension system components to Project site in original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes. B. Before installing acoustical panels, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 - 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Handle acoustical panels carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install acoustical panel ceilings until spaces are enclosed and weatherproof, wet -work in spaces is complete and dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical panels and suspension system with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire- suppression system, and partition assemblies. 1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents. 1. Acoustical Ceiling Units: Full -size units equal to 5.0 percent of amount installed. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Armstrong World Industries Products: 1. Cortega series. 2. Mfr Number: 704. 3. Color: White. 4. Edge: Tegular. 5. Size: 24" by 24" by 5/8 ". 2.2 ACOUSTICAL PANELS, GENERAL A. Acoustical Panel Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard panels of configuration indicated that comply with ASTM E 1264 classifications as designated by types & patterns indicated. 2.3 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS, GENERAL ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 -2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA A. Metal Suspension System Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard direct -hung metal suspension systems of types, structural classifications, and finishes indicated that comply with applicable ASTM C 635 requirements. B. Finishes and Colors, General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. Provide manufacturer's standard factory - applied finish for type of system indicated. C. Attachment Devices: Size for five times design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung, unless otherwise indicated. D. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Provide wires complying with the following requirements: 1. Zinc - Coated Carbon -Steel Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating,. 2. Size: Select wire diameter so its stress at three times hanger design load (ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung) will be less than yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 0.106 -inch- diameter wire. E. Hanger Rods: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust- inhibitive paint. F. Flat Hangers: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust- inhibitive paint. G. Angle Hangers: Angles with legs not less than 7/8 inch wide; formed with 0.04- inch - thick, galvanized steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/A , G90 coating designation; with bolted connections and 5/16 -inch- diameter bolts. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical panels to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less -than- half -width panels at borders, and comply with layout shown on reflected ceiling plans. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Install acoustical panel ceilings to comply with publications referenced below per manufacturer's written instructions and CISCA's "Ceiling Systems Handbook." 1. Standard for Ceiling Suspension System Installations: Comply with ASTM C 636. B. Suspend ceiling hangers from building's structural members and as follows: ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 -3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structure or of ceiling suspension system. 2. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. Splay hangers only where required and, if permitted with fire - resistance -rated ceilings, to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 4. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with location of hangers at spacings required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards and publications. 5. Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension members and to supports above with a minimum of three tight turns. Connect hangers directly either to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure; that are appropriate for substrate; and that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 6. Secure flat, angle, channel, and rod hangers to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for both structure to which hangers are attached and type of hanger involved. Install hangers in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms or floor deck. Fasten hangers to cast -in -place hanger inserts, powder - actuated fasteners, or drilled -in anchors that extend through forms into concrete. Do not attach hangers to roof deck. Attach hangers to structural members. 9. Space hangers not more than 48 inches o.c. along each member supported directly from hangers, unless otherwise indicated; and provide hangers not more than 8 inches from ends of each member. C. Secure bracing wires to ceiling suspension members and to supports with a minimum of four tight turns. Suspend bracing from building's structural members as required for hangers, without attaching to permanent metal forms, steel deck, or steel deck tabs. Fasten bracing wires into concrete with cast -in -place or postinstalled anchors. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 -4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA D. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical panels. Apply acoustical sealant in a continuous ribbon concealed on back of vertical legs of moldings before they are installed. 2. Screw attach moldings to substrate at intervals not more than 16 inches o.c. and not more than 3 inches from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet. Miter corners accurately and connect securely. Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim. E. Install suspension system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another. Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members. Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fitted accurately into suspension system runners and edge moldings. Scribe and cut panels at borders and penetrations to provide a neat, precise fit. Arrange directionally patterned acoustical panels as follows: a. Install panels with pattern running in one direction parallel to short axis of space. 2. For square -edged panels, install panels with edges fully hidden from view by flanges of suspension system runners and moldings. 3. For reveal -edged panels on suspension system runners, install panels with bottom of reveal in firm contact with top surface of runner flanges. 4. Paint cut panel edges remaining exposed after installation; match color of exposed panel surfaces using coating recommended in writing for this purpose by acoustical panel manufacturer. 3.3 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical panel ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension system members. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and touchup of minor finish damage. Remove and replace ceiling components that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage. END OF SECTION 09511 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 -5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 09650 - VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Vinyl composition floor tile. 2. Resilient wall base and accessories. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product specified. B. Samples for Alternate Selections: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors and patterns available for each type of product indicated. C. Samples for Verification: Full -size tiles of each different color and pattern of resilient floor tile specified, showing the full range of variations expected in these characteristics. D. Maintenance Data: For resilient floor tile to include in the maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer to perform work of this Section who has specialized in installing resilient products similar to those required for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type, color, and pattern of product specified from one source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying the Work. C. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: Provide productswith the following fire- test - response characteristics as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE 09650- 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 1. Critical Radiant Flux: 0.45 W /sq. cm or greater when tested per ASTM E 648. 2. Smoke Density: Maximum specific optical density of 450 or less when tested per ASTM E 662. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to Proj ect site in manufacturer's original, unopened cartons and containers, each bearing names of product and manufacturer, Project identification, and shipping and handling instructions. B. Store products in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient temperatures maintained between 50 and 90 deg F. C. Store tiles on flat surfaces. D. Move products into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours before installation, unless longer conditioning period is recommended in writing by manufacturer. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain a temperature of not less than 70 deg For more than 95 deg F in spaces to receive products for at least 48 hours before installation, during installation, and for at least 48 hours after installation, unless manufacturer's written recommendations specify longer time periods. After postinstallation period, maintain a temperature of not less than 55 deg F or more than 95 deg F. B. Do not install products until they are at the same temperature as the space where they are to be installed. C. Close spaces to traffic during flooring installation and for time period after installation recommended in writing by manufacturer. D. Install tiles and accessories after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. E. Where demountable partitions and other items are indicated for installation on top of resilient tile flooring, install tile before these items are installed. F. Do not install flooring over concrete slabs until slabs have cured and are sufficiently dry to bond with adhesive, as determined by flooring manufacturer's recommended bond and moisture test. VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE 09650-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents. Furnish not less than one box for each 50 boxes or fraction thereof, of each type, color, pattern, class, wearing surface, and size of resilient tile flooring installed. 2. Furnish not less than 10 linear feet for each 500 linear feet or fraction thereof, of each type, color, pattern, and size of resilient accessory installed. 3. Deliver extra materials to Owner. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, those indicated in the Resilient Tile Flooring Schedule at the end of Part 3. B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products indicated for each designation in the Resilient Tile Flooring Schedule at the end of Part 3. 2.2 RESILIENT TILE A. Vinyl Composition Floor Tile: Products complying with ASTM F 1066 and with requirements specified in the Resilient Tile Flooring Schedule. 2.3 RESILIENT ACCESSORIES A. Vinyl Wall Base: Products complying with FS SS -W -40, Type II and with requirements specified in the Resilient Tile Flooring Schedule. B. Vinyl Accessory Moldings: Products complying with requirements specified in the Resilient Tile Flooring Schedule. 2.4 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex - modified, portland- cement -based formulation provided or approved by flooring manufacturer for applications indicated. VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE 09650-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Adhesives: Water - resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient products and substrate conditions indicated. C. Metal Edge Strips: Extruded aluminum with mill finish of width shown, of height required to protect exposed edge of tiles, and in maximum available lengths to minimize running joints. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where installation of resilient products will occur, with Installer present, for compliance with manufacturer's requirements. Verify that substrates and conditions are satisfactory for resilient product installation and comply with requirements specified. B. Concrete Subfloors: Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 710 and the following: 1. Slab substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, hardeners, and other materials that may interfere with adhesive bond. Determine adhesion and dryness characteristics by performing bond and moisture tests recommended by flooring manufacturer. 2. Subfloor finishes comply with requirements specified in Division 3 Section "Cast -in- Place Concrete" for slabs receiving resilient flooring. 3. Subfloors are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits. C. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. General: Comply with resilient product manufacturer's written installation instructions for preparing substrates indicated to receive resilient products. B. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds, according to manufacturer's written instructions, to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates. VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE 09650-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances that are incompatible with flooring adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents. D. Broom and vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before product installation. After cleaning, examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, or dust. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.3 TILE INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with tile manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. Lay out tiles from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid using cut widths that equal less than one -half of a tile at perimeter. Lay tiles square with room axis, unless otherwise indicated. C. Match tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from cartons in the same sequence as manufactured and packaged, if so numbered. Cut tiles neatly around all fixtures. Discard broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed tiles. Lay tiles with grain running in checkerboard direction. D. Scribe, cut, and fit tiles to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces and permanent fixtures, including built -in furniture, cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, door frames, thresholds, and nosings. E. Extend tiles into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings. F. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use chalk or other nonpermanent, nonstaining marking device. G. Install tiles on covers for telephone and electrical ducts, and similar items in finished floor areas. Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern with pieces of flooring installed on covers. Tightly adhere edges to perimeter of floor around covers and to covers. H. Adhere tiles to flooring substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate to comply with tile manufacturer's written instructions, including those for trowel notching, adhesive mixing, and adhesive open and working times. Provide completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections. VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE 09650-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA I. Hand roll tiles according to tile manufacturer's written instructions. 3.4 RESILIENT ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. General: Install resilient accessories according to manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. Apply resilient wall base to walls, closed pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required. Install wall base in lengths as long as practicable without gaps at seams and with tops of adjacent pieces aligned. Tightly adhere wall base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates. 3. Do not stretch base during installation. 4. On masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient wall base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material. 5. Install premolded outside corners before installing straight pieces. 6. Install premolded outside and inside comers before installing straight pieces. C. Place resilient accessories so they are butted to adjacent materials and bond to substrates with adhesive. Install reducer strips at edges of flooring that would otherwise be exposed. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. Perform the following operations immediately after installing resilient products: Remove adhesive and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by resilient product manufacturers. 2. Sweep or vacuum floor thoroughly. 3. Do not wash floor until after time period recommended by flooring manufacturer. 4. Damp -mop floor to remove marks and soil. VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE 09650-6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Protect flooring against mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during the remainder of construction period. Use protection methods indicated or recommended in writing by flooring manufacturer. 1. Apply protective floor polish to floor surfaces that are free from soil, visible adhesive, and surface blemishes, if recommended in writing by manufacturer. a. Use commercially available product acceptable to flooring manufacturer. b. Coordinate selection of floor polish with Owner's maintenance service. 2. Coverproducts installed on floor surfaces with undyed, untreated building paper until inspection for Substantial Completion. 3. Do not move heavy and sharp objects directly over floor surfaces. Place plywood or hardboard panels over flooring and under objects while they are being moved. Slide or roll objects over panels without moving panels. C. Clean floor surfaces not more than 4 days before dates scheduled for inspections intended to establish date of Substantial Completion in each area of Project. Clean products according to manufacturer's written recommendations. 1. Before cleaning, strip protective floor polish that was applied after completing installation only if required to restore polish finish and if recommended by flooring manufacturer. 2. After cleaning, reapply polish to floor surfaces to restore protective floor finish according to flooring manufacturer's written recommendations. Coordinate with Owner's maintenance program. 3.6 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING SCHEDULE A. Vinyl Composition Tile VCT: Where this designation is indicated, provide vinyl composition floor tile complying with the following: 1. Manufacturer: Listed on Color Schedule 2. Color and Pattern: Listed on Color Schedule 3. Wearing Surface: Smooth. 4. Thickness: 1/8 inch. 5. Size: 12 by 12 inches. VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE 09650-7 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Vinyl Wall Base VWB: Where this designation is indicated, provide vinyl wall base complying with the following: 1. Manufacturer: Open Specification 2. Color and Pattern: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors and patterns produced for vinyl wall base complying with requirements indicated. 3. Style: Cove with top -set toe. 4. Minimum Thickness: 1/8 inch. 5. Height: 6 inches. 6. Lengths: Coils in lengths standard with manufacturer. 7. Outside Corners: Premolded. 8. Inside Corners: Premolded. 9. Surface: Smooth. END OF SECTION 09651 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida VCT FLOORING & RESILIENT BASE 09650-8 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 09680 CARPETING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Provide carpeting and carpet accessories where shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1. Base Bid includes removal of existing floor finishes in the scheduled work areas. 2. Alternate Bids Section 01030 includes carpet work. 3. Material and color selections are listed in Section 01000 Color Schedule. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of the Contract Documents. B. Product data: Within 10 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 2. Samples of the selected colors and patterns of carpet. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CARPET A. Base Bid: Carpet not included in contract. B. Alternate Bid: Carpet indicated on Color Schedule 2.2 OTHER MATERIALS A. Trim at intersection of carpet and resilient floor tile shall be Mercer Plastics Company, Inc., "Custom Edge Carpet Bar No. 90," vinyl, or approved equal, in color selected by the Architect. CARPETING COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Adhesives, if required: Provide low VOC latex carpet adhesive recommended for the purpose by the manufacturer of the proposed carpet. C. Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Immediately prior to installation of the work of this Section, thoroughly clean substrata and remove oil, grease, paint, varnish, hardeners, and other items which would adversely affect the bond of adhesive. B. Make substrata level and free from irregularities. Assure one constant floor height after carpet is installed, filling low spots and grinding high spots as required. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install carpet in strict accordance with manufacturers instructions. 2. Scribe the carpet accurately to vertical surfaces. C. In addition to the cleaning requirements stated elsewhere, thoroughly clean carpet and adjacent surfaces prior to final acceptance of the carpeted areas by the Owner. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Provide a heavy non - staining paper or plastic walkway as required over carpeting in direction of traffic, maintaining intact until carpeted space is accepted by the Owner. CARPETING COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.5 SURPLUS MATERIAL A. Allow the Owner to inspect and select from scrap carpet remaining after the installation. Bundle and deliver to the Owner the carpet scraps selected by him. Additionally, provide 5% stock of each color for the owners future use. Deliver to the job site and store as directed by the Owner. END OF SECTION VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida CARPETING 1'.:1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 09912 - PAINTING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of exposed exterior and interior items and surfaces. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition to shop priming and surface treatment specified in other Sections. B. Paint exposed surfaces, except where these Specifications indicate that the surface or material is not to be painted or is to remain natural. If an item or a surface is not specifically mentioned, paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces. If a color of finish is not indicated, Architect will select from standard colors and finishes available. Painting includes field painting of exposed bare and covered pipes and ducts (including color coding), hangers, exposed steel and iron supports, and surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment that do not have a factory- applied final finish. C. Do not paint prefinished items, concealed surfaces, finished metal surfaces, operating parts, and labels. Prefinished items include the following factory- finished components: a. Architectural woodwork. b. Acoustical wall panels. C. Finished mechanical and electrical equipment. d. Light fixtures. e. Metal siding f. Window frames g. Storefront doors PAINTING 09912- 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 2. Concealed surfaces include generally inaccessible spaces including but not limited to the following: a. Closed attic spaces b. Closed plenum spaces C. Wall cavities 3. Finished metal surfaces include the following: a. Anodized aluminum. b. Stainless steel. C. Chromium plate. d. Copper and copper alloys. e. Bronze and brass. f. Prefinished galvalume 4. Operating parts include moving parts of operating equipment and the following: a. Valve and damper operators. b. Linkages. C. Sensing devices. d. Motor and fan shafts. 5. Labels: Do not paint over UL, FMG, or other code - required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. General: Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D 16 apply to this Section. 1. Flat refers to a lusterless or matte finish with a gloss range below 15 when measured at an 85- degree meter. 2. Eggshell refers to low -sheen finish with a gloss range between 20 and 35 when measured at a 60- degree meter. 3. Semigloss refers to medium -sheen finish with a gloss range between 35 and 70 when measured at a 60- degree meter. 4. Full gloss refers to high -sheen finish with a gloss range more than 70 when measured at a 60- degree meter. PAINTING 09912-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each paint system indicated. Include block fillers and primers. Material List: An inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each material and cross - reference specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material by manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. Manufacturer's Information: Manufacturer's technical information, including label analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each coating material. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of finish -coat material indicated. After color selection, Architect will furnish color chips for surfaces to be coated. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in applying paints and coatings similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in applications with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Source Limitations: Obtain block fillers and primers for each coating system from the same manufacturer as the finish coats. C. Benchmark Samples (Mockups): Provide a full-coat benchmark finish sample for each type of coating and substrate required. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P5. Duplicate finish of approved sample Submittals. For final selection of colors and finishes, the Architect will select one room or surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each type of coating and substrate. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label and the following information: 1. Product name or title of material. 2. Product description (generic classification or binder type). 3. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture. PAINTING 09912-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 4. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents. 5. Thinning instructions. 6. Application instructions. 7. Color name and number. 8. VOC content. B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well - ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F. Maintain storage containers in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Apply waterborne paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air are between 50 and 95 deg F. B. Apply solvent - thinned paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air are between 45 and 95 deg F. C. Do not apply paint in rain, fog, or mist; or when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. 1. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by manufacturer during application and drying periods. 1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra paint materials from the same production run as the materials applied and in the quantities described below. Package with protective covering for storage and identify with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to Owner. I. Quantity: Furnish Owner with extra paint materials in 1 gal. container in quantities indicated below: a. Exterior, topcoat: 5 gal. of each color applied. b. Interior, topcoat: 5 gal. of each color applied. PAINTING 09912-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.9 SAMPLE PANELS A. Provide sample panels of selected colors for final verification of colors prior to ordering materials. Samples shall be in sizes and locations as directed by Architect/Owner on site. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products listed in other Part 2 articles. B. Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles: 1. Sherwin - Williams Co. (SW). 2.2 PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, and finish -coat materials that are compatible with one another and with the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best - quality professional grade paint material of the various coating types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for application indicated. Paint - material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. 1. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Furnish manufacturer's material data and certificates of performance for proposed substitutions. C. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of available colors. PAINTING 09912-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 2.3 INTERIOR PRIMERS A. Interior Gypsum Board Primer: Factory- formulated latex -based primer for interior application. 1. Sherwin - Williams; PrepRite 200 Latex Wall Primer B28W200 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils. B. Interior Zinc- Coated Metal Primer: Factory- formulated galvanized metal primer. 1. Sherwin-Williams; GalviteHS B50WZ30: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 3.0 mils. 2.4 INTERIOR FINISH COATS A. Interior Semigloss Acrylic Enamel: Factory- formulated semigloss acrylic -latex enamel for interior application. Sherwin - Williams: Superpaint, semigloss 25 -35 units at 60 degrees, applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils per coat. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for paint application. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P4. 1. Proceed with paint application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry. 2. Start of painting will be construed as Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within a particular area. B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. 1. Notify Architect about anticipated problems when using the materials specified over substrates primed by others. PAINTING 09912-6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.2 PREPARATION A. General: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of the item, provide surface - applied protection before surface preparation and painting. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using workers skilled in the trades involved. B. Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease before cleaning. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. C. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. 2. Cementitious Materials: Prepare concrete, concrete unit masonry, cement plaster, and mineral -fiber- reinforced cement panel surfaces to be painted. Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use mechanical methods of surface preparation. a. Use abrasive blast - cleaning methods if recommended by paint manufacturer. b. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by performing appropriate tests. If surfaces are sufficiently alkaline to cause the finish paint to blister and burn, correct this condition before application. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous -metal surfaces that have not been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with SSPC's recommendations. PAINTING 09912-7 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA a. Touch up bare areas and shop - applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire -brush, clean with solvents recommended by paint manufacturer, and touch up with same primer as the shop coat. 4. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum -based solvents so surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods. D. Material Preparation: Mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface film and strain material before using. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits. E. Tinting: Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to simplify identification of each coat when multiple coats of same material are applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the finish coat, but provide sufficient differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. 3.3 APPLICATION A. General: Apply paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the paint schedules. 2. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. 3. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. 4. The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built -in fixtures, grilles, convector covers, covers for finned -tube radiation, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain system integrity and provide desired protection. PAINTING 09912-8 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 5. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 6. Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, nonspecular black paint where visible through registers or grilles. B. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. The number of coats and film thickness required are the same regardless of application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until previous coat has cured as recommended by manufacturer. If sanding is required to produce a smooth, even surface according to manufacturer's written instructions, sand between applications. 2. Omit primer over metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted. If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ensure that edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 4. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat surfaces until paint has dried to where it feels firm, and does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and until application of another coat of paint does not cause undercoat to lift or lose adhesion. C. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for type of material applied. Use brush of appropriate size for surface or item being painted. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet -back, or high -pile sheep's wool as recommended by manufacturer for material and texture required. 3. Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by manufacturer for material and texture required. PAINTING 09912-9 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA D. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate to achieve dry film thickness indicated. Provide total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by manufacturer. E. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting of mechanical and electrical work is limited to items exposed in equipment rooms and occupied spaces. F. Mechanical items to be painted include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Uninsulated metal piping. 2. Uninsulated plastic piping. 3. Pipe hangers and supports. 4. Tanks that do not have factory- applied final finishes. 5. Visible portions of internal surfaces of metal ducts, without liner, behind air inlets and outlets. 6. Duct, equipment, and pipe insulation having "all- service jacket" or other paintable jacket material. 7. Mechanical equipment that is indicated to have a factory- primed finish for field painting. G. Electrical items to be painted include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Exposed conduits and junction boxes. 2. Electrical equipment that is indicated to have a factory-primed finish for field painting. H. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat, as recommended by manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn - through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. I. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth, opaque surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, PAINTING 09912- 10 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. Stipple Enamel Finish: Roll and redistribute paint to an even and fine texture. Leave no evidence of rolling, such as laps, irregularity in texture, skid marks, or other surface imperfections. K. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not complying with requirements. 3.4 CLEANING A. Cleanup: At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from Project site. After completing painting, clean glass and paint- spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping without scratching or damaging adjacent finished surfaces. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by Architect. B. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. After completing painting operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work. After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P 1. 3.6 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Gypsum Board: Provide the following finish systems over interior gypsum board surfaces: Semigloss Acrylic - Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior gypsum board primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel. PAINTING 09912-11 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Ferrous Metal: Provide the following finish systems over ferrous metal: 1. Semigloss Acrylic - Enamel Finish: One finish coat over a primer. a. Primer: Interior ferrous -metal primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel. C. Zinc - Coated Metal: Provide the following finish systems over interior zinc - coated metal surfaces: 1. Semigloss Acrylic - Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior zinc - coated metal primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel. END OF SECTION 09912 VICTOR J. LATAVISH, ARCHITECT P.A. Naples, Florida PAINTING 09912- 12 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 10425 - SIGNS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Panel signs. 2. Cast -metal plaques. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each type of sign. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, and large -scale sections of typical members and other components. Show mounting methods, grounds, mounting heights, layout, spacing, reinforcement, accessories, and installation details. 1. Provide message list for each sign, including large -scale details of wording, lettering, and braille layout. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of sign material indicated that involves color selection. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative of signage manufacturer for installation and maintenance of units required for this Project B. Source Limitations: Obtain each sign type through one source from a single manufacturer. SIGNS 10425-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and with code provisions as adopted by authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Interior Code Signage: Provide signage as required by accessibility regulations and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. These include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Signs for Accessible Spaces: Included international symbols on all restroom door signs 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Where sizes of signs are determined by dimensions of surfaces on which they are installed, verify dimensions by field measurement before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.6 COORDINATION A. For signs supported by or anchored to permanent construction, advise installers of anchorage devices about specific requirements for placement of anchorage devices and similar items to be used for attaching signs. 1. For signs supported by or anchored to permanent construction, furnish templates for installation of anchorage devices. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 PANEL SIGNS A. General: Provide panel signs that comply with requirements indicated for materials, thicknesses, finishes, colors, designs, shapes, sizes, and details of construction. 1. Refer to Collier County Vertical standards for sign specifications. B. Graphic Content and Style: Provide sign copy that complies with requirements indicated in the Sign Schedule for size, style, spacing, content, mounting height and location, material, finishes, and colors of signage. SIGNS 10425-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Tactile and Braille Copy: Manufacturer's standard process for producing copy complying with ADA Accessibility Guidelines and ICC /ANSI Al 17.1. Text shall be accompanied by Grade 2 braille. Produce precisely formed characters with square cut edges free from burrs and cut marks. 1. Panel Material: Opaque acrylic sheet or Clear acrylic sheet with opaque color coating, subsurface applied 2. Raised -Copy Thickness: Not less than 1/32 inch D. Engraved Copy: Where scheduled for signage located in Equipment Rooms, provide machine engrave letters, numbers, symbols, and other graphic devices into panel sign on face indicated to produce precisely formed copy, incised to uniform depth. 2.2 CAST -METAL PLAQUES A. General: Provide castings free from pits, scale, sand holes, and other defects. Comply with requirements specified for metal, border style, background texture, and finish and in required thickness, size, shape, and copy. B. Subject to compliance with the specifications, available manufacturers include but are not limited to the following: 1. A.R.K. Ramos. 2. American Graphics Inc. 3. Gemini Incorporated. 4. Matthews International Corporation; Bronze Division. 5. Metal Arts; Div. of L &H Mfg. 6. Mills Manufacturing, Inc. 7. Southwell Co. 8. York Bronze/Bryan. C. Bronze Castings: ASTM B 584, alloy UNS No. C83600 (No. 1 manganese bronze). D. Border Style: Bevel E. Background Texture: Manufacturer's standard leatherette finish F. Mounting: Concealed studs for substrates encountered. G. Size: 24" wide x 36" high. SIGNS 10425-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA H. Text: Includes full names of Owner, list of Commissioners, list of Board Members, Property Appraiser, Administrator, Architect, Builder, Year. I. Format and Logo: Match standard Collier County format. 2.3 PANEL SIGN TYPES A. Room Signs: 1. Comply with Collier County Vertical Standards B. Occupancy Signs: 1. Comply with Collier County Vertical Standards 1 Text: Maximum occupancy shall not exceed # ## persons. 3. Verify text quantity with Architect and/or AHJ C. Toilet Room Signs: 1. Comply with Collier County Vertical Standards 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Mounting Methods: Use concealed fasteners and/or double -sided vinyl tape fabricated from materials that are not corrosive to sign material and mounting surface. B. Anchors and Inserts: Provide nonferrous -metal or hot -dip galvanized anchors and inserts for exterior installations and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Use toothed steel or lead expansion -bolt devices for drilled -in -place anchors. Furnish inserts, as required, to be set into concrete or masonry work. 2.5 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. SIGNS 10425-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one -half of range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. 2.6 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Finish: Unless indicated otherwise elsewhere in the Documents, provide manufacturer's standard powder coat or baked enamel complying with paint manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, conversion coating, and painting. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of available colors. 2.7 COPPER -ALLOY FINISHES A. Cast - Bronze Plaque Finishes: Exposed surfaces free from porosity, burrs, and rough spots; with returns finished with fine -grain air blast. Raised Areas: Hand -tool and buff borders and raised copy to produce manufacturer's standard satin finish. 2. Background Finish: paint standard SW color as selected by Architect B. Clear Protective Coating: Coat exposed surfaces of copper alloys with manufacturer's standard clear organic coating specially designed for coating copper -alloy products. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work. B. Verify that items including anchor inserts provided under other sections of Work are sized and located to accommodate signs. SIGNS 10425-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Examine supporting members to ensure that surfaces are at elevations indicated or required to comply with authorities having jurisdiction and are free from dirt and other deleterious matter. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate signs and accessories where indicated, using mounting methods of types described and in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Install signs level, plumb, and at heights indicated, with sign surfaces free from distortion and other defects in appearance. 2. Interior Wall Signs: Install signs on walls adjacent to latch side of door where applicable. Where not indicated or possible, such as double doors, install signs on nearest adjacent walls. Locate to allow approach within 3 inches of sign without encountering protruding objects or standing within swing of door. B. Wall- Mounted Panel Signs: Attach panel signs to wall surfaces using applicable methods indicated below: 1. Vinyl -Tape Mounting: Use double -sided foam tape to mount signs to smooth, nonporous surfaces. Do not use this method for rough surfaces. 2. Mechanical Fasteners: Use nonremovable mechanical fasteners placed through predrilled holes. Attach signs with fasteners and anchors suitable for secure attachment to substrate as recommended in writing by sign manufacturer. 3. Confirm locations on -site with Architect prior to installation. C. Attach brackets and fittings securely to walls and ceilings with concealed fasteners and anchoring devices to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. D. Cast -Metal Plaques: Mount plaques using standard fastening methods recommended in writing by manufacturer for type of wall surface indicated. Concealed Mounting: Mount plaques by inserting threaded studs into tapped lugs on back of plaque. Set in predrilled holes filled with quick- setting cement. 2. Confirm location on -site with Architect prior to installation. SIGNS 10425-6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. After installation, clean soiled sign surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions. Protect signs from damage until acceptance by Owner. 3.4 SIGN SCHEDULE A. Provide room signs with text and graphics as follows: Locations: Text: Existing Men Men Existing Women Women International Graphics: Men and Accessibility Graphics Women and Accessibility Graphics B. Except as scheduled above, provide one blank sign for each interior door location. (text insert by Owner) C. Provide Room Occupant Load Sign as specified in Training Room and Break Room. =06yalll Mel I1[OWK12ni VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida SIGNS 10425-7 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 10520 - FIRE- PROTECTION SPECIALTIES PART I - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Portable fire extinguishers. (FE) 2. Fire - protection cabinets for portable fire extinguishers. (FEC) B. Existing fire extinguishers in designated Work Areas shall remain in service throughout construction. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for fire- protection specialties. Fire Extinguishers: Include rating and classification. 2. Cabinets: Include roughing -in dimensions, details showing mounting methods, relationships of box and trim to surrounding construction, door hardware, cabinet type, trim style, and panel style. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain fire extinguishers and cabinets through one source from a single manufacturer. B. NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10, "Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers." C. Fire Extinguishers: Listed and labeled for type, rating, and classification by an independent testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. FIRE- PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 10520- 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size of cabinets to ensure that type and capacity of fire extinguishers indicated and provided by Owner under separate Contract are accommodated. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. General: Provide fire extinguishers of type, size, and capacity for each cabinet and other locations indicated. B. Multipurpose Dry- Chemical Type: not less than UL -rated 2- A:20:B:C, 5 -lb nominal capacity, in enameled -steel container. C. Multipurpose Clean Agent Type: not less than UL-rated 2- A:20:B:C,S -lb nominal capacity, in enameled -steel container. 2.2 FIRE- PROTECTION CABINETS A. Cabinet Construction: Provide fully recessed and/or partially recessed units, with trim, frame, door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated. All corners and edges shall be rounded. 2. All joints shall be welded and ground smooth. 3. Provide semi - recessed cabinet projecting less than 4" from face of partition. 4. Basis of Design: J. L. Industries "Ambassador" Series, Model 10121717, ADAC option, or approved equal. 5. Cabinets shall be prefinished white color. 6. Provide rated cabinets where installed at rated partition assemblies, matching fire rating of assembly. B. Door Glazing: Tempered Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT, Condition A, Type I, Quality q3, clear. C. Door Style: Manufacturer's standard ADA design with glazed panel with and metal frame. FIRE- PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 10520-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA D. Door Hardware: Provide manufacturer's standard door - operating hardware of proper type for cabinet type, trim style, and door material and style indicated. Provide recessed door pull and friction latch. Provide concealed or continuous -type hinge. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Door Locks: None. B. Identification: Provide lettering to comply with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style, color, size, spacing, and location. 1. Identify fire extinguisher in cabinet with the words "FIRE EXTINGUISHER" applied to inside of door glazing. a. Application Process: Vinyl letters. b. Lettering Color: White. C. Orientation: Vertical. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing fire- protection specialties. B. Install in locations and at mounting heights indicated or, if not indicated, at heights acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Prepare recesses for cabinets as required by type and size of cabinet and trim style. 2. Fasten mounting brackets to structure and cabinets, square and plumb. 3. Fasten cabinets to structure, square and plumb. 3.2 ADJUSTING, CLEANING, AND PROTECTION A. Adjust cabinet doors that do not swing or operate freely. B. Refinish or replace cabinets and doors damaged during installation. C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure that cabinets and doors are without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. FIRE- PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 10520-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.3 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS A. Existing fire extinguishers in designated Work Areas shall remain in service throughout construction. Remove existing fire extinguishers and brackets after installation of FEC cabinets. Contractor may re -use existing serviceable fire extinguishers in new FEC cabinets, if size is not less than as specified. 3. Contractor shall patch existing finishes after of removal of existing brackets. B. Fire Extinguisher Cabinets shall receive contacts and wiring for alarm. Coordinate work with Johnson Controls. END OF SECTION 10520 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida FIRE- PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 10520-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 10620 - SAFETY SPECIALTIES PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: Automatic external defibrillator and cabinet. (AED) 2. Emergency call box. (ECB) 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for fire- protection specialties. 1. Equipment: Provide manufacturers installation and maintenance instructions. 2. Cabinets: Include roughing -in dimensions, details showing mounting methods, relationships of box and trim to surrounding construction, door hardware, cabinet type, trim style, and panel style. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size of cabinets to ensure that type of equipment is accommodated. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 AED Units A. Provide Medtronic "Lifepak 500" AED units. 2.2 AED CABINETS A. Cabinet Construction: Provide fully recessed and /or partially recessed units, with trim, frame, door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated. SAFETY SPECIALTIES 10620- 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 1. All corners and edges shall be rounded. 2. All joints shall be welded and ground smooth. 3. Provide semi - recessed cabinet projecting less than 4" from face of partition. 4. Cabinets shall be prefinished white color. 5. Provide rated cabinets where installed at rated partition assemblies, matching fire rating of assembly. B. Door Style: Manufacturer's standard ADA design with glazed panel with and metal frame. C. Door Hardware: Provide manufacturer's standard door- operating hardware of proper type for cabinet type, trim style, and door material and style indicated. Provide recessed door pull and friction latch. Provide concealed or continuous -type hinge. 2.3 ECB Units A. Provide Johnson Controls "Code -Blue" Boxes 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. General: Provide all labor, material, equipment, accessories, wiring, connections, etc. required for a complete and proper assembly. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing safety specialty equipment. B. Install in locations and at mounting heights indicated or, if not indicated, at heights acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Prepare recesses for cabinets as required by type and size of cabinet and trim style. 2. Fasten mounting brackets to framing and cabinets, square and plumb. 3. Fasten cabinets to framing, square and plumb. SAFETY SPECIALTIES 10620-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.2 ADJUSTING, CLEANING, AND PROTECTION A. Adjust cabinet doors that do not swing or operate freely. B. Refinish or replace cabinets and doors damaged during installation. C Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure that cabinets and doors are without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. 3.3 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS A. Cabinets shall receive contacts and wiring for alarm. Coordinate alarm work with Johnson Controls. END OF SECTION 10620 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida SAFETY SPECIALTIES 10620-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 10801 - TOILET ACCESSORIES PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes toilet and bath accessories. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions and thicknesses, dimensions, profiles, fastening and mounting methods, specified options, and finishes for each type of accessory specified. B. Setting Drawings: For cutouts required in other work; include templates, substrate preparation instructions, and directions for preparing cutouts and installing anchoring devices. C. Product Schedule: Indicating types, quantities, sizes, and installation locations by room of each accessory required. Use designations indicated in the Toilet and Bath Accessory Schedule and room designations indicated on Drawings in product schedule. D. Maintenance Data: For accessories to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. Provide lists of replacement parts and service recommendations. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Provide products of same manufacturer for each type of accessory unit and for units specified, unless otherwise approved by Architect. B. Product Options: Accessory requirements, including those for materials, finishes, dimensions, capacities, and performance, are established by specific products indicated in the Toilet and Bath Accessory Schedule. 1. Products of other manufacturers with equal characteristics, as determined solely by Architect, may be provided. TOILET ACCESSORIES 10801 - 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 2. Other manufacturers' products with equal characteristics may be considered. See Division 1 Section "Substitutions." Where modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate accessory locations with other work to prevent interference with clearances required for access by disabled persons, proper installation, adjustment, operation, cleaning, and servicing of accessories. lwel d.11-011R., 11 A. General Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Manufacturer's Mirror Warranty: Written warranty, executed by mirror manufacturer agreeing to replace mirrors that develop visible silver spoilage defects within minimum warranty period indicated. 1. Minimum Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering accessories that may be incorporated into the Work include are limited to Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc., ASI, and Bradley Corporation. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304, with No. 4 finish (satin), in 0.0312 -inch minimum nominal thickness, unless otherwise indicated. B. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A, G60. C. Chromium Plating: ASTM B 456, Service Condition Number SC 2 (moderate service), nickel plus chromium electrodeposited on base metal. D. Baked - Enamel Finish: Factory- applied, gloss - white, baked- acrylic - enamel coating. TOILET ACCESSORIES 10801 -2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA E. Mirror Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class 1, Quality q2, nominal 6.0 mm thick, with silvering, electroplated copper coating, and protective organic coating complying with FS DD -M -411. F. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153/A, hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. G. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit, tamper and theft resistant when exposed, and of galvanized steel when concealed. 2.3 FABRICATION A. General: Names or labels are not permitted on exposed faces of accessories. On interior surface not exposed to view or on back surface of each accessory, provide printed, waterproof label or stamped nameplate indicating manufacturer's name and product model number. B. Surface - Mounted Toilet Accessories: Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units with tight seams and joints, and exposed edges rolled. Hang doors and access panels with continuous stainless -steel hinge. Provide concealed anchorage where possible. C. Recessed Toilet Accessories: Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units of all- welded construction, without mitered corners. Hang doors and access panels with full - length, stainless -steel hinge. Provide anchorage that is fully concealed when unit is closed. D. Framed Glass - Mirror Units: Fabricate frames for glass- mirror units to accommodate glass edge protection material. Provide mirror backing and support system that permits rigid, tamper- resistant glass installation and prevents moisture accumulation. Provide galvanized steel backing sheet, not less than 0.034 inch and full minor size, with nonabsorptive filler material. Corrugated cardboard is not an acceptable filler material. E. Minor -Unit Hangers: Provide minor -unit mounting system that permits rigid, tamper- and theft - resistant installation, as follows: One - piece, galvanized steel, wall -hanger device with spring- action locking mechanism to hold minor unit in position with no exposed screws or bolts. F. Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying. Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative. TOILET ACCESSORIES 10801 -3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories according to manufacturers' written instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. B. Secure mirrors to walls in concealed, tamper- resistant manner with special hangers, toggle bolts, or screws. Set units level, plumb, and square at locations indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions for substrate indicated. C. Install grab bars to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf, when tested according to method in ASTM F 446. ii4► ,7N1I11 I11 [e7:r�I0y4MI\Z "11[t1 A. Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation and verify that mechanisms function properly. Replace damaged or defective items. B. Remove temporary labels and protective coatings. C. Clean and polish exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.3 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORY SCHEDULE A. Schedule is indicated on the drawings. END OF SECTION 10801 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida TOILET ACCESSORIES 10801-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 12484 FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES 1.1 SUMMARY A. Provide entrance mats and frames where indicated on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product data: Within 10 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; Evidence that the approved frames are on hand at the job site, or will be at the job site in ample time for setting in connection with placement and finish of the concrete. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. B. Floor mats shall comply with FBC and ADA. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Division 1. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATS AND FRAMES A. Where shown on the Drawings provide the following items manufactured by Arden Architectural Specialties, Inc.; Balco, Inc., Witchita, KS; Construction Specialties, Inc., Muncy, PA; Kadee Industries, Cleveland, OH, Reese Enterprises, Inc., Rosemont, MN, or equal products approved in advance by the Architect. FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES 12484-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA Mat recess frames: Provide manufacturer's standard design, of size and style to mate with insert type and adjacent finish floor or wall construction, for permanent recessed installation in subfloor, complete with corner pins or reinforcing and installation anchorages. a. Provide frames of extruded alloy aluminum. Coat surface of frame in contact with concrete with zinc chromate paint or manufacturers standard protective coating. b. Provide frame members in single lengths, or where frame dimensions exceed maximum available lengths, provide minimum number of pieces possible, with hairline joints equally spaced, and with pieces spliced together by means of straight connector pins. 2. Rigid Type Foot Grilles: "Pedigrid SA" or approved equal extruded aluminum floor grid with approx 1- 13/16" deep rail. a. Top Surface: One -piece slip - resistant serrated aluminum top surfaced tread, clear anodized aluminum. 2.2 OTHER MATERIALS A. Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install the work of this Section where shown on the Drawings and in strict accordance with the manufacturer's installation recommendations. Assemble the frames and install during finishing operations of the concrete slab, providing a uniform recess in the slabs to the specified depths, and assuring proper squareness of corners. Tighten all fittings to insure the entire assembly is secure and does not move. FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES 12484-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 2. Protect frames during progress of construction. 3. At completion of construction, and just prior to final inspection, remove the protective coverings and clean the recesses. 4. Install the specified foot grilles and carpet. Tighten all fittings to insure the entire assembly is secure and does not move. END OF SECTION 12484 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES 12484-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 12491 - HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes Horizontal Venetian mini - blinds with aluminum louver slats and accessories installed at each interior and exterior window scheduled. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Blind: Mini -blind with nominal 1 -inch- wide louver slat. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include styles, material descriptions, construction details, dimensions of individual components andprofiles, features, finishes, and operating instructions. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each colored component of each type of horizontal louver blind indicated. 1. Include similar Samples of accessories involving color selection. C. Window Treatment Schedule: Include horizontal louver blinds in schedule using same room designations indicated on Drawings. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain horizontal louver blinds through one source from a single manufacturer. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver blinds in factory packages, marked with manufacturer and product name, and location of installation using same room designations indicated on Drawings and in a window treatment schedule. HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS 12491 - 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install horizontal louver blinds until construction and wet and dirty finish work in spaces, including painting, is complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. B. Field Measurements: Where horizontal louver blinds are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Allow clearances for operable glazed units' operation hardware throughout the entire operating range. Notify Architect of discrepancies. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. Horizontal Louver Blinds: Before installation begins, for each size, color, texture, pattern, and gloss indicated, full -size units equal to 5 percent of amount installed. PART 2- PRODUCTS 0A �05 KIWI IN ffixelV113 NMI A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Horizontal Louver Mini - blinds, Aluminum Louver Slats: a. Comfortex Window Fashions. b. Hunter Douglas Window Fashions. C. Levolor Contract; a Newell Company; Levolor. d. Springs Window Fashions Division, Inc.; Bali. e. Springs Window Fashions Division, Inc.; Graber. f Verosol USA, Inc. B. Finish: clear anodized, satin finish. HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS 12491 -2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, operational clearances, and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLIND INSTALLATION A. Install blinds level and plumb and aligned with adjacent units according to manufacturer's written instructions, and located so exterior louver edges in any position are not closer than 1 inch to interior face of glass. Install intermediate support as required to prevent deflection in headrail. Allow clearances between adjacent blinds and for operating glazed opening's operation hardware, if any. B. Flush Mounted: Install blinds with louver edges flush with finish face of opening if slats are tilted open. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust horizontal louver blinds to operate smoothly, easily, safely, and free from binding or malfunction throughout entire operational range. A. Clean blind surfaces after installation, according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer, that ensure that horizontal louver blinds are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. C. Replace damaged blinds that cannot be repaired, in a manner approved by Architect, before time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 12491 VICTOR J. LATAVISH ARCHITECT, P.A. Naples, Florida HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS 12491 -3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 15010 - BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this and other sections of Division 15. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the general administrative and procedural requirements for mechanical installations. The following administrative and procedural requirements are included in this Section to expand the requirements specified in Division 1. 1. Submittals 2. Quality Assurance 3. Record documents 4. Maintenance manuals 5. Rough -ins 6. Mechanical installations 7. Construction Drawings B. All work, materials and equipment supplied and installed under this Division shall comply with appropriate edition of the following codes as amended by the governing body: 1. Florida Building Code 2. The National Fire Codes, NFPA 3. National Electrical Code, NFPA 4. Florida Plumbing Code, including all appendices 5. Florida Mechanical Code 6. Local /codes and Regulations C. All work, materials and equipment supplied and installed under this Division shall be in compliance and agreement with requirements, whether or not specifically addressed by construction documents, with local inspector's, plans examiner's and the authority having jurisdiction's requirements. It is this contractor's responsibility to coordinate with the local authority having jurisdiction to determine exact requirements for BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15010-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA workmanship, materials, equipment and installation required by the governing authority. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. No substitutions will be considered unless written request has been submitted to the Engineer of Record at least ten (10) days prior to the bid date. Submittal shall include the name of the material or equipment for which it is to be substituted, drawings, cuts, performance and test date and any other data or information necessary for the Engineer to determine that the equipment meets all specification and requirements. B. Substituted equipment or optional equipment must conform to space requirements. Any substituted equipment that cannot meet space requirements, whether approved or not, shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. Any modification of related systems as a result of substitutions shall be made at the Contractor's expense. C. Any contractor proposed value engineering requiring supplemental engineering work in review, construction documents revisions or site visits to determine feasibility of proposed change shall be reimbursed to engineer at engineer's hourly rate including all applicable travel expenses, printing, reproduction and copying. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The contractor shall provide all supervision, labor, materials, equipment, machinery, and any and all other items necessary to complete and leave all systems in working condition. B. Any apparatus, appliance, material, or work not shown on the drawings but mentioned in the specifications or vice versa, or any incidental accessories necessary to make the work complete in all respects and ready for operation shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor without additional expense to the Owner. C. Check site and existing conditions thoroughly before bidding. Advise Engineer of Record of any discrepancies or questions. Where existing conditions are referred to in the construction documents, the contractor shall verify prior to bid that existing conditions remain as depicted in the construction drawings. D. Provide field superintendant who has had a minimum of four (4) years previous successful experience on projects of comparable sizes and complexity. Superintendant shall be present at all times that work under this Division is being installed or affected. A resume of the Superintendant's experience shall be submitted to Engineer or Architect upon request. At least one member of the Contracting Firm shall hold a State Master Certificate of Competency. BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15010-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.5 MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Prepare maintenance manuals in accordance with Division 1 Section "Project Closeout." In addition to the requirements specified in Division 1, include the following information for equipment items. 1. Description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations, performance curves, engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and commercial numbers of replacement parts. 2. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break -in, and routine and normal operating instructions; regulation, control, stopping, shutdown and emergency instructions. 3. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions. 4. Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. 1.6 MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS A. General: Sequence, coordinate, and integrate the various elements of mechanical systems, materials, and equipment. Comply with the following requirements: 1. Coordinate mechanical systems, equipment, and material installation with other building components. 2. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. 3. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components and structure during progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations. 4. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in poured in place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed. 5. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring positioning prior to closing in the building. 6. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install systems, materials, and equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible. 7. Coordinate connection of mechanical systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. Provide required connection for each service. 8. Install systems, materials, and equipment to conform with approved submittal data, to greatest extent possible. Conform to arrangements indicated by the Contract Documents, recognizing that portions of the Work are shown only in diagrammatic form. Where coordination requirements conflict with individual system requirements, refer conflict to the Architect. BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15010-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 9. Install systems, materials, and equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other equipment components where installed exposed in finished spaces. 10. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate servicing, maintenance, and repair or replacement of equipment components. As much as practical, connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other installations. Extend grease fittings to an accessible location. 11. Install systems, materials, and equipment giving right -of -way priority to systems required to be installed at a specified slope as well as those systems and equipment with physically large sizes, i.e. main ductwork lines, water heaters, air handling units etc. 12. Prior to installation of any materials, coordinate with the work of other trades on site to prevent conflicts. Where conflicts occur, refer conflicts to architect for resolution. Where contractor installs material prior to gaining approval of architect or coordinating work with other trades, the contractor shall be required to move at no additional cost to owner piping to avoid conflicts. 13. Coordinate location of access panels with architect, owner and general contractor on site. Whether specifically shown on drawings or not, provide access panels as required for service access to all mechanical dampers, fire dampers, and equipment requiring routine maintenance or code required access. 14. Coordinate on site and reference architectural drawings for location of all fire dampers. Install fire dampers with adequate access for resetting fusible links. Install fire dampers at all code required duct penetrations of fire rated partitions whether specifically shown or not on plans. 1.7 CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS A. The contract drawings indicate the extent and the general conditions of the work. If any departures from the contract drawings are deemed necessary by the Contractor, details for such departure and the reasons therefore shall be submitted to the Architect or Engineer of Record. B. The drawings are diagrammatic and indicate the general arrangements of fixtures, equipment and work included in the contract. Consult the architectural drawings and details for exact location of fixtures and equipment. C. The Contractor shall follow the drawings in laying out work and check the drawings of other trades to verify spaces in which work will be installed. Maintain head room and space conditions at all points. Where head room or space conditions appear inadequate, notify the Architect before proceeding with the installation. D. This Contractor shall lay out his work and be responsible for all lines, elevations, and measurements required for the installation of this work. BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15010-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA E. All cutting and patching required for work under this section of these specifications shall be done by the affected sub - contractor. All vertical piping shall be fire sealed according to the penetration details on the construction documents; alternate methods acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction are acceptable. F. If directed by the Architect, the Contractor shall, without extra charge, make reasonable modifications in the layout as needed to prevent conflict with work of other trades or for proper execution of the work. G. This subcontractor is cautioned that the National Electrical Code (N.E.C.) has very stringent requirements for clearances above Electrical Switchboards and Panelboards. Article #384 -4, Ist paragraph states: "an exclusively dedicated space extending 25 feet from floor or to the structural ceiling with a width and depth of the equipment. No piping, ducts, or equipment foreign to the electrical equipment ..... shall be permitted to be installed in, enter, or pass through such spaces ". Any transgression of this space by any sub - contractor shall be corrected at that contractor's expense. END OF SECTION 15010 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15010-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For dielectric fittings, flexible connectors, mechanical sleeve seals, and identification materials and devices. B. Shop Drawings: Detail fabrication and installation for metal and wood supports and anchorage for mechanical materials and equipment. C. Coordination Drawings: As required in contract. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Equipment Selection: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics, physical dimensions, capacities, and ratings may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting mechanical and electrical services, circuit breakers, conduit, motors, bases, and equipment spaces are increased. Additional costs shall be approved in advance by appropriate Contract Modification for these increases. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies of equipment are specified, equipment must meet design and commissioning requirements. It is this contractor's responsibility to provide the electrical contractor with one set of approved submittals indicating actual electrical requirements for approved mechanical equipment, whether changed or the same as specified on construction drawings. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver pipes, ductwork and tubes with factory- applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. B. Protect stored pipes, dcutwork and tubes from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade. Do not exceed structural capacity of floor, if stored inside. BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050- 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate mechanical equipment installation with other building components. B. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of construction to allow for mechanical installations. C. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured -in -place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed. D. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Coordinate installation of large equipment requiring positioning before closing in building, structure and framing. E. Coordinate connection of mechanical systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. F. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors if mechanical items requiring access are concealed behind finished surfaces with architect, general contractor and owner. G. Coordinate installation of identifying devices after completing covering and painting, if devices are applied to surfaces. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. 1.6 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install equipment to provide maximum possible headroom, if mounting heights are not indicated. B. Install equipment according to approved submittal data. Portions of the Work are shown only in diagrammatic form. Refer conflicts to Architect. C. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated. D. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations. BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA E. Install equipment giving right of way to piping installed at required slope. F. Install flexible connectors on equipment side of shutoff valves, horizontally and parallel to equipment shafts if possible. 1.7 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cut, channel, chase, and drill floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, and other surfaces necessary for mechanical installations. Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of trades involved. B. Repair cut surfaces to match adjacent surfaces. END OF SECTION 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 15140 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes domestic water piping from locations indicated to fixtures and equipment inside the building. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic. B. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide components and installation capable of producing domestic water piping systems with the following minimum working - pressure ratings, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Domestic Water Distribution Piping: 125 psig on service side of any pressure reducing valves. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For pipe, tube, fittings, and couplings. B. Water Samples: Specified in "Cleaning" Article in Part 3. C. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. B. Comply with NFPA 24, "Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances," and NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects; Sections 1 through 9," for combined fire- protection and domestic water service piping to building. C. Comply with NSF 14, 'Plastics Piping Components and Related Materials," for plastic, potable domestic water piping and components. D. Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects; Sections 1 through 9," for potable domestic water piping and components. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. Refer to Part 3 'Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining materials. B. Transition Couplings for Aboveground Pressure Piping: Coupling or other manufactured fitting the same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to and ends compatible with, piping to be joined. 1. Transition Couplings for Underground Pressure Piping: AWWA C219, metal, sleeve -type coupling or other manufactured fitting the same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to and ends compatible with, piping to be joined. 2.2 COPPER TUBING A. Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L, water tube, annealed temper. 1. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASMEB16.18, cast - copper -alloy or ASMEB16.22, wrought- copper, solder -joint fittings. Furnish wrought- copper fittings if indicated. 2. Bronze Flanges: ASMEB16.24, Class 150, with solder joint end. Furnish Class 300 flanges if required to match piping. 3. Copper Unions: MSS SP -123, cast - copper - alloy, hexagonal -stock body, with ball- and - socket, metal -to -metal seating surfaces and solder -joint or threaded ends. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 2.3 CPVC PIPING A. CPVC Schedule 40 Pipe: ASTM F 441/F 441M. 1. CPVC Schedule 40 Fittings: ASTM F 438, socket type. B. CPVC Schedule 80 Pipe: ASTM F 441/F 441M. 1. CPVC Schedule 80 Fittings: ASTM F 439, socket or ASTM F 437 threaded type. C. CPVC Piping System: ASTM D 2846/1) 2846M, SDR 11, pipe and socket fittings. 1. CPVC Tubing System: ASTM D 2846/1) 2846M, SDR 11, tube and socket fittings. 2.4 VALVES A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Valves" for bronze and cast -iron, general -duty valves. B. Refer to Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for balancing and drain valves. C. CPVC Union Ball Valves: MSS SP -122, with full -port ball, socket or threaded detachable end connectors, and pressure rating not less than 150 psig at 73 deg F. 1. Material Option: MSS SP -122, of plastic other than CPVC and suitable for potable water. Include threaded ends and pressure rating not less than 150 psig at 73 deg F, unless otherwise indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated. B. Flanges may be used on aboveground piping, unless otherwise indicated. C. Grooved joints may be used on aboveground grooved -end piping. 3.2 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following requirements apply: DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 1. Shutoff Duty: Use bronze ball or gate valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use cast -iron butterfly or gate valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2 -1/2 and larger. 2. Throttling Duty: Use bronze ball or globe valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use cast -iron butterfly valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2 -1/2 and larger. 3. Drain Duty: Hose -end drain valves. B. Cast -iron, grooved -end valves may be used with grooved -end piping. C. CPVC ball, butterfly, and check valves may be used with CPVC piping. 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic piping installation. B. Extend domestic water service piping to exterior water distribution piping in sizes and locations indicated. C. Install underground copper tubing according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." D. Install cast -iron sleeve with water stop and mechanical sleeve seal at each service pipe penetration through foundation wall. Select number of interlocking rubber links required to make installation watertight. E. Install aboveground domestic water piping and plumb. F. Fill water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air bound and that piping is full of water. G. Check plumbing equipment and verify proper settings, adjustments, and operation. Do not operate water heaters before filling with water. H. Check plumbing specialties and verify proper settings, adjustments, and operation. 1. Water- Pressure Regulators otherwise indicated. 3.4 JOINT CONSTRUCTION Set outlet pressure at 80 psig maximum, unless A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic piping joint construction. B. Soldered Joints: Use ASTM B 813, water - flushable, lead -free flux; ASTM B 32, lead - free -alloy solder; and ASTM B 828 procedure, unless otherwise indicated. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Grooved Joints: Assemble joints with keyed - coupling housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts according to coupling and fitting manufacturer's written instructions. D. Mechanically Formed Outlets: Form tee in copper tube according to equipment manufacturer's written instructions. Use tool designed for copper tube; drill pilot hole, form collar for outlet, dimple tube to form seating stop, and braze branch tube into collar. 3.5 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. B. Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double -rod hangers, to a minimum of 3/8 inch. C. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS' /4 and Smaller: 60 inches with 3/8 inch rod. 2. NPS 1 and NPS 1 -1/4: 72 inches with 3/8 inch rod. 3. NPS 1 -1/2 and NPS 2: 96 inches with 3/8 inch rod. D. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet or every floor whichever is less. E. Install hangers for CPVC piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 1 and Smaller: 36 inches with 3/8 inch rod. 2. NPS 1 -1/4 to NPS 2: 48 inches with 3/8 inch rod. F. Install supports for vertical CPVC piping every 60 inches for NPS 1 and smaller and every 72 inches for NPS 1 -1/4 and larger. G. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP -69 and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.6 CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to equipment and machines to allow service and maintenance. C. Connect domestic water piping to exterior water service piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA D. Connect domestic water piping to service piping with shutoff valve, and extend and connect to the following: 1. Water Heaters: Cold -water supply and hot -water outlet piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than sizes of water heater connections. 2. Plumbing Fixtures: Cold- and hot -water supply piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. 3. Equipment: Cold- and hot -water supply piping as indicated, but not smaller than equipment connections. Provide shutoff valve and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for NPS 2 -1/2 and larger. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect domestic water piping as follows: 1. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction: a. Roughing -in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing -in after roughing -in and before setting fixtures. b. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. 3. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. 3.8 CLEANING A. Clean and disinfect potable domestic water piping as follows: 1. Purge new piping and parts of existing domestic water piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired before using. 2. Use purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or, if methods are not prescribed, procedures described in either AWWA C651 or AWWA C652 or as described below: a. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at outlets. b. Fill and isolate system with water /chlorine solution and allow to stand for 24 hours. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140-6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine is in water coming from system after the standing time. d. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination. B. Prepare and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities. C. Clean interior of domestic water piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. END OF SECTION 15140 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140-7 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 15150 - SANITARY WASTE, STORM DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 01 1A 0 FA SUMMARY This Section includes soil and waste, storm and sanitary drainage and vent piping inside and outside the building. DEFINITIONS The following are industry abbreviations for plastic and rubber piping materials: 1. ABS: Acrylonitrile- butadiene - styrene plastic. 2. EPDM: Ethylene - propylene -diene terpolymer. 3. NBR: Acrylonitrile- butadiene rubber. 4. PE: Polyethylene plastic. 5. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Provide components and installation capable of producing piping systems with the following minimum working - pressure ratings, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Soil, Storm, Waste, and Vent Piping: 10 foot head of water. SUBMITTALS Product Data: For pipe, tube, fittings, and couplings. B. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements. SANITARY WASTE, STORM DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING 15150-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. B. Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Systems Components and Related Materials," for plastic piping components. Include marking with "NSF -dwv" for plastic drain, waste, and vent piping; "NSF- drain" for plastic drain piping; "NSF - tubular" for plastic continuous waste piping; and "NSF- sewer" for plastic sewer piping. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. Refer to Part 3 'Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining materials. OVANNE A•[y0I910f] A. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 2665, solid -wall drain, waste, and vent. 1. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2665, socket type, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns. B. Cellular -Core, Schedule 40, PVC Pipe: ASTM F 891, Schedule 40. 1. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2665, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns and to fit Schedule 40 pipe. C. Cellular -Core, Sewer and Drain Series, PVC Pipe: ASTM F 891, Series PS 100, 1. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2665, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns and to fit Series PS 100 sewer and drain pipe. D. PVC Special Fittings: ASTM F 409, drainage - pattern tube and tubular fittings with ends as required for application. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Refer to Division 15 Section 'Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic piping installation. SANITARY WASTE, STORM DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING 15150-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building sanitary and storm drains connect to building sanitary sewers and storm drainage systems. C. Install cleanout fitting with closure plug inside the building in sanitary force -main piping. D. Install cast -iron sleeve with water stop and mechanical sleeve seal at each service pipe penetration through foundation wall. Select number of interlocking rubber links required to make installation watertight. Refer to Division 15 Section 'Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. E. Install wall penetration system at each service pipe penetration through foundation wall. Make installation watertight. Refer to Division 15 Section 'Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for wall penetration systems. F. Make changes in direction for storm drainage, soil and waste drainage and vent piping using appropriate branches, bends, and long -sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short- sweep 1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Use long -turn, double Y -branch and 1/8 -bend fittings if 2 fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with common drain pipe. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is prohibited. G. Lay buried building drainage piping beginning at low point of each system. Install true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping upstream. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed. H. Install storm drainage, soil and waste drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes per Florida Plumbing Code, State of Florida Unified Code and at the direction of authority having jurisdiction, unless otherwise indicated: I. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. J. Plan work and drainage systems to connect to site utility elevations. Verify elevation of connection to site utilities prior to commencing work. Bring any discrepancies to the architect or engineer of record prior to commencing any work. SANITARY WASTE, STORM DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING 15150-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.2 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic piping joint construction. B. PVC Nonpressure Piping Joints: Join piping according to ASTM D 2665. 3.3 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. B. Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double -rod hangers, with 3/8 inch minimum rods. C. Install hangers for PVC piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 1 -1/2 and NPS 2: 48 inches with 3/8 inch rod. 2. NPS 3: 48 inches with 1/2 inch rod. 3. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 48 inches with 5/8 inch rod. D. Install supports for vertical PVC piping every 48 inches. E. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP -69 and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Connect storm drainage, soil and waste piping to exterior strom drainage system or sewer systems respectively. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. C. Connect drainage and vent piping to the following: 1. Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment: Connect atmospheric vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Roughing -in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing -in after roughing -in and before setting fixtures. SANITARY WASTE, STORM DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING 15150-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 2. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. B. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. C. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. D. Test, storm drainage, sanitary drainage and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction. 3.6 CLEANING A. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. B. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops. 3.7 PROTECTION A. Exposed ABS and PVC Piping: Protect plumbing vents exposed to sunlight with two coats of water -based latex paint. END OF SECTION 15150 SANITARY WASTE, STORM DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING 15150-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 15200 — FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this and other sections of Division 15. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies prinkler systems for buildings and structures. B. Products specified in this Section with installation not in Contract include sprinkler cabinets with spare sprinklers and sprinkler wrenches. Deliver to the Owner's maintenance personnel. C. Scope of Work: 1. Contractor shall provide construction documents with hydraulic calculations, for the sprinkler system for the building as further defined throughout scope of performance specifications. Documents shall be provided on computer generated drawings. Provide all documents for engineer of record review through submittal process as described in other Sections and submit shop drawings for permit application process. 2. Coordinate Construction Documents with Architectural Drawings, Structural Drawings, and Mechanical Drawings to ensure adequate space for all other trades. 3. Fire Department Connection (FDC) to be provided on downstream side of backflow preventer and at a minimum of 50 feet from a fire hydrant. 4. See Division 16 Section "Fire Alarm Systems" for alarm devices not specified in this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Pipe sizes used in this Section are nominal pipe size (NPS) specified in inches. Tube sizes are standard tube size specified in inches. B. Working plans as used in this Section refer to documents (including drawings and calculations) prepared pursuant to requirements in NFPA 13 for obtaining approval of authority having jurisdication. FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 15200- 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Other definitions for fire protection systems are included in referenced N.F.P.A. standards. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Wet -Pipe Sprinkler System: System with automatic sprinklers attached to a piping system containing water and connected to water supply so that water discharges immediately from sprinklers when they are opened by fire. B. Sprinkler System Protection Limits: All spaces within areas indicated. Include closets, toilet and locker room areas, and all other areas as required by N.F.P.A. 13. 1.5 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design and obtain approval from authority having jurisdiction for fire protection systems specified prior to submission of permit drawings. B. Conduct fire hydrant flow tests as required to obtain hydraulic data needed to prepare design for hydraulically calculated systems. C. Hydraullically design sprinkler systems according to: 1. Sprinkler System Occupancy Classifications in accordance with definitions and interpretations of authority having jurisdiction related to N.F.P.A. 13. 2. Minimum Density Requirements for Automatic Sprinkler System Hydraulic Design as follows: a. Light Hazard Occupancy: 0.10 GPM over 1500 square feet area. b. Ordinary Hazard, Group I Occupancy: 0.15 GPM over 1500 square feet area. C. Ordinary Hazard , Group I1 Occupancy: 0.20 GPM over 1500 square feet area. d. Note: any area and density calculation may be provided for hazard areas provided that it complies with N.F.P.A. 13. The above are used as a guideline only. D. Components and Installation: Capable of producing piping systems with the following minimum working pressure rating except where indicated otherwise. 1. Sprinker Systems: Minimum required pressure to attain required water flow per N.F.P.A. 13. 1.6 SUBMITTALS FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 15200-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA A. Provide the following product data for fire protection system components. Include the following. 1. Piping 2. Sprinklers, escutcheons, and gaurds. Include sprinkler flow characteristics, mounting, finish, and other data. B. Sprinkler system drawings, identified as "working plans" and prepared according to N.F.P.A. 13, N.F.P.A. 14 and N.F.P.A. 20, that have been approved by the authority having jurisdiction. Include system hydraulic calculations. C. Test reports and certificates as described in N.F.P.A. 13. Include "Contractor's Material & Test Certificate for Aboveground Piping ". D. Maintenance data for each type of fire protection specialty specified, for inclusion in "Operating and Maintenance Manual" specified in Division 1 Section "Project Closeout" E. 2 copies of NFPA 13 "Recommended Practice for the Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of Sprinkler Systems." Deliver to Owner's maintenance personnel. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Firms whose equipment, specialties, and accessories are listed by product name and manufacturer in U.L. Fire Protection Equipment Directory and FM Approval Guide and that conform to other requirements indicated. B. Comply with requirements of authority having jurisdiction for submittals, approvals, materials, hose threads, installation, inspections and testing C. NFPA Standards: Equipment, specialties, accessories, installation, and testing complying with the following: 1. NFPA 13 "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems." 2. NFPA 26 "Recommended Practice for Supervision of Valves Controlling Water Supplies for Fire Protection" 3. NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code" PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 15200-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Sprinklers: a. Central Sprinkler Corp. b. Gem Sprinkler Co., Div., Grinnel Corp. c. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. d. Star Sprinkler Corp. e. Viking Corp. f Approved equal to the above. 2. Grooved Couplings for Steel Piping: a. Grinnell Supply Sales Co., Grinnell Co. b. Gustin -Bacon Div., Tyler Pipe Subsid., Tyler Corp. C. Stockham Valves and Fittings, Inc. d. Victaulic Company of America e. Approved equal to the above. 2.2 PIPES AND TUBES A. Ductile -Iron Pipe: AWWA C115, ductile -iron barrel with iron -alloy threaded flanges, 250 psig minimum working pressure rating, and AWWA C104 cement mortar lining. 4. Option: Pipe may be AWWA pattern, cut - grooved for grooved- coupling joints. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135, Schedule 10 2.5 through 5 inch sizes and NFPA 13 specified wall thickness for 6 inch size, with plain ends, black and galvanized, for rolled - groove and welded joints. C. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135, threadable lightwall, black and galvanized, for threaded j oints. 2.2 PIPE AND TUBE FITTINGS A. Ductile Iron and Gray -Iron Flanged Fittings: AWWA C110, 250 psig minimum pressure rating, with AWWA C104 cement -mortar lining. B. Cast -Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4, Class 250, standard pattern, with threads according to ASME B 1.20.1. C. Grooved -End Fittings for Ductile Iron Pipe: ASTM A 536 ductile iron or ASTM A 47 malleable iron, AWWA pipe -size, designed to accept AWWA C606 grooved couplings. Include cement lining or Food and Drug Administration (FDA)- approved interior coating. D. Steel Fittings: ASTM A 234 seamless or welded; ASME B16.9, buttwelding; or ASME B16.11, socket - welding type for welding joints. FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 15200-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 2.3 JOINING MATERIALS A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for joining materials not included in this section. B. Couplings for Grooved -End Steel Pipe and Grooved -End Ferrous Fittings: UL 213, AWWA C606, ASTM A 536 ductile iron or ASTM A 47 malleable -iron housing, with enamel finish. Include synthetic- rubber gasket with central- cavity, pressure- responsive design; ASTM A 183 carbon steel bolts and nuts; and locking pin, toggle, or lugs to secure grooved pipe and fittings. C. Couplings for Grooved -End Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings: UL 213, AWWA C606, ASTM A 536 ductile -iron housing, with enamel finish. Include synthetic rubber gasket with central- cavity, pressure- responsive design, and ASTM A 183 carbon steel bolts and nuts to secure grooved pipe and fittings. C. Grooved -End Fittings for Ductile Iron Pipe: ASTM A 536 ductile iron or ASTM A 47 malleable iron, AWWA pipe -size, designed to accept AWWA C606 grooved couplings. Include cement lining or Food and Drug Administration (FDA)- approved interior coating. 2.4 SPRINKLERS A. Automatic Sprinklers: With heat - responsive element conforming to U.L. 199 B. Sprinkler types and categories are as indicated and as required by application. Furnish automatic sprinklers with nominal % inch orifice for temperature and occupancy occupation as required and described by N.F.P.A. 13 and in compliance with interpretation of local authority having jurisdiction. C. Sprinkler Finishes: Chrome- plated, bronze and all white D. Sprinkler Escutcheons: Materials, types and finishes for following sprinkler mounting applications. Chrome plated steel and white, 2 piece, with 1 -inch vertical adjustment. END OF SECTION 15200 FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 15200-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 15732 - PACKAGED A/C UNITS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the rooftop air conditioning units for cooling and heating. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include manufacturer's technical data for each model indicated, including rated capacities, dimensions, required clearances, characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. Prepare the following by or under the supervision of a qualified professional engineer: 1. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for selecting vibration isolators and for designing vibration isolation bases. 2. Detail mounting, securing, and attachment of curb to concrete pad structure. 3. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. C. Field quality- control test reports. D. Operation and Maintenance Data: For rooftop air conditioners to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. E. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of rooftop air conditioners and are based on the specific system indicated. PACKAGED A/C UNITS 15732- 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. Energy- Efficiency Ratio: Equal to or greater than prescribed by ASHRAE 90. 1, "Energy Efficient Design of New Buildings except Low -Rise Residential Buildings." D. ARI Certification: Units shall be ARI certified and listed. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to replace components of rooftop air conditioners that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Provide I year parts and labor warranty and 5 year compressor warranty for all packaged air conditioning units. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONERS LARGER THAN 20 TONS A. Manufacturers: 1. AAON, Inc./ Scorpion B. Description: Factory assembled and tested; designed for exterior installation; consisting of compressor, indoor and outside refrigerant coils, chilled water cooling coil, indoor fan, refrigeration and temperature controls, filters, and dampers. C. Casing: Manufacturer's standard single -wall galvanized sheet metal construction with exterior enamel paint finish, removable panels or hinged access doors with neoprene gaskets for inspection and access to internal parts, minimum '/2 inch thick thermal insulation knockouts for electrical and piping connections, exterior condensate drain connection, and lifting lugs. D. Indoor Fan: Forward Curved, Backward Inclined or Airfoil centrifugal, belt driven with adjustable motor sheaves, grease - lubricated ball bearings, and motor and fan internally isolated. PACKAGED A/C UNITS 15732-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA E. Refrigerant Coils: Aluminum -plate fin and seamless copper tube in galvanized -steel casing with equalizing -type vertical distributor and thermal expansion valve; tested to 450 psig and leak tested to 300 psig with air under water. F. Compressor(s): Hermetic or Semihermetic reciprocating or scroll compressors with integral vibration isolators, internal overcurrent and overtemperature protection, internal pressure relief and crankcase heaters G. Refrigeration System: 1. Compressor(s). 2. Indoor coils and fan. 3. Expansion valves with replaceable thermostatic elements. 4. Independent refrigerant circuits. 5. Brass service valves installed in discharge and liquid lines. 6. Charge of refrigerant. 7. Refrigerant Circuits: Interlaced refrigerant -coil circuiting with circuit for each compressor. 8. Capacity Control: Cylinder unloaders with steps as scheduled. 9. Compressor Motor Overload Protection: Manual reset. 10. Antirecycling Timing Device: Prevents compressor restart for five minutes after shutdown. H. Controls contractor shall provide and coordinate directly with factory to have controls panel pre -wired at factory. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install units level and plumb, maintaining manufacturer's recommended clearances. B. Isolation Curb Support: Install units on manufacturer provided curbs. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Duct installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate the general arrangement of ducts. The following are specific connection requirements: 1. Install ducts to termination in roof curb. B. Electrical System Connections: Comply with applicable requirements in Division 16 Sections for power wiring, switches, and motor controls. PACKAGED A/C UNITS 15732-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque- tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following field quality- control tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. After installing packaged air conditioners and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test units for compliance with requirements. 2. Inspect for and remove shipping bolts, blocks, and tie -down straps. 3. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 4. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. B. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest as specified above. 3.4 STARTUP SERVICE A. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions and do the following: 1. Inspect for visible damage to unit casing. 2. Inspect for visible damage to compressor, air - cooled outside coil, and fans. 3. Inspect internal insulation. 4. Verify that labels are clearly visible. 5. Verify that clearances have been provided for servicing. 6. Verify that controls are connected and operable. 7. Verify that filters are installed. 8. Clean outside coil and inspect for construction debris. 9. Inspect operation of motorized dampers. 10. Lubricate bearings on fan. 11. Inspect fan-wheel rotation for movement in correct direction without vibration and binding. 12. Calibrate thermostats. 13. After startup and performance testing, change filters, vacuum heat exchanger and cooling and outside coils, lubricate bearings, and adjust belt tension (where applicable). END OF SECTION 15732 PACKAGED A/C UNITS 15732-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 15855 - DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes ceiling- and wall - mounted diffusers, registers, and grilles. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Diffuser: Circular, square, or rectangular air distribution outlet, generally located in the ceiling and comprised of deflecting members discharging supply air in various directions and planes and arranged to promote mixing of primary air with secondary room air. B. Grille: A louvered or perforated covering for an opening in an air passage, which can be located in a sidewall, ceiling, or floor. C. Register: A combination grille and damper assembly over an air opening. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each model indicated, include the following: 1. Data Sheet: For each type of air outlet and inlet, and accessory furnished; indicate construction, finish, and mounting details. 2. Performance Data: Include throw and drop, static - pressure drop, and noise ratings for each type of air outlet and inlet. 3. Schedule of diffusers, registers, and grilles indicating drawing designation, room location, quantity, model number, size, and accessories furnished. 4. Assembly Drawing: For each type of air outlet and inlet; indicate materials and methods of assembly of components. DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 15855- 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Product Options: Drawings and schedules indicate specific requirements of diffusers, registers, and grilles and are based on the specific requirements of the systems indicated. Other manufacturers' products with equal performance characteristics may be considered. Refer to Division 1 Section "Substitutions." B. NFPA Compliance: Install diffusers, registers, and grilles according to NFPA 90A, "Standard for the Installation of Air - Conditioning and Ventilating Systems." PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Diffusers, registers, and grilles are scheduled on Drawings. 2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Test performance according to ASHRAE 70, "Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets." B. Manufacturers: Select grilles and registers equal to those specified on construction drawings by one of the following approved manufacturers. 1. E.H. Price 2. Krueger Industries 3. Metal -Aire, Inc. 4. Air Guide, Inc. 5. Titus PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas where diffusers, registers, and grilles are to be installed for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of equipment. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 15855-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles level and plumb, according to manufacturer's written instructions, Coordination Drawings, original design, and referenced standards. B. Ceiling- Mounted Outlets and Inlets: Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings, and accessories. Air outlet and inlet locations have been indicated to achieve design requirements for air volume, noise criteria, airflow pattern, throw, and pressure drop. Make final locations where indicated, as much as practicable. For units installed in lay -in ceiling panels, locate units in the center of the panel. Where architectural features or other items conflict with installation, notify Architect for a determination of final location. Cross - reference location of diffusers in ceiling on mechanical plans with architectural reflected ceiling plans. Where architectural ceiling plans differ from mechanical plans refer conflict to architect. C. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles with airtight connection to ducts and to allow service and maintenance of dampers, air extractors, and fire dampers. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. After installation, adjust diffusers, registers, and grilles to air patterns indicated, or as directed, before starting air balancing. 3.4 CLEANING A. After installation of diffusers, registers, and grilles, inspect exposed finish. Clean exposed surfaces to remove burrs, dirt, and smudges. Replace diffusers, registers, and grilles that have damaged finishes. END OF SECTION 15855 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 15855 -3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 15990 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 17\9111 r"0911= 1 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes testing, adjusting, and balancing HVAC systems to produce design objectives, including the following: 1. Balancing airflow and within distribution systems, including submains, branches, and terminals, to indicated quantities according to specified tolerances. 2. Adjusting total HVAC systems to provide indicated quantities. 3. Setting quantitative performance of HVAC equipment. 4. Verifying that automatic control devices are functioning properly. 5. Reporting results of the activities and procedures specified in this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Adjust: To regulate fluid flow rate and air patterns at the terminal equipment, such as to reduce fan speed or adjust a damper. B. Balance: To proportion flows within the distribution system, including submains, branches, and terminals, according to design quantities. C. Draft: A current of air, when referring to localized effect caused by one or more factors of high air velocity, low ambient temperature, or direction of airflow, whereby more heat is withdrawn from a person's skin than is normally dissipated. D. Procedure: An approach to and execution of a sequence of work operations to yield repeatable results. E. Report Forms: Test data sheets for recording test data in logical order. F. Static Head: The pressure due to the weight of the fluid above the point of measurement. In a closed system, static head is equal on both sides of the pump. G. Suction Head: The height of fluid surface above the centerline of the pump on the suction side. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990- 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA H. System Effect: A phenomenon that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. I. System Effect Factors: Allowances used to calculate a reduction of the performance ratings of a fan when installed under conditions different from those presented when the fan was performance tested. J. Terminal: A point where the controlled medium, such as fluid or energy, enters or leaves the distribution system. K. Test: A procedure to determine quantitative performance of a system or equipment. L. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agent: The entity responsible for performing and reporting the testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures. M. AABC: Associated Air Balance Council. N. AMCA: Air Movement and Control Association. O. CTI: Cooling Tower Institute. P. NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau. Q. SMACNA: Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Agent Qualifications: Engage a testing, adjusting, and balancing agent certified by either AABC or NEBB or a company whose sole business for at least the last 4 years has been the testing adjusting and balancing of HVAC systems of similar size. B. Certification of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Certify the testing, adjusting, and balancing field data reports. This certification includes the following: 1. Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified testing, adjusting, and balancing reports. 2. Certify that the testing, adjusting, and balancing team complied with the approved testing, adjusting, and balancing plan and the procedures specified and referenced in this Specification. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Partial Owner Occupancy: The Owner may occupy completed areas of the building before Substantial Completion. Cooperate with the Owner during testing, adjusting, and balancing operations to minimize conflicts with the Owner's operations. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine Contract Documents to become familiar with project requirements and to discover conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems and equipment. 1. Contract Documents are defined in the General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract. 2. Verify that balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow - control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers, are required by the Contract Documents. Verify that quantities and locations of these balancing devices are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for efficient system and equipment operation. B. Examine approved submittal data of HVAC systems and equipment. C. Examine project record documents described in Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents." D. Examine equipment performance data, including fan and pump curves. Relate performance data to project conditions and requirements, including system effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. Calculate system effect factors to reduce the performance ratings of HVAC equipment when installed under conditions different from those presented when the equipment was performance tested at the factory. To calculate system effects for air systems, use tables and charts found in AMCA 201, "Fans and Systems," Sections 7 through 10; or in SMACNA's "HVAC Systems - -Duct Design," Sections 5 and 6. Compare this data with the design data and installed conditions. E. Examine system and equipment installations to verify that they are complete and that testing, cleaning, adjusting, and commissioning specified in individual Specification Sections have been performed. F. Examine system and equipment test reports. G. Examine HVAC system and equipment installations to verify that indicated balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow - control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers, are properly installed, and their locations are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for efficient system and equipment operation. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA H. Examine systems for functional deficiencies that cannot be corrected by adjusting and balancing. I. Examine air- handling equipment to ensure clean filters have been installed, bearings are greased, belts are aligned and tight, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation. J. Examine plenum ceilings, utilized for supply air, to verify that they are airtight. Verify that pipe penetrations and other holes are sealed. K. Examine heat - transfer coils for correct piping connections and for clean and straight fins. L. Examine equipment for installation and for properly operating safety interlocks and controls. M. Examine automatic temperature system components to verify the following: 1. Dampers and other controlled devices operate by the intended controller. 2. Dampers are in the position indicated by the controller. 3. Integrity of dampers for free and full operation and for tightness of fully closed and fully open positions. This includes dampers in multizone units, mixing boxes, and variable- air - volume terminals. 4. Thermostats are located to avoid adverse effects of sunlight, drafts, and cold walls. 5. Sensors are located to sense only the intended conditions. 6. Controller set points are set at design values. Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from design values. 7. Interlocked systems are operating. 8. Changeover from heating to cooling mode occurs according to design values. N. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare a testing, adjusting, and balancing plan that includes strategies and step -by- step procedures. B. Complete system readiness checks and prepare system readiness reports. Verify the following: 1. Permanent electrical power wiring is complete. 2. Automatic temperature - control systems are operational. 3. Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 4. Ceilings are installed in critical areas where air -pattern adjustments are required and access to balancing devices is provided. 5. Windows and doors can be closed so design conditions for system operations can be met. 3.3 GENERAL TESTING AND BALANCING PROCEDURES A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in AABC national standards and this Section. B. Cut insulation, ducts, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary to allow adequate performance of procedures. After testing and balancing, close probe holes and patch insulation with new materials identical to those removed. Restore vapor barrier. C. Mark equipment settings with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material, including damper - control positions, valve indicators, fan- speed - control levers, and similar controls and devices, to show final settings. 3.4 FUNDAMENTAL AIR SYSTEMS' BALANCING PROCEDURES A. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet volumes with required fan volumes. B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as- built" duct layouts. C. For variable- air - volume systems, develop a plan to simulate diversity. D. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct airflow measurements. E. Check the airflow patterns from the outside -air louvers and dampers and the return- and exhaust -air dampers, through the supply -fan discharge and mixing dampers. F. Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters. G. Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection. H. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path. I. Check for airflow blockages. J. Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning. K. Check for proper sealing of air - handling unit components. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.5 AIR SYSTEMS' BALANCING PROCEDURES A. Adjust fans to deliver total design airflows within the maximum allowable rpm listed by the fan manufacturer. 1. Measure fan static pressures to determine actual static pressure as follows: a. Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as practicable and upstream from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and transitions. b. Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible connection. C. Measure inlet static pressure of single -inlet fans in the inlet duct as near the fan as possible, upstream from flexible connection and downstream from duct restrictions. d. Measure inlet static pressure of double -inlet fans through the wall of the plenum that houses the fan. 2. Measure static pressure across each air - handling unit component. a. Simulate dirty filter operation and record the point at which maintenance personnel must change filters. 3. Measure static pressures entering and leaving other devices such as sound traps, heat recovery equipment, and air washers under final balanced conditions. 4. Compare design data with installed conditions to determine variations in design static pressures versus actual static pressures. Compare actual system effect factors with calculated system effect factors to identify where variations occur. Recommend corrective action to align design and actual conditions. 5. Adjust fan speed higher or lower than design with the approval of the Architect. Make required adjustments to pulley sizes, motor sizes, and electrical connections to accommodate fan-speed changes. 6. Do not make fan-speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult equipment manufacturers about fan-speed safety factors. Modulate dampers and measure fan-motor amperage to ensure no overload will occur. Measure amperage in full cooling, full heating, and economizer modes to determine the maximum required brake horsepower. B. Adjust volume dampers for main duct, submain ducts, and major branch ducts to design airflows within specified tolerances. Measure static pressure at a point downstream from the balancing damper and adjust volume dampers until the proper static pressure is achieved. a. Where sufficient space in submains and branch ducts is unavailable for Pitot -tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow for that zone. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990-6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 2. Remeasure each submain and branch duct after all have been adjusted. Continue to adjust submains and branch ducts to design airflows within specified tolerances. C. Measure terminal outlets and inlets without making adjustments. 1. Measure terminal outlets using a direct - reading hood or the outlet manufacturer's written instructions and calculating factors. D. Adjust terminal outlets and inlets for each space to design airflows within specified tolerances of design values. Make adjustments using volume dampers rather than extractors and the dampers at the air terminals. 1. Adjust each outlet in the same room or space to within specified tolerances of design quantities without generating noise levels above the limitations prescribed by the Contract Documents. 2. Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts. 3.6 TEMPERATURE TESTING A. During testing, adjusting, and balancing, report need for adjustment in temperature regulation within the automatic temperature- control system. B. Measure indoor wet- and dry -bulb temperatures every other hour for a period of 2 successive 8 -hour days, in each separately controlled zone, to prove correctness of final temperature settings. Measure when the building or zone is occupied. C. Measure outside -air, wet- and dry -bulb temperatures. 3.7 TEMPERATURE- CONTROL VERIFICATION A. Verify that controllers are calibrated and commissioned. B. Check transmitter and controller locations and note conditions that would adversely affect control functions. C. Record controller settings and note variances between set points and actual measurements. D. Verify operation of limiting controllers (i.e., high- and low- temperature controllers). E. Verify free travel and proper operation of control devices such as damper and valve operators. F. Verify sequence of operation of control devices. Note air pressures and device positions and correlate with airflow and water -flow measurements. Note the speed of response to input changes. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990-7 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA G. Confirm interaction of electrically operated switch transducers. H. Confirm interaction of interlock and lockout systems. I. Verify main control supply -air pressure and observe compressor and dryer operations. J. Record voltages of power supply and controller output. Determine if the system operates on a grounded or nongrounded power supply. K. Note operation of electric actuators using spring return for proper fail -safe operations. 3.8 TOLERANCES A. Set HVAC system airflow rates within the following tolerances: 1. Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans: Minus 5 to plus 10 percent. 2. Air Outlets and Inlets: 0 to minus 10 percent. 3.9 FINAL REPORT A. General: Typewritten, or computer printout in letter - quality font, on standard bond paper, in 3 -ring binder, tabulated and divided into sections by tested and balanced systems. B. Include a certification sheet in front of binder signed and sealed by the certified testing and balancing engineer. 1. Include a list of the instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration. C. Final Report Contents: In addition to the certified field report data, include the following: 1. Fan curves. 2. Manufacturers' test data. 3. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers. 4. Other information relative to equipment performance, but do not include approved Shop Drawings and Product Data. D. General Report Data: In addition to the form titles and entries, include the following data in the final report, as applicable: 1. Title page. 2. Name and address of testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent. 3. Project name. 4. Project location. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990-8 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 5. Architect's name and address. 6. Engineer's name and address. 7. Contractor's name and address. 8. Report date. 9. Signature of testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent who certifies the report. 10. Summary of contents, including the following: a. Design versus final performance. b. Notable characteristics of systems. C. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Documents. 11. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment. 12. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer, type size, and fittings. 13. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from design values. 14. Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms, including the following: a. Settings for outside -, return-, and exhaust -air dampers. b. Conditions of filters. C. Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions. d. Face and bypass damper settings at coils. e. Fan drive settings, including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter. f. Inlet vane settings for variable- air - volume systems. g. Settings for supply -air, static - pressure controller. h. Other system operating conditions that affect performance. END OF SECTION 15990 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990-9 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 16050 - BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes project supervision, coordination, cutting, patching, inspections, permits and miscellaneous work. B. This work includes all labor, materials, transportation, tools, and equipment necessary to install, test and guarantee a complete system as specified and shown on drawings, including providing and installing fire stop assemblies at fire rated walls and ceilings. C. Provide access doors where required in ceilings and walls to access concealed equipment provided by the trade. 1.2 SUBMITTALS: Submit fully coordinated submittals, with number of copies indicated in Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. Submittals shall be complete and indicate all electrical devices to be furnished on the project. Partial or incomplete submittals shall be returned un- reviewed. 1.3 SUPERVISION A. Maintain competent Superintendent in charge of work. Superintendent shall be qualified and have suitable experience in type of work involved. Should he be deemed not capable by Architect, he shall be replaced immediately by a Superintendent who is satisfactory. After a satisfactory Superintendent has been assigned, he shall not be withdrawn without consent of Architect. �1iilk1N114Tn Ittw A. Materials and equipment shall be installed in a neat and industry standard manner as judged by the Engineer of Record and /or Architect. B. Architect reserves right to direct removal and replacement of items, which, in his opinion, do not present an orderly and reasonably neat appearance provided such orderly installation can be made using customary trade methods. The removal and replacement shall be done when directed in writing by Architect at sub- contractor's expense and without additional expense to Owner. BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 16050 -1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.5 CONNECTING TO WORK OF OTHERS A. Before starting his work and from time to time as work progresses, the Electrical sub - contractor's superintendent shall examine work and materials installed by others insofar as they apply to his own work, and shall notify the Architect immediately in writing of conditions which will prevent satisfactory results in installation of the system. B. Should the Electrical subcontractor start his work without proper notification, it shall be construed as an acceptance by him of all conditions and as to suitability of the work of others to receive his work. 1.6 CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS A. The contract drawings indicate the extent and the general conditions of the work. If any departures from the contract drawings are deemed necessary by the sub- contractor, details for such departures and the reasons therefore shall be submitted to the Architect immediately. B. These items shall be submitted, in writing, for approval. No such departure shall be made without prior written approval of the Architect. C. The drawings are diagrammatic and indicate the general arrangement of fixtures, equipment and work included in the contract. Consult the architectural drawings and details for exact location of fixtures and equipment. D. The sub - contractor shall follow the drawings in laying out work and check the drawings of other trades to verify spaces in which work will be installed. Maintain headroom and space conditions at all points. Where headroom or space conditions appear inadequate, notify the Architect before proceeding with the installation. E. If directed by the Contractor or Architect, the sub - contractor shall, without extra charge, make reasonable modifications (as judged by Contractor or Architect) in the layout and installation of the electrical equipment, fixtures, and devices as needed to prevent conflict with work of other trades, or for proper execution of the work. 1.7 CLAIMS FOR EXTRA WORK A. General Conditions of the Contract apply and proposed extra work must be approved prior to performance of extra work. Change Orders will be audited. BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 16050 -2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.8 DAMAGE TO OTHER WORK AND PERSONNEL A. Each sub - contractor shall be responsible for proper protective measures when working overhead or in finished areas. He shall repair, replace, or touch up finished surface, which may be damaged as a result of his work or operations. This is to include preparation, priming, and refinish of structure due to welding or machining for attachment of electrical equipment. B. Subcontractor shall carry suitable insurance as prescribed by law for protection of his employees, other persons, materials and equipment on site. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 CUTTING, PATCHING, AND EXCAVATIONS A. Cutting and patching of walls, partitions, floors, concrete, pits and chases in wood and masonry will be done by this sub - contractor as indicated or as directed by Architect. Cutting of steel,wood, or other main structural parts must be approved by Architect prior to commencing cutting. B. Sub - contractor shall do necessary excavation and back - filling for his own work. 3.2 REMOVAL OF RUBBISH A. Subcontractor shall maintain premises free from accumulations of waste material or rubbish caused by his employees or work. At completion of work he shall remove tools, scaffolding, materials and rubbish from building site, and leave premises and his work in a clean, orderly, and acceptable condition. 3.3 ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS A. If the work as laid out, indicated, or specified is contrary to, or conflicts with local ordinances or regulations, the sub - contractor shall report same to Architect before submitting his bid. Architect will issue instructions as to procedure. 3.4 PERMITS AND FEES A. Subcontractor shall obtain necessary permits and inspections required for his work and pay charges incidental thereto. He shall deliver to Architect certificates of inspection issued by authorities having jurisdiction. 3.5 SCHEDULES AND MATERIALS A. Materials and equipment are specified herein by a single or by multiple manufacturers, to indicate quality, material, and type of construction desired. One Manufacturer's product is indicated and has been used as basis for design. BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 16050 -3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Before purchase of equipment, submit (6) copies of shop drawings for approval. Submit as complete as possible. Identify each item submitted. Information on shop drawings shall contain all that is necessary to show that equipment complies with specifications and drawings. Show required modifications. One complete set of approved shop drawings shall be kept at job site. NOTE: All submittals of electrical materials or equipment shall be made at the same time contained within one binder and one letter of transmittal. C. Provide shop drawings within 30 days of notice to proceed. D. Provide shop drawings for the following: Light fixtures and lamps 2. Panelboards 3. Fire Alarm divices 4. Electrical devices (switches, receptacles, cover plates) 5. Occupancy Sensors. E. Corrections or comments made on shop drawings during review do not relieve contractor from compliance with requirements of drawings and specifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with design concept of project, and general compliance with information given in contract documents. 3.6 CLEANING AND ADJUSTMENTS A. Upon completion of work, each sub - contractor shall clean, oil, and grease fans, motors, and other running equipment and apparatus which he installs, and shall make certain such apparatus and mechanisms are in proper working order and ready for test. 3.7 INSTRUCTIONS A. Each sub - contractor shall furnish (3) complete sets of operations and maintenance instructions applying to each piece of equipment installed in conjunction with this contract. 3.8 GUARANTEE AND SERVICE A. In addition to guarantee of equipment by manufacturer of each piece of equipment specified herein, each sub - contractor shall also guarantee such equipment and make good any defect of material or workmanship occurring during a period of (1) year from final acceptance test, without expense to Owner. BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 16050 -4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Each Subcontractor shall service systems for (1) year from final acceptance. Such service will include lubrication, necessary adjustment, and /or replacement of defective equipment and materials furnished. Light bulb replacement guarantee shall be limited to 30 days after final acceptance. C. The subcontractor shall coordinate the "DIP" switch settings on the occupancy sensors with the owner prior to completion of the project. 3.9 CODES AND INSPECTIONS A. Work shall comply with: 1. National Electric Code (2005 edition, Contractor to verify existing jurisdiction requirements). 2. Local city and/or county amendments and all applicable codes 3. O.S.H.A. Standards 4. Standards of National Board of Fire Underwriters 5. Regulation of Electric Utility Company concerning electrical installation. 6. Federal ADA Handicap Requirements 3.10 SCOPE A. Fumish labor, materials, and equipment necessary for a complete and workable system and installation. 3.11 STORAGE OF MATERIALS A. Prior to and during installation, store materials to protect them from injury or deterioration. Material shall not be stored in contact with ground or floor. If suitable storage areas are not available at job site, provide temporary construction or store material off -site in suitable warehouses. Do not remove manufacturer's packing materials until ready to install. 3.12 ACCEPTANCE INSPECTION A. Contractor shall read applicable sections of these specifications, and prepare and assemble required test reports, maintenance manuals, certificates, guarantees and letters of instruction. Contractor's representatives responsible for work under Division 16 shall be present at time of acceptance inspections, and shall furnish required mechanics, tools, and ladders to assist in inspection. BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 16050 -5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Prior to requesting final inspection, the sub - contractor shall clean, and where required, paint electrical equipment installed. Exposed conduits, exposed outlet boxes, surface panel cabinets, etc. shall be finished to match walls or ceilings. Cabinets, panels, panel covers, scratched or otherwise damaged shall be painted with factory supplied color - matched paint. Interiors of panelboards, switchboards and cabinets shall be vacuum cleaned, free of dust and debris. C. List of items to be corrected as a result of acceptance inspection will be furnished to the Architect for transmittal to the General Contractor. D. Notify Architect in writing of items appearing on list for correction, which are disputed by the sub - contractor. When ready, request in writing a re- inspection of work. Should items on the rejection list remain uncorrected, additional inspections required to ascertain Contractor shall pay completion to the Engineer at rate of $125.00 per hour. 3.13 ELECTRICAL SERVICE A. Electrical service shall be as indicated. Consultation and coordination with applicable utility company representative is a sub - contractor job requirement prior to start of project. Coordination shall occur within 7 -days of sub - contract award. Advise Architect and Engineer immediately of any changes that will cause an increase of cost to the Owner. 3.14 DIRECTORIES A. Install typewritten directories in panelboards, for each branch circuit that identifies the space and the equipment it controls. Label all panels; disconnect switches, and time clocks with identification shown on plans using engraved phenolic labels. Identify main service disconnect and switches ahead of mains and indicate the equipment served. 3.15 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Provide electrical power and control systems to indicated equipment. Included are wiring, raceways, disconnects, and other devices. Motor starters for mechanical equipment, if not an integral part of the equipment, are to be the direct responsibility of the electrical sub - contractor to provide, install, and connect as directed by the mechanical sub - contractor. Heater sizes, etc. shall be coordinated with the actual equipment installed. Non -fused combination type NEMA 1 starters with 120 -volt control shall normally be the requirement. Control wiring shown on mechanical drawings shall be provided under this section. Maintain (1) set of approved equipment shop drawings and control system wiring diagrams on the job. Provide rough -in power and control in accordance with this set. BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 16050 -6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Rough -in locations, type of connection (straight blade or twist -loc receptacle, wall junction box with flex conduit to unit, or unit mounted J -box etc.), ampacity of the connections, single phase circuits required are the responsibility of Electrical Contractor. This applies to such equipment as: water coolers, water heaters, A/C condensing units, A/C air handlers, and exhaust fans or equipment indicated. Final information must be obtained from the actual "to be installed" equipment drawings. END OF SECTION 16050 BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 16050 -7 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 16120 - WIRES AND CABLES PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes wires and cables. B. Related Sections: Section 16050 - Basic Materials, Methods and Requirements. 1.2 WIRES AND CABLES A. Conductors shall be copper. Conductor insulation type shall THWN or XHHW. All conductor ampacities are to be based upon 75 degree C. insulation - no down- sizing permitted of conductor size based upon use of 90 degree Centigrade rated insulation. B. Branch circuit outlets shall be connected as indicated. Conductors shall be color coded throughout using three colors, Red, Black, and Blue for hot lines and White for neutral. Switch legs shall be Brown, Yellow, and Orange. Ground conductor shall be green. The same color shall be used for branch circuit wiring of a given phase for the entire project. Conductors No. 8 AWG and larger may be Black, but shall be identified with colored tape injunction boxes, pull- boxes, panels, and service equipment. C. Continuity of neutrals of multi -wire branch circuits shall not be made on terminals of any device, but shall be spliced and tap connected to device. This will assure no opening of neutral in replacement of device. D. Fixture and branch circuit wiring joints for conductors No. 6 AWG and smaller in junction and outlet boxes shall be made with U.L. approved pressure type connectors. Use only Ideal Industries Models 451, 452, 455, or 453 and Scotch -Lock types Y, R, or B. Splices and taps for conductors No. 4 AWG and larger shall be made using 2 bolt type solder -less connectors made of high conductivity bronze castings, taped with at least 3 layers of insulating tape, half - lapped. END OF SECTION 16120 WIRES AND CABLES 16120 -1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 16135 - ELECTRICAL BOXES & FITTINGS 17 \ :711iQSi�1�1_��71I1 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes electrical boxes and fittings. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 16050 - Basic Materials, Methods and Requirements. 1.2 ELECTRICAL BOXES AND FITTINGS A. Outlet boxes shall be one -piece or projection welded galvanized stamped steel for ganged sizes required. Sectional boxes will not be acceptable. Boxes larger than standard shall be provided in accordance with National Electrical Code where necessary to prevent crowding of wires. Outlet boxes required for communications systems and mechanical control devices shall be installed under this section. Verify outlet box size required for systems other than electrical power from shop and manufacturer's drawings. Install outlets in accordance with those requirements. B. Boxes for wall and ceiling outlets shall finish flush and straight at edge of finished surface. Wall outlets in exposed concrete block, masonry and tile walls shall be installed with extra -deep square corner boxes or with standard boxes and square cornered tile wall covers, so that conduit off -sets are not required. Outlet boxes for light fixture mounting shall be equipped with fixture studs. No outlets shall be installed back -to -back. C. Outlet boxes for switches shall be 4" from door jamb. Outlet occurring above counters, cabinets, or mirrors shall be correlated by Contractor so that outlet clears trim or is located in splash back as noted on drawings. See architectural interior elevations for locations. D. Fire rated walls and ceilings may require special consideration and hardware in order to conform to U.L. penetration details and requirements such as the size of allowable openings (square inches) allowed in gross area or between vertical studs in walls. Fire rated enclosures may also be required. END OF SECTION 16135 ELECTRICAL BOXES & FITTINGS 16135 -1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 16143 - WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes installation of wiring devices. B. Relation Sections: 1. Section 16050 - Basic Materials, Methods and Requirements. 1.2 SUBMITTALS: Provide manufacturer's "Cut" sheets indicating types of wiring devices to be provided. Provide information indicating color options for color selection by Architect. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 LOCATION OF SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES A. Except where noted to contrary, switches and receptacles shall be located as follows: (Dimensions to centerline) 1. Switches at 4' -0 ", or as noted. 2. Receptacles at F -6 ", or as noted. 3. Telephone, and Television outlets at P -6 ", or as noted. 4. The Electrical sub - contractor is responsible for coordinating the mounting height of devices above counter tops, wall furniture, etc., with all other trades. B. Switches shall be mounted on strike side of doors, except where structurally impractical. Check Architectural drawings and details to determine actual swing of each door, and locate switches accordingly. 3.2 WALL SWITCHES A. Wall switches shall be specification grade, quiet type, and high performance switches rated at 20 amps. @ 125 volts. WIRING DEVICES 16143 -1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Switches shall have screw terminals and silver alloy contacts. No push wire connections permitted. C. Special switches shall be as indicated. 3.3 RECEPTACLES A. Wall receptacles shall be specification grade, duplex 3 -wire grounding type. Devices shall be rated at 20 amps, 125 volt. If a single receptacle serves only one piece of equipment and is fed by a 20A or larger breaker, the device shall match the breaker in ampacity. B. Receptacles shall be side -wired with screw terminals. No push wire connections permitted. C. Weatherproof receptacles shall have spring - closing, hinged, gasketed covers and mounted long side horizontal. Use Hubbell #5205 WO for std. boxes and #5206 WO for "FS" boxes. D. Special outlets shall be as indicated, or if not indicated, shall be straight -blade type of NEMA configurations according to size and type of branch circuit overcurrent device. 3.4 WALL PLATES A. Cover plates for devices shall be of same manufacturer as devices and shall be smooth plastic; Verify color with Architect. B. Gang plates shall be of one -piece construction. 3.5 DEVICE MANUFACTURERS A. Leviton, Pass & Seymour, G.E., Bryant, Hubbell, and Slater are acceptable if they meet requirements of 16143.02 and 16143.03. All devices on the project shall be by the same manufacturer. END OF SECTION 16143 WIRING DEVICES 16143 -2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 16170 - EQUIPMENT & MOTOR DISCONNECTS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes installation of equipment and motor disconnects. B. Related Sections: Section 16050 - Basic Materials, Methods and Requirements. 1.2 SUBMITTALS: Provide submittals with manufacturers "Cut" sheets indicating type of device, ampacity, voltage, enclosure rating, fusing, and other pertinent data. Submittal shall be bound in a "Book" style. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 DISCONNECTS A. Furnish general duty disconnects Horsepower rated in accordance with Switched Load Requirements. Disconnects shall be the product of the same manufacturer as other distribution equipment, using quick -make, quick -break mechanism. Enclosure shall be NEMA type conforming to area in which installed (NEMA 1, 3R, 4X, etc.) or as called for on the drawings. Disconnects shall be protected (fused or circuit breaker type) or non - protected (non - fused) as indicated on plans. B. Fractional horsepower motors and other loads less than 10 amps may use appropriately rated "snap" toggle switches; 1, 2, or 3 poles as required in lieu of switches or breakers, H.P. rated manual starters may be used. C. Equipment utilizing or permitting to utilize non - protected disconnects and those equipments which N.E.C., U.L., and/or the equipment manufacture approve circuit breakers (in lieu of fused switches) SHALL use enclosed circuit breakers or molded - case switches for disconnecting purposes. Use of breakers and/or non -fused disconnects for HVAC (combination loads) shall be verified with nameplate requirements of the specific equipment installed and be "HACR" rated. D. All disconnects 60 amps or less shall be deadfront with no exposed live pieces or parts. END OF SECTION 16170 EQUIPMENT & MOTOR DISCONNECTS 16170 -1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 16452 - GROUNDING PART1- GENERAL fly. uY11UVI &WIVI9 A. Section provides method of electrical system grounding. B. Related Section: Section 16050 - Basic Materials, Methods and Requirements. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 GROUNDING A. Provide grounding and bonding systems in strict accordance with applicable edition of N.E.C. Art. #250 B. Service entrance ground shall consist of a set of electrodes as described and specified in N.E.C. Art. 250 -81 a) b) c) & d). "Made" electrodes described in N.E.C. 250 -83 may be used in lieu of the above where conditions permit and other grounds are not available. Interconnect conduits entering and leaving service entrance equipment using grounding bushing and copper wire of the ampacity required by Art. #250. Provide connection to service entrance ground. C. All equipment which receives power from the electrical service shall be connected to the premises grounding system with a conductor sized from Table 250 -95 or thru equivalent metal raceways as allowed by 250 -72. D. All metal interior piping shall be bonded to the electrical service equipment enclosure with a conductor sized by 250.94. E. All bonding and grounding shall be with copper conductors where wire type conductors are utilized. F. The size of the grounding electrode conductor shall be in accord with 250 -94. G. Outlet box to device shall be by use of self - grounding devices or a separate "pigtail' to the raceway/box grounded system. END OF SECTION 16452 GROUNDING 16452 -1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 16470 - PANELBOARDS PART 1- GENERAL -� 711II_t111 11Z/ZIII1Ti1 -OINU A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of the following Division 16 Sections apply to this Section: "Basic Electrical Requirements." 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes lighting and receptacle panelboards and associated auxiliary equipment rated 600 V or less. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Overcurrent Protective Device (OCPD): A device operative on excessive current that causes and maintains the interruption of power in the circuit it protects. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division Specification Sections. B. Product data for each type panelboard, accessory item, and component specified. C. Shop drawings from manufacturers of panelboards including dimensioned plans, sections, and elevations. Show tabulations of installed devices, major features, and voltage rating. Include the following: Enclosure type with details for types other than NEMA Type 1. 2. Bus configuration and current ratings. 3. Short- circuit current rating of panelboard. Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual protective devices and auxiliary components. PANELBOARDS 16470-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA D. Panel schedules for installation in panelboards. Submit final versions after load balancing. E. Maintenance data for panelboard components, for inclusion in Operating and Maintenance Manual specified in Division 1 and in Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Requirements." Include instructions for testing circuit breakers. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. The terms "listed" and "labeled" shall be defined as they are in the National Electrical Code, Article 100. 2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory" (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. B. Electrical Component Standard: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code." C. NEMA Standard: Comply with NEMA PB1, " Panelboards." D. UL Standards: Comply with UL 61, " Panelboards," and UL 50, "Cabinets and Boxes." 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Keys: Furnish master key for panelboard cabinet locks. Provide six spares. B. Touch -up Paint for panelboards. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. Siemens 2. Square D Co. 3. Westinghouse Electric Corp. 4. General Electric PANELBOARDS 16470-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 2.2 PANELBOARDS, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Provide type, rating, and features as indicated. Comply with Division 16 Section "Circuit Breakers" to panelboard installation. Tandem circuit breakers shall not be used. Multipole breakers shall have common trip. B. Enclosures: Cabinets flush or surface mounted as indicted. NEMA Type 1 enclosure, except where the following enclosure requirements are indicated. Front: Secured to box with concealed trim clamps except as indicated. Front for surface - mounted panels shall be same dimensions as box. Fronts for flush panels shall overlap box except as otherwise specified. 2. Directory Frame: Metal, mounted inside each panel door. 3. Bus: Hard drawn copper of 98 percent conductivity. 4. Main and Neutral Lugs: Compression type. Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch - circuit equipment ground conductors. Bonded to box. 6. Transient Surge Suppression: Provide transient surge suppressors. (T.V.S.S.) 2.3 GENERAL A. Provide transient surge protector to panels as indicated on drawings. All suppressors shall be manufactured by a company normally engaged in the design, development and manufacture of such devices and shall have been in current production for at least one year. The suppressors shall be constructed using hybrid MOV based modules and shall be internally fused with current limiting devices of rating larger than the suppressor rating, for parallel connection. Suppressors shall have visual indication of operation for each phase, size, wave tracking, and EMI/RFI noise filtering. 2.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings, product data and manufacturer installation instructions. Submit UL certification documentation. 04MMKI1911rayl A. Suppressors shall meet the following criteria: PANELBOARDS 16470-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA Minimum single surge rating (L -N): 50,000 Amp per Phase. (Branch circuit panel). 2. UL 1449 clamping voltage: Class 500 ( *Biwave 6kv,3ka) 120/208 V. W1'f11MWAI1i. 11901 A. Install panel per manufacturer instructions. Conductors shall be kept short and straight. Device shall be close nippled to panel. B. Approved Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the work include but are not limited to the following: a. Advanced Protection Technologies b. Leviton C. L.E.A. Dynatech d. Liebert 2.7 LIGHTING AND BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A. Bolt -on circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing adjacent units. B. Doors: In panel front, with concealed hinges. Secure with flush catch and tumbler lock, all keyed alike. 2.9 IDENTIFICATION A. General: Refer to Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification" for labeling materials. B. Panelboard Nameplates: Engraved laminated plastic or metal nameplate for each panelboard mounted with epoxy or industrial cement or industrial adhesive. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install panelboards and accessory items in accordance with NEMA PB 1. 1, "General Instructions for Proper Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less" and manufacturers' written installation instructions. B. Mounting Heights: Top of trim 6-2" above finished floor, except as indicated. PANELBOARDS 16470 -4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Mounting: Plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount flush panels uniformly flush with wall finish. D. Circuit Directory: Typed and reflective of final circuit changes required to balance panel loads. Obtain approval before installing. E. Install filler plates in unused spaces. 3.2 GROUNDING A. Connections: Make equipment grounding connections for panelboards as indicated. B. Provide ground continuity to main electrical ground bus indicated. 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including grounding connections, in accordance with manufacturer's published torque- tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Quality Control Program: Conform to the following: Protective Device Ratings and Settings: Verify indicated ratings and settings to be appropriate for final system configuration and parameters. Where discrepancies are found, recommend final protective device ratings and settings. Use accepted ratings or settings to make the final system adjustments. B. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: Include the following inspections and related work: Inspect for defects and physical damage, labeling, and nameplate compliance with requirements of up -to -date drawings and panelboard schedules. 2. Exercise and perform of operational tests of all mechanical components and other operable devices in accordance with manufacturer's instruction manual. 3. Check panelboard mounting, area clearances, and alignment and fit of components. 4. Check tightness of bolted electrical connections with calibrated torque wrench. Refer to manufacturer's instructions for proper torque values. PANELBOARDS 16470-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA Perform visual and mechanical inspection and related work for overcurrent protective devices as specified in Division 16 Section " Overcurrent Protective Devices." C. Electrical tests: Include the following items performed in accordance with manufacturer's instruction: 3.5 CLEANING A. Upon completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of panelboards. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match original finish. END OF SECTION 16470 PANELBOARDS 16470-6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 16482 - MOTOR POWER EQUIPMENT WIRING PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Contractor shall provide all equipment, materials and wiring necessary for complete installation of the systems herein specified and as shown on the plans, and on the mechanical and plumbing drawings. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 16050 - Basic Materials, Methods and Requirements. 1.2 GENERAL A. Furnish and install power wiring, disconnects, starters, and other devices for all electrically operated equipment furnished by the Owner or other Contractors or as shown on the mechanical plans and riser diagram. B. This Contractor shall refer to other divisions of the specifications and specifically to the mechanical drawings. The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for all wiring and electrical devices not specifically provided in other divisions. C. Motor and equipment locations indicated on the drawings are approximate only. Actual locations must be confirmed on the job site before conduits are installed. Coordinate all motor and equipment exact locations with the mechanical drawings and mechanical shop drawings. D. Equipment connections shall include but not necessarily be limited to those noted on the drawings. E. All motors shall be fed with steel or PVC liquid -tite flexible conduit as noted on the drawings with appropriate connectors. Provide and install a separate bond conductor, sized from N.E.C. Table #250 -95 in all flexible conduits to motors or equipment. END OF SECTION 16482 MOTOR POWER EQUIPMENT WIRING 16482 -1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 16495 - TRANSFER SWITCHES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes transfer switches rated 600 V and less. It includes the following items: Automatic transfer switch (ATS). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Shop drawings or published product data for each transfer switch, including dimensioned plans, sections, and elevations showing minimum clearances; conductor entry provisions; gutter space; installed features and devices; and materials lists. C. Wiring diagrams, elementary or schematic, differentiating between manufacturer - installed and field- installed wiring. D. Single -line diagrams of transfer switch units showing connections between automatic transfer switch, bypass /isolation switch, power source, and load, plus interlocking provisions. E. Operation and maintenance data for each type of product, for inclusion in Operating and Maintenance Manual specified in Division 1. Include all features and operating sequences, both automatic and manual. List all factory settings of relays and provide relay setting and calibration instructions. F. Manufacturer's certificate of compliance to the referenced standards and tested short- circuit closing and withstand ratings applicable to the protective devices and current ratings used in this Project, as indicated and as specified in paragraph "Tested Fault Current Ratings." 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms are experienced in manufacturing equipment of the types and capacities indicated and have a record of successful in- service performance. TRANSFER SWITCHES 16495-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Emergency Service: Manufacturer maintains a service center capable of providing emergency maintenance and repairs at the Project site with an 8 -hour maximum response time. C. Comply with NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code," for components and installation. D. Comply with NEMA ICS 1, "General Standards for Industrial Control," ICS 2, "Industrial Control Devices, Controllers and Assemblies," and ICS 6, "Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems." E. UL Listing and Labeling: Items furnished under this Section are listed and labeled by UL for emergency service under UL Standard 1008. F. Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory Listing (NRTL) and Labeling: Items furnished under this Section are listed and labeled by a NRTL for emergency service under UL Standard 1008. G. Terms "Listed" and "Labeled ": As defined in the 'National Electrical Code," Article 100. H. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A 'Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory" (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. UL Compliance: Comply with UL Standard 1008, "Automatic Transfer Switches," except where requirements of these Specifications are stricter. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: Automatic Switch Co. Kohler Co. Onan Corp. Russelectric, Inc. Zenith Controls, Inc. 2.2 TRANSFER SWITCH PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Number of Poles and Current and Voltage Ratings: As indicated. TRANSFER SWITCHES 16495-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Tested Fault- Current Ratings: Closing and withstand ratings exceed the indicated available rms symmetrical fault current at the equipment terminals based on testing according to UL Standard 1008, conducted at full -rated system voltage and 20 percent power factor. Rate each product for withstand duration time as follows when tested for rated short- circuit current correlated with the actual type of circuit protective device indicated for transfer switches for this Project: C. Control Interface Components: Devices at transfer switches for communicating control panels have communications capability matched with the remote device. D. Solid -State Controls: Repetitive accuracy of all settings is plus or minus 2 percent or better over an operating temperature range of minus 20 deg C to 70 deg C. E. Resistance to Damage by Voltage Transients: Components meet or exceed voltage surge withstand capability requirements when tested according to ANSI C37.90.1, IEEE Guide for Surge Withstand Capability (SWC) Tests. Components meet or exceed voltage im- pulse withstand test of NEMA ICS 1. F. Neutral Terminal: Where 3 -pole switches are indicated, provide fully rated, solid, unswitched neutral terminal except as indicated. G. Enclosures: General- purpose NEMA 1, conforming to UL Standard 508, "Electric Industrial Control Equipment," except as otherwise indicated. H. Factory Wiring: Train and bundle factory wiring and identify consistently with shop drawings, either by color code or by numbered or lettered wire and cable tape markers at terminations. Designated terminals accommodate field wiring. Power Terminals Arrangement and Field Wiring Space: Suitable for top, side, or bottom entrance of feeder conductors as indicated. K. Terminals: Pressure -type, suitable for copper or aluminum conductors of sizes indicated. L. Control Wiring: Equipped with lugs suitable for connection to terminal strips. M. Electrical Operation: Where indicated, accomplish by a nonfused, momentarily energized solenoid or electric motor - operated mechanism, mechanically and electrically interlocked in both directions. Switches using components of molded -case circuit breakers or contactors not designed for continuous -duty, repetitive switching between active power sources are not acceptable. N. Switch Action: Mechanically held in both directions for double - throw switches. TRANSFER SWITCHES 16495-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA O. Switch Contacts: Use silver composition for switching load current. Units rated 225 amperes and more have separate arcing contacts. P. Over current devices are not part of switch products. 2.3 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES (ATSs) A. Comply with Level 1 equipment according to NFPA 110, "Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems." B. Switching Arrangement: Double -throw type, incapable of pauses or intermediate position stops during normal functioning except as indicated. C. Manual Switch Operation: Manually operated under load with the door closed with either or both sources energized. Transfer time is same as for electrical operation. Control circuit automatically disconnects from electrical operator during manual operation. D. Signal- Before - Transfer Contacts: A set of normally open/normally closed dry contacts operates in advance of retransfer to normal source. Interval is adjustable from 1 to 30 seconds. E. ATS Motor Loads Include factory- installed and factory-wired internal in -phase monitor relay. The relay controls transfer so it occurs when the 2 sources are synchronized in phase. The relay compares phase relationship and frequency difference between the normal and emergency sources and initiates transfer when both sources are within 15 electrical degrees, and only if the transfer can be completed within 60 electrical degrees. In -phase transfer is initiated only if both sources are within 2 Hz of nominal frequency and 70 percent or more of nominal voltage. 2.4 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH FEATURES A. Voltage sensing for each phase of normal source. Pick -up voltage is adjustable from 85 percent to 100 percent nominal, and drop- out voltage is adjustable from 75 percent to 98 percent pick -up value. Factory set for pick -up at 90 percent and drop -out at 85 percent. Time -delay override of normal source voltage- sensing delays transfer and engine start signals. 2. Adjustable 0 to 6 seconds, and factory set at 1 second. B. Voltage /Frequency Lockout Relay: Prevent premature transfer. Voltage pick -up is adjustable from 85 percent to 100 percent nominal. Factory set to pick -up at 90 percent. Pick -up frequency is adjustable from 90 percent to 100 percent nominal. Factory set to pick -up at 95 percent. TRANSFER SWITCHES 16495-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Retransfer Time Delay: Adjustable from 0 to 30 minutes and factory set at 10 minutes. Provides automatic defeat of the delay upon loss of voltage or sustained undervoltage of the emergency source, provided the normal supply has been restored. D. Test Switch: Simulates normal source failure. E. Switch - Position Pilot Lights: Indicate source to which the load is connected. F. Source- Available Indicating Lights: Supervise sources via the transfer switch normal and emergency source - sensing circuits. G. Normal Power Supervision: Green light with nameplate engraved "Normal Source Available." H. Emergency Power Supervision: Red light with nameplate engraved 'Emergency Source Available." I. Unassigned Auxiliary Contacts: Two normally open SPDT contacts for each switch position. J. Rating: 10 amperes at 208 V a.c. K. Transfer Override Switch: Overrides automatic retransfer control so the ATS will remain connected to the emergency power source regardless of the condition of the normal source. A pilot light indicates the override status. L. Engine Starting Contacts: One isolated normally closed and 1 isolated normally open. Contacts are gold flashed or gold plated and rated 10 amperes at 32 V d.c. minimum. M. Engine Shut -Down Contacts: Instantaneous, to initiate shut -down sequence at remote engine - generator controls after retransfer of the load to normal or preferred source. N. Engine Shut -Down Contacts: Time delay adjustable from 0 to 5 minutes; factory set at 5 minutes. O. Engine- Generator Exerciser: Solid -state programmable time switch starts engine - generator set and transfers load to it from normal source for a preset time, then retransfers and shuts down engine after a preset cool -down period. Initiate exercise cycle at preset intervals adjustable from 7 to 30 days. Running periods are adjustable from 10 to 30 minutes. Factory-set periods are for 7 days and 20 minutes, respectively. Exerciser features include: P. Exerciser transfer selector switch, which permits selection between exercise with and without load transfer. Q. Push button programming controls with digital display of settings. TRANSFER SWITCHES 16495-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA R. Integral battery operation of time switch when normal control power is not available. 2.5 NATS ACCESSORIES A. Pilot Lights: Indicate source to which the load is connected. B. Source Available Indicating Lights: Supervise sources via the transfer switch normal and alternate source sensing circuits, respectively. C. Normal Power Supervision: Green light with nameplate engraved "Normal Source Available." D. Emergency Power Supervision: Red light with nameplate engraved "Alternate Source Available." E. Unassigned Auxiliary Contacts: One set of normally closed contacts for each switch position, rated 10 amperes at 240 V a.c. 2.6 FINISHES A. Enclosures: Manufacturer's standard enamel over corrosion- resistant pretreatment and primer. 2.7 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Factory test components, assembled switches, and associated equipment to ensure proper operation. Check transfer time and voltage, frequency, and time -delay settings for conformance with specified requirements. Perform dielectric strength test conforming to NEMA ICS 1. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Mounting of Transfer Switches: Level and anchor the unit to the wall or floor. B. Identify components according to Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification." 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Tighten factory -made connections, including connectors, terminals, bus joints, mountings, and grounding. Tighten field- connected connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, according to equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values. When manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Standards 486A and 486B. TRANSFER SWITCHES 16495-6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.3 GROUNDING A. Make equipment grounding connections for transfer switch units as indicated and as required by the NEC. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Services: Provide services of a factory- authorized service representative to supervise field tests. B. Preliminary Tests: Perform electrical tests as recommended by the manufacturer and as follows: C. Measure phase -to -phase and phase -to- ground insulation resistance levels with insulation resistance tester, including external annunciator and control circuits. Use test voltages and procedure recommended by the manufacturer. Meet manufacturer's specified minimum resistance. D. Check for electrical continuity of circuits and for short circuits. E. Field Tests: Give 7 -day advance notice of the tests and perform tests in presence of owner's representative. F. Coordinate tests with tests of generator plant and run them concurrently. G. Tests: As recommended by the manufacturer and as follows: H. Contact Resistance Test: Measure resistance of power contacts for ATSs, NATSs, and BP /ISs. Resolve values in excess of 500 micro -ohms and differences between adjacent poles exceeding 50 percent. Ground Fault Tests: Coordinate with testing specified in Division 16 Section "Overcurrent Protective Devices" to ensure sensors are properly selected and located to optimize ground- fault protection where power is being delivered from either source. Verify grounding points and sensor ratings and locations. Apply simulated fault current at the sensors and observe reaction of circuit interrupting devices. K. Operational Tests: Demonstrate interlock, sequence, and operational function for each switch at least 3 times. L. Simulate power failures of normal source to ATSs and of emergency source with normal source available. TRANSFER SWITCHES 16495-7 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA M. Simulate low phase -to- ground voltage for each phase of normal source of ATSs. N. Verify time -delay settings and pick -up and drop -out voltages. O. Test Failures: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and prepare for retest. Verify that equipment meets the specified requirements. P. Reports: Maintain a written record of observations and tests. Report defective materials and workmanship and retest corrected items. Record adjustable relay settings and measured insulation and contact resistances and time delays. Attach a label or tag to each tested component indicating satisfactory completion of tests. 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Training: Furnish the services of a factory- authorized service representative to instruct Owner's personnel in the operation, maintenance, and adjustment of transfer switches and related equipment. Provide a minimum of 4 hours of instruction scheduled 7 days in advance. END OF SECTION 16495 TRANSFER SWITCHES 16495-8 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 16515 - INTERIOR LIGHTING PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes interior lighting fixtures, lamps, ballast, emergency lighting units, and accessories. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Fixture: A complete lighting unit, exit sign, or emergency lighting unit. Fixtures include lamps and parts required to distribute the light, position and protect lamps, and connect lamps to the power supply. Internal battery powered exit signs and emergency lighting units also include a battery and the means for controlling and recharging the battery. Emergency lighting units are available with and without integral lamp heads and lamps. B. Luminaire: Fixture. C. Average Life: The time after which 50 percent will have failed and 50 percent will have survived under normal conditions. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data describing fixtures, lamps, ballasts, and emergency lighting units. Arrange product data for fixtures in order of fixture designation. Include data on features and accessories and the following information: 1. Outline drawings of fixtures indicating dimensions and principal features. 2. Electrical ratings and photometric data with specified lamps and certified results of independent laboratory tests. Air and thermal performance data for air handling fixtures. Provide data required under "Submittals" in Division 15 Section "Air Outlets and Inlets." 4. Sound performance data for air handling fixtures. Provide certified test reports indicating sound power level and sound transmission class. INTERIOR LIGHTING 16515-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 5. Maintenance data for products for inclusion in Operating and Maintenance Manual specified in Division 1. 6. Product certifications signed by manufacturers of lighting fixtures certifying that their fixtures comply with specified requirements. 7. Shop drawings from manufactures detailing nonstandard fixtures and indicating dimensions, weights, methods of field assembly, components, features, and accessories. 8. Coordination drawings for fixtures mounted on, in, or above the ceiling indicating coordination with ceiling grids and other equipment installed in the same space. C. Use only new products made by companies regularly engaged in the manufacture of the type equipment specified. Use the products of a single manufacturer for similar type equipment, i.e. safety switches. D. Bids shall be based only on manufacturers of equipment named on the drawings, in the specifications, or written addenda. E. Substitutions, for inclusion in written addenda, will be considered under the following condition: 1. A written request has been submitted to the engineer for approval at least 10 days prior to the bid date. The request for substitution shall include the name of the material or equipment for which it is to be substituted, along with drawings, catalog cuts, performance data and any other data or information necessary for the engineer to determine that the equipment meets all specifications and requirements. 2. Samples, if required by the engineer, shall be provided. F. Requests for substitution will not be considered after the bid date. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code" for components and installation. B. Listing and Labeling: Provide fixtures and emergency lighting units that are listed and labeled for their indicated use on the Project. C. The terms "Listed" and "Labeled ": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100. D. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualification: A "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory" (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. E. Coordination of Fixtures with Ceiling: Coordinate fixtures mounting hardware and trim with the ceiling system. INTERIOR LIGHTING 16515-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 FIXTURES, GENERAL A. Comply with the requirements specified in the Articles below, lighting fixture data sheet at the end of this Section, and lighting fixture schedule. 2.2 FIXTURE COMPONENTS, GENERAL A. Metal Parts: Free from burrs and sharp corners and edges. B. Sheet Metal Components: Steel, except as indicated. Components are formed and supported to prevent warping and sagging. C. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating and free from light leakage under operating conditions. Arrange to permit relamping without use of tools. Arrange doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other pieces to prevent accidental falling during relamping and when secured in the operating position. D. Reflecting Surfaces: Minimum reflectances as follows, except as otherwise indicated: 1. White Surfaces: 85 percent. 2. Specular Surfaces: 83 percent. 3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75 percent. 4. Laminated Silver Metallized Film: 90 percent. 5. Lenses, Diffusers, Covers, and Globes: 100 percent virgin acrylic plastic or water white, annealed crystal glass except as indicated. 6. Plastic: Highly resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat and UV radiation. 7. Lens Thickness: 0.125 inches, minimum. 2.3 SUSPENDED FIXTURE SUPPORT COMPONENTS A. Single -Stem Hangers: 1/2 -inch steel tubing with swivel ball fitting and ceiling canopy. Finish same as fixture. B. Twin -Stem Hangers: Two, 1/2 -inch steel tubes with single canopy arranged to mount a single fixture. Finish same as fixture. INTERIOR LIGHTING 16515-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Rod Hangers: 3/16 -inch diameter cadmium plated, threaded steel rod. D. Hook Hanger: Integrated assembly matched to fixture and line voltage and equipped with threaded attachment, cord, and locking - type plug. 2.4 FLUORESCENT FIXTURES A. Fixtures: Conform to UL 1570, "Fluorescent Lighting Fixtures." B. Ballasts: Conform to UL 935, "Fluorescent -Lamp Ballasts." C. Certification: By Electrical Testing Laboratory (ETL). D. Labeling: By Certified Ballast Manufacturers Association (CBM). E. Type: Class P, high - power - factory type except as indicated otherwise. F. Sound Rating: A rating, except as indicated otherwise. G. Voltage: Match connected circuits. H. Low Temperature Ballast Minimum Starting Temperature: 20 deg C. I. Electronic Ballasts: Solid- state, full light output, rapid start type compatible with T8 lamps; Conform to FCC Regulations Part 15, Subpart J. for electromagnetic interference. Conform to IEEE C62.41, "Guide for Surge Voltages in Low - Voltage AC Power Circuits," Category A, for resistance to voltage surges for normal and common modes. Capable of withstanding surges in accordance with IEEE 587 catagory A standard. J. Minimum Power Factor: 95 percent. K. Minimum Operating Frequency: 20,000 Hz. 1. Lamp Crest Factor: 1.6 maximum. 2. Harmonic Content of Ballast Current (THD): 10 percent maximum. 3. Manufacturers: Morotola, ETTA, Advance or approved equal 4. Dimming Ballasts: Solid -state type, for smooth dimming over a range from 100 percent to 10 percent light output and listed for use with the specific fluorescent dimming system. Energy- Saving Ballasts: Magnetic type, full- light- output, compatible with energy- saving lamps. INTERIOR LIGHTING 16515-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA L. Electromagnetic Interference Filters: Integral to the fixture assembly. Provide one filter for each ballast. Suppress electromagnetic interference as required by MIL - STD -461, Electromagnetic emission and Susceptibility Requirements for the Control of Electromagnetic Interference. 2.6 EXIT SIGNS A. Conform to Life Safety Code NFPA 101, Section 5 -10 (1994). B. Conform to UL 924, "Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment," and the following: C. Sign Colors: Conform to local code. D. Minimum Height of Letters: Conform to local code. E. Lamps for AC Operation: LED 2.7 LAMPS A. Conform to ANSI Standards 1. Provide four -foot medium bi -pin nominal 32 watt T8 units, minimum CRI of 85. Color temperature of 4100 °K. 2.8 FINISH A. Steel Parts: Manufacturer's standard finish applied over corrosion- resistant primer, free of streaks, runs, holidays, stains, blisters, and defects. Remove fixtures showing evidence of corrosion during project warranty period and replace with new fixtures. B. Other Parts: Manufacturer's standard finish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Setting and Securing: Set units plumb, square, and level with ceiling and walls, and secure according to manufacturer's printed instructions and approved shop drawings. B. Support For Recessed and Semirecessed Fixtures: Install units shall be supported from structure. Install support wires at a minimum of two wires per fixture located not more than 6 inches from fixture comers. C. Fixtures of Sizes Less Than Ceiling Grid: Center in the acoustical panel. Support fixtures independently with at least two 3/4 -inch metal channels spanning and secured to the ceiling tees. INTERIOR LIGHTING 16515 -5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA D. Install support clips for recessed fixtures, securely fastened to ceiling grid members, at or near each fixture corners. E. Support for Suspended Fixtures: Brace pendants and rods that are 4 -feet long or longer to limit swinging. Support stem mounted single -unit suspended fluorescent fixtures with twin -stem hangers. For continuous rows, use tubing or stem for wiring at one point and tubing or rod for suspension for each unit length of chassis, including one at each end. F. Lamping: Lamp units according to manufacturer's instructions. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect each installed fixture for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components. B. Replace or repair malfunctioning fixtures and components, then retest. Repeat procedure until all units operate properly. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Clean fixtures upon completion of installation. Use methods and materials recommended by manufacturer. B. Adjust aimable fixtures to provide required light intensities. END OF SECTION 16515 INTERIOR LIGHTING 16515-6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 16535 - EMERGENCY LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Requirements of the following Division 16 Sections apply to this section: 1. 'Basic Electrical Requirements." 2. 'Basic Electrical Materials and Methods." 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes emergency light sets, exit fixtures with integral emergency battery backup, and emergency fluorescent fixture power supplies with integral battery backup. B. Related Sections: The following Section contain requirements that relate to this Section: C. Division 16 Section "Interior Lighting Fixtures" for regular fixtures that may be connected to emergency circuits to provide emergency lighting. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for each type of emergency lighting unit specified. Assemble in booklet form with separate sheet for each fixture, arranged in unit "type," alphabetical, or numerical order, with proposed fixture and accessories clearly indicated on each sheet. C. Samples of specific individual products for approval where indicated. D. Maintenance data for units specified, for inclusion in Operating and Maintenance Manual specified in Division 1 and in Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Requirements." Submit complete manual material concurrently with system submittal and updated final versions of manuals with closeout procedures specified in Division 1 Section "Project Closeout." E. Installation instructions written by manufacturers for all specified products. EMERGENCY LIGHTING 16535- 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES. FLORIDA 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Component Standard: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code." B. UL Compliance: Emergency lighting fixtures shall be UL listed and labeled. C. NFPA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NFPA 99, "Health Care Facilities" and NFPA 101, "Life Safety Code." D. Local Code Compliance: Comply with applicable local codes and regulations for emergency lighting and exit signage including, but not limited to, colors and letter heights for exit signs. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products in factory containers. Store in clean, dry space in original container. Protect products from fumes and construction traffic. 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish stock of replacement lamps amounting to 15 percent (but not less than one lamp in each case) of each type and size lamp used in each type unit. PART 2- PRODUCTS fAELVAFh111MIXW11 aIM11 A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, refer to light fixture schedule on plans. 2.2 EMERGENCY LIGHT SETS, DECORATIVE A. General: The following features apply to decorative emergency light sets: B. Self- contained emergency lighting units with style, shape, and trim as indicated. C. Battery: Sealed, maintenance -free, lead -acid type with 10 year nominal life. D. Charger: Minimum two -rate, fully automatic, solid -state type, with sealed transfer relay. E. Operation: Relay turns lamp on automatically when supply circuit voltage drops to 80 percent of nominal or below. Lamp operates for duration of outage, up to 1.5 hours. Lamp automatically disconnected from battery of voltage approaches deep - discharge level. When normal voltage is restored, battery is automatically recharged within 16 hours and then floated on trickle charge. EMERGENCY LIGHTING 16535-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA F. Control panel contains low- voltage disconnect switch, LED indicator light, test switch, and concealed terminals for remote lamp head connection. G. Surface - Mounted Type With Lens: Wall- or ceiling - mounted unit with the following features: 1. Lamps and reflectors as indicated. a. Finish: Matte white for exposed parts or as indicated. b. Lens: 0.125 -inch thick prismatic acrylic. 2.3 EMERGENCY LIGHT SET, GENERAL PURPOSE A. Self- contained, surface wall mounted, with two lamp heads and provisions for a third lamp head, and having the following features: 1. Housing: 20 -gage steel or high- impact thermoplastic, conforming to UL 94 V -O. 2. LED indicator light and test switch shall be on front panel, with concealed terminals for remote lamp heads. 3. Integral lamp heads shall be mounted on housing with 180 -deg, 2 -way, locking swivel joints for aiming. Lamps shall be 7.2 -watt PAR 36 sealed beam type, or as indicated. 4. Battery: Sealed, maintenance -free, lead -acid type, with 15 -year normal life. 5. Charger: Minimum 2 -rate, fully automatic, solid -state type, with sealed transfer relay and fused output circuits. 6. Finish: Manufacturer's standard for exposed parts, baked enamel on steel. 7. Operation: Relay turns lamps on automatically when supply circuit voltage drops to 80 percent of nominal or below. Lamps operate for duration of outage, up to 1.5 hours. Lamps automatically disconnect from battery when voltage approaches deep - discharge value. When normal voltage is restored, battery is automatically recharged within 16 hours and maintained on trickle charge. 2.4 EMERGENCY LIGHT SET, EXIT SIGN A. Self- contained, a.c. battery- illuminated exit sign unit, universal mounting with downlight. EMERGENCY LIGHTING 16535 -3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA B. Lamps: Manufacturer's standard, furnished with unit. C. Style, shape, trim, material, finish, and arrangement of housing as indicated. D. Faceplate: High- impact, UL 94 V -0 rated, plastic with snap- out arrows and color of letters as indicated. E. Mounting provisions shall suit individual installation conditions. F. Battery: Sealed, maintenance -free, lead -acid type, with 10 -year nominal life. G. Charger: Minimum 2 -rate, fully automatic, solid -state type, with sealed transfer relay. H. Finish: Matte white for exposed parts, or as indicated. I. Operation: Sign is illuminated by a.c.- powered lamps under normal conditions. Relay turns emergency lamps on automatically when supply circuit voltage drops to 80 percent of nominal or below. Lamps operate for duration of outage, up to 1.5 hours. Lamps automatically disconnect from battery when voltage approaches deep - discharge value. When normal voltage is restored, a.c.- powered lamps are relighted and d.c. lamps are switched off. Battery is automatically recharged within 16 hours and maintained on trickle charge. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Setting and Securing: Set units plumb, square, and level with ceiling and walls and secure in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and approved shop drawings. Conform to the requirements of NFPA 70. B. Mounting heights specified or indicated are to bottom of fixture for suspended or ceiling - mounted fixtures and to center of fixture for wall - mounted fixtures. D. Lamping and Connection: Lamp units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Make external wiring connections required for proper functioning. E. Coordinate with other electrical installations as appropriate for proper installation of emergency lighting fixtures. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Clean emergency units light set upon completion of installation. B. Adjust aimable fixtures to provide light intensities in egress paths. EMERGENCY LIGHTING 16535-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.3 GROUNDING A. Ground non - current- carrying parts of equipment. Where the copper grounding conductor is connected to a metal other than copper, provide specially treated or lined connectors suitable for this purpose. B. Tighten grounding connections to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Standard 486A. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests: After emergency lighting units have been installed and building circuits have been energized with normal power source, apply and interrupt electrical energy to demonstrate proper operation. Remove and replace malfunctioning units with new units and proceed with retesting. Give the Architect advance notice of dates and times for all field tests. Provide instruments as required to make positive observation of test results. Include the following in tests: Duration of supply. a. Low battery voltage shutdown. b. Normal transfer to battery source and retransfer to normal. C. Low supply voltage transfer. B. Insulation Resistance Test: Perform as specified in Division 16 Section "Wires and Cables" both before and after connection of fixtures and equipment. C. Electrical Continuity Tests: Perform as specified in Division 16 Section "Wires and Cables." D. Lamp Replacement: Prior to tests, install new lamps in emergency lighting units. After testing, place malfunctioning lamps. END OF SECTION 16535 EMERGENCY LIGHTING 16535 -5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 16615 - TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Transient Surge Protector. Suppressors shall meet the following criteria: 1. Service Entrance: UL 1449 listed for category C3 locations per ANSI/IEE 662.41- 1991 (20 KV, 10 KA, 90 deg. phase). Modes of suppression: L -N, N -G. Minimum single surge rating (L -N): 50,000 amp per phase. UL 1449 clamping voltage: Class 1000 (Biwave 6 KV, 3 KA) 120/208V. 2. Maximum continuous operating voltage: Nominal + 15 %. Pulse life: 1000 category C impulses. 3. Panelboards: UL 1449 listed for category B locations. Modes of suppression L -L, L- N, L -G. Minimum single surge rating (L -N): 20,000 amp per phase. UL 1449 clamping voltage: Class 1000 (Biwave 6 KV, 3KA) 277/480V. Operating voltage: Nominal + 15 %. B. Device shall not bond neutral and ground under failure mode. Pulse Life: 500 category B impulses. 1.2 INSTALLATION A. Install on service switchboard and panelboards per manufacturer instructions. Conductors shall be kept short and straight. Device shall be nippled to panel. B. Approved Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the work include but are not limited to the following: 1. Advanced Protection Technologies 2. Leviton 3. L.E.A. Dynatech 4. Liebert 5. EFI END OF SECTION 16615 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION 16615 - 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 16620 - PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATOR SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 16Z6111t•I Zia C. A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes a packaged diesel engine generator system including engine generator set, engine generator enclosure, cooling system, fuel system, combustion air intake and engine exhaust systems, starting system, accessories, connections, fuel, permits, and all related work and accessories required for a complete and proper assembly. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Emergency or Standby Rating: Power output rating equal to the power the generator set delivers continuously under normally varying load factors for the duration of a power outage. B. Operational Bandwidth: The total variation from the lowest to the highest value of a parameter over the range of conditions indicated, expressed as a percentage of the nominal value of the parameter. C. Power Output Rating: Gross electrical power output of generator set minus total power requirements of electric motor -driven accessories normally constituting part of the engine assembly. D. Steady -State Voltage Modulation: The uniform cyclical variation of voltage within the operational bandwidth, expressed in Hz or cycles per second. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. System Includes: Standby- rated, automatically started diesel engine coupled to an a.c. generator unit. Engine and generator are factory- mounted and - aligned on a structural steel skid. Subsystems and auxiliary components and equipment are as indicated. B. Functional Description: When the mode selector switch on the control and monitoring panel is in the "automatic" position, remote control contacts in one or more separate automatic transfer switches initiate the starting and stopping of the generator set. When the mode selector switch is placed in the "on" position, the generator set starts manually. The "off' position of the same switch initiates shutdown of the generator set. When the unit is running, specified system or equipment failures or derangements automatically shut the unit down and initiate alarms. Operation of a remote emergency stop switch also shuts down the unit. Automatic transfer switches are specified in another Section of these Specifications. PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS 16620- 1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B NAPLES, FLORIDA 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division I Specification Sections. B. Product data for products specified in this Section. Include data on features, components, ratings, and performance. Include dimensioned outline plan and elevation drawings of engine generator set and other system components. C. Maintenance data for system and components for inclusion in Operating and Maintenance Manual specified in Division 1. Include the following: D. Detailed Operating Instructions: Cover operation under both normal and abnormal conditions. E. Shop Drawings: Detail fabrication, piping, wiring, and installation of the field - installed portions of the system. Include general arrangement drawings showing locations of auxiliary components in relation to the engine generator set and duct, piping, and wiring connections between the generator set and the auxiliary equipment. Show connections, mounting, and support provisions and access and working space requirements. F. Wiring Diagrams for System: Show power and control connections and distinguish between factory- installed and field - installed wiring. G. Performance characteristic curves including generator damage, 3 phase decrement, single phase decrement on a log -log graph paper. H. Certified Test Reports of Components and Accessories: Submit for devices that are equivalent, but not identical, to those tested on prototype unit. I. Exhaust Emissions Test Report Muffler Sound Report. K. Certification of Torsional Vibration Compatibility: Conform to NFPA 110. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Firms experienced in manufacturing equipment of the types and capacities indicated that have a record of successful in- service performance. B. Emergency Service: System manufacturer maintains a service center capable of providing training, parts, and emergency maintenance and repairs at the Project site with 4 hours maximum response time. C. Comply with NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code." D. Comply with NFPA 110, "Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems," for requirements for a Level 2 emergency power supply system. E. NRTL Listing: System components of types and ratings for which NRTL listing or labeling service is established and components are listed and labeled. PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS 16620-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B NAPLES, FLORIDA F. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled ": As defined in the "National Electrical Code" G. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory" (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. H. Engine Exhaust Emissions: Comply with applicable Federal, State, and local government requirements. Single - Source Responsibility: Obtain engine generator system components from a single manufacturer with responsibility for entire system. Unit shall be a representative product built from components that have proven compatibility and reliability and are coordinated to operate as a unit as evidenced by records of prototype testing. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver engine generator set and system components to their final locations in protective wrappings, containers, and other protection that will exclude dirt and moisture and prevent damage from construction operations. Remove protection only after equipment is made safe from such hazards. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Engine Generator Sets: Cummins /Onan Caterpillar, Inc. Kohler Co. Generac 2. Storage Batteries: Chloride Systems. Exide Corp. Kohler Co. Onan Corp. 2.2 SYSTEM SERVICE CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Engine generator system withstands the following environmental conditions without mechanical or electrical damage or degradation of performance capability: 1. Ambient Temperature: Minus 15 deg C to plus 40 deg C. 2. Relative Humidity: 0 to 95 percent. 3. Altitude: Sea level to 1000 feet (300 m). PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS 16620-3 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B NAPLES, FLORIDA 2.3 ENGINE GENERATOR SYSTEM A. General: System is a coordinated assembly of compatible components. B. Ratings: as indicated. C. Output Connections: as indicated D. Safety Standard: Comply with ASME B15.1, "Safety Standard for Mechanical Power Transmission Apparatus." E. Nameplates: Each major system component is equipped with a conspicuous nameplate of the component manufacturer. Nameplate identifies manufacturer of origin and address, and the model and serial number of the item. F. Limiting dimensions indicated for system components are not exceeded. 2.4 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE A. Steady -State Voltage Operational Bandwidth: 4 percent of rated output voltage from no load to full load. B. Steady -State Voltage Modulation: Less than 1 Hz. C. Transient Voltage Performance: Not more than 10 percent variation for 50 percent step -load increase or decrease. Voltage recovers to remain within the steady -state operating band within 2 seconds. D. Steady -State Frequency Operational Bandwidth: 0.5 percent of rated frequency from no load to full load. E. Steady -State Frequency Stability: When the system is operating at any constant load within the rated load, there are no random speed variations outside the steady -state operational band and no regular or cyclical hunting or surging of speed. F. Transient Frequency Performance: Less than 3 Hz variation for a 50 percent step -load increase or decrease. Frequency recovers to remain within the steady -state operating band within 3 seconds. G. Output Waveform: At no load, the harmonic content measured line -to -line or line -to- neutral does not exceed 5 percent total and 3 percent for single harmonics. The telephone influence factor determined according to NEMA MG I, "Motors and Generators," does not exceed 50. H. Sustained Short- Circuit Current: For a 3 -phase bolted short circuit at the system output terminals, the system will supply a minimum of 250 percent of rated full -load current for not less than 10 seconds and then clear the fault automatically, without damage to any generator system component. L Temperature Rise of Generator: Within acceptable limits for insulation systems used according to NEMA MG when operating continuously at standby rating conditions. PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS 16620-4 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B NAPLES, FLORIDA Nonlinear Load Performance: System performance is not degraded from that specified in this Article by continuous operation, with the load current having a minimum total harmonic content of 15 percent rms, and minimum single harmonic content of 10 percent rms. K. Starting Time: Maximum total time period for a cold start, with ambient temperature at the low end of the specified range, is 5 seconds. Time period includes output voltage and frequency settlement within specified steady -state bands. 2.5 ENGINE GENERATOR SET A. Power Output Rating: Nominal ratings as indicated on Drawings. B. Skid: Adequate strength and rigidity to maintain alignment of the mounted components without dependence on a concrete foundation. Skid is free from sharp edges and corners. Lifting attachments are arranged to facilitate lifting with slings without damaging any components. Provide vibration isolators between engine - generator and steel base or steel base and mounting pad. C. Rigging Diagram: Inscribed on a metal plate permanently attached to the skid. Diagram indicates location and lifting capacity of each lifting attachment and location of the center of gravity. 2.6 ENGINE A. Comply with NFPA 37, "Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines." B. Fuel: Diesel fuel oil grade DF -2. C.. Lubrication System: Pressurized by a positive displacement pump driven from the engine crankshaft. The following items are mounted on the engine or skid: D. Filter and Strainer: Rated to remove 90 percent of particles 5 microns and smaller while passing full flow. E. Oil Cooler: Maintains lubricating oil at the manufacturer's recommended optimum temperature throughout 2 hours of operation of the generator set at 110 percent of system power output rating. F. Thermostatic Control Valve: Controls flow in the system to maintain optimum oil temperature. Unit is capable of full flow and is designed to be fail -safe. G. Crankcase Drain: Arranged for complete gravity drainage to an easily removable container with no disassembly and without the use of pumps or siphons or special tools or appliances. H. Engine Fuel System: Comply with NFPA 30, "Flammable and Combustible Liquids." System includes: I Integral Injection Pumps: Driven by the engine camshaft. Pumps are adjustable for timing and cylinder pressure balancing. PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS 16620-5 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B NAPLES, FLORIDA Main Fuel Pump: Mounted on the engine. Pump ensures adequate primary fuel flow under starting and load conditions. K. Parallel Fuel Oil Filters: Ahead of the injection pumps. Changeover valves allow independent use of either filter. L. Relief /Bypass Valve: Automatically regulates pressure in the fuel line and returns excess fuel to the source. M. Jacket Coolant Heater: Electric immersion type, factory- installed in the jacket coolant system. Unit is rated and thermostatically controlled to maintain an engine temperature of 25 deg C at the low end of the ambient temperature range specified under "Environmental Conditions" above. N. Speed Governor: Adjustable isochronous type, with speed sensing. 2.7 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM A. Description: Closed -loop, liquid- cooled, with radiator factory- mounted on engine generator set skid and integral engine -driven coolant pumping. B. Radiator: Factory-piped and -rated for specified coolant. C. Coolant: Solution of 50 percent ethylene glycol and 50 percent water. D. Temperature Control: Self- contained thermostatic control valve modulates coolant flow automatically to maintain optimum constant coolant temperature as recommended by the engine manufacturer. Features include: E. Thermostatic Elements: Interchangeable and nonadjustable. F. Actuator Design: Normally -open valves to return to open position when actuator fails. G. Coolant Hose: Flexible assembly with nonporous rubber inside surface and aging, ultraviolet, and abrasion - resistant fabric outer covering. H. Rating: 50 psi (345 kPa) maximum working pressure with 180 deg F (82 deg C) coolant, and noncollapsible under vacuum. I. End Fittings: Flanges or steel pipe nipples with clamps to suit piping and equipment connections. Coolant piping external to engine generator set is as specified in Division 15 Section "Hydronic Piping." 2.8 ENGINE GENERATOR ENCLOSURE A. Provide a weatherproof insulated enclosure designed to withstand pressured developed by wind speeds of 130mph. B. The enclosure shall be impact resistant. PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS 16620-6 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Provide sound attenuation insulation. D. Enclosure and Mounting: NEMA Class 1 wall - mounted cabinet. 2.9 FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM A. System complies with NFPA 30, "Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code," and NFPA 37, "Standard for Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines." B. Pump Capacity: Exceeds the maximum flow of fuel drawn by the engine- mounted fuel supply pump at 110 percent of rated capacity, including fuel returned from the engine. C. Unit, Including Alarm Contacts: Complies with UL 142, "Steel Aboveground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids." D. Low -Level Alarm Sensor: Separate device operates alarm contacts at 75 percent of normal fuel level. E. Piping Conections: Include fuel suction and return lines to fuel storage tank, fuel supply, and return lines to engine, local fuel fill, vent line, overflow line, and tank drain line complete with shutoff valve. F. Skid Oil Tank: 500 gallons, built to UL standards, double wall. 2.10 ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM A. Muffler: Critical -type, sized as recommended by the engine manufacturer. Measured sound level, according to the "DEMA Test Code for the Measurement of Sound from Heavy -Duty Reciprocating Engines" at a distance of 10 feet from the exhaust discharge, is 85 dB "A" or less. B. Connections from Engine to Exhaust System: Flexible section of corrugated stainless steel pipe. C. Connection from Exhaust Pipe to Muffler: Stainless -steel expansion joint with liners. D. Insulation for Mufflers and Indoor Exhaust Piping: As specified in Division 15 Section "Pipe Insulation." E. Supports for Muffler and Exhaust Piping: Vibration isolating -type specified in Division 15 Section "Vibration Control." F. Thimbles for Exhaust Piping: Conform to NFPA 211, "Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents, and Solid -Fuel Burning Appliances." 2.11 COMBUSTION AIR - INTAKE SYSTEM A. Air - Intake Silencer: Filter -type providing filtration as recommended by the engine manufacturer. B. Mounting: Factory- installed on engine generator set at a location readily accessible for servicing. PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS 16620-7 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Supports for Air - Intake Piping and Filter - Silencer: Vibration isolation -type as specified in Division 15 Section "Vibration Control." 2.12 STARTING SYSTEM A. Description: 24 V electric with negative ground and including the following items: B. Components: Sized so they will not be damaged during a full engine - cranking cycle with the ambient temperature at the maximum specified in paragraph "Environmental Conditions." C. Cranking Motor: Heavy -duty unit that automatically engages and releases from the engine flywheel without binding. D. Cranking Cycle: As required by NFPA 110 for system level specified. E. Battery complies with SAE J537, "Storage Batteries," and has adequate capacity within the ambient temperature range specified in paragraph "Environmental Conditions" to provide the specified cranking cycle series at least twice without recharging. F. Battery Cable: Size as recommended by the generator set manufacturer for the cable length indicated. Include required interconnecting conductors and connection accessories. G. Battery Compartment: Factory- fabricated of metal with acid - resistant finish and thermal insulation. Include accessories required to support and fasten batteries in place. H. Battery- Charging Alternator: Factory- mounted on engine with solid -state voltage - regulation and 35 ampere minimum continuous rating. I. Battery Charger: Current limiting, automatic equalizing and float charging -type designed for operation from a 120 V 60 Hz supply source. Unit complies with UL 508, 'Electrical Industrial Control Equipment," and includes the following features: Operation: Equalizing charging rate of 10 amperes is initiated automatically after the battery has lost charge until an adjustable equalizing voltage is achieved at the battery terminals. The unit then automatically switches to a lower float - charging mode, and continues operating in that mode until the battery is discharged again. J. Automatic Temperature Compensation: Adjusts the float and equalizes voltages for variations in the ambient temperature from minus 40 deg C to plus 60 deg C to prevent overcharging at high temperatures and undercharging at low temperatures. L. Automatic Voltage Regulation: Maintains output voltage constant regardless of input voltage variations up to plus or minus 10 percent. M. Ammeter and Voltmeter: Flush mounted in door. Meters indicate charging rates. PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS 16620-8 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B NAPLES, FLORIDA N. Safety Functions: Include sensing of abnormally low battery voltage arranged to close contacts providing "low battery voltage" indication on control and monitoring panel. Also include sensing of high battery voltage and loss of a.c. input or d.c. output of battery charger. Either of these conditions closes contacts that provide "battery charger malfunction" indication at system control and monitoring panel. 2.13 CONTROL AND MONITORING A. Configuration: Operating and safety indications, protective devices, basic system controls, and engine gages are grouped on a common control and monitoring panel mounted on the generator set. Mounting method isolates the control panel from generator set vibrations. B. Generator Circuit Breaker: Molded case type with solid state LSGI adjustable trip setting as indicated in drawings. C. Shunt Trip Device: For generator breaker, connected to trip breaker when generator set is shut down by protective devices. D. Current and Potential Transformers: Instrument accuracy class. E. Indicating and Protective Devices, and Controls: Include those required by NFPA 110 for a Level 2 system plus the following: F. Supporting Items: Include sensors, transducers, terminals, relays, and other devices, and wiring required to support specified items. Locate sensors and other supporting items on engine, generator, or elsewhere as indicated. Where not indicated, locate to suit manufacturer's standard. G. Connection to Data Link: A separate terminal block factory-wired to Form C dry contacts for each alarm and status indication is reserved for connection for transmission of indications by data link to remote data terminals. Data system connections to terminals are covered in another Section. 2.14 GENERATOR, EXCITER, AND VOLTAGE REGULATOR A. Comply with NEMA MG 1, "Motors and Generators," and specified performance requirements. B. Drive: Generator shaft is directly connected to the engine shaft. Exciter is rotated integrally with generator rotor. C. Electrical Insulation: Class H or Class F. D. Station Winding Leads: Brought out to terminal box to permit future reconnection for other voltages if required. E. Construction permits mechanical, electrical, and thermal damage due to vibration, overspeed up to 125 percent of rating, and heat during operation at 110 percent of rated capacity. F. Excitation uses no -slip or collector rings, or brushes, and is arranged to sustain generator output under short circuit conditions as specified. PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS 16620-9 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B NAPLES, FLORIDA G. Enclosure: Drip - proof. H. Instrument Transformers: Mounted within generator enclosure. Voltage Regulator: Solid- state -type, separate from exciter, providing performance as specified. J. Adjusting rheostat on control and monitoring panel provides plus or minus 5 percent adjustment of output voltage operating band. 2.15 ELECTRIC MOTORS A. Comply with UL, NEC, and referenced standards. 2.16 FINISHES A. Indoor Enclosures and Components: Manufacturer's standard enamel over corrosion- resistant pretreatment and primer. 2.17 QUALITY CONTROL: A. Tests: Conform to those required for Level 1 energy converters in paragraphs 3.2.1, 3.2.1.1, and 3.2.1.2 ofNFPA 110. B. Components and Accessories: Items furnished with installed unit that are not identical to those on tested prototype have been acceptably tested to demonstrate compatibility and reliability. C. Protype Equipment Tests: Test items assembled and connected as a complete system at the factory in a manner equivalent to that required at the Project site. Record and report test data. Conform to SAE 8528, "Engine Power Test Code -Spark Ignition and Diesel," and the following: D. Test Equipment: Use instruments calibrated within the previous 12 months and with accuracy directly traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology (KIST). E. Hydrostatic Test: Perform on radiator, heat exchanger, and engine water jacket. F. Generator Tests: Conform to IEEE 115, "Test Procedures for Synchronous Machines." G. Complete System Continuous Operation Test: Includes nonstop operation for a minimum of 8 hours, including at least 1 hour each at 1/2, 3/4, and full load. If unit stops during the 8 -hour test, repeat the complete test. Record the following minimum data at the start and end of each load run, at 15- minute intervals between those times, and at 15- minute intervals during the balance of the test: H. Fuel consumption. Exhaust temperature. Jacket water temperature. PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS 16620-10 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B NAPLES, FLORIDA K. Lubricating oil temperature and pressure. L. Generator load current and voltage, each phase. M. Generator system gross and net output kW. N. Complete System Performance Tests: Include the following to demonstrate conformance to specified performance requirements: 0. Single -step load pickup. P. Transient and steady -state governing. Q. Transient and steady -state voltage performance. R. Safety shutdown devices. Observation of Test: Provide 2 -week advance notice of tests and opportunity for observation of test by Owner's representatives. T. Report test results within 10 days of completion of test. 2.18 WEATHERPROOF ENCLOSURE: A. Provide impact -rated drip -proof enclosure with removable hinged doors custom made to house the skid mounted tank and generator. B. Enclosure shall be designed to withstand pressures developed by 130 mph wind, and shall be insulated with thermal and acoustic insulation. C. Provide all materials and accessories required for a complete and proper assembly. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.11 INSTALLATION A. Anchor generator set and other system components on concrete bases conforming to Division 3 Section "Cast -In -Place Concrete" and as indicated. Provide anchorage according to manufacturer's recommendations. B. Exhaust Pipe Installation: Conform to NFPA 211, "Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents, and Solid -Fuel Burning Appliances. "Use thimbles where indicated. C. Maintain minimum working space around components according to manufacturer's shop drawings and NEC. D. Manufacturer's Field Services: Arrange and pay for the services of a factory- authorized service representative to supervise the installing, connecting, testing, and adjusting of the unit. PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS 16620-11 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATION OPTIONS A & B NAPLES, FLORIDA 3.2 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components according to Division 15 Section "Mechanical Identification" and Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification." 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Battery Test: Measure charging voltage and voltages between available battery terminals for full- charging and float - charging conditions. Check electrolyte level and specific gravity under both conditions. Test for contact integrity of all connectors. Perform an integrity load test and a capacity load test for the battery. Verify acceptance of charge for each element of battery after discharge. Verify measurements are within manufacturer's specifications. B. Battery Charger Tests: Verify specified rates of charge for both equalizing and float - charging conditions. C. System Integrity Tests: Methodically verify proper installation, connection, and integrity of each element of engine generator system before and during system operation. Check for air, exhaust, and fluid leaks. D. Simulation of malfunctions to verify proper operation of local and remote protective, alarm, and monitoring devices. E. Efficiency Tests: Perform at 50 percent, 75 percent, and 100 percent of rated load. F. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and retest until specified requirements are met. 3.4 CLEANING A. Upon completion of installation, inspect system components. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match original finish. Clean components internally using methods and materials recommended by manufacturer. 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Training: Arrange and pay for the services of a factory- authorized service representative to demonstrate adjustment, operation, and maintenance of the system and to train Owner's personnel. B. Conduct a minimum of 4 hours of training as specified under Instructions to Owner's Employees in the Project Closeout Section of these Specifications. C. Schedule training with at least 7 -day advance notice. 3.6 COMMISSIONING A. Battery Equalization: Equalize charging of battery cells according to manufacturer's instructions. Record individual cell voltages. END OF SECTION 16620 PACKAGED ENGINE GENERATED SYSTEMS 16620-12 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA SECTION 16720 - FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: Fire Alarm System including all panels, wiring, devices, accessories, connections, permits, etc. required for a complete, operational, and approved system. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Contractors shall have not less than 5 years experience installing systems of equal size and complexity. Name of installer shall be included on subcontractors list attached to bid form. B. Do not apply for fire alarm permits until shop drawings have been reviewed and approved by Design Professional. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide sealed shop drawings and complete manufacturers product data in 3 -ring binder in not more than 30 days from Notice to Proceed. B. Comply with Division 1 requirements. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT A. Refer to drawings for basis of design. B. Provide complete UL listed system including panel, devices, appliances, wiring, connections, accessories, permits, etc., required for a complete and operational fire alarm system approved by local AHJ. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16720-1 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA C. Fire Alarm system shall report to primary monitoring system as designated by the Owner, and also report to existing backup monitoring system at Collier Country Facilities Management Operations Center at Building W. I. System shall be addressable and compatible with existing system at Collier Country Facilities Management Operations Center at Building W. 2. System shall report specific trouble conditions to Operation Center. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. All equipment, devices, wiring, etc. shall be installed in accordance with approved shop drawings, approved permit drawings, and manufacturers instructions. B. Installation shall comply with the American with Disabilities Act. C. Coordinate inspections and tests with local AHJ. D. Provide neatly typed panel schedules and engraved labels. Handwritten labels and schedules will not be accepted. 3.2 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Provide AutoCAD file of as -built plans and wiring diagrams. 3.3 WARRANTY A. All material and installation shall be guaranteed to be free of defects in material and workmanship for one year. END OF SECTION FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16720-2 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA APPENDIX A COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS COLLIER COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF FACILITIES MANAGEMENT VERTICAL STANDARDS FOR COLLIER COUNTY GOVERNMENT BUILDINGS SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 Revised 11/13/07 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 1 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 010000 GENERAL PROVISIONS 010020 SPECIAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 014200 REFERENCED CODES AND STANDARDS 017700 CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS 01.7839 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017823 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA DIVISION 2— EXISTING CONDITIONS 022600 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL ASSESSMENT 023200 GEOTECHNICAL REPORTS 024200 SALVAGE DIVISION 3 — CONCRETE 030000 GENERAL 03001.0 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 033000 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03301.0 CONCRETE WALKWAYS DIVISION 4 — MASONRY 040000 GENERAL 042000 UNIT MASONRY DIVISION 5 — METALS 050000 GENERAL DIVISION 6 -- WOOD AND PLASTICS 060000 GENERAI. 061000 ROUGH CARPENTRY COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE I SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 062023 FINISH CARPENTRY 064023 CASEWORK DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 070000 GENERAL 072100 INSULATION 072419 EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEMS - EIFS 075100 BUILT UP ROOFING 075216 SBS MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING 075323 EPDM ROOFING 076100 METAL, ROOFING 076200 METAI. FLASHING AND ACCESSORIES 077200 ROOF ACCESSORIES 079200 JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 8 -DOORS AND WINDOWS 080000 GENERAL 081113 STEEL. DOORS AND FRAMES 081416 PLASTIC LAMINATED FLUSH WOOD DOORS 083113 ACCESS DOORS 081116 ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES 083323 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 0851.13 ALUMINUM WINDOWS 086200 ROOF SKYLIGHTS 087100 DOOR HARDWARE 088000 GLAZING 089000 LOUVERS AND VENTS DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 090000 GENERAL 092400 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 092900 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 093013 CERAMIC TILING 095123 ACOUSTICAL. TILE CEILINGS 096500 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 096513 RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096812 TILE CARPETING 096816 SHEET CARPET 097200 WALL COVERINGS 099100 PAINTING COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 2 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 100000 GENERAL 101400 SIGNS 102113 TOILET COMPARTMENTS 102800 TOILET ACCESSORIES 102810 MIRRORS 104300 EMERGENCY AID SPECIALTIES 104400 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT 110000 GENERAL 11.2423 WINDOW WASHING EQUIPMENT DIVISION 12- FURNISHINGS 120000 GENERAL 120010 OFFICE FURNITURE 124800 RECESSED FOOT GRILLES DIVISION 13 -SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 130000 GENERAL 133419 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS 140000 GENERAL 1.42000 ELEVATORS 144000 WHEELCHAIR LIFTS DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION 211100 FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEM DIVISION 22- ,PLUMBING 221.000 WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 223100 GENERAL 224000 PLUMBING FIXTURES 224010 WATER HEATERS DIVISION 23 - HVAC 230000 GENERAL COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 3 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 230010 MECHANICAL SYSTEM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 230020 AS -BUILT DRAWINGS 230021 FINAL CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE 230548 VIBRATION AND NOISE CONTROL 230553 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION 230563 ANTI- MICROBIAL TREATMENT 230593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 230713 DUCT INSTALLATION 232300 REFRIGERANT PIPING 233113 METAL DUCTWORK 233116 FIBROUS -GLASS DUCTWORK 233233 PLENUM RETURN SYSTEMS 233346 FLEXIBLE DUCTS 234000 AIR FILTERS 236400 CHILLER EQUIPMENT AND PIPING 236500 COOLING TOWERS 237300 SPLIT - SYSTEM HVAC UNITS 237400 ROOFTOP UNITS 238400 DEHUMIDIFICATION EQUIPMENT DIVISION 25 - INTEGRATED AUTOMATION 255000 HVAC CONTROLS DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL 260000 GENERAL 260010 AS -BUILT DRAWINGS 260020 RENOVATION AND RETROFIT WORK 260030 SPECIAL EQUIPMENT ROOM REQUIREMENTS 260040 IDENTIFICATION 260500 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260526 GROUNDING 260536 CABLE TRAYS 260620.16 DISCONNECT SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 260620.26 DEVICES 262200 TRANSFORMERS 264100 LIGHTNING PROTECTION 264300 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION 265100 INTERIOR LIGHTING 265200 EMERGENCY LIGHTING 265300 EXIT SIGNS 265600 EXTERIOR LIGHTING DIVISION 27 - COMMUNICATIONS COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 4 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 272000 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) 272010 FIBER OPTIC LINES 273000 TELEPHONE SYSTEMS 274000 CABLE TV SYSTEMS DIVISION 28-- ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 281000 SECURITY ALARM 282300 CCTV VIDEO SURVEILLANCE 283100 FIRE ALARM DIVISION 31 -- EARTHWORK 310000 GENERAL 312000 GRADING DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 329300 LANDSCAPING APPENDICES PROJECT CHECKLIST PROJECT DATA FORM SPACE ALLOCATION & UTILIZATION PLAN COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 5 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 DIVISION 'I GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 010000 — GENERAL, PROVISIONS A. The Department or Facilities Management is assigned the responsibility of publishing building standards that are to be followed by all ,Departments and design teams. Any exceptions to these standards must be approved in writing by the Facilities Management Department. All construction design drawings are to be approved by the Facilities Management Department prior to commencement of the project. The Department responsible for the construction of the project will invite the Facilities Management Department to visit the site during the construction phase to insure that the County Standards are being followed. B. These guidelines shall be considered minimum standards which do not relieve the Design Professional or Contractor from mandatory code compliance or coordination with specific project requirements. These standards may be used only as the basis for specifications written for specific County projects. No portion of this document may be copied and used as the sole specification for any project. C. GREEN ITEMS: Design must include: Bicycle / pedestrian systems including bike racks, bus shelters when appropriate, operable windows when appropriate, energy efficient appliances and equipment, placement of trees to reduce solar heat gain, orientation of structures to reduce solar heat gain, structural shading whenever practical. 010020 —SPECIAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. The Design Professional shall complete a Project Data Form for each project. The Project Data Form shall include the following information: 1. Name of Project 2. Address or Location of Project 3. Enclosed S.F. Area Tabulation listing all floors and total 4. Project Budget 5. Summary of Program Requirements 6. Project Checklist The Project Checklist must be reviewed with the Facilities Management Project Manager. A copy of a sample Project Data Form and Checklist is attached to the end of the Vertical Standards Document, and may be expanded as needed to suit the project. The Project Data Form must be submitted to the Facilities Management Department with a written Program for each project. The form shall be updated at the completion of Schematic Plans, Design Development Plans, Construction Documents, and Closeout Documents. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 6 SFPTEMBER 28, 2006 B. All new public safety facilities (EMS, Fire, Sheriff, Designated Shelters, Public Utilities, Emergency Management, etc.) shall be designed to meet the following minimum standards: 1. All public safety building structures shall be designed to withstand wind pressures resulting from 140 mph winds (fastest mile), or 160 mph 3- second gust. 2. Components, cladding, doors, windows, and opening protection coverings used at new public safety buildings shall be. designed to withstand wind pressures resulting from 140 mph winds (fastest mile). All openings shall be protected to withstand impacts from wind -borne debris in accordance with FBC section 1606,1.4 except test or design velocities shall be increased 25 %. 3. The finish floor elevation of all public service buildings, including vehicle bay areas, shall be not less than 12" above the base flood elevation established by FEMA. 4. The first floor elevation of all enclosed portions of public service buildings used for offices, habitable areas, or essential equipment and maintenance areas shall be raised or flood - proofed to a height not less than 36" above the base flood elevation established by FEMA. 5. The Contractor shall furnish the County a signed and scaled Flood Elevation Certificate certifying the finished floor elevations for all new construction and leased property. C. Johnson Controls is the County approved sole source provider for security and building automation control systems. D. Metasys System Metysis shall be provided in all new buildings greater than 4,000 Sq, Ft. 2. It is the responsibility of the controls contractor to install and set the alarm set Points under the direction of Facilities Management. E. Card Access Card access shall be installed on all new buildings constructed as directed by FM staff. All components of the system shall be backed up with UPS and generator if generator is available. Provide proximal readers with keypads if required. Contractor is responsible for programming back to the operations center. Contractor shall provide 100 HID cards. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 7 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 2. Doors controlled by card access will use County approved subscription service Cylinders supplying two (2) keys per door. 3. Any door during a construction /remodel project that has card access on it shall have a subscription key on the lock with the only copy(s) inventoried electronically in the ops center. F. FD Lock Box A Fire Dept. approved lock box shall be installed in close proximity to the front door. G. Emergency Call Boxes 1_ Provide "Code Blue" assistance box where designated by FM Security Staff. H. CCTV I Each building will have appropriate CCTV coverage as directed by Facilities Management. Uninterrupted Power Supply (UPS) systems, when required on a project, shall be monitored with existing software in the facilities Management Operations Center in Building W. Facilities Management's policy encourages recycling. To that end, any area that would generate recyclable materials should have sufficient space to place a suitable container to handle the type and quantity of waste generated. Typical examples would be large trashcan near copiers and a metal / glass / paper separator in break or lunch rooms, etc. Design Professional shall consider locations of trash receptacles, recycle bins, and dumpsters to facilitate ease of use. K. Design Group shall provide a color rendering for building projects of $1,000,000 or larger, unless directed otherwise by FM staff. Rendering shall be matted and framed to match existing projects. 1. Frame size: 24" x 36" 2. Frame finish: Chrome, polished face, brushed sides 3. Matt color: Match existing, unless directed otherwise by FM staff 4. Provide digital copy of rendering, 300 dpi, TIP 5. Deliver rendering and digital copy to Facilities Management prior to completion of Construction drawings. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 8 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 014200 — REFERENCED CODES AND STANDARDS A. All buildings must be designed to meet all ADA standards as they apply to government buildings. 1. FM policy encourages user - friendly design with accessibility features above the minimum level of standards established be the ADA. a. Provide automatic door openers at main entrance of new and renovated public buildings, ie. Tax Collector, Elections, etc. Provide areas of refuge at each stairs. B. All work installed is to comply with the Florida Building Code and all Federal, State; and Collier County Ordinances and Codes legally adopted by the authorities having jurisdiction, including applicable appendices and editions. In case of differences between these Codes, the most stringent shall govern. C. All work shall comply with applicable portions of the Referenced Standards listed in the FBC including but not limited to AAMA, ACI, AISC, ANSI, ASCE, ASHRAE, ASTM, FM, GA, OSHA, SIT, and UI, standards. D. All work shall comply with the latest edition of all adopted Collier County Ordinances. E. It is the responsibility of the Design Professional to contact the appropriate Authority having Jurisdiction (AHJ) to confirm adopted rules, codes, editions, and subsequent amendments, revisions and /or additional codes and ordinances. F. Provide all documents required for permit applications including but not limited to: 1. Fire Protection Plan Submittal, required by Collier County Fire Official. 2. Building permit application checklist. 017700 — CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS A. Contractor shall provide 2 copies of Closeout Documents at the time of final completion for review at least five (5) days prior to application for final payment. Closeout Documents include all warranties, users manual, written maintenance instructions for all materials and equipment, and Record Documents. All materials except as -built plans shall be organized by specification section number and bound in 3 -ring binders. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE J SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 017839 - -- PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Record Documents include as -built plans, supplemental drawings and diagrams, as-built specifications, approved submittals, and records of all changes, including but not limited to Addenda and Change Orders. B. Upon submittal for permitting, Design Professional shall provide (1) CD- Format Disk containing Floor Plan drawing(s) in AutoCAD format (DWG Files) to Facilities Management. C. The Contractor shall maintain and regularly update 'as- built' drawings and shop drawing/subnrittal file indicating exact locations, material, equipment, etc., as installed. Include locations of buried sleeves, hidden piping and conduits; sizes, etc. not specifically shown on the Drawings. D. Keep one set of record documents at the site for the duration of construction. Do not use record documents for daily construction use. Clearly identify, date, and initial all changes with a red pencil on the plans, specifications, and submittals. Transfer all changes to the final as -built documents at the completion of construction. E. Contractor shall provide two (2) sets of final as -built drawings and two (2) CD- Fornat Disks containing a set of final as -built drawings in PDF format upon completion of work. Deliver as -built drafing and CD disks to FMS Design Professional prior to application for final Payment. F. Upon approval of Record Documents received from Contractor, the Design Professional shall update the Floor Plan(s) to include as -built information. Provide one (1) CD with AutoCAD file of revised Floor Plan(s) to FM prior to closeout of contract. 017823 -- OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Provide manufacturers operation and maintenance manuals for all equipment, fixtures, and all materials requiring maintenance as part of the Closeout Documents. DIVISION 2— EXISTING CONDITIONS 022600 — HAZARDOUS MATERIAL ASSESSMENT A. Unless indicated otherwise for renovation projects, a hazardous material report may be provided by an independent firm currently under a continuing services contract with the County. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 10 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 023200 - GF.OTECHNICAL REPORTS A. Geotechnical report may be provided for the Contractors use, but is not a guarantee or warranty of subsurface conditions. 024200 — SALVAGE A. Unless indicated otherwise as salvage material, items indicated or scheduled for demolition shall become property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the jobsite. DIVISION 3 — CONCRETE 030000 — GENERAL A. ACI, CRSI, WRI, FBC and Division 1 requirements apply to all concrete work. B. Testing: Provide the services of a licensed materials testing laboratory to measure slump and test compressive strength of concrete used in footings, slabs, and beams. Provide tests daily for each batch mix and as required by Code; Building Official, and Contract Documents. Concrete not meeting specified strength requirements shall be removed and replaced. 030010 — DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Floor slabs shall be designed not less than 8" above finish grade. 1. All floor slabs shall be designed for not less than 125 psf live load. 1 IT room floors shall be designed for not less than 200 psf live load. B. Delegated Engineering; Structural components such as precast panels shall be designed and sealed by a Structural Engineer licensed in the State of Florida. All shop drawings shall be reviewed and approved by the Design Professional of Record prior to fabrication. 033000 — CAST -1N -PLACE CONCRETE A. Comply with ACI 318 standards. Ready -mix concrete is to comply with ASTM C94. Do not place concrete more than 90 minutes after batch mix at the plant, and do not place concrete more than 60 minutes after batch mix when the temperature exceeds 90d F. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 11 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 2. Do not use concrete mix containing fly -ash in floor slabs or walkways. Do not add water to concrete on -site. Field modifications to concrete mix are not allowed. Concrete watered -down on -site shall be removed. B. All slabs shall be finished to a tolerance of not over 1/4" depressions in 10' -0" in any direction when checked with a 10'straightedge. Interior slab control joints may be saweut or tooled. C. Provide diagonal reinforcing in floor slabs at all reentrant corners. Cure all poured concrete to minimize cracking. 03301.0 —CONCRETE WALKWAYS A. All exterior concrete walkways shall receive a heavy broom finish texture to provide a slip resistant surface Broom texture shall be perpendicular to the direction of travel. There shall be no steps in the accessible route from accessible parking stalls to the main building entrance. B. Provide expansion joints at not more than 20' -0" o.c., at each change of direction, and between exterior slabs and adjacent walls. Provide control joints at not more than 6'-0" o.c. Exterior slab edges, expansion joints, and control joints shall be neatly tooled. C. Exterior walkways shall not be painted. D. Provide concrete stoop at each exterior door. E. No steps allowed at doors. DIVISION 4 — MASONRY 040000 — GENERAL A. FBC, NCMA, ACT, and Division I requirements apply to work of this section. 042000 — UNIT MASONRY A. Where CMU construction is used, provide standard weight, ASTM C90, Grade N- 1 units. CMU exterior load bearing walls are to be reinforced vertically and horizontally. All reinforced cells shall be grouted solid full- height. Provide inspection holes at bottom of all vertically reinforced block cells. Provide mortar and grout installed in strict compliance with provisions of the codes. Bottom course shall be laid in a full bed of mortar. Lay up walls plumb and true and with courses level, accurately spaced and coordinated with other work. Do not use COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 12 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 chipped or broken units. Do not wet units or lay block in the rain. Properly dispose of excess mortar and materials off -site; do not bury materials on -site. Remove all loose mortar and repoint as needed prior to application of finishes. Masonry walls shall be straight, true, and plumb to within 1/4" in 8' -0" when checked with a straightedge in any direction. B. Brick veneer or decorative masonry may be used with appropriate waterproofing materials, subject to compliance with Collier County Ordinances and FMS approval. DIVISION 5 — METALS 050000 — GENERAL A. FBC, RISC, AWS, and Division 1 requirements apply to work of this section. 1. All exposed metal components shall be stainless steel, galvalume, hot - dipped galvanized steel, copper, zinc, bronze, anodized aluminum, painted aluminum, or similar non - corroding metal. Plain or painted steel shall not be used in exterior locations. B. All steel construction shall comply with AISC Specifications for Structural Steel Buildings and Code of Standard Practice. Steel plates to comply with ASTM A36, anchor bolts to comply with ASTM A307, all fasteners to be s.s. or galvanized. Shop and touch -up primer to be "10 -99 Tnemec Primer" or Rustoleum 5769 or equal. C. Structural steel construction shall be designed by a Structural Engineer licensed in the State of Florida. Delegated Engineering for structural components shall be the responsibility of the manufacturers Structural Engineer licensed in the State of Florida. All shop drawings shall be reviewed and approved by the Design Professional of Record prior to fabrication. D. Aluminum construction shall comply with the Aluminum Association Specifications for Aluminum Structures, Aluminum Design Manual, Part 1 and the FBC. DIVISION 6— WOOD AND PI..ASTICS 060000 — GENERAL A. FBC, AITC, APA, AWI,AF &PA, NDS, TPT, NFOPA, and Division I requirements apply to work of this section. B. Delegated Engineering; Prefabricated structural components shall be designed and sealed by the manufacturers Structural Engineer licensed in the State of Florida. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 13 SEPTEMBER 2S, 2006 All shop drawings shall be reviewed and approved by the Design Professional of Record prior to fabrication. C. When pre - engineered wood trusses are used, the Contractor shall provide truss shop drawings and sealed truss engineering within 14 days of notice to proceed. Failure to do so will not be accepted as a reason for an extension of the contract time. 061000 — ROUGH CARPENTRY A. Provide pressure treated wood where sills, nailers, and/or furring are in contact with concrete or masonry. Produce joints that are tight, true, well nailed, with members assembled and fastened in accordance with the drawings and with pertinent codes and regulations. Provide solid wood blocking and /or shims for finish materials as required to maintain a tolerance of max. 1/4" deviation in 10'- 0" when measured with a 10' -0" straightedge, plumb and true, for all substrate framing where finish materials will be exposed to view. Do not use warped members. B. Stud framing and furring shall be not more than 16" o.c. C. Provide blocking for all accessories, grab bars, wall mounted door stops, etc. Provide all necessary hardware such as nails, bolts, anchors, ties, etc., required for a complete and proper installation. Bolts, washers, nuts, etc., shall be noncorrosive material. Isolate dissimilar metals. D. Interior Door Frame Blocking: 1. Metal Stud Partitions: Provide cont. 2 x 4 blocking fastened to 20gauge stud at the jambs of all interior door frames. Blocking shall be fire- treated where required by Code. 2. Wood Stud Partitions: Provide double 2 x 4 studs at the jambs of all interior door frames. 3. Vertical blocking at door jambs shall be full- height of partition, securely braced to the structure above. 4. Provide horizontal 2 x 4 cont. blocking at the head of all door frames 5. Increase size of blocking to 2 x 6 or larger as required to match size of partition studs. 062023 — FINISH CARPENTRY A. WWPA recommendations apply. Select material for straightness and do not use warped members. Finished woodwork is to be properly framed, closely fitted, COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 14 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 and accurately set to the required lines and levels and rigidly secured in place. Miters or other fitted joints shall be planed or sanded Use only hot- dipped galvanized or s.s. fasteners .Countersink all finish nail fasteners. Staple fasteners will not be accepted. Provide solid wood blocking and /or shims for finish materials as required to maintain a straightness tolerance of max. 1/4" deviation in 10' -0" when measured with a 10' -0" straightedge. 064023 — CASEWORK A. Comply with AWI standards for custom work. 1. Cabinet material: not less than 5/8" plywood. 2. Cabinet base: Preservative - treated (PT) wood. 3. Countertop material: 1/4" plywood. 4. Plastic laminate all exposed casework surfaces. 5. Solid surface or solid plastic countertops shall be used in high abuse areas. 6. Cabinets are to be true European -style full - overlay construction, with 1/8" joint between doors /drawers, without vertical styles between paired doors. Use concealed heavy duty 170- degree hinges, with white melamine liner inside cabinets and drawers. Use heavy duty drawer guides, and provide pull at each door /drawer. 7. Securely fasten all casework to blocking or solid substrates. Adjust and clean all casework prior to acceptance. DIVISION 7 — THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 070000 — GENERAL A. NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual, SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual, and Division 1 requirements apply to work of this section. B. Roof design shall comply with referenced standards and Documents shall include all details required for a complete, proper, and watertight roof assembly. ]. All new roof surfaces shall be sloped at not less than 1/4" per ft. to insure proper drainage. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 15 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 2. Roof designs shall not rely primarily on internal roof drains for drainage unless approved by Facilities Management. 3. Penetrations through roof surfaces shall be minimized wherever possible, ie. collect plumbing vent lines in attic to minimize vents through roof, use soffits vents or wall louvers under overhangs where possible, and use curbed penetration details for multiple conduits and pipes wherever practical. Do not use pitch pans except where approved by FMS. Use NRCA and SMACNA details with curbs and hoods to protect roof penetrations from leaks. 4. Roof drains, scuppers, gutters, and downspouts shall be oversized. Provide piped underground collection system tied into the site storm water management system. Reroofing of dead -flat roof structures shall include installation of appropriate tapered rigid insulation or sloped light- weight concrete fill, ie. Zonolite or equal, sloped at not less than 1/4" per ft. to insure proper drainage. 072100 — INSULATION A. Comply with Florida Energy Code requirements. Provide required insulation at the building envelope of all conditioned areas. 1. Provide insulation at roof deck over all conditioned areas. Insulation at the ceiling or bottom of framing is not allowed. 072419 — EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEMS -- E1FS A. EIFS shall not be used as the primary exterior wall finish or as trim material. 075100 - -- BUILT UP ROOFING A. Where applicable, provide premium 20 -year 4 -ply built -up roofing with premium SBS modified bitumen cap sheet. Gravel surface material shall not be used. Comply with NRCA and SMACNA standards to insure a complete and proper roofing system. 1. Roofing system shall be designed to withstand wind pressures indicated in the FBC for each specific building, location, and substrate. Provide manufacturers certificate and engineering data indicating that system is designed to meet all applicable code requirements. B. Provide copies of roofing system specifications and manufacturers warranty to FMS for review prior to issuing bid documents. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 16 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 075216 — SBS MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING A. Premium 15 -year SBS single -ply roof materials may be used for repairs and /or new buildings with limited flat roof areas when approved in advance by FMS. 1. Roofing system shall be designed to withstand wind pressures indicated in the FBC for each specific building, location, and substrate. Provide manufacturers certificate and engineering data indicating that system is designed to meet all applicable code requirements. B. Provide copies of roofing system specifications and manufacturers warranty to FMS for review prior to issuing bid documents. 075323 — F,PDM ROOFING A. EPDM, PVC, rubber roof systems, ballasted systems, and similar single -ply roof systems shall not be used. 076100 —METAL ROOFING A. Standards: All work shall comply with SMACNA and NRCA recommendations. 1. Metal roofing shall not be used with less than 1/12 slope. 2. V -crimp metal roofing shall not be used except to patch or repair small sections of existing v -crimp roofing. Metal re- roofing materials must be installed as a standing -seam system specified below. B. Where metal roofs are used, provide standing seam metal roof with ridge trim, edge flashing, wall flashing, counter - flashing, fasteners, clips, and all related components required for a complete and watertight assembly. 1. Roofing system shall be designed to withstand wind pressures indicated in the FBC for each specific building, location, and substrate. Provide manufacturers certificate and engineering data indicating that system is designed to meet all applicable code requirements. 2. Metal roofing material shall be not thinner than 24 gauge Galvalume. Panels shall be not more than 1.6" wide unless approved otherwise by FM staff. Standing seam shall be not less than 1" high. Standing seam may be 1.80d folded seam, or covered with continuous clip. Fastener clips shall be completely concealed, spaced at not more than 12" oc. Cover seams at top end with ridge cap flashing or wall flashing. All metal roofing is to be smooth and straight without bends or kinks, properly flashed and counter - flashed with compatible materials. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 17 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 3. Approved manufacturers include but are not limited to Englert and Berridge. 4. Installation is to be neat and straight; level and true to required lines. Hem all exposed flashing edges and use concealed fasteners wherever possible. Use premolded rubber -boot flashing at vent stacks. Cover top of vent stack with insect screen, neatly fastened to stack with a galvanized metal draw band. Where flashing occurs at roof -to -wall locations, provide counter flashing that will allow replacement of either the roofing or wall finish without the damage or removal of the other material. Flashing is to be set in sealant. 076200 — METAL FLASHING AND ACCESSORIES A. Comply with SMACNA and NRCA standards. Provide all details required to illustrate industry- standard assemblies suitable for intended use and capable of providing a complete, proper, durable weather proof, and water proof installation. 1. Use stainless steel, hot- dipped galvanized metal, galvalume, or suitably protected aluminum materials. Do not use plain or painted steel or mill finish aluminum. 2. Do not use details that rely solely oil sealant or paint to prevent the intrusion of water into the building. 3. Provide sill flashing and a full bed of sealant at all window sills. 4. Isolate dissimilar metals to prevent galvanic deterioration of materials. All materials shall be non- corrosive. 5. Roof expansion joints shall be constructed with metal fabricated in accordance with referenced standards. Avoid prefabricated Expando -Flash details. 6. Provide details of terminations and corners of parapets, expansion joints, compression bars, and similar non - typical conditions. B. Flashing assemblies shall be counterflashed and constructed in a manner which will allow re- roofing without damage to adjacent finishes. C. Quality Assurance: the Contractor shall provide a five (5) year warranty for all flashing work including all materials and costs required to correct defective flashing work. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE. 18 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 077200 — ROOF ACCESSORIES A. Provide anchor points and safety tie -off hardware for ladders at each side of building, and not more than 50' o.c. B. Provide guardrails at roof hatches. C. Provide fixed ladders for access to upper roof areas; ie elevator penthouse roof, stair roof, etc. Fixed ladders shall be constructed from non - corroding materials, ie. 6-90 galvanized steel. 079200 -- JOINT SEALANTS A. Provide and instal I one or two -part exterior elastomeric sealant at all window and doorjambs, sills, heads, surface joints, flashing edges, and wherever else required to provide a weather -tight building envelope and a neat and trim installation. All sealants shall be paintable premium grade 20 -year or better products manufactured by Dow, GE, Tremco, Vulkem, or equal. 1: Provide all infiltration seals as required by the FBC and as stated in Energy Calculations. B. Provide non - yellowing premium grade caulking at all countertop and cabinet edges, trim edges, and at other interior conditions where required to provide a neat and trim installation. C. Provide tested penetration system sealants and materials at all pipes, conduits, and misc. penetrations through rated walls and ceilings. DIVISION 8 — DOORS AND WINDOWS 080000 — GENERAL A. FBC, SDI, and requirements of Division 1 apply to work of this section. B. Exterior Doors shall, be impact rated in accordance with FBC Ch. 16, C. The Facilities Management Department may require higher design standards for wind loads and storm protection than that required by the FBC Section 1626. As part of the design process, Facilities Management must be consulted to establish the design criteria. 81113 — STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES A. Comply with Sill: standards. Use of steel doors and frames are limited to fire - rated applications and service areas only. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 19 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 Provide corrosion resistant coatings: a. Steel doors and frames shall be G60 galvanized or A60 galvaneal material and factory primed. b. Wipe coat and WCGS products may not be used. 2. Doors and frames shall be not less than 16 gauge thick. Frames in masonry construction shall be fully grouted. Provide not less than 3 anchors at each jamb. 4. Frames in stud construction shall be spot grouted at each anchor, min 3 per jamb. 5. All steel frames are to be fully welded for new construction. KD frames may be used only for retrofit installations. 6. Provide fire rated units where required to maintain integrity of rated assemblies. 081416 — PLASTIC LAMINATED FLUSH WOOD DOORS A. Typical interior doors for Offices, Restrooms, Meeting Rooms, etc., shall be hinged, flush, solid core units with plastic laminate faces and edges. Doors shall not be less than 36 wide. 2. Frame material shall be fully welded gals. steel or aluminum. B. Wood veneer doors may be used only where approved by FM staff. 083113 —ACCESS DOORS A. Provide access panels in floors, walls, ceilings, and /or soffits where required for maintenance access to all concealed valves, fixtures, and equipment. 1. All panels components and fasteners shall be constructed of non - corroding material limited to stainless steel, painted or anodized aluminum, or factory primed galvanized steel. 2. Unless required otherwise by program, all access panels shall be commercial grade units with a full length hinge, operable with standard tools. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 20 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 081116 - ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES A. Exterior doors and frames shall be Aluminum except as noted below. A60 or G60 gale. steel doors may be used where fire rating is required. 2. FRP doors may be used as exterior doors in utility and high -abuse areas. B. Approved Manufacturers include Kawneer, Cline, and Special Lite. 083323 - OVERHEAD COILING DOORS A. Provide overhead coiling doors where required by program. Lock mechanism shall be accessible from the exterior side. 2. All door components including fasteners, slats, guides, and housing shall be constructed of non - corroding material limited to stainless steel, painted or anodized aluminum, or factory primed galvanized steel. B. Provide submittal indicating the units and attachment fasteners meet or exceed current FBC requirements. 085113 - ALUMINUM WINDOWS A. All windows shall be fixed storefront, curtain wall, or commercial grade operable units. 1. All exterior components shall be extruded aluminum. 2. Finish shall be anodized or factory applied finish such as Kynar 500. Mill finish aluminum, residential units, or units with wood components exposed to the exterior may not be used. 3. To maintain proper indoor air quality, windows shall be fixed unless operable units are required otherwise by Code or design program approved by Facilities Management. B. Provide submittal indicating the units, glazing, and attachment fasteners meet or exceed FBC requirements. 1. All openings shall be protected to withstand impacts from wind -borne debris in accordance with FBC sections 1606.1.4 and 1626. 2. Special requirements apply to public safety buildings. Opening protection in accordance with FBC section 1606.1.4 test or design velocities shall be increased 25% in all public safety facilities. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 21 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 086200 — ROOF SKYLIGHTS A. Roof skylights are not allowed. 087100 — DOOR HARDWARE A. Provide all hardware needed for a complete and proper installation including but not limited to locks, levers, pulls, exit devices, closers, butts, weatherstripping, astragals, coordinators, door holders, kick plates, push plates, and silencers. Minimum hardware standards: a. Provide Grade 1 hardware Materials: All door hardware shall be non - ferrous; plain or painted steel hardware may not be used. C. All hardware shall be ADA compliant. 2. Approved manufacturers are Schlage, LCN, Von Duprin, Desco, Hager, Ives, Rockwood, and Pemko. a. Locks shall be Schlage B- Series 6 -pin cylinder with E- keyway only. No substitutions. Key to match County keying system. C- keyway may not be used. b. Standard locksets and leversets shall be Schlage D- series. Use L, Series where required for security or other program requirements. c. Standard pulls shall be Rockwood Barrier -Free series or County approved equal. d. Standard closers shall be LCN model 4041 Super Smoothie series, no substitutions. Adjust to meet ADA and FAC requirements. e. Exit Devices shall be Von Duprin, model 88 unless approved otherwise by FM staff. f. Exterior threshold shall be Pemko 2005 with raised vinyl seal, or exact equal. Do not use flush or saddle -type threshold at exterior locations. 4. All kevs shall be brass. Stamp keys "DO NOT DUPLICATE ". Discard construction keys and re -key entrance lock after final acceptance. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STACNDARDS PAGE 22 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 5. Provide grand- master, master, entrance; and office keys as directed by FM staff. 6. Adjust hardware for proper operation, including adjustment of levers and closers to comply with ADA and Florida Accessibility Code requirements. 7. Check adjustments after 90 days use and readjust as needed. 088000 — GLAZING A. Glazing shall comply with referenced codes including FBC requirements for hazardous locations. B. Exterior glazing shall be either tinted or reflective. C. Exterior glazing shall be impact resistant laminated glass complying with FBC Ch. 16. 1. Shuttered applications may be used only with prior approval by County D. Small windows and narrow windows shall be avoided except where required by the building users design program. In general, windows shall be curtain wall or storefront glazing; generously sized in all offices, lobbies, work areas, etc. Windows shall be architecturally proportioned in a manner that is appropriate to the building design without the use of small or narrow windows. One example of an acceptable ribbon- window arrangement is the Development Services Center on Horseshoe Drive. E. Must use energy efficient features in widow design. 089000 — I..OUVERS AND VENTS A. All louvers shall be storm resistant extruded aluminum with anodized or appropriate protective coating. Mill finish units or stamped metal louvers are not allowed. Acceptable products include but are not limited to the following: Ruskin "Extruded Wind Driven Rain Resistant Louvers" 2. Ruskin "Hurricane Louvers" B. Locate louvers to minimize water intrusion. Provide sill flashing, gutters, and curbs as needed to prevent rain water damage. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 23 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 DIVISION 9 — FINISHES 090000 — GENERAL A. Comply with codes and referenced standards listed in Division 1, including but not limited to FBC requirements. 1. Workmanship shall be proper and neat in appearance conforming to nationally recognized standards and specified tolerances. 2. Work that is not in compliance with referenced codes and standards shall be removed and replaced at no extra cost to the County. 092400 — PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER A. Standards: Comply with PCA 'Portland Cement Plaster Manual' and applicable ASTM /USG requirements and recommendations. B. Use PVC accessories throughout, including corner beads, casing beads, expansion joints, and perforated vent strips. Metal trim shall not be used. 1. Provide bonding agent at concrete substrates. 2. Use gale. self - furring lath with 15# felt underlayment where over a framed substrate. 3. Fasteners shall be stainless steel. 4. Provide expansion joints as recommended in referenced standards, where abutting dissimilar materials, and as needed to prevent cracking. Lath shall be discontinuous at expansion joints and control joints. C. Install all trim straight, plumb, and level. Install stucco finishes with a tolerance not to exceed 1/4" in 10' -0" or 1/8" in 4' -0" in any direction when measured with a 10' -0" straightedge. Panels with visible rough textures or scaffold lines will not be accepted. D. Thickness shall be not less than 5/8" thick (2 -coat) on cmu and concrete, and not less than 7/8" thick (3 -goat) on galy. metal lath E. Styrofoam and /or EIFS trim may not be used on County buildings. Exterior decorative moldings, if any, shall be cast stone or cement plaster. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 24 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 092900 — GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. Comply with FBC, Gypsum Association, USG, and UL requirements and recommendations, the requirements of Division 1, and manufacturers specific instructions. B. Materials: 1. Provide 5/8" type -X gypsum board at fire rated locations 2. Provide 5/8" or 1/2" gypsum board at typical interior locations. 3. Provide 1/2" cement board at all ceramic tile and wet locations. 4. Do not use green board. 5. Do not use gypsum board products at exterior locations. C. Provide a smooth finish suitable for painting on all exposed surfaces. Visible tape or sanding marks in work will not be accepted. Contractor may provide smooth hardcoat in lieu of smooth drywall finish. Use screw fasteners throughout. 2. Trim drywall at external corners with plastic corner beads. 093013 — CERAMIC TILING A. Comply with Tile Council of America (TCA) standards and details. Tile joints are to be aligned and straight, plumb, level, and true, with equally spaced cut units at ends. 2. Provide tile movement joints at the following locations: a. Perimeter of each room b. Risers, ramps, changes of and planes C. Corridor comers and intersections d. Spacing as determined by Design Professional B. Provide tile finishes at the following locations: Tile floors are required in all Restrooms and Janitors Closets. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 25 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 2. Provide tile wainscot not less than 424 60" high in Restrooms, at mop sinks, and at drinking fountains. 1 Extend wainscot not less than 18" to each side of mop sinks and drinking fountains. C. Floor tile shall be porcelain ceramic tile. All grout shall be sealed. D. Provide product certificate indicating the coefficient of friction complies with ADA requirements for both wet and dry conditions. E. Tile base and all corners shall be sanitary cove style. F. Floors must slope towards drains. G. Wall tile substrate shall be CMU, concrete, or cement board. Do not use gypsum board as tile substrate. H. Use aluminum or bronze edge strips where abutting carpet floor finishes. 095123 — ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS A. Standard acoustical the shall be Armstrong World Industries #770 (flat tile) or #704A (reveal edge), white color, size 24" x 24 ". B. Suspended grid shall be white color, Armstrong World Industries manufacturer system same as acoustic tile. Installation shall comply with ASTM 0635 and C636. C. Alternate acoustical tile manufacturers and styles may be considered for special rooms with limited areas such as a Lobby, subject to FM approval and 15% extra stock tile material supplied to the FM in unopened boxes at the completion of construction. 096500— RESILIENT TILE FLOORING A. Standard 12" x 12" x 1/8" Vinyl Composition Tile shall be used in service areas. 1. Tile material and adhesives shall not contain asbestos materials of any kind. B. Clean, wax, and polish tiles prior to final acceptance. Provide 5% extra stock material. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 26 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 096513 -- RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES A. Provide 4" vinyl base where scheduled. Use premolded corner pieces at all outside corners. Provide 5% extra stock material. B. Provide matching transition strips where VCT floors abut tile or carpet floors. 096812 -- TILE CARPETING A. Provide Carpet Tile unless directed otherwise by FM staff: 1,. Product: Mohawk Stati- Tuft III Modular 2. Construction: Tufted/Ultra Performance System 3. Fiber: 100% Dupont Antron Legacy with Static Control and soil resistant 4. Yarn Weight: 28.3 oz. /sq. yd. 5. Gauge: 1/8 6. Size: 17 5/8 x 1.7 5/8 7. Density: 7,898 S. Weight Density: 223,504 9. Stitches per inch: 8.4 10. Pile Thickness: 0.129" 11. Warranties: Mohawk Modular 20 yr warranty 20 yr. wear, 20 yr. no edge ravel, 20 yr. no delamination, Cushion Resiliency 20 yr., and Lifetime static. 096816 — SHEET CARPET A. Where approved by FM Staff, provide one of the following broadloom carpet products: 1. Mohawk Commercial Carpet "Stati -Tuft" LIPS 16706 a. Construction: Tufted Loop Pile b. Gauge: 1/8 C. Fiber: 100% Dupont Antron Legacy B.C.F. and soil resistant COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 27 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 d. Flammability: Class 1- Exceeds .45 watts per square CM e. Total thickness: .234 in. f. Yarn Weight: 28.30 oz. square yard g. Backing Materials: Warp, stuffer, filling all synthetic h. Total Weight: 61.8 oz. square yard i. Density: 7,898 j. Weight Density: 223,504 k. Pitch: 216 1. Stitches Per Inch: 8.4 m. Pile Thickness: 0.129" n. Stock width: 12" o. Smoke density: NBS Smoke Density Chamber (NFPA -258): Less than 450 P. Static propensity: 70/20 AATCC- 134: Under 3.5 KV q. Warranties: UPS Warranty Guaranteed 20 lb. tuft binds, Moisture resistant, Dimensionally stable, Guaranteed for 20 yrs., no delamination for 20 yrs., and Lifetime static 2. Mohawk Commercial Carpet "Regents Row " - 30663 a. Construction: Woven Cut and Loop b. Pitch: 216 Equivalent C. Pile Thickness: .192" d. Rows per inch: 8.0 e. Fiber: 100% Dupont Antron Legacy BCF Nylon with Static control and soil resistant f. Yarn Weight: 34.5 oz/ sq. yd. g. Total Weight: 68.16 oz/ sq. yd. h Total Thickness: .312 in. i. Backing Materials: Synthetic j. Density: 6,468 k. Weight Density: 223,146 1. Stock Width: 12' M. Flammability: Class 1- Exceeds .45 watts per sq. CM n. Smoke Density: NBS Smoke Density Chamber (NFPA -258) Less than 450 o. Static propensity: 70/20 AATCC -134: Under 3.5 KV P. Warranties: lifetime Limited Woven Wear, and Lifetime Static 097200 — WALL COVERINGS A. Wall coverings are not allowed in County buildings. 099100 — PAINTING COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 28 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 A. Provide Sherwin - Williams `Superpaint", S -W Industrial Enamel, and related premium S -W products throughout. All color selections shall be standard SW colors. 2. Provide a typed Paint and Color schedule for each building. This record shall include the job name, job location, date contractors name, the material manufacturer's name, product name, color name and number, and color formula. A copy of this record shall be delivered to the Facilities Management Contract Manager at the end of the work. A duplicate copy shall be bound into the Closeout Documents. B. Backprime all exposed wood materials scheduled for paint finish prior to installation. C. Provide primer plus two finish coats on all wood, gypsum board, concrete and stucco finishes. D. Provide two coats of rust inhibitive primer on all surfaces of metal doors and frames and prior to installation, then 2 finish coats of S -W industrial enamel on exposed metal surfaces. E. Topcoat shall be either S -W eggshell, semi- gloss, or full - gloss. Restroom walls shall be either semi -gloss or full- gloss. Do not use flat paint as top coat at any wall location. Ceilings and soffits may have flat paint. F. Deliver materials to site in unopened containers with manufacturers labels. Protect adjacent finishes and materials, prepare surfaces, and apply materials in strict accordance with manufacturers recommendations and instructions. Verify material compatibility with substrates. Do not apply paint to wet or damp materials. Do not paint exterior surfaces in the rain. All coats shall be thoroughly dry before applying succeeding coats. I. Provide temporary barricades, 'WF.T PAINT' signs, and protect all work until dry. Remove masking when finished. Carefully remove paint from materials not intended for paint finish. Clean and touch -up as required. 2. All paint finishes must be evenly spread, free of runs, sags, or other defects. G. Provide medium grey penetrating stain at Mechanical and Electrical Equipment Room floors. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 29 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 DIVISION 10 — SPECIALTIES 100000 - GENERAL A. FBC, ADA, and requirements of Division 1. apply to work of this section. 101400 — SIGNS A. Exterior Signs shall be manufactured by Barco Products Company or FM approved equivalent manufacturer. B. Interior Room Signs, Office Signs, Elevator signs, etc., shall be Scott Series 51500, or approved equal. C. Provide raised letters and contrasting color backgrounds with braille strip at bottom of all room signs. Use international symbols in addition to text where applicable. Coordinate sign colors with interior finishes using only manufacturers standard basic colors. Install room identification signs in strict accordance with ADA requirements. D. Required signage at Parking Garage Decks. Directional signage required pointing to the locations of all Assistance "Blue" Boxes. 2. "Notice" posted that the parking deck is under Closed Circuit Television surveillance. 3. Low clearance warning signs utilizing tubular plastic materials, not metal. 4. Speed limit signs at each entrance and each deck, "5 MPH" and/or 'Slow" E. Bronze Plaques, 1. All new buildings shall have a bronze plaque installed showing the dedication of the building. Typical content will show the year opened, contractors firm name, architects firm name, Commissioners at time of conception / approval (alphabetical), County Manager, etc. May include Constitutional Officer if they are the prime occupant. See Facilities Management for plaque layout and content during the initial building design process. See end of standards for sample. 2. Locate dedication plaques in Lobby or secure area whenever possible. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 30 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 Where exterior dedication plaques are used, locate plaques in area supervised by CCTV camera, i.e. near main entrance, or monitor plaque with security system contact switch. 102113 — TOILET COMPARTMENTS A. Provide overhead br-aaQ solid plastic 1" thick toilet compartments manufactured by Santana, Capitol Partitions, or approved equal. 1. Unless approved otherwise by FM staff, restroom stall partitions shall be ceiling and wall hung toilet partitions, not floor mounted systems. 2. All fasteners and hardware shall be stainless steel, aluminum, or chrome plated brass. Plastic accessories, hinges, latches, or similar components are not acceptable. 3. Provide latch, hinges, door stop, and coat hook for each door. Coat hook shall not project more than 2" from face of door. 4. Inswing doors shall remain slightly open when not latched. Accessible stall doors shall be self - closing. 5. Brace all compartments at the face of partitions and doors. Size bracing components as needed to avoid perpendicular braces. 102800 — TOILET ACCESSORIES A. Comply with ADA requirements and minimum County standards established herein. B. All accessories shall be commercial grade, brushed stainless steel, formed and welded with all exposed edges hemmed and ground smooth, with no sharp edges and no sharp corners. C. Provide all accessories needed for a complete and proper installation including but not limited to grab bars, hand- dryers, toilet paper holders, sanitary napkin receptacles, wall mounted soap dispensers, and coat hooks. 1. Hand Dryers shall be Excel Dryer, Inc. Model XL -W (automatic, white, 110 /120V) with ADA compliant S.S. recess kit. Unit may protrude not more than 4" from face of wall. Separate 20A circuit required for each unit. 2. Unless approved otherwise by FM staff, paper towel dispensers shall not be used in restrooms. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 31 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 3. Coat hooks shall be low - profile, projecting not more than 2" from face of wall or door. 4. Approved manufacturers are Bobrick, Bradley, and Excel Dryer, Inc. D. Coordinate with the work of other trades. Securely install accessories plumb and square, fastening units to solid wood blocking, studs, compartment partitions, or emu walls. Do not use toggle bolts or expansion shields. 1. All accessories and grab bars shall safely support 250 tbs. L.L. 102810 — MIRRORS A. Comply with ADA requirements and minimum County standards established herein. B. Standard mirrors shall be tempered glass with stainless steel frames. Provide tilted mirror at accessible stalls only. Use only stainless steel vandal resistant hardware and fasteners, concealed wherever possible. Provide polished stainless steel or unbreakable units where required by program and at all unsupervised public facilities. 104300 — EMERGENCY AID SPECIALTIES A. All new construction and major remodeling projects shall have Automated External Defibrillator (AED) equipment and cabinets installed. Sole source is Medtronic Physio - Control Corp. See Collier County Facilities Management Department for location and type of cabinets. Generally, the "Guidelines for Public Access Defibrillation Programs in Federal Facilities" will be followed. 1. AED units shall be located adjacent to the fire extinguisher cabinets. 2. Provide oxygen cabinet and first aid station at each AED location. 1 Fire extinguisher, AED, oxygen, and first aid cabinets shall be grouped together as one convenient safety station. a. Provide alarm system contacts to indicate when any of four cabinets are opened, monitored in the Facilities Management control room located in Building W using the Pegasys alarm system. b. Digital closed circuit television camera is required to monitor the 4 cabinet safety station, monitored at Facilities Management. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 32 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 C. All equipment, wiring, controls, etc. shall be compatible with the existing Johnson Controls system. 104400 — FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS A. Comply with ADA requirements. Provide extinguishers of the types and sizes where required by NFPA 10 and local AHJ, but not less than one 2A:20B:C unit near each required egress door. 1. Use either semi- recessed or fully- recessed cabinets for all units located in occupied interior rooms. Interior cabinets shall have unlocked hinged door with tempered glass view panel. 2. Provide standard bracket- mounted extinguishers without cabinet at enclosed unoccupied utility rooms, mechanical rooms, storage rooms, and similar service areas. 3. Where required at exterior locations, use aluminum or heavy -duty all - plastic cabinets with clear safety -type break - plastic fronts. Steel cabinets shall not be used at exterior locations. 107100 — STORM PANELS A. New Construction and Additions: Provide impact rated doors and windows, not shutters. B. Renovations and Alterations: Provide impact rated doors and windows, or, provide low- maintenance, user- friendly impact rated shutters as follows: 1. Coiling overhead shutter 2. Accordian -style shutter Fixed or hinged impact rated s.s. screens C. Removable lurrieane panels or fabric screens are not allowed. D. Hurricane shutters, tracks, accessories, and fasteners shall be fabricated from corrosive resistant materials, rated to withstand pressures developed by140 mph wind speeds. DIVISION 11— EQUIPMENT 110000 — GENERAL A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 33 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 B. All equipment shall be commercial grade. 112423 — WINDOW WASHING EQUIPMENT A. All buildings over three stories in height shall have hangers anchored on the roof structure to facilitate exterior window washing equipment. DIVISION 12— FURNISHINGS 120000 — GENERAL A. ADA, NFPA, OSHA, and the requirements of Division 1 apply to work of this section. 120010 — OFFICE FURNITURE A. Contact FMS for current furnishing contract requirements. 124800 — RECESSED FOOT GRILLES A. Provide recessed foot grilles at all building entrances. Use Pedigrid entrance mats or one of the following approved equal manufacturers: 1. Balco, Inc.; Wichita, KS 2. Construction Specialties, Inc.; Muncy, PA 3. Reese Enterprises, Inc.; Rosemont, MN 4. Arden Architectural Specialties, Inc. 5, Kadee Industries, Inc.; Bedford, OH. B. Entrance Mat Frames: Provide manufacturer's standard design, of size and style to mate with insert type and adjacent finish floor or wall construction, for permanent recessed installation in sub -floor; complete with corner pins or reinforcing, and installation anchorages. 1. Provide frames of extruded 6063 -T5 alloy aluminum. Coat surface of frame which will contact cementitious material with zinc chromate paint or manufacturer's standard protective coating. 2. Provide frame members in single lengths or, where frame dimensions exceed available lengths, provide minimum number of pieces possible, with hairline joints equally spaced, and with pieces spliced together by means of straight connecting pins. C. Rigid -Type Foot Grilles: Provide manufacturer's standard extruded aluminum floor grid of top surfaced tread rails and spacer cross bars, 6063 -T5 or 6061 -T6 COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 34 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 alloy and mill finish, 1- 5/1.6" wide continuous treads spaced 1 -1/2" o.c. (3/16" openings), top surfaces as indicated, 1 -5/8" maximum overall thickness of grid system. 1. Top Surface: Fusion - bonded level- cut -pile nylon carpet insert; DuPont "Antron III" filament, 1/4" high, 28 oz. per sq. yd. D. Level Bed Applications: Provide manufacturer's standard vinyl cushion support system. F. "Pedimat" or similar loose -lay matts in recessed frames shall not be considered equal to approved "Pedigrid" recessed foot grilles DIVISION 13 — SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 130000 — GENERAL A. FBC, MBMA, and the requirements of Division 1 apply to work of this section. 133419 — METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS A. Pre- engineered metal buildings may be used for storage and maintenance buildings, and where approved by FM staff. B. Delegated Engineering; Prefabricated structures shall be designed and sealed by the manufacturers Structural Engineer licensed in the State of Florida. All shop drawings shall be reviewed and approved by the Design Professional of Record prior to fabrication. C. Contractor shall coordinate the design and installation of anchor bolts. D. Provide rigid steel channel or framing at each door and window opening. Do not use doorframe to support wall girt framing. E. Provide concrete curb and flashing at bottom of metal siding, raised not less than 8" above Concrete floor slab. DIVISION 14 — CONVEYING SYSTEMS 140000 — GENERAL A. FBC, NFPA, OSHA, and the requirements of Division 1 apply to work of this section. 142000 — ELEVATORS COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE. 35 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 A. Comply with ANSI /ASME A17.1 and Addenda, CABO /ANSI A117.1, and all State of Florida codes and regulations for Elevators. B. All elevators specified shall be of generic manufacture with no proprietary items included within the installation. The elevator shall have the capabilities of being served by any elevator manufacture or without the assistance of any manufacturers diagnostic tools. C. Elevator Emergency Telephones shall be Code Blue Corporation's model # CB 3100 FP1 standard speakerphone with single red "Push for Help" button and flush mounted. 1. All emergency elevator telephones, whether new or replacement, will be programmed to dial extension 7721 (Facilities Management Building Operations Center) automatically upon lifting of receiver. 2. All emergency elevator telephone replacements or installations will be coordinated with the Building Automation Coordinator of the Facilities Management Department (239- 252 -8380) as well as the Telecommunications Manager of the Information Technology Department (239- 252 - 8888). 3. All emergency elevator telephones will be programmed via the Telecommunications Manager of the Information Technology Department to include the following caller ID information: 3.1. Identifying Building Letter/ Name 3.2. Identifying Elevator Number 3.3. Identifying Phone Extension /Number (for phone in elevator) Example: Bldg F, Elevator 1, 7548 4. All emergency telephones will be tested and information correctly verified before contractor leaves worksite. 5. Contractor to provide written documentation to the Facilities Management Building Automation Coordinator that the above steps were followed and verified. 6. Code Blue speaker phone must be programmed to the Code Blue test computer in the Building "W" operations center. D. Card Readers COLLIER COUNTY VE RTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 36 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 Exterior Elevators: Provide card reader at each elevators door location at each floor. 2. Interior Elevators: Provide card reader in each elevator cab unless directed otherwise. E. Provide CCTV camera in each elevator cab. F. All 3 -phase equipment shall have phase -loss protection. 144000 - WHEEL,CHAIR LIFTS A. Wheel Chair Lift may not be used except with prior written approval from FMS and the Building Official. DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION 211100 - FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEM A. Provide a complete automatic fire sprinkler system where required by Code or Ordinance. Refer to Division 1 for General Requirements, Codes, and Standards. B. Comply with NFPA 13 and Collier County Ordinance 95 -74 Fire Prevention and Protection Code for the design and installation of all Fire Suppression System work. The system shall be designed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Florida. When the Contractors PE is responsible for the system design, the Engineer of Record for the building shall review and approve the installers shop drawings prior to permit application.. C. Sprinkler heads shall be recessed or semi - recessed in all occupied rooms, centered in acoustic ceiling tiles. L Maintain centerline alignment with adjacent fixtures in a neat, orderly, and workmanlike appearance. D. Maintain accurate as -built plans of the work. E. All computer rooms, hub rooms, and electrical rooms shall be protected by a gas fire suppression system, no wet sprinklers are allowed in these areas. F. Pumps: 3 -phase equipment, if airy, shall have phase -loss protection. DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING 220000 - GENERAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 37 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 A. Provide plumbing fixtures and rstroom facilities as required by the Code, plus additional requirements as follows: Exterior Requirements; Each building will have at least one (1) hose bib per exterior wall; spaced at not more than 100' -0" o.c. Hose bibs shall have removable metal T- handles, not plastic handles. All hose bibs shall have a vacuum breaker and shall be firmly secured to the building. Provide recessed unit where installed in exterior walls directly abutting exterior walkways. Isolate copper materials from cementitious materials to prevent deterioration. 2. HVAC Equipment Rooms; Provide at least one (1) hose bib and one (1) floor drain in each HVAC Equipment Room. Provide trap primer at FD unless FD is used as condensate drain. 3. All Mechanical Rooms shall be fitted with sufficient floor drains to allow for drainage of any leaks, condensation, or spillage. 4. Janitorial Closets; Each floor of each building shall have one (1) janitorial closet for every 10,000 sq. ft. and located at each set of restrooms. The Janitors Closet will contain a water heater, floor mop sink, shelves, floor drain, at least one (1) electrical outlet, and sufficient lighting to illuminate room. 5. Restroom Floor Drains; All restrooms, public and private, are to be fitted with floor drains, number and location of which will be determined by size and layout of restroom. Floor drains may be omitted in private restrooms only when located at the first floor. 6. Restroom lavatories and sinks in public areas shall be supplied with cold- water only. 7. Provide flush valve fixtures where adequate water pressure is available. Provide pressure- assist tank type water closets where low water pressure occurs. Provide at least one (1) hose bibb at each deck in parking garages, not more than 100' -0" oc. 9. Lavatory faucets in restrooms shall be hands -free automatic faucets. 10. Flush valves shall be hands -free automatic units. COLLIER COUN'T'Y VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 38 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 1.1. Unless approved otherwise by FM staff, automatic faucets and automatic flush valves shall be hard wired, not battery operated units. Conceal all wiring inside walls or removable covers. Provide access panel for all units located inside walls. 12. Provide waterless urinals where directed by FM staff. Where waterless urinals are installed, provide water line inside wall for future connection to flush valve. 13. Pumps: All 3 -phase equipment shall have phase -loss protection. 14. Water closets with a max of 3.5 flush, shower heads and faucets with a 3.0 max. 221000 WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING A. All pipes shall have appropriate shutoff valves located near fixtures to allow for shutoff without shutting down entire systems. Locate valve at fixture, at access panel, or above readily accessible ceiling tile. B. All pipes and fixtures shall have immediate and sufficient access through walls and obstructions to facilitate maintenance and repair. C. All pipes shall have sufficient cleanouts installed to expedite maintenance. Back to back cross -tee assemblies shall have cleanouts above or below cross-tee, D. Insulate all hot water lines. Insulate all exposed drains under sinks in accordance with ADA. Exposed insulation shall be white color; concealed insulation shall he black color. E. Exposed pipes and valves in public restrooms shall be chrome plated. F. Wrap and protect all buried lines to inhibit corrosion where in contact with concrete. G. All main valves shall be brass full- ported ball valves. H. All valves shall be numbered and tagged. Provide typewritten chart indicating each valve number and location, laminated in clear plastic cover and posted in Equipment Room. 1. Provide recirculating pump and return lines for hot water lines over 75' developed length. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 39 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 224000 — PLUMBING FIXTURES A. Acceptable Product Manufacturers: 1. Lavatories, Service Sinks, Water Closets, Urinals, Bath Tubs: a. American Standard. b. Crane Co. c. Eljer Plurnbingware Div. d. Kohler Co. 2. Stainless Steel Sinks: a. American Standard. b. Elkay Mfg. Co. C. Dayton. 3. Faucets: a. American Standard. b. Chicago Faucet Co. C. Delta Faucet Co. d. Eljer Plumbingware Div. e. Kohler Co. f. Sloan. g. Speakman. h. T & 5 Brass 4. Flush Valves: a. Sloan Valve Co. (Royal, no substitutions) 5. Water Closet Seats: open front; a. Bemis Mfg. Co. b. Beneke Corp. C. Forbes- Wright Industries, Inc.; Church Products. d. Olsonite Corp.; Olsonite Seats, 6. Urinals: a. Falcon b. Sloan 7. Fixture Supports: a. Josam Mfg. Co. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 40 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 b. Kohler Co. C. Tyler Pipe. d. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Hydomechanics Div. B. All plumbing fixtures shall be white color. C. Faucets and trim shall be chrome - plated brass 224010 — WATER HEATERS A. Provide commercial grade water heaters using only industry standard components and sizes, limited to 110, 208, and 240 -volt units manufactured by Rheem or Ruud. Units requiring 480 -volt service or special heating elements may not be used without prior written approval by FMS. DIVISION 23 —HVAC 230000 — GENERAL A. Requirements of Division 1, Standard Plumbing and Mechanical Codes, NEC, NFPA, AMSE, State Board of Health Sanitary Code, OSHA, ASHRAE, AMCA, SMACNA, UL, Florida Energy Code, and Collier County Govemment Vertical Construction Standards apply to work of this section. B. All materials and equipment provided shall be assembled, erected, and installed in such a manner as to insure proper operation of the system of which they are a part, including air- handlers, direct- expansion units, temperature controls, chillers, cooling towers, condenser pumps, brine pumps; the chilled water primary and secondary pumping systems, the EMS control system, and the electrical services. Equipment, devices, and accessories, not covered by Codes and/ or Standards governing their installation shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacture rs'prinled instructions. C. All design concepts and drawings, shop drawings submittals, equipment listings, etc. will be reviewed by Facility Management for their approval. E. After the installation is complete, Facilities Management shall review the contractor's commissioning plan and testing and balancing results. After tests and commissioning work is approved the equipment shall be officially accepted by Collier County, warranty and guarantee periods shall begin, and the equipment shall be turned over to Collier County in operating condition. 230010 — MECHANICAL SYSTEM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. The HVAC system shall be designed in accordance with the above referenced codes and standards and the requirements and specifications of the building. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 41 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 B. Humidity levels shall be maintained at 45% to 50% relative humidity. C. Indoor Air Quality; All buildings shall be designed in accordance with the latest issue of ASHRAE Standard 62, Ventilation for Acceptable Air Quality for building outdoor air. Where the requirements of the Vertical Standards are more stringent than the referenced ASHRAE standards, the Vertical Standards shall be used. D. Air conditioning system must provide a positive pressure throughout the building. E. Coordinate with the work of other trades to insure access panels are provided at all required locations. F. All mechanical rooms are to be air- conditioned. G. Electrical equipment rooms shall be air conditioned to maintain 70d F, with not less than 12% excess capacity to cool equipment. H. Exhaust fans in vehicle areas shall be controlled with manual switch and CO detector. a. CO detector overrides manual switch. All 3 -phase equipment shall have phase -loss protection. 230020 —AS -BUILT DRAWINGS A. Contractor must provide accurate and updated as -built drawings detailing all mechanical installations shown as they are accurately installed. 230021— FINAL, CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE A. Special care should be taken during construction as to not let any foreign particles into the occupied area air stream. The Contractor shall clean all AHU coils and replace all filters prior to final acceptance. B. The Owner, Engineer, and Contractor shall meet on -site and review the As -built Plans, Test and Balance Report, the Manufacturers Operation manuals, and the Maintenance manuals and instructions prior to acceptance. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 42 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 230548 — VIBRATION AND NOISE CONTROL A. All units shall be equipped with proper vibration control springs and/or pads specified by manufacturer to minimize vibration and noise. B. Mechanical rooms adjacent to offices must be quiet operating and sound levels shall be abated and subdued with insulation and silencers so that the pressure levels within three feet from any surface on the chiller and within the mechanical room do not exceed 90DB. C. Coordinate with the work of other trades as required to insure adequate sound attenuation of all equipment. Provide full height partitions and sound batt insulation at all mechanical room walls. Seal all wall penetrations, and provide continous seal at top, bottom, ends and all edges of mechanical room walls. 230553 — MECHANICAL, IDENTIFICATION A. All supply grilles shall be marked with vinyl letters to identify the grille and corresponding air handling units and as directed by Facilities Management Staff. All grilles will be assigned a number by the Senior HVAC technician and included on the master ventilation plan. These numbers will coincide with METASYS identification numbers for ease of identification for remote use. B. All condensers, air handler units, fans, and other major components of the mechanical system shall be identified with the same designation used on the drawings and supplemental numbers as designated by FMS. Use either neatly stenciled signs painted directly on equipment, or plastic signs with 1" high engraved letters permanently fastened to the units. 230563 — ANTI- MICROBIAL TREATMENT A. Not Required. 230593 — TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING A. All air handlers shall be properly balanced at designed static pressure of the unit manufacturer prior to occupancy. Each zone should be properly balanced, each diffuser should have proper amount of CFM making up the total for each individual VAV box. The total CFM of all VAV boxes should equal the CFM output of their air handler to be properly balanced. This must be achieved for acceptance of the air testing and balancing report. Provide written qualifications of all personnel used to perform any testing, adjusting, or balancing on site. Provide written certification to the County that work was done on site. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 43 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 2. Install clean filters at AHU and at all R/A grilles prior to testing and balancing. All ceilings shall be installed and all doors and windows shall be closed during test and balance work. B. Test and balance services shall be included in the contract for construction. C. For building projects exceeding $200,000.00 in construction cost or mechanical equipment contracts exceeding $25,000.00, provide the services of an independent, certified test and balance firm. 230713 — DUCT INSTALLATION A. All ducts shall be externally insulated. There shall be no fiberglass material in the air stream. 232300 — REFRIGERANT PIPING A. All piping shall be type "K" or type "L" copper piping. All elbow piping shall be of long radius to increase flow and prevent restrictions. Provide 45d elbows in liciu o 90d elbows wherever possible. All taps, tees, joints, oil- traps, and other connections shall be made only with appropriate fittings designed and selected for the use of the piping system. All connections shall have brazed joints. 233113 — METAL DUCTWORK A. All supply and return ductwork shall be externally insulated galvanized sheet metal with no fiberglass insulation in the air - stream. All exhaust fan ducts and outdoor air ducts shall be aluminum with external insulation. B. Ductwork Accessories; All materials needed such as anchors, hangers, screws, canvas connectors, "S" and "Drive" cleats, duct sealant shall be properly installed as to insure proper safe operation of system. 233116 — FIBROUS -GLASS DUCTWORK A. Fiberglass duct systems are not allowed in new building or renovations. 233233 — PLENUM RETURN SYSTEMS A. Plenum return systems are not allowed in new buildings. 233346 — FLEXIBLE DUCTS A. Maximum length 6' -0 ". COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 44 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 234000 — AIR FILTERS A. All air handling units should have clean pleated filters, min 2" thick, 25% to 35% efficient per ASHRAE 52, B. Install filter grilles at all returns serving occupied spaces. 236400 — CHILLER EQUIPMENT AND PIPING A. Chiller shall be an electric motor driven centrifugal or rotary screw liquid type, equipped with flooded evaporator, water cooled condenser, oil supply system for both lubrication and hydraulic capacity control, electrical disconnect, motor starter, and microcomputer control panel, and all related inter - connecting piping and electrical connections. Chiller shall be a factory assembled and packaged unit complete with full operating charge of oil and refrigerant. Refrigerant shall be R22, HCFC 123, or HFC 134A. 1. Chiller shall be manufactured by the Trane Company unless approved otherwise by FM Director. B. Frequency Drives for pumps and fans shall be manufactured by ABB. No substituitions C. Chiller Room Safety Equipment; The contractors' chiller manufacturer shall furnish all necessary safety equipment as required to bring the existing or new chiller mechanical room up to the current ANSI / ASHRAE Standard No. 15 -1992 requirements and in accordance with the furnished per Standard No. 32 -1994. The requirement includes signage identifying the type, quantity, pressure, and installer of the refrigerant, oxygen deprivation and refrigerant sensors, monitoring panels, occupancy sensors for automatic activation of the ventilation systems, plus one normal use and one backup use approved self contained breathing apparatuses with storage cabinets. Proper mechanical room ventilation should be sized for heat dissipation. D. Alarms; All chiller rooms shall be equip with a carbon monoxide sensor and alarm. E. Pipes and Pipe- Fittings for Chilled Water Systems; Pipe shall be Schedule 40 black carbon steel type BCS -150 meeting requirements of ASTM A120 and A53 for chilled water, cooling tower water, brine water, and vent system usages. All piping shall utilize screw fittings for sizes 2" and smaller and butt welded joints and flange fittings for sizes 21/2" and larger as required to join associated valves and equipment flanges. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 45 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 No PVC piping on any chilled water, cooling tower water, brine water and vent system usages. F. Valves for Chilled Water Systems; Valves for isolation and shut -off services shall be gate type with dual supported rising stems for 125PSI working pressure service with bronze valve bodies and screw fittings for pipe sizes up to and thru 2- inches and with iron bodies and either flange or grooved fittings for all larger pipe sizes. Balancing valves for fixing water flow rates shall be ball and /or globe type with calibrated orifices, indicating operating handles and flow rate gauge fittings as required for setting flow rates. 2. Variable water flow system control valves shall be globe and /or butterfly single- and two -way types with manual and motorized operators as required to operate within the EMS system. All valves shall be capable of providing smooth proportioning flow control. Spring returns shall be provided on all two position and /or reversible modulating valves where required for fail -safe operation. G. Piping Specialties for Chilled Water Systems; All required piping accessories shall be provided and shall include, but not be limited to, air vents, pressure relief valves, dielectric connectors, gauge piping, strainers, flexible connectors, temperature sensors and wells, pressure gauges and ports, gaskets, and wail and floor sleeves, expansion joints, pipe supports, and anchors and all other devices necessary for a complete and operable installation. H. Thermal Pipe Insulation for use indoors on all chilled water piping and surfaces shall be minimum 1 1/2 -inch thick fibrous glass insulation with vapor barrier. Use 2" foam glass insulation between chiller and ice tanks. I. All chilled water piping shall be color coded with label and arrows identifying direction and contents of flow. Provide aluminum jacket over all insulated piping where exposed to view and /or exterior to building above grade. Each building shall have a chilled water line shutoff at the entrance to the building and at each floor of the building. 236500 — COOLING TOWERS A. Cooling tower shall be an induced draft, cross flow, factory assembled. It shall consist of heavy gauge steel frame workcells housing bottom cold water basins, central water spillways, and top hot water basins, fans and speed reducing decks, fan cylinders, electric drive motors, etc, The tower shall include all accessories as required for safe and reliable operation. Structural framing, casing covers, basin, and sump shall be stainless steel. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 46 SEPTEMBER 28. 2006 Cooling Tower shall be manufactured by the Marley Company, Baltimore Aircoil, or a County approved equal. 2. Cooling Tower shall be CTT certified. B. Pumps shall be centrifugal types of two mounting arrangements, in -line pipe mounted for secondary chilled water loop pumps and base mounted for all other applications. 1. Pumps shall be manufactured by Bell & Gossett, Armstrong, Aurora, EVAPCO, Peerless, or an approved equal. 2. Limit pump motors to nominal 1800 RPM wherever possible. C. The base mounted pumps shall be installed on housekeeping pads which are installed in such a manner to insure accessibility to remove pump motors. The pumps should be located near accessible doors allowing a portable hoist into and accessing the pumps without any obstructions. Locate motor out of airstream. 237300 — SPLIT - -- SYSTEM HVAC UNITS A. Split- system HVAC units shall be matched units provided by the same manufacturer. Approved manufacturers are Carrier, Trane, York, and Weatherking. B. Air Cooled Condensers 1. All air cooled condensers shall be concealed from view from the front or sides of the building. Condensers shall be located in a dry, dust -free environment separated from landscaping and maintained lawns and not confined in an enclosed area. Provide bronzeglow protective finish where units are located within one mile of the coast. Do not locate exterior units directly under the edge of a roof overhang or roof valley. 2. Provide sufficient clear area around the unit to for maintenance and free air circulation without recirculation. Confirm the manufacturers minimum recommended clearances between units and walls prior to design. in no cases shall units be placed closer than two (2) feet from an adjacent wall nor closer than three (3) feet between units. Provide additional clear areas for servicing as recommended by the manufacturer, but not less than (5) feet on service side, plus a minimum five (5) foot by five (5) foot clear work area. The work area must be a hard surface such as on a concrete pad or pavement. Coil grill guards shall be installed on all air cooled condensing units 5 ton and larger. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 47 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 C. Air Handling Units 1. All air handling units shall have not less than two (2) feet of clearance around the entire unit, plus not less than five (5) feet clear on the service side(s) of the equipment. Provide at least one five (5) foot by five (5) foot clear floor area in the equipment room for servicing and maintenance of the equipment. The clearances specified herein are minimum sizes and may need to be increased as necessary to accommodate the equipment used. The size and maintenance requirements of the unit shall be used to determine the required room size. 2. Air handlers shall not be located in attic space, but in mechanical rooms with duct leading into the ceiling. (Exception only if an existing system is installed in an attic space. 3. Provide double -wall Air Handler Units with sloped IA0 at drain pans. 237400 — ROOFTOP UNITS A. Avoid rooftop units whenever possible. When located on roof, units shall not be visible from the ground. Approved manufacturers are Carrier, Trane, York, and Weatherking. Provide bronzeglow protective finish where units are located within one mile of the coast. B. Comply with SMACNA and NRCA standards for flashing at all roof penetrations. Coordinate work with other trades. Provide prefabricated roof curbs under all roof mounted equipment, Pitch pans are not allowed. Provide walk boards at rooftop locations. 238400 — DEHUMIDIFICATION EQUIPMENT A. Dehumidification equipment must be correctly sized to maintain 50% (or lower) relative humidity level. Manufacturer shall be Scorpion or FM approved equal. B. Coordinate design requirements with other trades as required to meet this specification. Vestibules are recommended at all high - traffic entrances to the building. DIVISION 25 — INTEGRATED AUTOMATION 255000— HVAC CONTROLS A. "EMS" Control systems COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 48 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 1. All buildings over 4,000 7,500 square feet will include a Building Automation System. The system will be Johnson Control's Metasys System. Included within the package will be all items currently tieing utilized by the Facilities Management ,Department including but not limited to remote monitoring at the main office. 2. Temperature sensors and controls to be located in each private office, zone and /or open area as specified by engineer. Zone and room temperatures to be controlled only by Facility Management Department, not by room occupant. NON - adjustable sensors are to be used in all areas except when specifically exempted in writing by Facilities Management sluff 4. Temperature, CO2 and humidity sensors shall be located in space which is being controlled. The sensors shall be mounted on wall 5 feet above the floor, not in R/A ducts. Individual DDC controller for each major piece of mechanical equipment to insure operation in case of failure to our "EMS" system. 6. As part of the project, the system will dial into the workstation at the Facilities Management Headquarters. All equipment will be included in the project. All computer and electrical rooms will have temperature sensors with alarmed ranges monitored and pageable. B, "EMS" Network Design 1. System shall he designed to a fault tolerant distributed system with intelligence at each major piece of mechanical equipment. 2. Communication to all DDC controllers shall be by Network Control Unit (NCU) in building. 3. Communication from NCU to Operator Workstation in Building W via Fiber optic Cabling, if building is on campus, or via modem if building is off campus. System shall allow automatic beeper notification of critical alarms as defined by FM department prior to software generation by utilizing the existing automatic dialer if the building is on campus or a new automatic dialer if building is off campus. COIJJER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 49 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 DIVISION 26 — ELECTRICAL 260000 — GENERAL A. Standards; Requirements of Division 1, the National Electric Code, NFPA, NEMA, and UL apply to work of this section. B. All automated lighting control systems shall be monitored and controlled through Metasys, unless otherwise approved by the Department of Facilities Management. C. All 3 -phase equipment shall have phase -loss protection. D. All light fixtures must accept G.E. replacement lamps. 260010 — AS -BUILT DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall provide accurate and updated as -built drawings detailing all electrical installations, to include outlets, shown as they are actually installed. 260020 — RENOVATION AND RETROFIT WORK A. For all renovation, retrofit; and building additions projects, the Design Professional and /or Contractor must consult with County maintenance personnel for tie -in to existing equipment. 260030 — SPECIAL EQUIPMENT ROOM REQUIREMENTS A. All mechanical rooms and exterior equipment areas shall be fitted with at least two (2) one (1) 20 amp duplex electrical outlets, 115 volt single phase. B. All mechanical rooms shall be fitted with sufficient lighting to properly illuminate all areas of the room taking into account light obstruction due to equipment, provide approximately 1.00 Foot Candles of illumination. C. Provide 2 separate electrical rooms; one for budding power and one for low voltage applications such as computer networks, phone etc. The intent is to physically separate functions while maintaning close proximity to each other. D. If building is equipped with card access hardware, provide card reader at each equipment room. 260040 — IDENTIFICATION A. Provide neatly typed panel schedules identifying all circuits in all new and renovated work. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 50 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 B. All panels and switchgear shall be identified with engraved plastic signs indicating same designation shown on the as- built plans. 260500 — CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Only T.H.H.N. or equivalent copper wire shall be used in any electrical wiring. B. Engineer shall design wiring with respect to the harmonic loads of the building. C. Neutrals shall be installed using one of two approved methods: Install separate neutrals with circuits. 2. Install oversized neutrals. D. Raceways and Raceway Fittings shall be thin wall EMT type steel conduits for indoor use, and PVC for exposed outdoor use. All raceways shall be complete with fittings specifically designed for use with the associated raceways. Flexible metallic and PVC are acceptable. E. Junction, Outlet, and Pull Boxes Shall be constructed of code gauge sheet steel, galvanized or sheradized or otherwise rust proofed, and sized in accordance with the NEC per number of devices and wires within the boxes or the number and sizes of conduits entering the boxes. Outlet boxes shall have suitable cover plates or devices mounting plates as required for its associated device and /or accessory. Junction and pull boxes shall have blank steel covers bolted to the boxes. F. Sleeves for pipe and conduit penetrations through concrete or masonry walls shall be minimum No. 22 gauge sheet steel. 260526 — GROUNDING A. Pull ground wire with all circuits. B. Grounds shall be cadwelded to steel frame structures. C. Ground rods shall be a minimum of twenty (20) feet long D. Step down transformers for lighting and receptacle loads shall have grounded electrodes to each transformer. 260536 — CABLE TRAYS A. Provide cable trays or hooks above corridor ceilings where required by Owners building design program. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 51 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 260620.16 — DISCONNECT SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. All circuit breakers shall be either Square D or ITE type breakers. B. Wafer style breakers shall not be used in new construction. 260620.26 — DEVICES A. All receptacles shall twenty (20) amp combination devices. B. Except as noted below, the color of all switches, cover plates, fixtures, devices, exit lights, emergency lights, etc. shall be either White or as scheduled by Design Professional. Trim shall be white color, aluminum, brushed aluminum, or chrome. 1. Computer /UPS outlets shall be orange color. 2. Emergency generator outlets shall be red color, unless entire facility is powered by emergency generator. 262200 TRANSFORMERS A. Provide non - linear load transformers where required. 264100 — LIGHTNING PROTECTION A. Where required by building design program, provide a complete UL listed lightning protection system. Shop drawings shall be reviewed and approved by the Design Professional prior to installation. Minimize roof penetrations and coordinate the work with other trades as needed for a complete and proper leak- proof installation. Exposed pitch pans are not allowed. 264300 — TRANSIENT VOLTAGE, SUPPRESSION A. Provide appropriate surge suppression device for all buildings. 265100 -- INTERIOR LIGHTING A. Fixtures types shall be limited to listed standard fixtures to facilitate maintenance. 1. Basic interior lighting fixtures shall be 2'x 4' fluorescent lighting fixtures. 2. All lighting fixtures shall have electronic ballasts with T -5 fluorescent lamps with safety fuse. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 52 SEPTEMBER 23, 2006 3. Recessed lamps shall use only standard PL 5, 7, 9, or 13 lamps. Do not use quad or non - standard lamps. 4. Special fixtures must be approved by the County prior to completion of design. Tandem ballasts are not allowed. 6. Provide at least one non - switched fluorescent night light in Foyer, Lobby, Corridors, and large Open Office areas Lighting must be energy efficient 265200 — EMERGENCY LIGHTING A. Emergency lights shall be low - profile surface mounted dual head units, white color. 1. Provide Surelight CU -1 manufactured by Surelite. 2. Do not use EM backup units for recessed fixtures. 265300 — EXIT SIGNS A. Provide LED exit signs. B. Exit signs shall not use fluorescent lamps and nor any radioactive materials. C. Exit signs shall have brushed aluminum faces. Stencils shall be green. 265600 — EXTERIOR LIGHTING A. Exterior fixtures shall utilize metal halide lamps with standard mogul bases. Acceptable sizes are limited to 150, 250, and 400 watt lamps. B. Light poles shall be individually fused and numbered sequentially in order to confirm exact pole location for bulb maintenance. Call Facilities Management prior to installing numbers for approved number material, colors, and location on pole. C. Exterior fixtures shall be all aluminum or heavy duty vandal resistant plastic construction with vandal resistant glass lenses. D. Well or buried fixtures are not allowed E. Flag pole lights: 100W MH. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 53 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 F. Sign lights: 70W MH unless approved otherwise. G. Exterior wraparound fixtures: not allowed (use vapor proof fixtures in exterior environments). DIVISION 27 — COMMUNICATIONS 272000 — INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) A. Use Category 6 wire for all data lines in new construction and renovations. 272010 - FIBER OPTIC LINES A. All fiber optic lines must be traceable. Acceptable tracing techniques are as follows: Install pull wires with each line. 2. Encase lines in a steel jacket. 273000 — TELEPHONE SYSTEMS A. Refer to the Collier County Government Information Technology (IT) Standards Manual. B. Conceal all cables in walls, partitions, and ceiling spaces wherever possible. Run lines in conduit from telephone board to telephone company connection. Do not install unprotected lines or equipment on exterior walls of the building. 274000 -CABLE TV SYSTEMS A. Prewire for standard cable TV service to all Conference Rooms, Lobby, Executive Offices and where identified in the Owners building design program. Refer to the Collier County Government IT Standards Manual. DIVISION 28— ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 281000 — SECURITY AI..ARM A. For new buildings or renovations where the security system is being removed, a new integrated system shall be installed. In existing buildings where the security system is not being replaced, the Facility Management System shall monitor the security system as noted below. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 54 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 System shall perform as a stand -alone security system including all required control sequences per occupant's requirements including necessary keypads, card readers, motion detectors, door contacts, etc. 2. Security system shall communicate to (FMS) to indicate at a minimum, zone by zone status. 3. FMS shall act as a secondary reporting station and shall not be the primary reporting station. 4. All external hardware shall have tamper proof screws. 5. All roof hatches shall be monitored by the security system. 282300 —CCTV VIDEO SURVEILIANCE A. Fixed Cameras shall be Pelco model # CC3701H -2 Series Digital Color Camera. B. Pan / Tilt / Zoom Cameras shall be Pelco model #Spectra III SE Series Dome Systems. C. CCTV DVR's recording devices shall be Dedicated Micros BX2 CA 1.2 Terabyte. D. CCTV images shall be transmitted to FM Operations Center, E. Two (2) WP electrical outlets shall be installed in locked panel on poles used for CCTV panel. 283100 —FIRE ALARM A. Provide a complete Fire Alarm system where required by Code or Ordinance. Refer to Division One for General Requirements, Codes, and Standards, including FBC and NFPA codes. 1. Fire Alarm systems shall be provided by Johnson Controls or as directed by FM staff. 2. Fire Alarm software shall be compatible with existing software utilized at FM operations center. B. Comply with the requirements of NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm Code for all work related to the design and installation of the system. The Engineer of Record shall review and approve the installers shop drawings prior to permit application. C. The fire control panel shall be an addressable fire panel that is ULFM listed. A triple dialer with 3 phone lines coming from the fire panel is required; two (2) COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 55 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 lines per fire code to the primary monitoring company, and the third line will come back to the Building "W" Operations Center for ancillary monitoring. For new buildings or renovations where the existing fire alamr system is being removed, a new integrated system shall be installed. In existing buildings where the fire alarm system is not being replaced, the Facility Management System shall monitor the fire alarm system as noted below. System shall perform as a stand -alone fire alarm system including all required control sequences including Fire Department notification. 2. Fire Alarm system shall communicate to (FMS) to indicate at a minimum, zone by zone status. 3. FMS shall act as a secondary reporting station and shall not be the primary reporting station. D. Maintain accurate as -built plans of all work. Provide neatly typed zone schedule at the fire alarm panel. 2. Provide CAD discs of any new or revised alarm system. E, Provide a lockable exterior "fire fighter key box" located near the main entry of each new building and containing the building's master key for use during fire emergencies. Approval of the box type and final location shall be determined solely by the Fire Department and / or Fire Marshall for each fire district. F. Provide a "Stopper II w/Hom Casing" (model # STI -1130 or equivalent) for all Lobby and Entrance area Fire Pull Stations. G. All warning devices (Hom /Strobes etc.) shall be ceiling mounted and not located on the wall unless required by code. Center the device within individual ceiling tile when possible. DIVISION 31— EARTHWORK 310000—GENERAL A. Comply with the Collier County Land Development Code, FBC, and requirements of Division 1. 312000 — GRADING A. Enclosed building floor slabs shall be at least 8" above exterior finish grade. Do not slope grades towards buildings. Final grading around the building is to be sloped evenly away from structures and slabs to insure positive drainage. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 56 SEPTEMBER 28.2006 DIVISION 32 — EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 329300 — LANDSCAPING A. Except for grass, all landscaping must be. at least three (3) feet away from any exterior wall. Plants and other foliage must have a three (3) foot clearance between outer limbs and each wall. B. Trees are to be planted at least Fifteen (15) feet from any exterior wall. C. Landscaping may not be planted within Four (4) feet of HVAC units, fire protection assemblies, mechanical or electrical equipment. Increase distance as needed to provide required clearance for anticipated full -grown size of landscaping. D. Install not less than 10" wide border of gravel at the perimeter of exterior walls around each building. Gravel shall be not less than 4" thick, installed over weed block fabric, with a suitable continuous edge trim. Top of gravel shall be at least 8" below the finish floor slab. E. Completely remove all compacted base and sub base material from areas intended for landscaping and trees at landscape islands in parking areas. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 57 SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 COLLIER COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER RENOVATIONS OPTION B NAPLES, FLORIDA APPENDIX B COLLIER COUNTY IT STANDARDS Collier County Information Technology Construction Standards Version 2.0 9/17/2007 Revision History Date Initials Change 9/17/2007 INJ Document updated 08/5/2008 ]NJ Document Updated Section G -5 Cabinet connections Audience: General ( vendors, other department Project Managers) Purpose: Outline IT's requirements for new construction and remodels Prerequisites: None Policy Policy— Collier County Information Technology Construction Standards Page 1 of 17 Table of Contents Site Design Communications Equipment Rooms General HVAC Heat Load Electrical UPS Electrical Requirements Communications Racks Environmental Monitoring Stacked in Multi Story buildings Physical Security IDF MDF Computer Rooms Fire Suppression Cabling Standards Category 6 Fiber Optic Patch Cables Patch Panels Page 2 of 17 Labeling Terminations Category 6 Fiber Optic Patch Cables Patch Panels Labeling Work Station Wiring Installation Definitions Applicable Standards Page 3 of 17 1. Site Design a. Entrance Conduit i. Single Building Sites -Building will have two sets of two inch conduit from the Main Distribution Frame (MDF) to the right of way. Each set will follow a different physical path. 4. Multi Building Sites v. Multi GRe building will be designated as the Site MDF d the t d 't will he 'nN..11ed .+n de Gr bed above !` ntivity All Building MDF' 'II b oteda to th Site IVIDF with i +. Intra Building oenn.a.._..._, All ,..., „,,,,,,,,,, Conduit h t. �r t Raerns Rach CommuR natinns Room will be eeRReGted to the building MDF with t . h insh d 't c. Physical Security i. Card Key - All buildings will have at least one exterior door equipped with Card Access Locks (see Facilities Management for details.) where available. 2. Communications Rooms °*Glu e Use All GAFAMIUMiGatiORs deems are for the6ele use of GGIT We At her bUt ROt limited to, fiFe aIaFFR systems, FAOROtGF;Rg systems, seGUFity systems, jaRitaFial be GGRS;deFed OR a Gase by ease basis- b. Room Specifications i. Flooring 1. Size - Minimum of 100 square feet (10'x 10') for single rack applications. An additional 2' of width is required for each additional rack. 2. Floor Surface - haVe site spen'• fg f!ogr , .� t VCT installation will be completed at least two weeks before the rack installation. 3. Floor loading — a requi eYY .. ed by nl'nebin ede h'nhn gFeater. The h leading OR Equipment Reg OF IIIG t be 2000- IbW n . the aFea ii. Ceiling Height - Minimum clear height 8 feet above finished floor without obstructions. iii. Doors 1. 36" wide and 80" tall with a 1800 outward swing 2. The door should have no center posts or doorsills. iv. Lighting 1. Specify to have lights mounted at ceiling height with a minimum of 540 lux measured three feet above the floor. Special consideration will be made regarding the placement of lighting fixtures to avoid equipment racks and loaded cable trays from blocking much of the lighting. 2. CCIT will have final approval over placement of the lights. Page 4 of 17 v. Systems Power IDnuier Outlets per to he mounted in the nailing aheve the eanh 2. Most equipment used in this room contains switching power supplies so many manufacturers are now recommending to oversize the neutral conductor in the AC distribution panel. vi. Convenience Power - Power outlets placed at six foot intervals in the room for support and test equipment. These outlets should be on a single dedicated, isolated, non - switched, 4 -way, 120Vac 20Amp circuit. vii. HVAC 1. Air - conditioned with separate supply and return ducting. 2. Maintain constant temperature of 640 - 750 F with one air change per hour. 3. Relative humidity should be 40 -50 %. 4. Heat load specifications will be provided after network equipment specifications are finalized. c. Location i. Room shall be located such that no single Category 6 horizontal cable shall exceed a length of 90 meters or 295 feet from patch panel to station jack. This distance allows for a service loop at each end of the station cable, wall traversal distance, and allowing cables to run parallel and perpendicular with the joists. Cable pathways run parallel and perpendicular to the building walls. Running cables diagonally through the building or "as- the - crow - flies" will not be accepted. lactated n r the mW.tia of each flnnr and w thin 90 meters of a eh atheF .!„ all ,. ark';; p ,n Nets V If thBy Ga 'nnt'be stacked r'nntall .. ..f f... - i nd .its fern pathway hetweaa the r iv. Communications Rooms will not be located near or under bathrooms, laundry rooms, kitchens, or janitorial sinks. d. UPS I. CCIT usps.NrneF .G n newer ran, n (nor) UPS equipmeRt. ii. If generator backup power is available to the building all Communications Rooms will be powered by the generator, a transfer switch must be included to power the UPS. e. Conduit and Sleeves i. A minimum of 4 -4" sleeves installed on the inside wall near the ceiling adjacent to the hallway for horizontal pathways. iii. All wall and floor penetrations for Communications Rooms must be made with sleeved cores. iv. A minimum of four 4" cores must be installed in Entrance Facilities, Equipment Rooms, and Telecommunications Closets. vi. All cores must be lined with sections of 4" EMT. Page 5 of 17 vii. All EMT sleeves must be reamed and have a plastic bushing installed on each end. viii. All sleeves must extend 4" beyond the wall or floor. ix. A section of vertical ladder rack must be installed as a pathway from floor to ceiling behind areas where cores stack between floors to secure pass - through cables and service loops. x. All r n{ hp and labeled .. th R ilding R rnb eF , floor r, and TQ "from " nd fhn R 'ld'n mber, floc and T-G "to" f. Cable Trays i. A continuous pathway of cable tray placed from all the conduits or sleeves up the wall and along the ceiling around the perimeter of the walls and over all equipment racks and cabinets. ii. The pathway must be strong enough and well secured to support the weight of the cables and any possible splice enclosures. iii. Cable tray, also known as runway or ladder rack, to line the perimeter of the room. iv. A minimum of 12" wide cable tray must be used for the pathway to the racks. g. Communications Racks i. Size - Enclosed 19" by 84" locking racks with holes that comply with the 1.75U TIA/EIA standard. ii. Cable Management - Integral vertical cable management. iii. Patch Panels 1. Type — Category 6, 24 port 568 -B patch panels. 2. Standards - EIA/TIA TSB -40 standards 3. Labeling - Labeled with rack number and a alpha character. For example a rack with 2 patch panels would be labeled 1A, 1B, etc.24 port only 4. Patch Cable Labeling — Patch cables are to be labeled with the Patch Panel Label + the port number at the end connecting to the device. The end at the patch panel is to be labeled with the name of the device it is connected to. 5. All Cabinet to Cabinet connections need to be done with patch panels not free wire iv. Rack Layout— See Appendix 2 h. Environmental Monitoring -both temperature and humidity with remote alarming capability. Monitors should be network enabled and capable of forwarding SNMP traps. i. Physical Security i. Card Key - All Communications Rooms will be equipped with Card Access Locks (see Facilities Management for details.) where available. 3. MDF a. Adheres to specifications of Communications Rooms b. Telecommunications Backboard -AC-grade 3/4" x 4' x 8' sheet plywood, with no voids, covered on all sides with two coats flat black fire retardant paint mounted on rear wall of room. c. Grounding and Bonding - Install a contiguous Intra - building grounding and bonding system in compliance with NEC Article 250 and TIA/EIA -607 using a minimum Page 6 of 17 conductor size of 6 AWG to be located on each Telecommunications Backboard with Ground Bus Bar as directed. 4. Site MDF a. Adheres to specifications of MDF. b. All cabling enters the building in this room c. Typically, outdoor cables need to enter the building, terminate onto a grounded device for lightning protection, and cross connect onto terminated indoor cables. d. There shall be 6 ft between lightning conductors and communications cables and wires per NFPA 70 Article 800 -13. e. All entrance cables that need to transition from outdoor cable to indoor cable must do so within 50' of entering the building. f. All outdoor inner duct must transition immediately upon entering the building. g. No direct- buried cable is acceptable. 5. Computer Rooms a. Will function as a Site MDF. b. HVAC Requirements i. Specify to have all Telecommunication Rooms provided with adequate HVAC equipment to maintain a constant temperature and humidity level throughout the day, evening, and weekend timeframes. ii. Most equipment manufacturers recommend a temperature range of 60 to 80 degrees Fahrenheit and a 40 -60% non - condensing humidity level. iii. The ambient temperature should not change more than 12 degrees in an hour. iv. Each room must not contain any water or drain pipes except to support the HVAC equipment. c. Fire Suppression L FM200 System or equivalent ii. No sprinklers or sprinkler piping in the room. e. Gable tFay be 0W . ed flaeF r 6. Cabling a. General i. All cable must be new ii. All cables shall be PVC, Outside Plant, Riser, or Plenum rated as required by specific project specifications or local building code. Category 6 UTP a. Four -pair cables shall consist of four -pair, 24- gauge, UTP. All four -pair Category 6 cables shall conform to TIA/EIA 568 -B Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard, Horizontal Cable Section, Addendum 1- Transmission Performance Specifications for 4 -pair 100 Ohm Category 6 Cabling (TIA/EIA -568- B.2-1). b. The Category 6 cabling components shall be electrically backward compatible with existing Category 3, 4 and 5, plus future networks. The components shall be engineered and manufactured to compensate for any Category 3, 4, or 5 component crosstalk and shall provide at least Category 3, 4, or 5 performance in all of the Collier County Government's existing installed base of voice /data /video. c. Cables shall be capable of supporting the applications such as: i. Analog and digital voice ii. Analog Baseband Video /Audio (up to 77 channels, 550 MHz) iii. 10 Mbps, 100 Mbps, and 1000 Mbps Ethernet with and without in -line power Page 7 of 17 iv. 155 Mbps ATM v. 622 Mbps ATM vi. 270 Mbps Digital Video Single Mode Fiber OptiGs a. The GptiGal fihpr-h;;,;Pd Gnblinq system shall use FRatGhed GOMPOReRtS from a single Gertified to deliver systern peFfeFFAanee ever the lifetime of the b. The GptqGal fiber based Gab!FR9 system shall Gernply with the fallewing standards� ANISUTI.A.1R.A. &68 _ . _ -• _ - .. the - - 56ORM. 10,04. .. h. SeFvicelLeeps All fmbeFepti-- nable ;hall have a in;Rmrn,---rn 25 font seFvqGe leap at ;;Ad he suitable far both siRgle mode and multi rnede fi-be-F& ..ti.shall .,i .e tite .i,s+e beet teStFain Relies renne#er r Ingpr onn i n GAnRe..ter insertion etie❑ nnt pxnppd AdR for ls ,.le va and- d'rt end- permit ..lee..'.. when did e..te.t v. Repeatability re....eGtoF attPRUIRtiOn rt.vu Rat a ee,t o,te of AhaRge ter 1000 FeG9RneGtiGR6- V. Ct.ength Cable pull out streRgth shall be a eater than 25 pounds. 9. Work Station Wiring a. Terminations - All pairs shall be terminated. b. Outlet Boxes - Each Communications outlet box will be a single gang, steel outlet box equipped with a mud ring securely mounted at planned locations. c. Faceplates - Each outlet box will be equipped with a four position white modular Faceplates with blank inserts for all unused positions securely mounted at planned locations. d. Electrical — One duplex electrical outlet will be located on the same wall as the data outlet and be within thee feet of the outlet. e. Furniture — i. Blocking Outlets - If furniture will be blocking a outlet secondary labeling for the outlet will be placed in line with the outlet above the level of the furniture. ii. Modular Furniture — Where modular furniture is being installed all Data Outlets will be installed in the raceways integral to the furniture. f. Jacks - Communications jacks for all Category 6 cable will be ANSI / TIA / EIA — 568 — B RJ -45 Category 6 compliant Ortronics or equivalent. g. Labeling - Each Jack will be labeled with the Communications room number, followed by the patch panel designator and finally the patch panel port number. i. All faceplates must have printed, adhesive labels. Hand written labels are not acceptable. ii. CCIT uses colored icons inserted above the jack opening to identify the jack application. Where applicable the top most position of the faceplate shall be White, the middle position Orange and the bottom most position Blue. iii. All patch panels are to be labeled with the Jack Number at the end of the cable to be plugged into a computer or telephone. 10. Installation a. General i. All cabling shall be installed according to specifications given in TIA/EIA 568- 6 Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard, General Requirements, Cabling Installation Requirement Section (TIA/EIA- 568 -B.1 Section 10). ii. Conduit will be schedule 40 PVC. iii. Each horizontal cable shall be installed in a "home -run" configuration. No "daisy chained" conduit or cables shall be allowed. iv. At no time shall pulling tension exceed 25 lbs. on horizontal cables. v. Traditional nylon synch style Tie Wraps shall not be used to bundle cables. Only Velcro Tie Wraps are acceptable to bundle cables. vi. No Intra - building telecommunications cable shall be run adjacent and parallel to power cabling. A minimum of S' distance is required from any fluorescent lighting fixture or power line up to 2kVA and 24" from any power line over 5kVA. Similarly, cable should be routed and terminated as far as possible Page 9 of 17 from sources of EMF, such as ballasts, generators, fans, motor control units, motors, etc. Cable shall have no physical defects such as cuts, tears or bulges in the outer jacket. Cables with defects shall be replaced. vii. Cables jackets that are chaffed or burned exposing internal conductor insulation or have any bare copper shall be replaced. viii. Contractor shall observe the bending radius and pulling strength requirements of the cable during handling and installation. ix. All cable routes to be approved by the BCCIT prior to installation of the cabling. x. Contractor shall provide the County with detailed diagrams for all cable runs detailing exact locations of cable for review and approval by the BCCIT after coordination with other contractors, architects, and general contractor. Documentation will include at a minimum: 1. Cable lengths between terminations, amplifiers, splitters, patch panels, and equipment; 2. Exact routing of cable; 3. Frequency rating, location and identification of amplifiers, splitters, and patch panels; 4. Bonding and grounding methods and locations, 5. Location and description of all associated equipment; and A. Cable Trays - All wiring will be run in overhead cable tray systems. 1. The Cable Tray system shall be an open steel mesh tray system designed for ease of access. 2. The Cable Tray system shall be "UL Classified" as suitable for use as an electrical conductor for grounding and bonding. 3. Where physical considerations preclude the use of cable trays other Cable Support Devices may be substituted. Acceptable Cable Support Devices include "J Hooks' and Cable Slings that are Category 6 compliant. a. These Cable Support Devices shall be hung securely by either "all- thread" material, or ceiling grid hanger wires dedicated only to hanging the Cable Support Devices on and not ones holding ceiling grid. b. The Cable Support Devices may also be secured to walls above ceilings. c. If "J" hooks are used, avoid placing any pressure or creating stress points on the cable. Maximum spacing between "J" hooks shall not exceed five feet. b. Cable Routing i. All horizontal cables, regardless of media type, shall not exceed 90 m (295 ft) from the telecommunications outlets in the work area to the horizontal cross connect. ii. The combined length of jumpers, or patch cords and equipment cables in the telecommunications room /closet and the work area should not exceed 10m (33 ft). iii. Four horizontal cables shall be routed to each work area unless otherwise specified and as shown on project drawings. iv. Horizontal pathways shall be installed or selected such that the minimum bend radius of horizontal cables is kept within manufacturer specifications both during and after installation. Page 10 of 17 v. Telecommunications pathways, spaces and metallic cables, which run parallel with electric power or lighting, which is less than or equal to 480 Vrms, shall be installed with a minimum clearance of 12 inches. vi. Horizontal pathways should avoid being parallel to sources electromagnetic interference when ever possible. Crossing perpendicular is preferred. vii. The installation of telecommunications cabling shall maintain a minimum clearance of 3 m (10 ft) from power cables in excess of 480 Vrms. viii. For voice or data applications, 4 -pair UTP or fiber optic cables shall be run using a star topology from the telecommunications room /closet serving that zone to every individual information outlet ix. Each run of UTP cable between horizontal portion of the cross - connect in the telecommunication closet and the information outlet shall not contain splices. x. In the communications room /closet where cable trays or cable racking are used, the contractor shall provide appropriate means of cable management such as reusable color -coded hook and loop cable managers (ties) to create a neat appearance and practical installation. A. Continuous conduit runs installed by the General Contractor should not exceed 30.5 m (100 ft) or contain no more than two (2) 90- degree bends without utilizing appropriately sized pull boxes. If a conduit run not meeting the above - mentioned criteria is encountered, contact Project Engineer. Do not proceed with cable installation until Project Engineer provides written notice that the conduit run has been corrected to meet these specifications. xii. The number of horizontal cables placed in a cable pathway shall be limited to a number of cables that will not cause a geometric shape change of the cables and not exceed 60% fill ratio. xiii. Pulling lubricant compound compatible with the cable manufacture's specification should be used if making long or difficult pulls to reduce cable drag. Other lubricants such as liquid detergent are not acceptable. Lubricant is required on all fiber cable pulls. xiv. Maximum pathway capacity shall not exceed a 60% fill. xv. Fiber optic warning signs should be placed on all inner -duct and conduits containing fiber optic cable. xvi. Horizontal distribution cables shall not be exposed in the work area or other locations with public access. 11. Penetrations Through Fire Rated Structural Components - Fire Rated Structural Components penetrated with conduits /sleeves shall be properly Fire Stopped, in compliance with Fire Codes and UL Rated Penetration Systems. All Fire Rated Structural Component penetrations are subject to inspection by the Collier County Government Master Fire Technician and /or the State or County Fire Marshall and any other inspections required by State and local building codes. All attempts shall be made to prevent the spread of fire, smoke, or water. a. During construction all sleeves must have a firestopping pillow installed in it. b. All firestopping pillows must be reinstalled daily during cable installation and at no time will sleeves be left unprotected. c. All sleeves must have a firestopping caulk applied to the outside circumference of the sleeve on each side of the wall penetration and from the top of a floor penetration. d. Wherever it is not feasible to use a pillow or caulk, use firestopping putty. e. All other firestopping methods need prior approval by Collier County BCC Department of Facilities Management. Page 11 of 17 f. Firestopping methods include mechanical systems, putty, caulk, pillows, intumescent sheets and wrap strips. g. Firestopping materials must be prepared and installed using established quality control procedures. h. All products used inside a building shall have the highest UL ratings available and will bear the UL stamp. i. All copper cabling used in plenum areas must be stamped CMP. j. All fiber optic cabling used indoors must be stamped OFNP. k. All plenum rated innerduct used must be stamped "plenum." 1. Plenum -rated innerduct shall be used in all indoor locations except where EMT is used. m. Plenum rated fiber and innerduct must be used indoors to prevent possible future disruptions from later renovations that may add plenum air returns. n. CCIT will make the final decision on whether to purchase the upgrade to the cable. n A" ll n n n! used iR B 'Idinn Cnnll'!. Rooms should n n n{n'n . ' ! ! additive. p. All floor mount penetrations for work area outlets will have a firestopping device contained within the monument. 12. Communications Room Termination a. Contractor will be responsible for installing all patch panels, horizontal and vertical wire management, fiber optic distribution enclosures and any other items necessary to complete proper installation. b. The Contractor will assemble and place all communication racks associated with the installation of Infrastructure Fiber Optic cable and Computer room horizontal twisted pair outlets. Contractor will be responsible for installing all patch panels, horizontal and vertical wire management, fiber optic distribution enclosures and any other items necessary to complete proper installation. 13. Bend Radius a. Manufacturer's recommendations for bending radius and pulling strength of the Category 6 and fiber optic cable should be adhered to. b. In spaces with UTP cable terminations, the maximum bend radius for 4 -pair cable shall not exceed four times the outside diameter of the cable and ten times for multi - pair cable. This shall be done unless this violates manufacturer specifications. c. During the actual installation, bend radius on 4 -pair cable shall not exceed eight times the outside diameter of the cable and ten times for multi -pair cable. This shall be done unless this violates manufacturer specifications. 14. Slack a. In Communications room /closets a minimum of 3 -meter (10 -ft) service loop should be left for all cable types. This slack must be neatly managed on trays or other support types and does not include length required to route the cable(s) to the proper termination point. b. The amount of fiber cable slack at terminations points should allow the cable to be routed to the termination location with enough additional cable to reach a convenient location for termination. c. Service loops and outlet slack add to the overall horizontal link length. Care is to taken to assure the service loop lengths and horizontal distances, when combined, do not exceed the 100 -meter channel length as defined by TIA/EIA- 568 -A. 15. General Labeling Requirements Page 12 of 17 a. All cables, equipment racks, information outlets (face plates), patch panels, termination equipment, pull boxes and inner -duct will require labels. b. All labeling must meet EIA/TIA 606 standards., c. Labels will be placed in accordance with manufacturers' specifications. d. All racks and cabinets will be labeled on the top, right corner, both front and rear. e. Where cables are terminated (such as patch panels and information outlets), labels are required to be installed on both sides of the equipment and shall identify each cable that terminates on the equipment. f. All information outlets will be labeled on the top center of the faceplate. g. Only machine printed laminated labels that are mechanically fastened are acceptable for equipment, panel, riser and outlet labeling. h. Horizontal and backbone subsystem cables shall be labeled at each end. Labels will be affixed 2" from each end. Handwritten markings on the cable will not be accepted. Additional labeling is required on cables that pass through locations such as conduit ends, backbone splice points, manholes and pull boxes at the point they pass through these devices. 16. Riser and Backbone Labeling Requirements a. Fiber distribution centers should be clearly labeled on the front cover as to the location of the other end. This label should also indicate number of single -mode and multi -mode strands in this unit. b. Backbone labeling and numbering should mirror each end. Risers should be vertical, top down with the same numbering sequence. Backbone cables shall be terminated in the same size fiber distribution center at each end with the single and multi -mode strands in the same positions. 17. Testing a. All information outlet wiring shall be tested from the outlet device to the patch panel. Each wire /pair shall be tested at both ends. b. Testing shall be done utilizing a cable tester meeting EIA/TIA 568 standards; all testing equipment shall be calibrated annually and shall have a dated certificate. c. Printed test results shall be assembled and delivered to the County's representative. d. Test results for each 4 -pair UTP cable must be submitted with identification to match labels on all patch panels and 8- position modular jacks. e. Category 6 Cabling i. All category 6 field- testing shall be performed with an approved, TIA/EIA Level II field tester device. All installed channels shall perform equal to or better than the minimum requirements as specified by the table below. The results of all test and analyses shall be kept on file. ii. All Category 6 channels are qualified for linear transmission performance up to 300 MHz to ensure that high- frequency voltage phase and magnitude contributions do not prove cumulative or adversely affect channel performance. iii. All UTP field testers shall be factory calibrated each calendar year by the field test equipment manufacturer as stipulated by the manuals provided with the field test unit. The calibration certificate shall be provided for review prior to the start of testing. iv. Autotest settings provided in the field tester for testing the installed cabling shall be set to the default parameters. v. Test settings selected from options provided in the field testers shall be compatible with the installed cable under test. Page 13 of 17 vi. Category 6 UTP horizontal and backbone cables, whose length does not exceed 90 m (295 ft) for the basic link, and 100 m (328 ft) for the channel shall be 100 percent tested according to ANSI/TIA/EIA- TSB -67 and ANSI/TIA/EIA- 568 -A -5. Test parameters include wire map, length, NEXT loss (pair -to- pair), NEXT loss (power sum), ELFEXT loss (pair -to- pair), ELFEXT loss (power sum), return Loss, attenuation, propagation delay, and delay skew. vii. Category 6 tests should be made with a TIA/EIA Level II tester. f. ribeF Opti- Cable Testing i. Caete TeN'n i FaGtee, test Rg doe ntatiOn (QT-DR traces) shall be pFevided with the fiber OptiG Gable. FaRter GT-DR rpRdings shall be pFevided Page 14 of 17 18. Workmanship a. All work shall be done in a workman like fashion of the highest standards in the telecommunications industry. b. All equipment and materials are to be installed in a neat and secure manner, while cables are to be properly dressed. c. Provide proper temporary protection of cable during the time between when the cable is pulled and when the final dressing and termination's are complete. d. Do not leave cable lying on the floor. e. Bundle and /or tie wrap the cables so they are off of the floor until they are ready to be terminated. f. The Contractor is required to be a member of BICSI and have RCDD - certified staff overseeing the work or have work reviewed by an RCDD. g. Where work dictates the extension, attachment, expansion, or augmentation of an existing system(s) or subsystem(s), the vendor will use materials and other necessary components compatible with those systems. h. The building wiring shall be installed in a neat and secure professional manner that provides mechanical integrity for the cabling media and any associated components. The design and installation shall also offer ease of access and suitability for future rearrangements and changes. i. Cable paths above suspended ceilings, mechanical rooms, closets, etc. shall not be blocked or covered in any way that would impede the addition of cable in the future. j. All cables shall be tested by the Contractor to verify that the cables are installed properly, and that there are no kinks, cuts, or other damage to these cables 19. Walk -Thru a. CCIT requires a full walk- through with the cabling contractor project manager to review every Computer Rooms, Site MDF, MDF, IDF, and all manholes, hand - holes, and significant pull -boxes and junction boxes. b. The walk -thru may include a full demonstration of termination and testing on the various media. 20. Documentation a. Testing Documentation i. All test results must be submitted in an electronic format, if CCIT does not have a program capable of reading the format, then the contractor must provide the software or all test results must be printed out and placed in a binder. ii. All results must include the cable identification numbers, test date and times, the operator performing the test, the make and model of the testers used. iii. All results must include the setting used to test, and the from -to locations of the cable. iv. Testing documentation is the certification of the cable plant. v. The Warranty period does not begin until the testing documentation is given to CCIT. b. As -Built Documentation i. Fully documented scale drawings of the entire fiber optic and copper distribution system. Documentation shall be provided in both a hard copy binder and a soft copy on CD capable of being viewed and edited in AutoCAD. This will include building and floor layouts with workstation information outlet locations and labeling, distribution frames, cable routes, interconnect locations, intermediate and main distribution frame location, riser locations, and all other information pertinent to the installation. Page 15 of 17 ii. Copies of mylars. iii. All floor plans must document all Workstation Outlet locations and number. iv. All floor plans must document all Computer Rooms, Site MDF, MDF, and IDF locations and numbers. v. All floor plans must document all horizontal pathway locations and numbers. vi. All floor plans must distinguish between UTP and fiber locations. vii. All cross - connects installed by the cabling contractor will be printed out in a spreadsheet or in an automated cable management system. viii. A spreadsheet identifying all faceplate locations by room and identifying the outlet numbers for each faceplate location. 21. Warranty a. All components used in the Category 6 cabling system shall be warranted for a period of 25 years from date of installation against defects in materials and workmanship. b. All components used in the optical fiber -based cabling system shall be warranted for a period of 25 years from date of installation against defects in materials and workmanship. c. All labor and materials shall be covered with a one -year warranty from the date of acceptance of work order. d. The warranty should cover defects in materials and workmanship. e. The contractor must cover any and all of the OEM extended warranties. f. All active equipment manufacturers must be able to replace any defective materials overnight. 22. Payment a. All payment options will not be in conflict with the General Contractor's contract or applicable County policies, ordinances, State and Federal laws. b. CCIT reserves the right to withhold final payment until receiving all As -Built documentation. c. CCIT may withhold partial final payment until approving documentation. 23. Definitions a. Building Wiring Infrastructure — The horizontal copper wiring between the Communications Room and the wall jack, the vertical fiber optic and /or cooper wiring between Communications Rooms and the fiber optic entrance cable. b. Card Key — Pegasys card key access locks. c. Cipher Locks — push button combination locks d. Computer Room — Room intended to house network equipment and server equipment. e. Entrance Conduit — conduit from a Buiding /Site MDF to the right of way. f. IDF — Intermediate Distribution Frame g. LAN — The integrated system of building wiring infrastructure and networking equipment that allows computers and telephones to communicate within a building. h. MDF — Main Distribution Frame L Networking Equipment — The active components necessary to implement an LAN or WAN. This includes routers, switches, media converters and UPS equipment. j. Site MDF — main wiring point for a campus. k. WAN — The interconnection of multiple LANs allowing communications between multiple buildings. 24. Applicable Standards a. TIA/EIA 455 -34 Attenuation b. TIA/EIA 455 -107 Return Loss Page 16 of 17 c. TIA/EIA 455 -21 Durability d. ANSI /NECA/BICSI -568 -- Standard for Installing Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling e. ANSI /TIA/EIA- 568 -B.1 -- Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard, Part 1: General Requirements f. ANSI /TIA/EIA- 568 -B.2 -- Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard, Part 2: Balanced Twisted Pair Cabling Components g. ANSI /TIA/EIA- 568 -B.3 -- Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard h. ANSI/TIA/EIA -569 -A -- Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces i. ANSI/TIA/EIA- 606(A) -- The Administration Standard for the Telecommunications Infrastructure of Commercial Buildings j. ANSI /TIA/EIA- 607(A) -- Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications k. ANSI /TIA/EIA -526 -7 -- Measurement of Optical Power Loss of Installed Single -Mode Fiber Cable Plant I. ANSI /TIA/EIA- 526 -14A -- Measurement of Optical Power Loss of Installed Multimode Fiber Cable Plant m. ANSI /TIA/EIA- 758(A) -- Customer -Owned Outside Plant Telecommunications Cabling Standard n. Install cabling in accordance with the most recent edition of: i. BICSI -- Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual ii. BICSI -- Cabling Installation Manual iii. BICSI -- LAN Design Manual iv. BICSI — Customer -Owned Outside Plant Design Manual v. Federal, state, and local codes, rules, regulations, and ordinances governing the work, are as fully part of the specifications as if herein repeated or hereto attached. If the contractor should note items in the drawings or the specifications, construction of which would be code violations, promptly call them to the attention of the owner's representative in writing. Where the requirements of other sections of the specifications are more stringent than applicable codes, rules, regulations, and ordinances, the specifications shall apply. Approvals: ® Irene Johnson ❑ Approved by ❑ Approved by ❑ Approved by ❑ Approved by ❑ Approved by Page 17 of 17 ITEM NO.: FILE NO.: ROUTED TO: (Q — _ 6M-7-� Date: To: From Re: DO NOT WRITE ABOVE THIS LINE REQUEST FOR LEGAL SERVICES February 1, 2010 Office of the County Attorney Scott R. Teach, Deputy County Attorney \ Lyn M. Wood, C.P.M., Contract Specialist Purchasing Department, Extension 2667 DATE RECEIVED: SILT -JV-'a`U`la Contract: #10 -5396 "Collier County Property Appraisers Office Renovations" Contractor: Boran Craig Barber Engel Construction Co., Inc. (BCBE) BACKGROUND OF REQUEST: This Contract was approved by the BCC on January 26, 2010; Agend Item 10.E This item has not been previously submitted. ACTION REQUESTED: Contract review and approval. OTHER COMMENTS: Please forward to BCC for signature after approval. If there are any questions concerning the document, please contact me. Purchasing would appreciate notification when the documents exit your office. Thank you. MEMORANDUM TO: Ray Carter Risk Management Department r FROM: Lyn M. Wood, C.P.M., Contract Specialist Purchasing Department DATE: February 1, 2010 RE: Review Insurance for Contract: #10 -5396 "Collier County Property Appraisers Office Renovations" Contractor: Boran Craig Barber Engel Construction Co., Inc. (BCBE) This Contract was approved by the BCC on January 26, 2010; Agenda Item 10.E Please review the Insurance Certificates for the above referenced contract. If everything is acceptable, please forward to the County Attorney for further review and approval. Also, will you advise me when it has been forwarded. Thank you. If you have any questions, please contact me at extension 2667. dod /LMW www.sunbiz.org - Department of State Home Contact Us E- Filing Services Document Searches Forms Previous on List Next on List Return To List Events Name History Detail by Entity Name - Florida Profit Corporation BORAN CRAIG BARBER ENGEL CONSTRUCTION CO., INC Filina Information Document Number H95943 FEI /EIN Number 592624440 Date Filed 01/27/1986 State FL Status ACTIVE Effective Date 01/2211986 Last Event NAME CHANGE AMENDMENT Event Date Filed 06/28/1996 Event Effective Date NONE Principal Address 3606 ENTERPRISE AVE NAPLES FL 34104 US Changed 05/18/1998 Mailing Address 3606 ENTERPRISE AVE NAPLES FL 34104 US Changed 03/27/2009 Registered Agent Name & Address ENGEL, MELVIN L JR 3606 ENTERPRISE AVE. NAPLES FL 34104 US Name Changed: 10/24/2002 Address Changed: 04/25/2005 Officer /Director Detail Name & Address Title CD BORAN, MICHAEL J 3606 ENTERPRISE AVE NAPLES FL 34104 US Title VD BARBER, DONALD R 3606 ENTERPRISE AVE. Page 1 of 2 Help Entity Name Search Submit http://www.sunbiz.org/scripts/cordet.exe?action=DETFIL&inq_doc number--H95943 &in... 1/26/2010 www.sunbiz.org - Department of State Page 2 of 2 NAPLES FL 34104 US Title PD ENGEL, MELVIN L JR 3606 ENTERPRISE AVE. NAPLES FL 34104 US Title ST BUNNELL, JAMES F 3606 ENTERPRISE AVE NAPLES FL 34104 US Annual Reports Report Year Filed Date 2007 03/27/2007 2008 04/04/2008 2009 03/27/2009 Document Images 03/27/2009 - ANNUAL REPORT VleW image in PbFforRCat j 04/04/2008 ANNUAL REPORT ""�.ViaWililagenPDPfarknat ' 03/27/2007 ANNUAL REPORT Uiew imaga h PDF fora at . 04/10.12006 -- ANNUAL REPORT: VieW.image in PDFforniat 04/25/2005 ANNUAL REPORT VieW,iraage'it3 P15F fOrt'at' 04/20/2004 - ANNUAL REPORT .Vie,WimagriiliPDFlormaR 03/28/2003 ANNUAL REPORT ": VI im6l4ain00,lormat 10/24/2002 Re _q. Change ;;. Viewimage in PDFfdmiat 01/.27 /2002 —ANNUAL ' VieW' itt irl PDFfoI[[Itat 03/30 /2001 —ANNUAL REPORT View image in i !I 04/25/2000._. ANNUAL REPORT :: V16Wi imago, InPbFPioiinay 04/26/1999 -- ANNUAL REPORT View irtiage in PDFfortnat .� 05/18/1998 ANNUAL REPORT view image ii1POFfarrriat 04/23 /1997 -- ANNUAL REPORT' View image7n,PDFfOmtaf 0 04/30/1996 =ANNUAL REPORT ' View imageiaPDFformat 04/21 /1995 — ANNUAL REPORT VieWirriagainPDFfprmat Note: This is not official record. See documents if question or conflict. Previous on List Next on List Return To List Entity Name Search'.. Events Name History I Submit I Home I Contact us I Document Searches I E -Filing Services I Forms I Help Copyright and Privacy Policies Copyright © 2007 State of Florida, Department of State. http: / /www.sunbiz. org/ scripts /cordet.exe? action = DETFIL &inq_doc_number— H95943 &in... 1/26/2010 RLS # 10-1026- Dl 5r12!2 CHECKLIST FOR REVIEWING CONTRACTS Entity Name: 6om !u �&Atz. 844 seA e4/u et l Aq&titeYieaJ oa, Xtue, Entity name correct on contract? Entity registered with FL Sec. of State? Insurance Insurance Certificate attached? Insured registered in Florida? Contract # & /or Project referenced on Certificate? Certificate Holder name correct (BCC)? Commercial General Liability General Aggregate Required $__[ just L Products /Compl/Op Required $ Personal & Advert Required $ Each Occurrence Required $ Fire/Prop Damage Required $ Automobile Liability Bodily Inj & Prop Required $,5'60, D Workers Compensation Each accident Required $ 000 Disease Aggregate Required $ Disease Each Empl Required $ Umbrella Liability Yes No _Yes No Yes ✓ Yes ✓ Yes _ ✓_Yes Provided $ 2 M((. Exp. Date Provided $ t' Exp. Date Provided $ ( pA (L Exp. Date Provided $ t' Exp. Date Provided $-p0', to - 0 Exp. Date Provided $__J_M ( (_ Provided $ l hat L Provided $ Provided $ t' Each Occurrence Provided $ ZSµtL Aggregate Provided $ t' Does Umbrella sufficiently cover any underinsured portion? Professional Liability No No No No .r tr r Exp Date Exp Date u Exp Date Exp Date t ' Exp Date 10 Exp Date v Yes No Each Occurrence Required $ Provided $ Exp. Date Per Aggregate Required $ Provided $ - Exp. Date Other Insurance Each Occur Type: d °LLUyts Required $ Provided $ 1Q rA4 t_ Exp Date ( LIP County required to be named as additional insured? 1/ Yes No County named as additional insured? Yes No Indemnification Does indemnification meet County standards? Yes No Is County indemnifying other party? Yes No Performance Bond Bond requirement referenced in contract? V11, Yes No If attached, expiration date of bond .7 Does dollar amount match contract? � -Yes No Agent registered in Florida? --ALYes No Signature Blocks Correct executor name in signature block? v/ Yes No Correct title of executor? ✓ Yes No Executor authorized to sign for entity? ✓ Yes No Proper number of witnesses/notary? ✓ Yes No Authorization for executor to sign, if necessary: N P' Chairman's signature block? ��Yes No Clerk's attestation signature block? ✓ Yes No County Attorney's signature block? ✓Yes No Attachments Are all required attachments included? Yes No Reviewer Initials: Date: � (D - 04- COA - -0 030/222 MEMORANDUM Date: February 2, 2010 To: Lyn Wood, Contract Specialist Purchasing Department From: Martha Vergara, Deputy Clerk Minutes and Records Department Re: Contract #10 -5396 "Collier County Property Appraisers Office Renovations" Contractor: Boran Craig Barber Engel Construction Co., Inc. (BCBE) Attached is an original contract, referenced above (Item #10E) approved by the Board of County Commissioners on January 26, 2010. An original will be kept in the Minutes and Records Department for the Official Records of the Board. If you should have any questions please contact me at 252 -7240. Thank you. Attachment